California Legislature—2013–14 Regular Session

Assembly Bill No. 383

Introduced by Assembly Member Wagner

February 14, 2013

An act to amend Sections 1202, 4836.1, 4999.32, 5096.10, 21609.1, 23958.4, 25502.2, and 25600.2 of the Business and Professions Code, to amend Sections 55.56, 56.16, 1195, 1950.5, 2877, 2923.55, 2924.8, 2924.19, 2950, and 3509 of the Civil Code, to amend Sections 116.940, 425.50, 684.115, and 1282.4 of the Code of Civil Procedure, to amend Section 7237 of, and to amend and renumber the heading of Chapter 5.5 (commencing with Section 15900) of Title 2 of, the Corporations Code, to amend Sections 15282, 17193.5, 17250.25, 18720, 22138.5, 33195, 35583, 38000, 41320.1, 41326, 47660, 48853, 48853.5, 48900, 48902, 48911, 49076, 49548, 52052, 60200.8, 60209, 60605.87, 60852.1, 66407, 81378.1, and 88620 of the Education Code, to amend Sections 2162, 2224, 2225, 3111, 13115, and 21000 of the Elections Code, to amend Sections 3047, 3200.5, and 4055 of the Family Code, to amend Sections 1587 and 15100 of the Fish and Game Code, to amend Sections 4101.3, 4106, 14611, 19447, 55527.6, and 64101 of the Food and Agricultural Code, to amend Sections 3513, 3527, 7522.20, 7522.56, 7522.57, 7522.72, 8164.1, 11019, 11020, 11435.15, 11552, 12460, 12838.14, 12926, 14837, 15820.922, 19815, 20391, 20410, 20516, 20677.7, 25060, 25062, 65040.7, 65302.5, and 65915 of, to amend the heading of Chapter 3.1 (commencing with Section 8240) of Division 1 of Title 2 of, to amend and renumber Sections 15606.5, 15814.25, and 15819.30 of, to repeal Section 7480 of, and to repeal the heading of Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 15570) of Part 8.5 of Division 3 of Title 2 of, the Government Code, to amend Sections 80.2 and 82 of, and to amend the heading of Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 80) of Division 1 of, the Harbors and Navigation Code, to amend Sections 1339.40, 1339.41, 1367.65, 1531.15, 11378, 11755, 25110.11, 34177, 34183.5, 39053, 39510, 39710, 39712, 39716, 39718, 106985, 114365.5, 114380, 116565, 120365, 123327, 123940, 123955, 125286.20, 128570, 129725, and 136000 of the Health and Safety Code, to amend Sections 676.75, 922.41, 1063.1, 1754, 10113.71, 10124, 10271, 11665, and 12694.1 of the Insurance Code, to amend Sections 980, 4709, and 5502 of the Labor Code, to amend Sections 136.2, 289.6, 496a, 781, 830.41, 830.55, 1001.20, 1170, 1203.097, 1230, 1370.1, 2602, 3000.08, 3060.7, 4024.2, 4115.55, 5072, 6030, 11165.7, 11166, 12022, and 12022.1 of, and to repeal the heading of Title 4.5 (commencing with Section 13600) of Part 4 of, the Penal Code, to amend Sections 10295.6 and 20651.7 of the Public Contracts Code, to amend Sections 4629.5, 4629.9, 6224.5, 21080.37, 21080.5, 21084, and 72410 of the Public Resources Code, to amend Sections 2827.10, 2862, 5142, 5143, 9506, and 185035 of the Public Utilities Code, to amend Sections 2188.6, 7285.3, 17276.20, 18152.5, 18738, 23685, 24416.20 of, and to amend and renumber Section 24900 of, the Revenue and Taxation Code, to amend Sections 1755 and 14211 of the Unemployment Insurance Code, to amend Sections 11205, 12804.11, 16028, 23612, 34510.5, and 40000.20 of the Vehicle Code, to amend Section 85057.5 of the Water Code, to amend Sections 366.21, 366.22, 366.25, 4141, 4427.5, 4648, 4684.53, 5008, 5328.03, 6254, 7295, 12306, 14005.27, 14043.25, 14043.7, 14132.275, 14132.276, 14169.32, 14182, 14182.16, 15630, 15650, and 18969 of, and to repeal Section 4792.1 of, the Welfare and Institutions Code, to amend Section 1 of Chapter 357 of the Statutes of 2012, to amend Section 1 of Chapter 513 of the Statutes of 2012, to amend Section 1 of Chapter 541 of the Statutes of 2012, and to amend Section 2 of Chapter 719 of the Statutes of 2012, relating to maintenance of the codes.

LEGISLATIVE COUNSEL’S DIGEST

AB 383, as introduced, Wagner. Maintenance of the codes.

Existing law directs the Legislative Counsel to advise the Legislature from time to time as to legislation necessary to maintain the codes.

This bill would make nonsubstantive changes in various provisions of law to effectuate the recommendations made by the Legislative Counsel to the Legislature.

Vote: majority. Appropriation: no. Fiscal committee: no. State-mandated local program: no.

The people of the State of California do enact as follows:

SECTION 1.  

Section 1202 of the Business and Professions
Code is amended to read:

1202.  

As used in this chapter, “department” means the State
Department of begin delete Health Services. end delete begin insert Public Health. end insert

SEC. 2.  

Section 4836.1 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

4836.1.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other begin delete provision of end delete law, a
registered veterinary technician or a veterinary assistant may
administer a drug, including, but not limited to, a drug that is a
controlled substance, under the direct or indirect supervision of a
licensed veterinarian when done pursuant to the order, control,
and full professional responsibility of a licensed veterinarian.
However, no person, other than a licensed veterinarian, may induce
anesthesia unless authorized by regulation of the board.

(b) Access to controlled substances by veterinary assistants
under this section is limited to persons who have undergone a
background check and who, to the best of the licensee manager’s
knowledge, do not have any begin delete drug or alcohol related end delete begin insert drug- or
alcohol-related end insert felony convictions.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), if the Veterinary Medical
Board, in consultation with the Board of Pharmacy, identifies a
dangerous drug, as defined in Section 4022, as a drug which has
an established pattern of being diverted, the Veterinary Medical
Board may restrict access to that drug by veterinary assistants.

(d) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “Controlled substance” has the same meaning as that term
is defined in Section 11007 of the Health and Safety Code.

(2) “Direct supervision” has the same meaning as that term is
defined in subdivision (e) of Section 2034 of Title 16 of the
California Code of Regulations.

(3) “Drug” has the same meaning as that term is defined in
Section 11014 of the Health and Safety Code.

(4) “Indirect supervision” has the same meaning as that term is
defined in subdivision (f) of Section 2034 of Title 16 of the
California Code of Regulations.

(e) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2015,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2015, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 3.  

Section 4999.32 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

4999.32.  

(a) This section shall apply to applicants for
examination eligibility or registration who begin graduate study
before August 1, 2012, and complete that study on or before
December 31, 2018. Those applicants may alternatively qualify
under paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 4999.33.

(b) To qualify for examination eligibility or registration,
applicants shall possess a master’s or doctoral degree that is
counseling or psychotherapy in content and that meets the
requirements of this section, obtained from an accredited or
approved institution, as defined in Section 4999.12. For purposes
of this subdivision, a degree is “counseling or psychotherapy in
content” if it contains the supervised practicum or field study
experience described in paragraph (3) of subdivision (c) and, except
as provided in subdivision (d), the coursework in the core content
areas listed in subparagraphs (A) to (I), inclusive, of paragraph (1)
of subdivision (c).

(c) The degree described in subdivision (b) shall contain not
less than 48 graduate semester or 72 graduate quarter units of
instruction, which shall, except as provided in subdivision (d),
include all of the following:

(1) The equivalent of at least three semester units or four and
one-half quarter units of graduate study in each of begin insert the end insert following
core content areas:

(A) Counseling and psychotherapeutic theories and techniques,
including the counseling process in a multicultural society, an
orientation to wellness and prevention, counseling theories to assist
in selection of appropriate counseling interventions, models of
counseling consistent with current professional research and
practice, development of a personal model of counseling, and
multidisciplinary responses to crises, emergencies, and disasters.

(B) Human growth and development across the lifespan,
including normal and abnormal behavior and an understanding of
developmental crises, disability, psychopathology, and situational
and environmental factors that affect both normal and abnormal
behavior.

(C) Career development theories and techniques, including
career development decisionmaking models and interrelationships
among and between work, family, and other life roles and factors,
including the role of multicultural issues in career development.

(D) Group counseling theories and techniques, including
principles of group dynamics, group process components,
developmental stage theories, therapeutic factors of group work,
group leadership styles and approaches, pertinent research and
literature, group counseling methods, and evaluation of
effectiveness.

(E) Assessment, appraisal, and testing of individuals, including
basic concepts of standardized and nonstandardized testing and
other assessment techniques, norm-referenced and
criterion-referenced assessment, statistical concepts, social and
cultural factors related to assessment and evaluation of individuals
and groups, and ethical strategies for selecting, administering, and
interpreting assessment instruments and techniques in counseling.

(F) Multicultural counseling theories and techniques, including
counselors’ roles in developing cultural self-awareness, identity
development, promoting cultural social justice, individual and
community strategies for working with and advocating for diverse
populations, and counselors’ roles in eliminating biases and
prejudices, and processes of intentional and unintentional
oppression and discrimination.

(G) Principles of the diagnostic process, including differential
diagnosis, and the use of current diagnostic tools, such as the
current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, the impact
of co-occurring substance use disorders or medical psychological
disorders, established diagnostic criteria for mental or emotional
disorders, and the treatment modalities and placement criteria
within the continuum of care.

(H) Research and evaluation, including studies that provide an
understanding of research methods, statistical analysis, the use of
research to inform evidence-based practice, the importance of
research in advancing the profession of counseling, and statistical
methods used in conducting research, needs assessment, and
program evaluation.

(I) Professional orientation, ethics, and law in counseling,
including professional ethical standards and legal considerations,
licensing law and process, regulatory laws that delineate the
profession’s scope of practice, counselor-client privilege,
confidentiality, the client dangerous to self or others, treatment of
minors with or without parental consent, relationship between
practitioner’s sense of self and human values, functions and
relationships with other human service providers, strategies for
collaboration, and advocacy processes needed to address
institutional and social barriers that impede access, equity, and
success for clients.

(2) In addition to the course requirements described in paragraph
(1), a minimum of 12 semester units or 18 quarter units of advanced
coursework to develop knowledge of specific treatment issues,
special populations, application of counseling constructs,
assessment and treatment planning, clinical interventions,
therapeutic relationships, psychopathology, or other clinical topics.

(3) Not less than six semester units or nine quarter units of
supervised practicum or field study experience, or the equivalent,
in a clinical setting that provides a range of professional clinical
counseling experience, including the following:

(A) Applied psychotherapeutic techniques.

(B) Assessment.

(C) Diagnosis.

(D) Prognosis.

(E) Treatment.

(F) Issues of development, adjustment, and maladjustment.

(G) Health and wellness promotion.

(H) Other recognized counseling interventions.

(I) A minimum of 150 hours of face-to-face supervised clinical
experience counseling individuals, families, or groups.

(d) (1) An applicant whose degree is deficient in no more than
two of the required areas of study listed in subparagraphs (A) to
(I), inclusive, of paragraph (1) of subdivision (c) may satisfy those
deficiencies by successfully completing post-master’s or
postdoctoral degree coursework at an accredited or approved
institution, as defined in Section 4999.12.

(2) Coursework taken to meet deficiencies in the required areas
of study listed in subparagraphs (A) to (I), inclusive, of paragraph
(1) of subdivision (c) shall be the equivalent of three semester units
or four and one-half quarter units of study.

(3) The board shall make the final determination as to whether
a degree meets all requirements, including, but not limited to,
course requirements, regardless of accreditation.

(e) In addition to the degree described in this section, or as part
of that degree, an applicant shall complete the following
coursework or training prior to registration as an intern:

(1) A minimum of 15 contact hours of instruction in alcoholism
and other chemical substance abuse dependency, as specified by
regulation.

(2) A minimum of 10 contact hours of training or coursework
in human sexuality as specified in Section 25, and any regulations
promulgated thereunder.

(3) A two semester unit or three quarter unit survey course in
psychopharmacology.

(4) A minimum of 15 contact hours of instruction in spousal or
partner abuse assessment, detection, and intervention strategies,
including knowledge of community resources, cultural factors,
and same gender abuse dynamics.

(5) A minimum of seven contact hours of training or coursework
in child abuse assessment and reporting as specified in Section 28
and any regulations adopted thereunder.

(6) A minimum of 18 contact hours of instruction in California
law and professional ethics for professional clinical counselors
that includes, but is not limited to, instruction in advertising, scope
of practice, scope of competence, treatment of minors,
confidentiality, dangerous clients, psychotherapist-client privilege,
recordkeeping, client access to records, dual relationships, child
abuse, elder and dependent adult abuse, online therapy, insurance
reimbursement, civil liability, disciplinary actions and
unprofessional conduct, ethics complaints and ethical standards,
termination of therapy, standards of care, relevant family law,
therapist disclosures to clients, and state and federal laws related
to confidentiality of patient health information. When coursework
in a master’s or doctoral degree program is acquired to satisfy this
requirement, it shall be considered as part of the 48 semester unit
or 72 quarter unit requirement in subdivision (c).

(7) A minimum of 10 contact hours of instruction in aging and
long-term care, which may include, but is not limited to, the
biological, social, and psychological aspects of aging. On and after
January 1, 2012, this coursework shall include instruction on the
assessment and reporting of, as well as treatment related to, elder
and dependent adult abuse and neglect.

(8) A minimum of 15 contact hours of instruction in crisis or
trauma counseling, including multidisciplinary responses to crises,
emergencies, or disasters, and brief, intermediate, and long-term
approaches.

(f) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2019,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute that
is enacted before January 1, 2019, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 4.  

Section 5096.10 of the Business and Professions Code,
as amended by Section 32 of Chapter 411 of the Statutes of 2012,
is amended to read:

5096.10.  

(a) The provisions of this article shall only be
operative if there is an appropriation from the Accountancy Fund
in the annual Budget Act to fund the activities in the article and
sufficient hiring authority is granted pursuant to a budget change
proposal to the board to provide staffing to implement this article.

(b) This section shall become inoperative on July 1, 2013, and,
as of January 1, begin delete 2013, end delete begin insert 2014, end insert is repealed, unless a later enacted
statute, that becomes operative on or before January 1, begin delete 2013, end delete begin insert 2014, end insert
deletes or extends the dates on which it becomes inoperative and
is repealed.

SEC. 5.  

Section 21609.1 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

21609.1.  

(a) No junk dealer or recycler shall possess any
reasonably recognizable, disassembled, or inoperative fire hydrant
or fire department connection, including, but not limited to,
reasonably recognizable brass fittings and parts, or any manhole
cover or lid or reasonably recognizable part of a manhole cover
or lid, or any backflow device or connection to that device or
reasonably recognizable part of that device, that was owned or
previously owned by an agency, in the absence of a written
certification on the letterhead of the agency owning or previously
owning the material described in the certification that the agency
has either sold the material described or is offering the material
for sale, salvage, or recycling, and that the person possessing the
certification and identified in the certification is authorized to
negotiate the sale of that material.

(b) A junk dealer or recycler who unknowingly takes possession
of one or more of the items listed in subdivision (a) as part of a
load of otherwise nonprohibited materials without a written
certification has a duty to notify the appropriate law enforcement
agency by the end of the next business day upon discovery of the
prohibited material. Written begin delete confirmation end delete begin insert certification end insert shall relieve
the junk dealer or recycler from any civil or criminal penalty for
possession of the prohibited material. The prohibited material shall
be set aside and not sold pending a determination made by a law
enforcement agency pursuant to Section 21609.

(c) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “Agency” means a public agency, city, county, city and
county, special district, or private utility regulated by the Public
Utilities Commission.

(2) “Appropriate law enforcement agency” means either of the
following:

(A) The police chief of the city, or his or her designee, if the
item or items listed in subdivision (a) are located within the
territorial limits of an incorporated city.

(B) The sheriff of the county or his or her designee if the item
or items listed are located within the county but outside the
territorial limits of an incorporated city.

(3) “Written begin delete confirmation” end delete begin insert certification end insert begin insert ” end insert means a begin delete confirmation end delete
begin insert certification end insert in written form by the junk dealer or recycler to a law
enforcement agency, including electronic mail, facsimile, or a
letter delivered in person or by certified mail.

SEC. 6.  

Section 23958.4 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

23958.4.  

(a) For purposes of Section 23958, “undue
concentration” means the case in which the applicant premises for
an original or premises-to-premises transfer of any retail license
are located in an area where any of the following conditions exist:

(1) The applicant premises are located in a crime reporting
district that has a 20 percent greater number of reported crimes,
as defined in subdivision (c), than the average number of reported
crimes as determined from all crime reporting districts within the
jurisdiction of the local law enforcement agency.

(2) As to on-sale retail license applications, the ratio of on-sale
retail licenses to population in the census tract or census division
in which the applicant premises are located exceeds the ratio of
on-sale retail licenses to population in the county in which the
applicant premises are located.

(3) As to off-sale retail license applications, the ratio of off-sale
retail licenses to population in the census tract or census division
in which the applicant premises are located exceeds the ratio of
off-sale retail licenses to population in the county in which the
applicant premises are located.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 23958, the department may issue
a license as follows:

(1) With respect to a nonretail license, a retail on-sale bona fide
eating place license, a retail license issued for a hotel, motel, or
other lodging establishment, as defined in subdivision (b) of
Section 25503.16, a retail license issued in conjunction with a beer
manufacturer’s license, or a winegrower’s license, if the applicant
shows that public convenience or necessity would be served by
the issuance.

(2) With respect to any other license, if the local governing body
of the area in which the applicant premises are located, or its
designated subordinate officer or body, determines within 90 days
of notification of a completed application that public convenience
or necessity would be served by the issuance. The 90-day period
shall commence upon receipt by the local governing body of (A)
notification by the department of an application for licensure, or
(B) a completed application according to local requirements, if
any, whichever is later.

If the local governing body, or its designated subordinate officer
or body, does not make a determination within the 90-day period,
then the department may issue a license if the applicant shows the
department that public convenience or necessity would be served
by the issuance. In making its determination, the department shall
not attribute any weight to the failure of the local governing body,
or its designated subordinate officer or body, to make a
determination regarding public convenience or necessity within
the 90-day period.

(c) For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall
apply:

(1) “Reporting districts” means geographical areas within the
boundaries of a single governmental entity (city or the
unincorporated area of a county) that are identified by the local
law enforcement agency in the compilation and maintenance of
statistical information on reported crimes and arrests.

(2) “Reported crimes” means the most recent yearly compilation
by the local law enforcement agency of reported offenses of
criminal homicide, forcible rape, robbery, aggravated assault,
burglary, larceny theft, and motor vehicle theft, combined with all
arrests for other crimes, both felonies and misdemeanors, except
traffic citations.

(3) “Population within the census tract or census division” means
the population as determined by the most recent United States
decennial or special census. The population determination shall
not operate to prevent an applicant from establishing that an
increase of resident population has occurred within the census tract
or census division.

(4) “Population in the county” shall be determined by the annual
population estimate for California counties published by the
Population Research Unit of the Department of Finance.

(5) “Retail licenses” shall include the following:

(A) Off-sale retail licenses: Type 20 (off-sale beer and wine)
and Type 21 (off-sale general).

(B) On-sale retail licenses: All retail on-sale licenses, except
Type 43 (on-sale beer and wine for train), Type 44 (on-sale beer
and wine for fishing party boat), Type 45 (on-sale beer and wine
for boat), Type 46 (on-sale beer and wine for airplane), Type 53
(on-sale general for train and sleeping car), Type 54 (on-sale
general for boat), Type 55 (on-sale general for airplane), Type 56
(on-sale general for vessels of more than 1,000 tons burden), and
Type 62 (on-sale general bona fide public eating place intermittent
dockside license for vessels of more than 15,000 tons
displacement).

(6) A begin delete “premises to premises end delete begin insert “premises-to-premises end insert transfer”
refers to each license being separate and distinct, and transferable
upon approval of the department.

(d) For purposes of this section, the number of retail licenses
in the county shall be established by the department on an annual
basis.

(e) The enactment of this section shall not affect any existing
rights of any holder of a retail license issued begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert April
29, 1992, whose premises were destroyed or rendered unusable as
a result of the civil disturbances occurring in Los Angeles from
April 29 to May 2, 1992, to reopen and operate those licensed
premises.

(f) This section shall not apply if the premises have been
licensed and operated with the same type license within 90 days
of the application.

SEC. 7.  

Section 25502.2 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

25502.2.  

(a) A person employed or engaged by an authorized
licensee may appear at a promotional event at the premises of an
off-sale retail licensee for the purposes of providing autographs
to consumers at the promotional event only under the following
conditions:

(1) A purchase from the off-sale retail licensee is not required.

(2) A fee is not charged to attend the promotional event.

(3) Autographing may only be provided on consumer advertising
specialities given by the authorized licensee to a consumer or on
any item provided by the consumer.

(4) The promotional event does not exceed four hours in
duration.

(5) There are no more than two promotional events per calendar
year involving the same authorized licensee at a single premises
of an off-sale retail licensee.

(6) The off-sale retail licensee may advertise the promotional
event to be held at its licensed premises.

(7) An authorized licensee may advertise in advance of the
promotional event only in publications of the authorized licensee,
subject to the following conditions:

(A) The advertising only lists the name and address of the
off-sale retail licensee, the name of the alcoholic beverage product
being featured at the promotional event, and the time, date, and
location of the off-sale retail licensee location where the
promotional event is being held.

(B) The listing of the off-sale retail licensee’s name and address
is the only reference to the off-sale retail licensee in the
advertisement and is relatively inconspicuous in relation to the
advertisement as a whole, and the advertisement does not contain
any pictures or illustrations of the off-sale retail licensee’s premises
or laudatory references to the off-sale retail licensee.

(8) A wholesaler does not directly or indirectly underwrite,
share in, or contribute to any costs related to the promotional event,
except that a beer and wine wholesaler that holds at least six
distilled spirits wholesaler licenses may directly or indirectly
underwrite, share in, or contribute to any costs related to a
promotional event for which the wholesaler employs or engages
the person providing autographs to consumers at the promotional
event.

(9) The authorized licensee notifies the department in writing
of the promotional event at least 30 days in advance of the
promotional event.

(10) The authorized licensee maintains records necessary to
establish its compliance with this section.

(b) For purposes of this section, “authorized licensee” means a
manufacturer, winegrower, manufacturer’s agent, California
winegrower’s agent, rectifier, importer, brandy manufacturer,
brandy importer, or wholesaler.

begin delete

(c) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2016.

end delete begin insert

(c) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2016,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2016, deletes or extends that date.

end insert

SEC. 8.  

Section 25600.2 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

25600.2.  

(a) An authorized licensee may conduct or sponsor
consumer sweepstakes, subject to the following conditions:

(1) (A) No entry fee may be charged to participate in a
sweepstakes authorized by this subdivision. Entry or extra chances
in a sweepstakes shall not be made available via the purchase of
an alcoholic beverage.

(B) Entry into or participation in a sweepstakes shall be limited
to persons 21 years of age or older.

(C) No sweepstakes shall involve consumption of alcoholic
beverages by a participant.

(D) Subject to subparagraph (B), any sweepstakes offered in
California shall be open to all residents of California.

(E) A sweepstakes may not be conducted for the benefit of any
permanent retail license.

(2) (A) Closures, caps, cap liners, corks, labels, cartons, cases,
packaging, or other similar material shall not be used as an entry
to a sweepstakes or as a means of determining the amount or size
of the prize or the winner in a sweepstakes, except as provided in
subparagraphs (D) and (F).

(B) The authorized licensee shall provide an alternative means
of entry that does not require a visit to a licensed premises.

(C) Except as provided in subparagraph (D), removable entry
forms shall not be used on alcoholic beverage labels, containers,
packaging, cases, or cartons.

(D) Removable entry forms that are neck hangers shall be used
only on bottles of wine or distilled spirits, and shall not require
purchase of the product. Removable neck hangers shall be used
only if other entry forms are available at the point of sale or if an
alternative means of entry is also available.

(E) Entry forms may be provided through electronic or other
media, including point of sale.

(F) Codes that may be scanned or electronically entered by a
consumer where the authorized licensee has permanently affixed
the codes as part of the original alcoholic beverage label, container,
packaging, case, or carton, and where the codes are not removable
and not required to be removed are permitted as a form of entry.

(G) All permitted means of entry, including the use of electronic
or scanner codes, shall clearly indicate that no purchase is required
to enter.

(H) All sweepstakes entries shall provide the entrant with an
equal odds of winning.

(3) A sweepstakes shall not provide for the instant or immediate
awarding of a prize or prizes. Instant or immediate notification to
the consumer that he or she is a winner is permissible.

(4) Except for providing a means of entry, a sweepstakes
authorized by this section shall not be conducted at the premises
of a retail licensee or the premises of a winegrower or beer
manufacturer operating under a duplicate license for a branch
office.

(5) Alcoholic beverages or anything redeemable for alcoholic
beverages shall not be awarded as a sweepstakes prize. This
paragraph shall not prohibit a sweepstakes in which the prize is
cash or cash equivalent or the awarding of cash or cash begin delete equivalent
. end delete begin insert equivalent. end insert

(6) A retail licensee shall not serve as the agent of an authorized
licensee by collecting or forwarding entries or awarding prizes to,
or redeeming prizes for, a sweepstakes winner. The matching of
entries with numbers or pictures on the point-of-sale materials at
retail licensed premises is permitted only if entrants are also offered
the opportunity to use an alternative means to determine
prize-winning status. An authorized licensee may furnish and
maintain a deposit box on a retail licensed premises for the
collection and forwarding of sweepstakes entry forms.

(7) A licensee that is not an authorized licensee shall not directly
or indirectly underwrite, share in, or contribute to, the costs of a
sweepstakes authorized by this section or serve as the agent of an
authorized licensee to collect or forward entries or to furnish any
prize to a sweepstakes winner.

(8) (A) Advertising of a sweepstakes shall comply with the
signage and advertising restrictions contained in this chapter,
Chapter 15 (commencing with Section 25500), and any regulations
issued by the department.

(B) Advertising or promotion of a sweepstakes shall not identify
or refer to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert retail licensee.

(C) A retail licensee shall only advertise or promote a
sweepstakes authorized by this section in the manner specified in
subparagraph (A).

(D) Advertising or promotion of a sweepstakes shall only be
conducted on the premises of a retail licensee when such
advertisement or promotion involves a minimum of three
unaffiliated retail licensees. For purposes of this subparagraph,
“unaffiliated retail licensees” shall not include begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert retail licensee
owned or controlled in whole or in part by an authorized licensee
or any officer, director, or agent of that licensee.

(E) Placement of signs or other advertising of a sweepstakes in
a licensed retail premises shall not be conditioned upon the
following:

(i) The placement of begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert product within the licensed premises
or the restriction, in any way, of the purchase of a product by a
licensee, the removal of a product from the sales area of a licensed
premises, or the resetting or repositioning of a product within the
licensed premises.

(ii) The purchase or sale of begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert product produced, imported,
distributed, represented, or promoted by an authorized licensee or
its agent.

(F) An agreement, whether written or oral, entered into, by, and
between a retail licensee and an authorized licensee that precludes
the advertisement or promotion of a sweepstakes on the premises
of the retail licensee by another authorized licensee or its agent is
prohibited.

(9) Sweepstakes prizes shall not be awarded to an authorized
licensee, retail licensee, or wholesale licensee or agent, officer,
employee, or family member of an authorized licensee, retail
licensee, or wholesale licensee. For the purposes of this paragraph,
“family member” means a spouse, parent, sibling, child, son-in-law,
daughter-in-law, and lineal descendants, including those by
adoption. An authorized licensee shall maintain all records
pertaining to a sweepstakes for three years following the
completion of a sweepstakes.

(b) For purposes of this section:

(1) (A) “Authorized licensee” means a winegrower, beer and
wine importer general, beer manufacturer, out-of-state beer
manufacturer certificate holder, distilled spirits manufacturer,
distilled spirits manufacturer’s agent, distilled spirits importer
general, distilled spirits general rectifier, rectifier, out-of-state
distilled spirits shipper’s certificate holder, brandy manufacturer,
and brandy importer. An authorized licensee may conduct, sponsor,
or participate in a sweepstakes pursuant to this section regardless
of whether the licensee holds begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert additional license not included
in this paragraph.

(B) An “authorized licensee” shall not include a beer and wine
wholesaler, a beer and wine importer general, or distilled spirits
importer general that only holds a wholesaler’s or retailer’s license
as an additional license.

(2) “Sweepstakes” means a procedure, activity, or event for the
distribution of anything of value by lot, chance, or random selection
where the odds for winning a prize are equal for each entry.

(c) Nothing in this section authorizes conducting sweepstakes
where consumers are entitled to an allotment or accumulation of
points based on purchases made over a period of time that can be
redeemed for prizes, things of value, or additional sweepstakes
entries.

(d) A prize awarded for a sweepstakes conducted pursuant to
this section shall not be subject to the monetary limitation imposed
by Section 25600 or a regulation of the department.

(e) An authorized licensee that violates this section, in addition
to any other penalty imposed by this division, may be prohibited
by the department from offering a sweepstakes to California
residents for a period of 12 months.

SEC. 9.  

Section 55.56 of the Civil Code is amended to read:

55.56.  

(a) Statutory damages under either subdivision (a) of
Section 52 or subdivision (a) of Section 54.3 may be recovered in
a construction-related accessibility claim against a place of public
accommodation only if a violation or violations of one or more
construction-related accessibility standards denied the plaintiff
full and equal access to the place of public accommodation on a
particular occasion.

(b) A plaintiff is denied full and equal access only if the plaintiff
personally encountered the violation on a particular occasion, or
the plaintiff was deterred from accessing a place of public
accommodation on a particular occasion.

(c) A violation personally encountered by a plaintiff may be
sufficient to cause a denial of full and equal access if the plaintiff
experienced difficulty, discomfort, or embarrassment because of
the violation.

(d) A plaintiff demonstrates that he or she was deterred from
accessing a place of public accommodation on a particular occasion
only if both of the following apply:

(1) The plaintiff had actual knowledge of a violation or
violations that prevented or reasonably dissuaded the plaintiff from
accessing a place of public accommodation that the plaintiff
intended to use on a particular occasion.

(2) The violation or violations would have actually denied the
plaintiff full and equal access if the plaintiff had accessed the place
of public accommodation on that particular occasion.

(e) Statutory damages may be assessed pursuant to subdivision
(a) based on each particular occasion that the plaintiff was denied
full and equal access, and not upon the number of violations of
construction-related accessibility standards identified at the place
of public accommodation where the denial of full and equal access
occurred. If the place of public accommodation consists of distinct
facilities that offer distinct services, statutory damages may be
assessed based on each denial of full and equal access to the distinct
facility, and not upon the number of violations of
construction-related accessibility standards identified at the place
of public accommodation where the denial of full and equal access
occurred.

(f) (1) Notwithstanding any other law, a defendant’s liability
for statutory damages in a construction-related accessibility claim
against a place of public accommodation is reduced to a minimum
of one thousand dollars ($1,000) for each offense if the defendant
demonstrates that it has corrected all construction-related violations
that are the basis of a claim within 60 days of being served with
the complaint, and the defendant demonstrates any of the following:

(A) The structure or area of the alleged violation was determined
to be “CASp-inspected” or “meets applicable standards” and, to
the best of the defendant’s knowledge, there were no modifications
or alterations that impacted compliance with construction-related
accessibility standards with respect to the plaintiff’s claim that
were completed or commenced between the date of that
determination and the particular occasion on which the plaintiff
was allegedly denied full and equal access.

(B) The structure or area of the alleged violation was the subject
of an inspection report indicating “CASp determination pending”
or “Inspected by a CASp,” and the defendant has either
implemented reasonable measures to correct the alleged violation
begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the particular occasion on which the plaintiff was
allegedly denied full and equal access, or the defendant was in the
process of correcting the alleged violation within a reasonable time
and manner begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the particular occasion on which the
plaintiff was allegedly denied full and equal access.

(C) For a claim alleging a construction-related accessibility
violation filed before January 1, 2018, the structure or area of the
alleged violation was a new construction or an improvement that
was approved by, and passed inspection by, the local building
department permit and inspection process on or after January 1,
2008, and before January 1, 2016, and, to the best of the
defendant’s knowledge, there were no modifications or alterations
that impacted compliance with respect to the plaintiff’s claim that
were completed or commenced between the completion date of
the new construction or improvement and the particular occasion
on which the plaintiff was allegedly denied full and equal access.

(D) The structure or area of the alleged violation was new
construction or an improvement that was approved by, and passed
inspection by begin insert , end insert a local building department official who is a certified
access specialist, and, to the best of the defendant’s knowledge,
there were no modifications or alterations that affected compliance
with respect to the plaintiff’s claim that were completed or
commenced between the completion date of the new construction
or improvement and the particular occasion on which the plaintiff
was allegedly denied full and equal access.

(2) Notwithstanding any other law, a defendant’s liability for
statutory damages in a construction-related accessibility claim
against a place of public accommodation is reduced to a minimum
of two thousand dollars ($2,000) for each offense if the defendant
demonstrates both of the following:

(A) The defendant has corrected all construction-related
violations that are the basis of a claim within 30 days of being
served with the complaint.

(B) The defendant is a small business that has employed 25 or
fewer employees on average over the past three years, or for the
years it has been in existence if less than three years, as evidenced
by wage report forms filed with the Economic Development
Department, and has average annual gross receipts of less than
three million five hundred thousand dollars ($3,500,000) over the
previous three years, or for the years it has been in existence if
less than three years, as evidenced by federal or state income tax
returns. The average annual gross receipts dollar amount shall be
adjusted biannually by the Department of General Services for
changes in the California Consumer Price Index for All Urban
Consumers, as compiled by the Department of Industrial Relations.
The Department of General Services shall post that adjusted
amount on its Internet Web site.

(3) This subdivision shall not be applicable to intentional
violations.

(4) Nothing in this subdivision affects the awarding of actual
damages, or affects the awarding of treble actual damages.

(5) This subdivision shall apply only to claims filed on or after
the effective date of Senate Bill 1186 of the 2011-12 Regular
Session of the Legislature. Nothing in this subdivision is intended
to affect a complaint filed before that date.

(g) This section does not alter the applicable law for the
awarding of injunctive or other equitable relief for a violation or
violations of one or more construction-related accessibility
standards, nor alter any legal obligation of a party to mitigate
damages.

(h) In assessing liability under subdivision (d), in begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert action
alleging multiple claims for the same construction-related
accessibility violation on different particular occasions, the court
shall consider the reasonableness of the plaintiff’s conduct in light
of the plaintiff’s obligation, if any, to mitigate damages.

SEC. 10.  

Section 56.16 of the Civil Code is amended to read:

56.16.  

For disclosures not addressed by Section 56.1007, unless
there is a specific written request by the patient to the contrary,
nothing in this part shall be construed to prevent a general acute
care hospital, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 1250 of the
Health and Safety Code, upon an inquiry concerning a specific
patient, from releasing at its discretion any of the following
information: the patient’s name, address, age, and sex; a general
description of the reason for treatment (whether an injury, a burn,
poisoning, or some unrelated condition); the general nature of the
injury, burn, poisoning, or other condition; the general condition
of the patient; and any information that is not medical information
as defined in subdivision begin delete (c) end delete begin insert (g) end insert of Section 56.05.

SEC. 11.  

Section 1195 of the Civil Code is amended to read:

1195.  

(a) Proof of the execution of an instrument, when not
acknowledged, may be made by any of the following:

(1) By the party executing it, or either of them.

(2) By a subscribing witness.

(3) By other witnesses, in cases mentioned in Section 1198.

(b) (1)  Proof of the execution of a power of attorney, grant
deed, mortgage, deed of trust, quitclaim deed, security agreement,
or any instrument affecting real property is not permitted pursuant
to Section 27287 of the Government Code, though proof of the
execution of a trustee’s deed or deed of reconveyance is permitted.

(2) Proof of the execution for any instrument requiring a notary
public to obtain a thumbprint from the party signing the document
in the notary public’s journal is not permitted.

(c) Any certificate for proof of execution taken within this state
may be in the following form, although the use of other,
substantially similar forms is not precluded:

 

State of California	⎫	ss.
County of	⎭

 

On ____ (date), before me, the undersigned, a notary public
begin delete end delete
for the state, personally appeared ____ (name of subscribing witness), proved
to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, as a
witness thereto, on the oath of ____ (name of credible witness), a credible
witness who is known to me and provided a satisfactory identifying document.
____ (name of subscribing witness), being by me duly sworn, said that he/she
was present and saw/heard ____ (name[s] of principal[s]), the same person(s)
described in and whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within or attached
instrument in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies) as (a) party(ies) thereto,
execute or acknowledge executing the same, and that said affiant subscribed
his/her name to the within or attached instrument as a witness at the request of
____ (name[s] of principal[s]).

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature    (Notary public seal)

 

SEC. 12.  

Section 1950.5 of the Civil Code is amended to read:

1950.5.  

(a) This section applies to security for a rental
agreement for residential property that is used as the dwelling of
the tenant.

(b) As used in this section, “security” means any payment, fee,
deposit, or charge, including, but not limited to, any payment, fee,
deposit, or charge, except as provided in Section 1950.6, that is
imposed at the beginning of the tenancy to be used to reimburse
the landlord for costs associated with processing a new tenant or
that is imposed as an advance payment of rent, used or to be used
for any purpose, including, but not limited to, any of the following:

(1) The compensation of a landlord for a tenant’s default in the
payment of rent.

(2) The repair of damages to the premises, exclusive of ordinary
wear and tear, caused by the tenant or by a guest or licensee of the
tenant.

(3) The cleaning of the premises upon termination of the tenancy
necessary to return the unit to the same level of cleanliness it was
in at the inception of the tenancy. The amendments to this
paragraph enacted by the act adding this sentence shall apply only
to tenancies for which the tenant’s right to occupy begins after
January 1, 2003.

(4) To remedy future defaults by the tenant in any obligation
under the rental agreement to restore, replace, or return personal
property or appurtenances, exclusive of ordinary wear and tear, if
the security deposit is authorized to be applied thereto by the rental
agreement.

(c) A landlord may not demand or receive security, however
denominated, in an amount or value in excess of an amount equal
to two months’ rent, in the case of unfurnished residential property,
and an amount equal to three months’ rent, in the case of furnished
residential property, in addition to any rent for the first month paid
on or before initial occupancy.

This subdivision does not prohibit an advance payment of not
less than six months’ rent if the term of the lease is six months or
longer.

This subdivision does not preclude a landlord and a tenant from
entering into a mutual agreement for the landlord, at the request
of the tenant and for a specified fee or charge, to make structural,
decorative, furnishing, or other similar alterations, if the alterations
are other than cleaning or repairing for which the landlord may
charge the previous tenant as provided by subdivision (e).

(d) Any security shall be held by the landlord for the tenant who
is party to the lease or agreement. The claim of a tenant to the
security shall be prior to the claim of any creditor of the landlord.

(e) The landlord may claim of the security only those amounts
as are reasonably necessary for the purposes specified in
subdivision (b). The landlord may not assert a claim against the
tenant or the security for damages to the premises or any defective
conditions that preexisted the tenancy, for ordinary wear and tear
or the effects thereof, whether the wear and tear preexisted the
tenancy or occurred during the tenancy, or for the cumulative
effects of ordinary wear and tear occurring during any one or more
tenancies.

(f) (1) Within a reasonable time after notification of either
party’s intention to terminate the tenancy, or before the end of the
lease term, the landlord shall notify the tenant in writing of his or
her option to request an initial inspection and of his or her right to
be present at the inspection. The requirements of this subdivision
do not apply when the tenancy is terminated pursuant to subdivision
(2), (3), or (4) of Section 1161 of the Code of Civil Procedure. At
a reasonable time, but no earlier than two weeks before the
termination or the end of lease date, the landlord, or an agent of
the landlord, shall, upon the request of the tenant, make an initial
inspection of the premises prior to any final inspection the landlord
makes after the tenant has vacated the premises. The purpose of
the initial inspection shall be to allow the tenant an opportunity to
remedy identified deficiencies, in a manner consistent with the
rights and obligations of the parties under the rental agreement, in
order to avoid deductions from the security. If a tenant chooses
not to request an initial inspection, the duties of the landlord under
this subdivision are discharged. If an inspection is requested, the
parties shall attempt to schedule the inspection at a mutually
acceptable date and time. The landlord shall give at least 48 hours’
prior written notice of the date and time of the inspection if either
a mutual time is agreed upon, or if a mutually agreed time cannot
be scheduled but the tenant still wishes an inspection. The tenant
and landlord may agree to forgo the 48-hour prior written notice
by both signing a written waiver. The landlord shall proceed with
the inspection whether the tenant is present or not, unless the tenant
previously withdrew his or her request for the inspection. Written
notice by the landlord shall contain, in substantially the same form,
the following:

“State law permits former tenants to reclaim abandoned personal
property left at the former address of the tenant, subject to certain
conditions. You may or may not be able to reclaim property without
incurring additional costs, depending on the cost of storing the
property and the length of time before it is reclaimed. In general,
these costs will be lower the sooner you contact your former
landlord after being notified that property belonging to you was
left behind after you moved out.”

(2) Based on the inspection, the landlord shall give the tenant
an itemized statement specifying repairs or cleanings that are
proposed to be the basis of any deductions from the security the
landlord intends to make pursuant to paragraphs (1) to (4),
inclusive, of subdivision (b). This statement shall also include the
texts of paragraphs (1) to (4), inclusive, of subdivision (b). The
statement shall be given to the tenant, if the tenant is present for
the inspection, or shall be left inside the premises.

(3) The tenant shall have the opportunity during the period
following the initial inspection until termination of the tenancy to
remedy identified deficiencies, in a manner consistent with the
rights and obligations of the parties under the rental agreement, in
order to avoid deductions from the security.

(4) Nothing in this subdivision shall prevent a landlord from
using the security for deductions itemized in the statement provided
for in paragraph (2) that were not cured by the tenant so long as
the deductions are for damages authorized by this section.

(5) Nothing in this subdivision shall prevent a landlord from
using the security for any purpose specified in paragraphs (1) to
(4), inclusive, of subdivision (b) that occurs between completion
of the initial inspection and termination of the tenancy or was not
identified during the initial inspection due to the presence of a
tenant’s possessions.

(g) (1) No later than 21 calendar days after the tenant has
vacated the premises, but not earlier than the time that either the
landlord or the tenant provides a notice to terminate the tenancy
under Section 1946 or 1946.1, Section 1161 of the Code of Civil
Procedure, or not earlier than 60 calendar days prior to the
expiration of a fixed-term lease, the landlord shall furnish the
tenant, by personal delivery or by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
a copy of an itemized statement indicating the basis for, and the
amount of, any security received and the disposition of the security,
and shall return any remaining portion of the security to the tenant.
After either the landlord or the tenant provides notice to terminate
the tenancy, the landlord and tenant may mutually agree to have
the landlord deposit any remaining portion of the security deposit
electronically to a bank account or other financial institution
designated by the tenant. After either the landlord or the tenant
provides notice to terminate the tenancy, the landlord and the tenant
may also agree to have the landlord provide a copy of the itemized
statement along with the copies required by paragraph (2) to an
email account provided by the tenant.

(2) Along with the itemized statement, the landlord shall also
include copies of documents showing charges incurred and
deducted by the landlord to repair or clean the premises, as follows:

(A) If the landlord or landlord’s employee did the work, the
itemized statement shall reasonably describe the work performed.
The itemized statement shall include the time spent and the
reasonable hourly rate charged.

(B) If the landlord or landlord’s employee did not do the work,
the landlord shall provide the tenant a copy of the bill, invoice, or
receipt supplied by the person or entity performing the work. The
itemized statement shall provide the tenant with the name, address,
and telephone number of the person or entity, if the bill, invoice,
or receipt does not include that information.

(C) If a deduction is made for materials or supplies, the landlord
shall provide a copy of the bill, invoice, or receipt. If a particular
material or supply item is purchased by the landlord on an ongoing
basis, the landlord may document the cost of the item by providing
a copy of a bill, invoice, receipt, vendor price list, or other vendor
document that reasonably documents the cost of the item used in
the repair or cleaning of the unit.

(3) If a repair to be done by the landlord or the landlord’s
employee cannot reasonably be completed within 21 calendar days
after the tenant has vacated the premises, or if the documents from
a person or entity providing services, materials, or supplies are not
in the landlord’s possession within 21 calendar days after the tenant
has vacated the premises, the landlord may deduct the amount of
a good faith estimate of the charges that will be incurred and
provide that estimate with the itemized statement. If the reason for
the estimate is because the documents from a person or entity
providing services, materials, or supplies are not in the landlord’s
possession, the itemized statement shall include the name, address,
and telephone number of the person or entity. Within 14 calendar
days of completing the repair or receiving the documentation, the
landlord shall complete the requirements in paragraphs (1) and (2)
in the manner specified.

(4) The landlord need not comply with paragraph (2) or (3) if
either of the following applies:

(A) The deductions for repairs and cleaning together do not
exceed one hundred twenty-five dollars ($125).

(B) The tenant waived the rights specified in paragraphs (2) and
(3). The waiver shall only be effective if it is signed by the tenant
at the same time or after a notice to terminate a tenancy under
Section 1946 or 1946.1 has been given, a notice under Section
1161 of the Code of Civil Procedure has been given, or no earlier
than 60 calendar days prior to the expiration of a fixed-term lease.
The waiver shall substantially include the text of paragraph (2).

(5) Notwithstanding paragraph (4), the landlord shall comply
with paragraphs (2) and (3) when a tenant makes a request for
documentation within 14 calendar days after receiving the itemized
statement specified in paragraph (1). The landlord shall comply
within 14 calendar days after receiving the request from the tenant.

(6) Any mailings to the tenant pursuant to this subdivision shall
be sent to the address provided by the tenant. If the tenant does
not provide an address, mailings pursuant to this subdivision shall
be sent to the unit that has been vacated.

(h) Upon termination of the landlord’s interest in the premises,
whether by sale, assignment, death, appointment of receiver, or
otherwise, the landlord or the landlord’s agent shall, within a
reasonable time, do one of the following acts, either of which shall
relieve the landlord of further liability with respect to the security
held:

(1) Transfer the portion of the security remaining after any
lawful deductions made under subdivision (e) to the landlord’s
successor in interest. The landlord shall thereafter notify the tenant
by personal delivery or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, of the
transfer, of any claims made against the security, of the amount
of the security deposited, and of the names of the successors in
interest, their addresses, and their telephone numbers. If the notice
to the tenant is made by personal delivery, the tenant shall
acknowledge receipt of the notice and sign his or her name on the
landlord’s copy of the notice.

(2) Return the portion of the security remaining after any lawful
deductions made under subdivision (e) to the tenant, together with
an accounting as provided in subdivision (g).

(i) Prior to the voluntary transfer of a landlord’s interest in the
premises, the landlord shall deliver to the landlord’s successor in
interest a written statement indicating the following:

(1) The security remaining after any lawful deductions are made.

(2) An itemization of any lawful deductions from any security
received.

(3) His or her election under paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision
(h).

This subdivision does not affect the validity of title to the real
property transferred in violation of this subdivision.

(j)  begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert In the event of noncompliance with subdivision (h), the
landlord’s successors in interest shall be jointly and severally liable
with the landlord for repayment of the security, or that portion
thereof to which the tenant is entitled, when and as provided in
subdivisions (e) and (g). A successor in interest of a landlord may
not require the tenant to post any security to replace that amount
not transferred to the tenant or successors in interest as provided
in subdivision (h), unless and until the successor in interest first
makes restitution of the initial security as provided in paragraph
(2) of subdivision (h) or provides the tenant with an accounting as
provided in subdivision (g).

begin insert (2) end insert begin insert   end insert This subdivision does not preclude a successor in interest
from recovering from the tenant compensatory damages that are
in excess of the security received from the landlord previously
paid by the tenant to the landlord.

begin insert (3) end insert begin insert   end insert Notwithstanding this subdivision, if, upon inquiry and
reasonable investigation, a landlord’s successor in interest has a
good faith belief that the lawfully remaining security deposit is
transferred to him or her or returned to the tenant pursuant to
subdivision (h), he or she is not liable for damages as provided in
subdivision (l), or any security not transferred pursuant to
subdivision (h).

(k) Upon receipt of any portion of the security under paragraph
(1) of subdivision (h), the landlord’s successors in interest shall
have all of the rights and obligations of a landlord holding the
security with respect to the security.

(l) The bad faith claim or retention by a landlord or the
landlord’s successors in interest of the security or any portion
thereof in violation of this section, or the bad faith demand of
replacement security in violation of subdivision (j), may subject
the landlord or the landlord’s successors in interest to statutory
damages of up to twice the amount of the security, in addition to
actual damages. The court may award damages for bad faith
whenever the facts warrant that award, regardless of whether the
injured party has specifically requested relief. In begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert action
under this section, the landlord or the landlord’s successors in
interest shall have the burden of proof as to the reasonableness of
the amounts claimed or the authority pursuant to this section to
demand additional security deposits.

(m) No lease or rental agreement may contain begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert provision
characterizing any security as “nonrefundable.”

(n)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert An end insert action under this section may be maintained in small
claims court if the damages claimed, whether begin delete actual or end delete begin insert actual, end insert
statutory begin insert , end insert or both, are within the jurisdictional amount allowed by
Section 116.220 or 116.221 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(o) Proof of the existence of and the amount of a security deposit
may be established by any credible evidence, including, but not
limited to, a canceled check, a receipt, a lease indicating the
requirement of a deposit as well as the amount, prior consistent
statements or actions of the landlord or tenant, or a statement under
penalty of perjury that satisfies the credibility requirements set
forth in Section 780 of the Evidence Code.

(p) The amendments to this section made during the 1985
portion of the 1985-86 Regular Session of the Legislature that are
set forth in subdivision (e) are declaratory of existing law.

(q) The amendments to this section made during the 2003
portion of the 2003-04 Regular Session of the Legislature that are
set forth in paragraph (1) of subdivision (f) are declaratory of
existing law.

SEC. 13.  

Section 2877 of the Civil Code is amended to read:

2877.  

Contracts of mortgage, pledge, bottomry, or begin delete respondentia, end delete
begin insert respondentia end insert are subject to all begin insert of end insert the provisions of this begin delete Chapter. end delete
begin insert chapter. end insert

SEC. 14.  

Section 2923.55 of the Civil Code, as added by
Section 6 of Chapter 86 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended to
read:

2923.55.  

(a) A mortgage servicer, mortgagee, trustee,
beneficiary, or authorized agent may not record a notice of default
pursuant to Section 2924 until all of the following:

(1) The mortgage servicer has satisfied the requirements of
paragraph (1) of subdivision (b).

(2) Either 30 days after initial contact is made as required by
paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) or 30 days after satisfying the due
diligence requirements as described in subdivision (f).

(3) The mortgage servicer complies with subdivision (c) of
Section 2923.6, if the borrower has provided a complete application
as defined in subdivision (h) of Section 2923.6.

(b) (1) As specified in subdivision (a), a mortgage servicer shall
send the following information in writing to the borrower:

(A) A statement that if the borrower is a servicemember or a
dependent of a servicemember, he or she may be entitled to certain
protections under the federal Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (50
U.S.C. begin insert Appen. end insert Sec. 501 et seq.) regarding the servicemember’s
interest rate and the risk of foreclosure, and counseling for covered
servicemembers that is available at agencies such as Military
OneSource and Armed Forces Legal Assistance.

(B) A statement that the borrower may request the following:

(i) A copy of the borrower’s promissory note or other evidence
of indebtedness.

(ii) A copy of the borrower’s deed of trust or mortgage.

(iii) A copy of any assignment, if applicable, of the borrower’s
mortgage or deed of trust required to demonstrate the right of the
mortgage servicer to foreclose.

(iv) A copy of the borrower’s payment history since the
borrower was last less than 60 days past due.

(2) A mortgage servicer shall contact the borrower in person or
by telephone in order to assess the borrower’s financial situation
and explore options for the borrower to avoid foreclosure. During
the initial contact, the mortgage servicer shall advise the borrower
that he or she has the right to request a subsequent meeting and,
if requested, the mortgage servicer shall schedule the meeting to
occur within 14 days. The assessment of the borrower’s financial
situation and discussion of options may occur during the first
contact, or at the subsequent meeting scheduled for that purpose.
In either case, the borrower shall be provided the toll-free telephone
number made available by the United States Department of
Housing and Urban Development (HUD) to find a HUD-certified
housing counseling agency. Any meeting may occur telephonically.

(c) A notice of default recorded pursuant to Section 2924 shall
include a declaration that the mortgage servicer has contacted the
borrower, has tried with due diligence to contact the borrower as
required by this section, or that no contact was required because
the individual did not meet the definition of “borrower” pursuant
to subdivision (c) of Section 2920.5.

(d) A mortgage servicer’s loss mitigation personnel may
participate by telephone during any contact required by this section.

(e) A borrower may designate, with consent given in writing,
a HUD-certified housing counseling agency, attorney, or other
adviser to discuss with the mortgage servicer, on the borrower’s
behalf, the borrower’s financial situation and options for the
borrower to avoid foreclosure. That contact made at the direction
of the borrower shall satisfy the contact requirements of paragraph
(2) of subdivision (b). Any foreclosure prevention alternative
offered at the meeting by the mortgage servicer is subject to
approval by the borrower.

(f) A notice of default may be recorded pursuant to Section 2924
when a mortgage servicer has not contacted a borrower as required
by paragraph (2) of subdivision (b), provided that the failure to
contact the borrower occurred despite the due diligence of the
mortgage servicer. For purposes of this section, “due diligence”
shall require and mean all of the following:

(1) A mortgage servicer shall first attempt to contact a borrower
by sending a first-class letter that includes the toll-free telephone
number made available by HUD to find a HUD-certified housing
counseling agency.

(2) (A) After the letter has been sent, the mortgage servicer shall
attempt to contact the borrower by telephone at least three times
at different hours and on different days. Telephone calls shall be
made to the primary telephone number on file.

(B) A mortgage servicer may attempt to contact a borrower
using an automated system to dial borrowers, provided that, if the
telephone call is answered, the call is connected to a live
representative of the mortgage servicer.

(C) A mortgage servicer satisfies the telephone contact
requirements of this paragraph if it determines, after attempting
contact pursuant to this paragraph, that the borrower’s primary
telephone number and secondary telephone number or numbers
on file, if any, have been disconnected.

(3) If the borrower does not respond within two weeks after the
telephone call requirements of paragraph (2) have been satisfied,
the mortgage servicer shall then send a certified letter, with return
receipt requested, that includes the toll-free telephone number
made available by HUD to find a HUD-certified housing
counseling agency.

(4) The mortgage servicer shall provide a means for the borrower
to contact it in a timely manner, including a toll-free telephone
number that will provide access to a live representative during
business hours.

(5) The mortgage servicer has posted a prominent link on the
homepage of its Internet Web site, if any, to the following
information:

(A) Options that may be available to borrowers who are unable
to afford their mortgage payments and who wish to avoid
foreclosure, and instructions to borrowers advising them on steps
to take to explore those options.

(B) A list of financial documents borrowers should collect and
be prepared to present to the mortgage servicer when discussing
options for avoiding foreclosure.

(C) A toll-free telephone number for borrowers who wish to
discuss options for avoiding foreclosure with their mortgage
servicer.

(D) The toll-free telephone number made available by HUD to
find a HUD-certified housing counseling agency.

(g) This section shall not apply to entities described in
subdivision (b) of Section 2924.18.

(h) This section shall apply only to mortgages or deeds of trust
described in Section 2924.15.

(i)  This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2018,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2018, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 15.  

Section 2923.55 of the Civil Code, as added by
Section 6 of Chapter 87 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended to
read:

2923.55.  

(a) A mortgage servicer, mortgagee, trustee,
beneficiary, or authorized agent may not record a notice of default
pursuant to Section 2924 until all of the following:

(1) The mortgage servicer has satisfied the requirements of
paragraph (1) of subdivision (b).

(2) Either 30 days after initial contact is made as required by
paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) or 30 days after satisfying the due
diligence requirements as described in subdivision (f).

(3) The mortgage servicer complies with subdivision (c) of
Section 2923.6, if the borrower has provided a complete application
as defined in subdivision (h) of Section 2923.6.

(b) (1) As specified in subdivision (a), a mortgage servicer shall
send the following information in writing to the borrower:

(A) A statement that if the borrower is a servicemember or a
dependent of a servicemember, he or she may be entitled to certain
protections under the federal Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (50
U.S.C. begin insert Appen. end insert Sec. 501 et seq.) regarding the servicemember’s
interest rate and the risk of foreclosure, and counseling for covered
servicemembers that is available at agencies such as Military
OneSource and Armed Forces Legal Assistance.

(B) A statement that the borrower may request the following:

(i) A copy of the borrower’s promissory note or other evidence
of indebtedness.

(ii) A copy of the borrower’s deed of trust or mortgage.

(iii) A copy of any assignment, if applicable, of the borrower’s
mortgage or deed of trust required to demonstrate the right of the
mortgage servicer to foreclose.

(iv) A copy of the borrower’s payment history since the
borrower was last less than 60 days past due.

(2) A mortgage servicer shall contact the borrower in person or
by telephone in order to assess the borrower’s financial situation
and explore options for the borrower to avoid foreclosure. During
the initial contact, the mortgage servicer shall advise the borrower
that he or she has the right to request a subsequent meeting and,
if requested, the mortgage servicer shall schedule the meeting to
occur within 14 days. The assessment of the borrower’s financial
situation and discussion of options may occur during the first
contact, or at the subsequent meeting scheduled for that purpose.
In either case, the borrower shall be provided the toll-free telephone
number made available by the United States Department of
Housing and Urban Development (HUD) to find a HUD-certified
housing counseling agency. Any meeting may occur telephonically.

(c) A notice of default recorded pursuant to Section 2924 shall
include a declaration that the mortgage servicer has contacted the
borrower, has tried with due diligence to contact the borrower as
required by this section, or that no contact was required because
the individual did not meet the definition of “borrower” pursuant
to subdivision (c) of Section 2920.5.

(d) A mortgage servicer’s loss mitigation personnel may
participate by telephone during any contact required by this section.

(e) A borrower may designate, with consent given in writing,
a HUD-certified housing counseling agency, attorney, or other
advisor to discuss with the mortgage servicer, on the borrower’s
behalf, the borrower’s financial situation and options for the
borrower to avoid foreclosure. That contact made at the direction
of the borrower shall satisfy the contact requirements of paragraph
(2) of subdivision (b). Any foreclosure prevention alternative
offered at the meeting by the mortgage servicer is subject to
approval by the borrower.

(f) A notice of default may be recorded pursuant to Section 2924
when a mortgage servicer has not contacted a borrower as required
by paragraph (2) of subdivision (b), provided that the failure to
contact the borrower occurred despite the due diligence of the
mortgage servicer. For purposes of this section, “due diligence”
shall require and mean all of the following:

(1) A mortgage servicer shall first attempt to contact a borrower
by sending a first-class letter that includes the toll-free telephone
number made available by HUD to find a HUD-certified housing
counseling agency.

(2) (A) After the letter has been sent, the mortgage servicer shall
attempt to contact the borrower by telephone at least three times
at different hours and on different days. Telephone calls shall be
made to the primary telephone number on file.

(B) A mortgage servicer may attempt to contact a borrower
using an automated system to dial borrowers, provided that, if the
telephone call is answered, the call is connected to a live
representative of the mortgage servicer.

(C) A mortgage servicer satisfies the telephone contact
requirements of this paragraph if it determines, after attempting
contact pursuant to this paragraph, that the borrower’s primary
telephone number and secondary telephone number or numbers
on file, if any, have been disconnected.

(3) If the borrower does not respond within two weeks after the
telephone call requirements of paragraph (2) have been satisfied,
the mortgage servicer shall then send a certified letter, with return
receipt requested, that includes the toll-free telephone number
made available by HUD to find a HUD-certified housing
counseling agency.

(4) The mortgage servicer shall provide a means for the borrower
to contact it in a timely manner, including a toll-free telephone
number that will provide access to a live representative during
business hours.

(5) The mortgage servicer has posted a prominent link on the
homepage of its Internet Web site, if any, to the following
information:

(A) Options that may be available to borrowers who are unable
to afford their mortgage payments and who wish to avoid
foreclosure, and instructions to borrowers advising them on steps
to take to explore those options.

(B) A list of financial documents borrowers should collect and
be prepared to present to the mortgage servicer when discussing
options for avoiding foreclosure.

(C) A toll-free telephone number for borrowers who wish to
discuss options for avoiding foreclosure with their mortgage
servicer.

(D) The toll-free telephone number made available by HUD to
find a HUD-certified housing counseling agency.

(g) This section shall not apply to entities described in
subdivision (b) of Section 2924.18.

(h) This section shall apply only to mortgages or deeds of trust
described in Section 2924.15.

(i)  This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2018,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2018, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 16.  

Section 2924.8 of the Civil Code is amended to read:

2924.8.  

(a) (1) Upon posting a notice of sale pursuant to
Section 2924f, a trustee or authorized agent shall also post the
following notice, in the manner required for posting the notice of
sale on the property to be sold, and a mortgagee, trustee,
beneficiary, or authorized agent, concurrently with the mailing of
the notice of sale pursuant to Section 2924b, shall send by
first-class mail in an envelope addressed to the “Resident of
property subject to foreclosure sale” the following notice in English
and the languages described in Section 1632:

Foreclosure process has begun on this property, which may affect
your right to continue to live in this property. Twenty days or more
after the date of this notice, this property may be sold at
foreclosure. If you are renting this property, the new property
owner may either give you a new lease or rental agreement or
provide you with a 90-day eviction notice. You may have a right
to stay in your home for longer than 90 days. If you have a
fixed-term lease, the new owner must honor the lease unless the
new owner will occupy the property as a primary residence or in
other limited circumstances. Also, in some cases and in some cities
with a “just cause for eviction” law, you may not have to move at
all. All rights and obligations under your lease or tenancy, including
your obligation to pay rent, will continue after the foreclosure sale.
You may wish to contact a lawyer or your local legal aid office or
housing counseling agency to discuss any rights you may have.

 

(2) The amendments to the notice in this subdivision made by
the act that added this paragraph shall become operative on March
1, 2013, or 60 days following posting of a dated notice
incorporating those amendments on the Department of Consumer
Affairs Internet Web site, whichever date is begin delete later. end delete begin insert later. end insert

(b) It is an infraction to tear down the notice described in
subdivision (a) within 72 hours of posting. Violators shall be
subject to a fine of one hundred dollars ($100).

(c) The Department of Consumer Affairs shall make available
translations of the notice described in subdivision (a) which may
be used by a mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary, or authorized agent
to satisfy the requirements of this section.

(d) This section shall only apply to loans secured by residential
real property, and if the billing address for the mortgage note is
different than the property address.

(e) This section shall remain in effect only until December 31,
2019, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute,
that is enacted before December 31, 2019, deletes or extends that
date.

SEC. 17.  

Section 2924.19 of the Civil Code, as added by
Section 22 of Chapter 86 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended to
read:

2924.19.  

(a) (1) If a trustee’s deed upon sale has not been
recorded, a borrower may bring an action for injunctive relief to
enjoin a material violation of Section 2923.5, 2924.17, or 2924.18.

(2)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert An end insert injunction shall remain in place and any trustee’s
sale shall be enjoined until the court determines that the mortgage
servicer, mortgagee, beneficiary, or authorized agent has corrected
and remedied the violation or violations giving rise to the action
for injunctive relief. An enjoined entity may move to dissolve an
injunction based on a showing that the material violation has been
corrected and remedied.

(b) After a trustee’s deed upon sale has been recorded, a
mortgage servicer, mortgagee, beneficiary, or authorized agent
shall be liable to a borrower for actual economic damages pursuant
to Section 3281, resulting from a material violation of Section
2923.5, 2924.17, or 2924.18 by that mortgage servicer, mortgagee,
beneficiary, or authorized agent where the violation was not
corrected and remedied prior to the recordation of the trustee’s
deed upon sale. If the court finds that the material violation was
intentional or reckless, or resulted from willful misconduct by a
mortgage servicer, mortgagee, beneficiary, or authorized agent,
the court may award the borrower the greater of treble actual
damages or statutory damages of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000).

(c) A mortgage servicer, mortgagee, beneficiary, or authorized
agent shall not be liable for any violation that it has corrected and
remedied prior to the recordation of the trustee’s deed upon sale,
or that has been corrected and remedied by third parties working
on its behalf prior to the recordation of the trustee’s deed upon
sale.

(d) A violation of Section 2923.5, 2924.17, or begin delete 2917.18 end delete begin insert 2924.18 end insert
by a person licensed by the Department of Corporations, the
Department of Financial Institutions, or the Department of Real
Estate shall be deemed to be a violation of that person’s licensing
law.

(e)  begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert violation of this article shall begin insert not end insert affect the validity of
a sale in favor of a bona fide purchaser and any of its
encumbrancers for value without notice.

(f) A third-party encumbrancer shall not be relieved of liability
resulting from violations of Section 2923.5, 2924.17 or 2924.18,
committed by that third-party encumbrancer, that occurred prior
to the sale of the subject property to the bona fide purchaser.

(g) The rights, remedies, and procedures provided by this section
are in addition to and independent of any other rights, remedies,
or procedures under any other law. Nothing in this section shall
be construed to alter, limit, or negate any other rights, remedies,
or procedures provided by law.

(h) A court may award a prevailing borrower reasonable
attorney’s fees and costs in an action brought pursuant to this
section. A borrower shall be deemed to have prevailed for purposes
of this subdivision if the borrower obtained injunctive relief or
damages pursuant to this section.

(i) This section shall apply only to entities described in
subdivision (b) of Section 2924.18.

(j)  This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2018,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2018, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 18.  

Section 2924.19 of the Civil Code, as added by
Section 22 of Chapter 87 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended to
read:

2924.19.  

(a) (1) If a trustee’s deed upon sale has not been
recorded, a borrower may bring an action for injunctive relief to
enjoin a material violation of Section 2923.5, 2924.17, or 2924.18.

(2)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert An end insert injunction shall remain in place and any trustee’s
sale shall be enjoined until the court determines that the mortgage
servicer, mortgagee, beneficiary, or authorized agent has corrected
and remedied the violation or violations giving rise to the action
for injunctive relief. An enjoined entity may move to dissolve an
injunction based on a showing that the material violation has been
corrected and remedied.

(b) After a trustee’s deed upon sale has been recorded, a
mortgage servicer, mortgagee, beneficiary, or authorized agent
shall be liable to a borrower for actual economic damages pursuant
to Section 3281, resulting from a material violation of Section
2923.5, 2924.17, or 2924.18 by that mortgage servicer, mortgagee,
beneficiary, or authorized agent where the violation was not
corrected and remedied prior to the recordation of the trustee’s
deed upon sale. If the court finds that the material violation was
intentional or reckless, or resulted from willful misconduct by a
mortgage servicer, mortgagee, beneficiary, or authorized agent,
the court may award the borrower the greater of treble actual
damages or statutory damages of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000).

(c) A mortgage servicer, mortgagee, beneficiary, or authorized
agent shall not be liable for any violation that it has corrected and
remedied prior to the recordation of the trustee’s deed upon sale,
or that has been corrected and remedied by third parties working
on its behalf prior to the recordation of the trustee’s deed upon
sale.

(d) A violation of Section 2923.5, 2924.17, or begin delete 2917.18 end delete begin insert 2924.18 end insert
by a person licensed by the Department of Corporations, the
Department of Financial Institutions, or the Department of Real
Estate shall be deemed to be a violation of that person’s licensing
law.

(e)  begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert violation of this article shall begin insert not end insert affect the validity of
a sale in favor of a bona fide purchaser and any of its
encumbrancers for value without notice.

(f) A third-party encumbrancer shall not be relieved of liability
resulting from violations of Section 2923.5, 2924.17 or 2924.18,
committed by that third-party encumbrancer, that occurred prior
to the sale of the subject property to the bona fide purchaser.

(g) The rights, remedies, and procedures provided by this section
are in addition to and independent of any other rights, remedies,
or procedures under any other law. Nothing in this section shall
be construed to alter, limit, or negate any other rights, remedies,
or procedures provided by law.

(h) A court may award a prevailing borrower reasonable
attorney’s fees and costs in an action brought pursuant to this
section. A borrower shall be deemed to have prevailed for purposes
of this subdivision if the borrower obtained injunctive relief or
damages pursuant to this section.

(i) This section shall apply only to entities described in
subdivision (b) of Section 2924.18.

(j)  This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2018,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2018, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 19.  

Section 2950 of the Civil Code is amended to read:

2950.  

When a grant of real property purports to be an absolute
conveyance, but is intended to be begin delete defeasable end delete begin insert defeasible end insert on the
performance of certain conditions, such grant is not defeated or
affected as against any person other than the grantee or his heirs
or devisees, or persons having actual notice, unless an instrument
of defeasance, duly executed and acknowledged, shall have been
recorded in the office of the County Recorder of the county where
the property is situated.

SEC. 20.  

Section 3509 of the Civil Code is amended to read:

3509.  

The maxims of jurisprudence hereinafter set forth are
intended not to qualify any of the foregoing provisions of this
begin delete Code, end delete begin insert code, end insert but to aid in their just application.

SEC. 21.  

Section 116.940 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

116.940.  

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section or
in rules adopted by the Judicial Council, which are consistent with
the requirements of this section, the characteristics of the small
claims advisory service required by Section 116.260 shall be
determined by each county, or by the superior court in a county
where the small claims advisory service is administered by the
court, in accordance with local needs and conditions.

(b) Each advisory service shall provide the following services:

(1) Individual personal advisory services, in person or by
telephone, and by any other means reasonably calculated to provide
timely and appropriate assistance. The topics covered by individual
personal advisory services shall include, but not be limited to,
preparation of small claims court filings, procedures, including
procedures related to the conduct of the hearing, and information
on the collection of small claims court judgments.

(2) Recorded telephone messages may be used to supplement
the individual personal advisory services, but shall not be the sole
means of providing advice available in the county.

(3) Adjacent counties, superior courts in adjacent counties, or
any combination thereof, may provide advisory services jointly.

(c) In begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert county in which the number of small claims actions
filed annually is 1,000 or less as averaged over the immediately
preceding two fiscal years, the county or the superior court may
elect to exempt itself from the requirements set forth in subdivision
(b). If the small claims advisory service is administered by the
county, this exemption shall be formally noticed through the
adoption of a resolution by the board of supervisors. If the small
claims advisory service is administered by the superior court, this
exemption shall be formally noticed through adoption of a local
rule. If a county or court so exempts itself, the county or court
shall nevertheless provide the following minimum advisory
services in accordance with rules adopted by the Judicial Council:

(1) Recorded telephone messages providing general information
relating to small claims actions filed in the county shall be provided
during regular business hours.

(2) Small claims information booklets shall be provided in the
court clerk’s office of each superior court, appropriate county
offices, and in any other location that is convenient to prospective
small claims litigants in the county.

(d) The advisory service shall operate in conjunction and
cooperation with the small claims division, and shall be
administered so as to avoid the existence or appearance of a conflict
of interest between the individuals providing the advisory services
and any party to a particular small claims action or any judicial
officer deciding small claims actions.

(e) Advisers may be volunteers, and shall be members of the
State Bar, law students, paralegals, or persons experienced in
resolving minor disputes, and shall be familiar with small claims
court rules and procedures. Advisers may not appear in court as
an advocate for any party.

(f) Advisers, including independent contractors, other
employees, and volunteers begin insert , end insert have the immunity conferred by Section
818.9 of the Government Code with respect to advice provided as
a public service on behalf of a court or county to small claims
litigants and potential litigants under this chapter.

(g)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete precludes end delete begin insert does not preclude end insert a
court or county from contracting with a third party to provide small
claims advisory services as described in this section.

SEC. 22.  

Section 425.50 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

425.50.  

(a) An allegation of a construction-related accessibility
claim in a complaint, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 55.52
of the Civil Code, shall state facts sufficient to allow a reasonable
person to identify the basis of the violation or violations supporting
the claim, including all of the following:

(1) A plain language explanation of the specific access barrier
or barriers the individual encountered, or by which the individual
alleges he or she was deterred, with sufficient information about
the location of the alleged barrier to enable a reasonable person to
identify the access barrier.

(2) The way in which the barrier denied the individual full and
equal use or access, or in which it deterred the individual, on each
particular occasion.

(3) The date or dates of each particular occasion on which the
claimant encountered the specific access barrier, or on which he
or she was deterred.

(b)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert complaint alleging a construction-related accessibility
claim, as those terms are defined in subdivision (a) of Section 55.3
of the Civil Code, shall be verified by the plaintiff. A complaint
filed without verification shall be subject to a motion to strike.

(c) Nothing in this section shall limit the right of a plaintiff to
amend a complaint under Section 472, or with leave of begin insert the end insert court
under Section 473. However, begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert amended pleading alleging
a construction-related accessibility claim shall be pled as required
by subdivision (a).

(d) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2013.

SEC. 23.  

Section 684.115 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

684.115.  

(a) A financial institution may, and if it has more
than nine branches or offices at which it conducts its business
within this state, shall, designate one or more central locations for
service of legal process within this state. Each designated location
shall be referred to as a “central location.” If a financial institution
elects or is required to designate a central location for service of
legal process, the financial institution shall file a notice of its
designation with the Department of Financial Institutions, which
filing shall be effective upon filing and shall contain all of the
following:

(1) The physical address of the central location.

(2) The days and hours during which service will be accepted
at the central location.

(3) If the central location will not accept service of legal process
directed at deposit accounts maintained or property held at all of
the financial institution’s branches or offices within this state, or
if the service accepted at the central location will not apply to
safe-deposit boxes or other property of the judgment debtor held
by or for the judgment debtor, the filing shall also contain sufficient
information to permit a determination of the limitation or
limitations, including, in the case of a limitation applicable to
certain branches or offices, an identification of the branches or
offices as to which service at the central location will not apply
and the nature of the limitation applicable to those branches or
offices. If the limitation will apply to all branches or offices of the
financial institution within this state, the filing may indicate the
nature of the limitation and that it applies to all branches or offices,
in lieu of an identification of branches or offices as to which the
limitation applies. To the extent that a financial institution’s
designation of a central location for service of legal process covers
the process directed at deposit accounts, safe-deposit boxes, or
other property of the judgment debtor held by or for the judgment
debtor at a particular branch or office located within this state, the
branch or office shall be a branch or office covered by central
process.

(b) Should a financial institution required to designate a central
location fail to do so, each branch of that institution located in this
state shall be deemed to be a central location at which service of
legal process may be made, and all of the institution’s branches
or offices located within this state shall be deemed to be a branch
or office covered by central process.

(c) Subject to any limitation noted pursuant to paragraph (3) of
subdivision (a), service of legal process at a central location of a
financial institution shall be effective against all deposit accounts
and all property held for safekeeping, as collateral for an obligation
owed to the financial institution or in a safe-deposit box if the same
is described in the legal process and held by the financial institution
at any branch or office covered by central process and located
within this state. However, while service of legal process at the
central location will establish a lien on all property, if any property
other than deposit accounts is physically held by the financial
institution in a county other than that in which the designated
central location is located, the financial institution shall include in
its garnishee’s memorandum the location or locations of the
property, and the judgment creditor shall obtain a writ of execution
covering the property and directed to the levying officer in that
county to accomplish the turnover of the property and shall forward
the writ and related required documentation to the levying officer
in the county in which the property is held.

(d) A financial institution may modify or revoke any designation
made pursuant to subdivision (a) by filing the modification or
revocation with the Department of Financial Institutions. The
modification or revocation shall be effective when the Department
of Financial Institutions’ records have been updated to reflect the
modification or revocation, provided that the judgment creditor
may rely upon the superseded designation during the 30-day period
following the effective date of the revocation or modification.

(e) (1) The Department of Financial Institutions shall update its
online records to reflect a filing by a financial institution pursuant
to subdivision (a) or a modification or revocation filed by a
financial institution pursuant to subdivision (d) within 10 business
days following the filing by the financial institution. The
Department of Financial Institutions’ Internet Web site shall reflect
the date its online records for each financial institution have most
recently been updated.

(2) The Department of Financial Institutions shall provide any
person requesting it with a copy of each current filing made by a
financial institution pursuant to subdivision (a). The Department
of Financial Institutions may satisfy its obligation under this
subdivision by posting all current designations of a financial
institution, or the pertinent information therein, on an Internet Web
site available to the public without charge, and if that information
is made available, the Department of Financial Institutions may
impose a reasonable fee for furnishing that information in any
other manner.

(f) As to deposit accounts maintained or property held for
safekeeping, as collateral for an obligation owed to the financial
institution or in a safe-deposit box at a branch or office covered
by central process, service of legal process at begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert location other
than a central location designated by the financial institution shall
not be effective unless the financial institution, in its absolute
discretion, elects to act upon the process at that location as if it
were effective. In the absence of an election, the financial
institution may respond to the legal process by mailing or delivery
of the garnishee’s memorandum to the levying officer within the
time otherwise provided therefor, with a statement on the
garnishee’s memorandum that the legal process was not properly
served at the financial institution’s designated location for receiving
legal process, and, begin delete therefor, end delete begin insert therefore, end insert was not processed, and the
address at which the financial institution is to receive legal process.

(g) If any legal process is served at a central location of a
financial institution pursuant to this section, all related papers to
be served on the financial institution shall be served at that location,
unless agreed to the contrary between the serving party and the
financial institution.

(h) This subdivision shall apply whenever a financial institution
operates within this state at least one branch or office in addition
to its head office or main office, as applicable, or a financial
institution headquartered in another state operates more than one
branch or office within this state, and no central location has been
designated or deemed to have been designated by the institution
for service of legal process relating to deposit accounts maintained
at the financial institution’s head office or main office, as
applicable, and branches located within this state. If a judgment
creditor reasonably believes that, pursuant to Section 700.140 and,
if applicable, Section 700.160, any act of enforcement would be
effective against a specific deposit account maintained at a financial
institution described in this subdivision, the judgment creditor may
file with the financial institution a written request that the financial
institution identify the branch or office within this state at which
a specified account might be maintained by the financial institution.
The written request shall contain the following statements or
information:

(1) The name of the person reasonably believed by the judgment
creditor to be a person in whose name the specified deposit account
stands.

(2) If the name of the person reasonably believed by the
judgment creditor to be a person in whose name the specified
deposit account stands is not a judgment debtor identified in the
writ of execution, a statement that a person reasonably believed
by the judgment creditor to be a person in whose name the specified
deposit account stands will be appropriately identified in the legal
process to be served pursuant to Section 700.160, including any
supplementary papers, such as a court order or affidavit if the same
will be required by Section 700.160.

(3) The specific identifying number of the account reasonably
believed to be maintained with the financial institution and standing
in the name of the judgment debtor or other person.

(4) The address of the requesting party.

(5) An affidavit by the judgment creditor or the judgment
creditor’s counsel stating substantially the following:

 

I hereby declare that this deposit account location request
complies with Section 684.115 of the Code of Civil Procedure,
that the account or accounts of the judgment debtor or other person
or persons appropriately identified in the legal process and
specified herein are subject to a valid writ of execution, or court
order, that I have a reasonable belief, formed after an inquiry
reasonable under the circumstances, that the financial institution
receiving this deposit account location request has an account
standing in the name of the judgment debtor or other person or
persons appropriately identified in the legal process, and that
information pertaining to the location of the account will assist the
judgment creditor in enforcing the judgment.

 

(i) The affidavit contemplated by subdivision (h) shall be signed
by the judgment creditor or the judgment creditor’s counsel and
filed at the financial institution’s head office located within this
state or, if the financial institution’s head office is in another state,
at one of its branches or offices within this state. Failure to comply
with the requirements of subdivision (h) and this subdivision shall
be sufficient basis for the financial institution to refuse to produce
the information that would otherwise be required by subdivision
(j).

(j) Within 10 banking days following receipt by a financial
institution at the applicable location specified in subdivision (i) of
a request contemplated by subdivision (h), as to each specific
deposit account identified in the request contemplated by
subdivision (h), the financial institution shall respond by mailing,
by first-class mail with postage prepaid, to the requester’s address
as specified in the request a response indicating the branch or office
location of the financial institution at which the specified deposit
account might be maintained, or, if the specified deposit account,
if it exists, would not be maintained at a specific location, at least
one place within this state at which legal process relating to the
deposit account should or may be served. The response to be
furnished pursuant to this subdivision shall not require the financial
institution to determine whether an account exists or, if an account
does exist, whether it would be reached by the legal process, rather,
the branch or office location shall be determined and reported by
the financial institution based solely upon its determination that
an account with the identifying number provided by the requester
would be maintained at that branch if an account did exist, and the
response shall not contain any information about the name in which
the account stands or any other information concerning the account,
if it exists. If more than one account number is specified in the
request, the financial institution’s responses as to some or all of
those account numbers may be combined in a single writing.

(k) A response furnished in good faith by the financial institution
pursuant to subdivision (j) shall not be deemed to violate the
privacy of any person in whose name the specified deposit account
stands nor the privacy of any other person, and shall not require
the consent of the person in whose name the account stands nor
that of any other person.

(l) A financial institution shall not notify the person in whose
name the specified deposit account stands or any other person
related to the specified account of the receipt of any request made
pursuant to subdivision (h) and affecting that person’s or persons’
accounts at the financial institution, provided that the financial
institution shall have no liability for its failure to comply with the
provisions of this subdivision.

SEC. 24.  

Section 1282.4 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

1282.4.  

(a) A party to the arbitration has the right to be
represented by an attorney at any proceeding or hearing in
arbitration under this title. A waiver of this right may be revoked;
but if a party revokes that waiver, the other party is entitled to a
reasonable continuance for the purpose of procuring an attorney.

(b) Notwithstanding any other begin delete provision of end delete law, including
Section 6125 of the Business and Professions Code, an attorney
admitted to the bar of any other state may represent the parties in
the course of, or in connection with, an arbitration proceeding in
this state, provided that the attorney, if not admitted to the State
Bar of California, satisfies all of the following:

(1) He or she timely serves the certificate described in
subdivision (c).

(2) The attorney’s appearance is approved in writing on that
certificate by the arbitrator, the arbitrators, or the arbitral forum.

(3) The certificate bearing approval of the attorney’s appearance
is filed with the State Bar of California and served on the parties
as described in this section.

(c) Within a reasonable period of time after the attorney
described in subdivision (b) indicates an intention to appear in the
arbitration, the attorney shall serve a certificate in a form prescribed
by the State Bar of California on the arbitrator, arbitrators, or
arbitral forum, the State Bar of California, and all other parties
and counsel in the arbitration whose addresses are known to the
attorney. The certificate shall state all of the following:

(1) The case name and number, and the name of the arbitrator,
arbitrators, or arbitral forum assigned to the proceeding in which
the attorney seeks to appear.

(2) The attorney’s residence and office address.

(3) The courts before which the attorney has been admitted to
practice and the dates of admission.

(4) That the attorney is currently a member in good standing
of, and eligible to practice law before, the bar of those courts.

(5) That the attorney is not currently on suspension or disbarred
from the practice of law before the bar of any court.

(6) That the attorney is not a resident of the State of California.

(7) That the attorney is not regularly employed in the State of
California.

(8) That the attorney is not regularly engaged in substantial
business, professional, or other activities in the State of California.

(9) That the attorney agrees to be subject to the jurisdiction of
the courts of this state with respect to the law of this state governing
the conduct of attorneys to the same extent as a member of the
State Bar of California.

(10) The title of the court and the cause in which the attorney
has filed an application to appear as counsel pro hac vice in this
state or filed a certificate pursuant to this section in the preceding
two years, the date of each application or certificate, and whether
or not it was granted. If the attorney has made repeated
appearances, the certificate shall reflect the special circumstances
that warrant the approval of the attorney’s appearance in the
arbitration.

(11) The name, address, and telephone number of the active
member of the State Bar of California who is the attorney of record.

(d) The arbitrator, arbitrators, or arbitral forum may approve
the attorney’s appearance if the attorney has complied with
subdivision (c). Failure to timely file and serve the certificate
described in subdivision (c) shall be grounds for disapproval of
the appearance and disqualification from serving as an attorney in
the arbitration in which the certificate was filed. In the absence of
special circumstances, repeated appearances shall be grounds for
disapproval of the appearance and disqualification from serving
as an attorney in the arbitration in which the certificate was filed.

(e) Within a reasonable period of time after the arbitrator,
arbitrators, or arbitral forum approves the certificate, the attorney
shall file the certificate with the State Bar of California and serve
the certificate as described in Section 1013a on all parties and
counsel in the arbitration whose address is known to the attorney.

(f) An attorney who fails to file or serve the certificate required
by this section or files or serves a certificate containing false
information or who otherwise fails to comply with the standards
of professional conduct required of members of the State Bar of
California shall be subject to the disciplinary jurisdiction of the
State Bar with respect to that certificate or any of his or her acts
occurring in the course of the arbitration.

(g) Notwithstanding any other begin delete provision of end delete law, including
Section 6125 of the Business and Professions Code, an attorney
who is a member in good standing of the bar of any state may
represent the parties in connection with rendering legal services
in this state in the course of and in connection with an arbitration
pending in another state.

(h) Notwithstanding any other begin delete provision of end delete law, including
Section 6125 of the Business and Professions Code, any party to
an arbitration arising under collective bargaining agreements in
industries and provisions subject to either state or federal law may
be represented in the course of, and in connection with, those
proceedings by any person, regardless of whether that person is
licensed to practice law in this state.

(i) Nothing in this section shall apply to Division 4 (commencing
with Section 3201) of the Labor Code.

(j) (1) In enacting the amendments to this section made by
Assembly Bill 2086 of the 1997-98 Regular Session, it is the intent
of the Legislature to respond to the holding in Birbrower v.
Superior Court (1998) 17 Cal.4th begin delete 117, end delete begin insert 119, end insert as modified at 17
Cal.4th 643a (hereafter Birbrower), to provide a procedure for
nonresident attorneys who are not licensed in this state to appear
in California arbitration proceedings.

(2) In enacting subdivision (h), it is the intent of the Legislature
to make clear that any party to an arbitration arising under a
collective bargaining agreement governed by the laws of this state
may be represented in the course of and in connection with those
proceedings by any person regardless of whether that person is
licensed to practice law in this state.

(3) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this section, in
enacting the amendments to this section made by Assembly Bill
2086 of the 1997-98 Regular Session, it is the Legislature’s intent
that nothing in this section is intended to expand or restrict the
ability of a party prior to the decision in Birbrower to elect to be
represented by any person in a nonjudicial arbitration proceeding,
to the extent those rights or abilities existed prior to that decision.
To the extent that Birbrower is interpreted to expand or restrict
that right or ability pursuant to the laws of this state, it is hereby
abrogated except as specifically provided in this section.

(4) In enacting subdivision (i), it is the intent of the Legislature
to make clear that nothing in this section shall affect those
provisions of law governing the right of injured workers to elect
to be represented by any person, regardless of whether that person
is licensed to practice law in this state, as set forth in Division 4
(commencing with Section 3200) of the Labor Code.

SEC. 25.  

Section 7237 of the Corporations Code is amended
to read:

7237.  

(a) For begin delete the end delete purposes of this section, “agent” means begin delete any end delete
begin insert a end insert person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent
of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor
corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request
of the predecessor corporation; “proceeding” means any threatened,
pending or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative; and “expenses” includes without
limitation attorneys’ fees and any expenses of establishing a right
to indemnification under subdivision (d) or paragraph (3) of
subdivision (e).

(b) A corporation shall have power to indemnify begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, an action brought
under Section 5233 of Part 2 (commencing with Section 5110)
made applicable pursuant to Section 7238, or an action brought
by the Attorney General or a person granted relator status by the
Attorney General for any breach of duty relating to assets held in
charitable trust) by reason of the fact that the person is or was an
agent of the corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines,
settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred
in connection with the proceeding if the person acted in good faith
and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the best
interests of the corporation and, in the case of a criminal
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of the
person was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by
judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption
that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the
person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the
corporation or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that
the person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c) A corporation shall have power to indemnify begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of the
corporation, or brought under Section 5233 of Part 2 (commencing
with Section 5110) made applicable pursuant to Section 7238, or
brought by the Attorney General or a person granted relator status
by the Attorney General for breach of duty relating to assets held
in charitable trust, to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of
the fact that the person is or was an agent of the corporation, against
expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the person in
connection with the defense or settlement of the action if the person
acted in good faith, in a manner the person believed to be in the
best interests of the corporation and with such care, including
reasonable inquiry, as an ordinarily prudent person in a like
position would use under similar circumstances. No
indemnification shall be made under this subdivision:

(1) In respect of any claim, issue or matter as to begin delete whichthe end delete begin insert which
the end insert person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation
in the performance of the person’s duty to the corporation, unless
and only to the extent that the court in which the proceeding is or
was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all
the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for the expenses which the court shall
determine;

(2) Of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a
threatened or pending action, with or without court approval; or

(3) Of expenses incurred in defending a threatened or pending
action that is settled or otherwise disposed of without court
approval unless the action concerns assets held in charitable trust
and is settled with the approval of the Attorney General.

(d) To the extent that an agent of a corporation has been
successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding referred to
in subdivision (b) or (c) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter
therein, the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually
and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection therewith.

(e) Except as provided in subdivision (d), any indemnification
under this section shall be made by the corporation only if
authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that
indemnification of the agent is proper in the circumstances because
the agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
subdivision (b) or (c), by:

(1) A majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are
not parties to the proceeding;

(2) Approval of the members (Section 5034), with the persons
to be indemnified not being entitled to vote thereon; or

(3) The court in which the proceeding is or was pending upon
application made by the corporation or the agent or the attorney
or other person rendering services in connection with the defense,
whether or not the application by the agent, attorney or other person
is opposed by the corporation.

(f) Expenses incurred in defending any proceeding may be
advanced by the corporation begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the final disposition
of the proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf
of the agent to repay the amount unless it shall be determined
ultimately that the agent is entitled to be indemnified as authorized
in this section. The provisions of subdivision (a) of Section 7235
do not apply to advances made pursuant to this subdivision.

(g)  begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert provision made by a corporation to indemnify its or its
subsidiary’s directors or officers for the defense of any proceeding,
whether contained in the articles, bylaws, a resolution of members
or directors, an agreement or otherwise, shall begin insert not end insert be valid unless
consistent with this section. Nothing contained in this section shall
affect any right to indemnification to which persons other than the
directors and officers may be entitled by contract or otherwise.

(h) No indemnification or advance shall be made under this
section, except as provided in subdivision (d) or paragraph (3) of
subdivision (e), in any circumstance where it appears:

(1) That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the articles,
bylaws, a resolution of the members or an agreement in effect at
the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in
the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other
amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits
indemnification; or

(2) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly
imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

(i) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert agent of the corporation against any
liability asserted against or incurred by the agent in that capacity
or arising out of the agent’s status as such whether or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify the agent against
that liability under the provisions of this section.

(j) This section does not apply to any proceeding against begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert
trustee, investment manager, or other fiduciary of a pension,
deferred compensation, saving, thrift, or other retirement, incentive,
or benefit plan, trust, or provision for any or all of the corporation’s
directors, officers, employees, and persons providing services to
the corporation or any of its subsidiary or related or affiliated
corporations, in that person’s capacity as such, even though the
person may also be an agent as defined in subdivision (a) of the
employer corporation. A corporation shall have power to indemnify
the trustee, investment manager or other fiduciary to the extent
permitted by subdivision (e) of Section 7140.

SEC. 26.  

The heading of Chapter 5.5 (commencing with
Section 15900) of Title 2 of the Corporations Code is amended
and renumbered to read:

 

Chapter   begin delete 5.5. end delete begin insert 4.5. end insert Uniform Limited Partnership Act of
2008

 

SEC. 27.  

Section 15282 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

15282.  

(a) The citizens’ oversight committee shall consist of
at least seven members who shall serve for a minimum term of
two years without compensation and for no more than three
consecutive terms. While consisting of a minimum of at least seven
members, the citizens’ oversight committee shall be comprised,
as follows:

(1) One member shall be active in a business organization
representing the business community located within the begin insert school
district or community college end insert district.

(2) One member shall be active in a senior citizens’ organization.

(3) One member shall be active in a bona fide taxpayers’
organization.

(4) For a school district, one member shall be the parent or
guardian of a child enrolled in the school district. For a community
college district, one member shall be a student who is both
currently enrolled in the community college district and active in
a community college group, such as student government. The
community college student member may, at the discretion of the
begin delete board, end delete begin insert governing board of the community college district, end insert serve
up to six months after his or her graduation.

(5) For a school district, one member shall be both a parent or
guardian of a child enrolled in the school district and active in a
parent-teacher organization, such as the Parent Teacher Association
or schoolsite council. For a community college district, one
member shall be active in the support and organization of a
community college or the community colleges of the district, such
as a member of an advisory council or foundation.

(b)  begin delete No end delete begin insert An end insert employee or official of the begin insert school district or
community college end insert district shall begin insert not end insert be appointed to the citizens’
oversight committee. begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert vendor, contractor, or consultant of the
begin insert school district or community college end insert district shall begin insert not end insert be appointed
to the citizens’ oversight committee. Members of the citizens’
oversight committee shall, pursuant to Sections 35233 and 72533,
abide by the prohibitions contained in Article 4 (commencing with
Section 1090) and Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 1125)
of Chapter 1 of Division 4 of Title 1 of the Government Code.

SEC. 28.  

Section 17193.5 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

17193.5.  

(a) For purposes of this section, “public credit
provider” means any financial institution or combination of
financial institutions, that consists either solely, or has as a member
or participant, a public retirement system. Notwithstanding any
other law, a public credit provider, in connection with providing
credit enhancement for bonds, notes, certificates of participation,
or other evidences of indebtedness of a participating party, may
require the participating party to agree to the following conditions:

(1) If a participating party adopts a resolution by a majority vote
of its board to participate under this section, it shall provide notice
to the Controller of that election. The notice shall include a
schedule for the repayment of principal and interest on the bonds,
notes, certificates of participation, or other evidence of
indebtedness and identify the public credit provider that provided
credit enhancement. The notice shall be provided not later than
the date of issuance of the bonds.

(2) If, for any reason begin insert , end insert a public credit provider is required to
make principal or interest payments begin insert , end insert or both begin insert , end insert pursuant to a credit
enhancement agreement, the public credit provider shall
immediately notify the Controller of that fact and of the amount
paid out by the public credit provider.

(3) Upon receipt of the notice required by paragraph (2), the
Controller shall make an apportionment to the public credit
provider in the amount of the payments made by the public credit
provider for the purpose of reimbursing the public credit provider
for its expenditures made pursuant to the credit enhancement
agreement. The Controller shall make that apportionment only
from moneys designated for apportionments to a participating
party, provided that such moneys are from one or more of the
following:

(A) Any revenue limit apportionments to a school district or
county office of education without regard to the specific funding
source of the apportionment.

(B) Any general apportionments to a community college district
without regard to the specific funding source of the apportionment.

(C) Any charter school block grant apportionments to a charter
school without regard to the specific funding source of the
apportionment.

(D) Any charter school categorical block grant apportionments
to a charter school without regard to the specific funding source
of the apportionment.

(b) The amount apportioned for a participating party pursuant
to this section shall be deemed to be an allocation to the
participating party and shall be included in the computation of
allocation, limit, entitlement, or apportionment for the participating
party. The participating party and its creditors do not have a claim
to funds apportioned or anticipated to be apportioned to the trustee
by the Controller pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (a).

SEC. 29.  

Section 17250.25 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

17250.25.  

Design-build projects shall progress as follows:

(a) (1) The school district governing board shall prepare a
request for proposal setting forth the scope of the project that may
include, but is not limited to, the size, type, and desired design
character of the buildings and site, performance specifications
covering the quality of materials, equipment, and workmanship,
preliminary plans or building layouts, or any other information
deemed necessary to describe adequately the school district’s
needs. The performance specifications and any plans shall be
prepared by a design professional duly licensed or registered in
this state. The request for proposal shall not include a
design-build-operate contract for educational facilities pursuant
to this chapter.

(2) Each request for proposal shall do all of the following:

(A) Identify the basic scope and needs of the project or contract,
the expected cost range, and other information deemed necessary
by the school district to inform interested parties of the contracting
opportunity.

(B) Invite interested parties to submit competitive sealed
proposals in the manner prescribed by the school district.

(C) Include a section identifying and describing the following:

(i) All significant factors and subfactors that the school district
reasonably expects to consider in evaluating proposals, including
cost or price and all nonprice related factors and subfactors.

(ii) The methodology and rating or weighting scheme that will
be used by the school district governing board in evaluating
competitive proposals and specifically whether proposals will be
rated according to numeric or qualitative values.

(iii) The relative importance or weight assigned to each of the
factors identified in the request for proposal.

(iv) As an alternative to clause (iii), the governing board of a
school district shall specifically disclose whether all evaluation
factors other than cost or price, when combined, are any of the
following:

(I) Significantly more important than cost or price.

(II) Approximately equal in importance to cost or price.

(III) Significantly less important than cost or price.

(v) If the school district governing board wishes to reserve the
right to hold discussions or negotiations with responsive bidders,
it shall so specify in the request for proposal and shall publish
separately or incorporate into the request for proposal applicable
rules and procedures to be observed by the school district to ensure
that any discussions or negotiations are conducted in a fair and
impartial manner.

(3) Notwithstanding Section 4-315 of Title 24 of the California
Code of Regulations, an architect or structural engineer who is
party to a design-build entity may perform the services set forth
in Section 17302.

(b) (1) The school district shall establish a procedure to
prequalify design-build entities using a standard questionnaire
developed by the Director of the Department of Industrial
Relations. In preparing the questionnaire, the director shall consult
with the construction industry, including representatives of the
building trades, surety industry, school districts, and other affected
parties. This questionnaire shall require information including, but
not limited to, all of the following:

(A) If the design-build entity is a partnership, limited
partnership, or other association, a listing of all of the partners,
general partners, or association members who will participate as
subcontractors in the design-build contract, including, but not
limited to, electrical and mechanical subcontractors.

(B) Evidence that the members of the design-build entity have
completed, or demonstrated, the experience, competency,
capability, and capacity to complete projects of similar size, scope,
or complexity, and that proposed key personnel have sufficient
experience and training to competently manage and complete the
design and construction of the project.

(C) The licenses, registration, and credentials required to design
and construct the project, including information on the revocation
or suspension of begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert license, credential, or registration.

(D) Evidence that establishes that the design-build entity has
the capacity to obtain all required payment and performance
bonding, liability insurance, and errors and omissions insurance,
as well as a financial statement that ensures the school district that
the design-build entity has the capacity to complete the project.

(E) Any prior serious or willful violation of the California
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1973 (Part 1 (commencing
with Section 6300) of Division 5 of the Labor Code) or the begin delete Federal end delete
begin insert federal end insert Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (P.L. 91-596),
settled against begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert member of the design-build entity, and
information concerning a contractor member’s workers’
compensation experience history and worker safety program.

(F) Information concerning any debarment, disqualification, or
removal from a federal, state, or local government public works
project.

(G) Any instance where an entity, its owners, officers, or
managing employees, submitted a bid on a public works project
and were found by an awarding body not to be a responsible bidder.

(H) Any instance where the entity, its owners, officers, or
managing employees defaulted on a construction contract.

(I) Any prior violations of the Contractors’ State License Law
(Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the
Business and Professions Code), excluding alleged violations of
federal or state law including the payment of wages, benefits,
apprenticeship requirements, or personal income tax withholding,
or of Federal Insurance Contribution Act (FICA) withholding
requirements, settled against begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert member of the design-build
entity.

(J) Information concerning the bankruptcy or receivership of a
member of the entity, including information concerning any work
completed by a surety.

(K) Information concerning all settled adverse claims, disputes,
or lawsuits between the owner of a public works project and a
member of the design-build entity during the five-year period
preceding submission of the bid pursuant to this section, in which
the claim, settlement, or judgment exceeds fifty thousand dollars
($50,000). Information shall also be provided concerning any work
completed by a surety during this period.

(L) In the case of a partnership or other association that is not
a legal entity, a copy of the agreement creating the partnership or
association.

(2) The information required pursuant to this subdivision shall
be verified under oath by the design-build entity and its members
in the manner in which civil pleadings in civil actions are verified.
Information that is not a public record pursuant to the California
Public Records Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 6250)
of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code) shall not be open
to public inspection.

(c) The school district shall establish a procedure for final
selection of the design-build entity. Selection shall be based on
either of the following criteria:

(1) A competitive bidding process resulting in lump-sum bids
by the prequalified design-build entities. Award shall be made on
the basis of the lowest responsible bid.

(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of this code or of
Section 20110 of the Public Contract Code, a school district may
use a design-build competition based upon performance and other
criteria set forth by the governing board of the school district in
the solicitation of proposals. Criteria used in this evaluation of
proposals may include, but need not be limited to, the proposed
design approach, life cycle costs, project features, and project
functions. However, competitive proposals shall be evaluated by
using the criteria and source selection procedures specifically
identified in the request for proposal. Once the evaluation is
complete, all responsive bidders shall be ranked from the most
advantageous to least advantageous to the school district.

(A) An architectural or engineering firm or individual retained
by the governing board of the school district to assist in the
development criteria or preparation of the request for proposal
shall not be eligible to participate in the competition with the
design-build entity.

(B) The award of the contract shall be made to the responsible
bidder whose proposal is determined, in writing by the school
district, to be the best value to the school district.

(C) Proposals shall be evaluated and scored solely on the basis
of the factors and source selection procedures identified in the
request for proposal. However, the following minimum factors
shall collectively represent at least 50 percent of the total weight
or consideration given to all criteria factors: price, technical
expertise, life cycle costs over 15 years or more, skilled labor force
availability, and acceptable safety record.

(D) The school district governing board shall issue a written
decision supporting its contract award and stating in detail the
basis of the award. The decision and the contract file must be
sufficient to satisfy an external audit.

(E) Notwithstanding any provision of the Public Contract Code,
upon issuance of a contract award, the school district governing
board shall publicly announce its awards identifying the contractor
to whom the award is made, the winning contractor’s price proposal
and its overall combined rating on the request for proposal
evaluation factors. The notice of award shall also include the
agency’s ranking in relation to all other responsive bidders and
their respective price proposals and a summary of the school
district’s rationale for the contract award.

(F) For begin delete the end delete purposes of this chapter, “skilled labor force
availability” means that an agreement exists with a registered
apprenticeship program, approved by the California Apprenticeship
Council, which has graduated apprentices in the preceding five
years. This graduation requirement shall not apply to programs
providing apprenticeship training for any craft that has not been
deemed by the begin insert United States end insert Department of Labor and the
Department of Industrial Relations to be an apprenticable craft in
the two years before enactment of this act.

(G) For purposes of this chapter, a bidder’s “safety record” shall
be deemed “acceptable” if its experience modification rate for the
most recent three-year period is an average of 1.00 or less, and its
average total recordable injury or illness rate and average lost work
rate for the most recent three-year period does not exceed the
applicable statistical standards for its business category, or if the
bidder is a party to an alternative dispute resolution system as
provided for in Section 3201.5 of the Labor Code.

SEC. 30.  

Section 18720 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

18720.  

(a) There is hereby established in the state government
the California Library Services Board, to consist of 13 members.
The Governor shall appoint nine members of the board. Three of
the Governor’s appointments shall be representative of laypersons,
one of whom shall represent people with disabilities, one of whom
shall represent limited- and non-English-speaking persons, and
one of whom shall represent economically disadvantaged persons.

(b) The Governor shall also appoint six members of the board,
each of whom shall represent one of the following categories:
school libraries, libraries for institutionalized persons, public library
trustees or commissioners, public libraries, special libraries, and
academic libraries.

(c) The Legislature shall appoint the remaining four public
members from persons who are not representative of categories
mentioned in this section. Two shall be appointed by the Senate
begin delete Rules end delete Committee begin insert on Rules end insert and two shall be appointed by the
Speaker of the Assembly.

(d) The terms of office of members of the board shall be for
four years and shall begin on January 1 of the year in which the
respective terms are to start.

(e) On January 1, 2013, the members of the board shall be those
persons serving on the former Library of California Board,
appointed pursuant to former Section 18820, as it existed on
December 31, 2012, who shall serve for the duration of their terms.

SEC. 31.  

Section 22138.5 of the Education Code, as added by
Section 2 of Chapter 829 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended to
read:

22138.5.  

(a) (1) “Full time” means the days or hours of
creditable service the employer requires to be performed by a class
of employees in a school year in order to earn the compensation
earnable as defined in Section 22115 and specified under the terms
of a collective bargaining agreement or employment agreement.
For the purpose of crediting service under this part, “full time”
may not be less than the minimum standard specified in this
section. Each collective bargaining agreement or employment
agreement that applies to a member subject to the minimum
standard specified in either paragraph (5) or (6) of subdivision (c)
shall specify the number of hours of creditable service that equal
“full time” pursuant to this section for each class of employee
subject to either paragraph begin delete , shall end delete begin insert and end insert make specific reference to
this section, and the district shall submit a copy of the agreement
to the system.

(2) The copies of each agreement shall be submitted
electronically in a format determined by the system that ensures
the security of the transmitted member data.

(3) The copies shall be electronically submitted annually to the
system on or before July 1, or on or before the effective date of
the agreement, whichever is later.

(b) The minimum standard for full time in prekindergarten
through grade 12 is as follows:

(1) One hundred seventy-five days per year or 1,050 hours per
year, except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3).

(2) (A)   One hundred ninety days per year or 1,520 hours per
year for all principals and program managers, including advisers,
coordinators, consultants, and developers or planners of curricula,
instructional materials, or programs, and for administrators, except
as provided in subparagraph (B).

(B) Two hundred fifteen days per year or 1,720 hours per year
including school and legal holidays pursuant to the policy adopted
by the employer’s governing board for administrators at a county
office of education.

(3) One thousand fifty hours per year for teachers in adult
education programs.

begin delete

(4) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subdivision, if
a school district, county office of education, or charter school
reduces the number of days of instruction pursuant to Section
46201.4 for the 2012-13 or 2013-14 fiscal years, the minimum
standard for full time specified in paragraph (1) shall be reduced
to the number of days of instruction provided by that school district,
county office of education, or charter school and the number of
hours of instruction equal to the number of days of instruction
times six. The minimum standard for full time specified in
paragraphs (2) and (3) for that school district, county office of
education, or charter school shall be reduced by the same
percentage of days and hours the standard specified in paragraph
(1) was reduced pursuant to this paragraph.

end delete

(c) The minimum standard for full time in community colleges
is as follows:

(1) One hundred seventy-five days per year or 1,050 hours per
year, except as provided in paragraphs (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6).
Full time includes time for duties the employer requires to be
performed as part of the full-time assignment for a particular class
of employees.

(2) One hundred ninety days per year or 1,520 hours per year
for all program managers and for administrators, except as provided
in paragraph (3).

(3) Two hundred fifteen days per year or 1,720 hours per year
including school and legal holidays pursuant to the policy adopted
by the employer’s governing board for administrators at a district
office.

(4) One hundred seventy-five days per year or 1,050 hours per
year for all counselors and librarians.

(5) Five hundred twenty-five instructional hours per school year
for all instructors employed on a part-time basis, except instructors
specified in paragraph (6). If an instructor receives compensation
for office hours pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with Section
87880) of Chapter 3 of Part 51 of Division 7 of Title 3, the
minimum standard shall be increased appropriately by the number
of office hours required annually for the class of employees.

(6) Eight hundred seventy-five instructional hours per school
year for all instructors employed in adult education programs. If
an instructor receives compensation for office hours pursuant to
Article 10 (commencing with Section 87880) of Chapter 3 of Part
51 of Division 7 of Title 3, the minimum standard shall be
increased appropriately by the number of office hours required
annually for the class of employees.

(d) The board has final authority to determine full time for
purposes of crediting service under this part if full time is not
otherwise specified in this section.

(e) This section shall become operative on July 1, 2013.

SEC. 32.  

Section 33195 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

33195.  

(a) Every person, firm, association, partnership, or
corporation operating a heritage school as defined in Section
33195.4 shall, between the 1st and 31st day of January of each
year, commencing on January 1, 2011, file with the Superintendent
an electronic registration form, under penalty of perjury, by the
owner or other head setting forth the following information for the
current year:

(1) All names, whether real or fictitious, of the person, firm,
association, partnership, or corporation under which it has done
and is doing business.

(2) The address, including city and street, of the location at
which the heritage school delivers services to pupils.

(3) The names and addresses, including city and street, of the
directors, if any, and principal officers of the person, firm,
association, partnership, or corporation.

(4) The school enrollment, by grade span, number of teachers,
and coeducational or enrollment limited to boys or girls.

(5) That the following records are maintained at the address
stated, and are true and accurate:

(A) The courses of study offered by the institution.

(B) The names and addresses, including city and street, of its
faculty, together with a record of the educational qualifications of
each faculty member.

(6) Criminal record summary information that has been obtained
pursuant to Section 44237.

(7) The heritage school telephone number.

(8) Acknowledgment that the director of the heritage school
and all employees are mandated reporters and subject to the
requirements established by the Child Abuse and Neglect Reporting
Act (Article 2.5 (commencing with Section 11164) of Chapter 2
of Title 1 of Part 4 of the Penal Code) and, consistent with that
act, certification that:

(A) The employer is aware that it is encouraged to provide its
employees with training in the duties imposed by the act.

(B) Employees have signed a statement provided by the
employer that the employees have knowledge of the act and will
comply with its provisions.

(C) Employees have been notified by the employer of their
reporting obligations and confidentiality rights, pursuant to Section
11165.9 of the Penal Code.

(b) If two or more heritage schools are under the effective
control or supervision of a single administrative unit, the
administrative unit shall comply with the provisions of this section
by submitting an electronic registration form on behalf of every
heritage school under its effective control or supervision.

(c) Filing pursuant to this section shall not be interpreted to
mean, and it shall be unlawful for a school to expressly or impliedly
represent, that the State of California, the Superintendent, the state
board, the begin delete department, end delete begin insert department end insert or a division or bureau of the
department, or an accrediting agency has made an evaluation,
recognition, approval, or endorsement of the school or course,
unless this is an actual fact.

(d) Filing pursuant to this section does not grant a heritage
school a right to receive state funding.

SEC. 33.  

Section 35583 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

35583.  

For purposes of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of
Section 35735.1, the blended revenue limit per unit of average
daily attendance for the Wiseburn Unified School District shall be
calculated as follows:

(a) Multiply the Wiseburn School District revenue limit per unit
of average daily attendance for the 2012-13 fiscal year by nine.

(b) Multiply the Centinela Valley Union High School District
revenue limit per unit of average daily attendance for the 2012-13
fiscal year by four.

(c) Add the products determined pursuant to subdivisions (a)
and (b).

(d) Divide the sum determined pursuant to subdivision (c) by
13. This amount shall be the blended begin delete base end delete revenue limit per unit
of average daily attendance for the Wiseburn Unified School
District.

SEC. 34.  

Section 38000 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

38000.  

(a) The governing board of a school district may
establish a security department under the supervision of a chief of
security as designated by, and under the direction of, the
superintendent of the school district. In accordance with Chapter
5 (commencing with Section 45100) of Part 25, the governing
board of a school district may employ personnel to ensure the
safety of school district personnel and pupils and the security of
the real and personal property of the school district. It is the intent
of the Legislature in enacting this section that a school district
security department is supplementary to city and county law
enforcement agencies and is not vested with general police powers.

(b) The governing board of a school district may establish a
school police department under the supervision of a school chief
of police and, in accordance with Chapter 5 (commencing with
Section 45100) of Part 25, may employ peace officers, as defined
begin delete by end delete begin insert in end insert subdivision (b) of Section 830.32 of the Penal Code, to ensure
the safety of school district personnel and pupils, and the security
of the real and personal property of the school district.

(c) The governing board of a school district that establishes a
security department or a police department shall set minimum
qualifications of employment for the chief of security or school
chief of police, respectively, including, but not limited to, prior
employment as a peace officer or completion of a peace officer
training course approved by the Commission on Peace Officer
Standards and Training. A chief of security or school chief of
police shall comply with the prior employment or training
requirement set forth in this subdivision as of January 1, 1993, or
a date one year subsequent to the initial employment of the chief
of security or school chief of police by the school district,
whichever occurs later. This subdivision shall not be construed to
require the employment by a school district of additional personnel.

(d) A school district may assign a school police reserve officer
who is deputized pursuant to Section 35021.5 to a schoolsite to
supplement the duties of school police begin delete officer end delete begin insert officers end insert pursuant to
this section.

SEC. 35.  

Section 41320.1 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

41320.1.  

Acceptance by the school district of the
apportionments made pursuant to Section 41320 constitutes the
agreement by the school district to all of the following conditions:

(a) The Superintendent shall appoint a trustee who has
recognized expertise in management and finance and may employ,
on a short-term basis, staff necessary to assist the trustee, including,
but not limited to, certified public accountants, as follows:

(1) The expenses incurred by the trustee and necessary staff
shall be borne by the school district.

(2) The Superintendent shall establish the terms and conditions
of the employment, including the remuneration of the trustee. The
trustee shall serve at the pleasure of, and report directly to, the
Superintendent.

(3) The trustee, and necessary staff, shall serve until the school
district has adequate fiscal systems and controls in place, the
Superintendent has determined that the school district’s future
compliance with the fiscal plan approved for the school district
under Section 41320 is probable, and the Superintendent decides
to terminate the trustee’s appointment, but in no event, for less
than three years. The Superintendent shall notify the county
superintendent of schools, the Legislature, the Department of
Finance, and the Controller no less than 60 days before the time
that the Superintendent expects these conditions to be met.

(4) Before the school district repays the loan, including interest,
the recipient of the loan shall select an auditor from a list
established by the Superintendent and the Controller to conduct
an audit of its fiscal systems. If the fiscal systems are deemed to
be inadequate, the Superintendent may retain the trustee until the
deficiencies are corrected. The cost of this audit and any additional
cost of the trustee shall be borne by the school district.

(5) Notwithstanding any other law, all reports submitted to the
trustee are public records.

(6) To facilitate the appointment of the trustee and the
employment of necessary staff, for purposes of this section, the
Superintendent is exempt from the requirements of Article 6
(commencing with Section 999) of Chapter 6 of Division 4 of the
Military and Veterans Code and Part 2 (commencing with Section
10100) of Division 2 of the Public Contract Code.

(7) Notwithstanding any other law, the Superintendent may
appoint an employee of the department to act as trustee for up to
the duration of the trusteeship. The salary and benefits of that
employee shall be established by the Superintendent and paid by
the school district. During the time of appointment, the employee
is an employee of the school district, but shall remain in the same
retirement system under the same plan as if the employee had
remained in the department. Upon the expiration or termination
of the appointment, the employee shall have the right to return to
his or her former position, or to a position at substantially the same
level as that position, with the department. The time served in the
appointment shall be counted for all purposes as if the employee
had served that time in his or her former position with the
department.

(b) (1) The trustee appointed by the Superintendent shall
monitor and review the operation of the school district. During the
period of his or her service, the trustee may stay or rescind an
action of the governing board of the school district that, in the
judgment of the trustee, may affect the financial condition of the
school district.

(2) After the trustee’s period of service, and until the loan is
repaid, the county superintendent of schools that has jurisdiction
over the school district may stay or rescind an action of the
governing board of the school district that, in his or her judgment,
may affect the financial condition of the school district. The county
superintendent of schools shall notify the Superintendent, within
five business days, if he or she stays or rescinds an action of the
governing board of the school district. The notice shall include,
but not be limited to, both of the following:

(A) A description of the governing board of the school district’s
intended action and its financial implications.

(B) The rationale and findings that support the county
superintendent of school’s decision to stay or rescind the action
of the governing board of the school district.

(3) If the Superintendent is notified by the county superintendent
of schools pursuant to paragraph (2), the Superintendent shall
report to the Legislature, on or before December 30 of every year,
whether the school district is complying with the fiscal plan
approved for the school district.

(4) The Superintendent may establish timelines and prescribe
formats for reports and other materials to be used by the trustee to
monitor and review the operations of the school district. The trustee
shall approve or reject all reports and other materials required from
the school district as a condition of receiving the apportionment.
The Superintendent, upon the recommendation of the trustee, may
reduce an apportionment to the school district in an amount up to
two hundred dollars ($200) per day for each late or unacceptable
report or other material required under this part, and shall report
to the Legislature a failure of the school district to comply with
the requirements of this section. If the Superintendent determines,
at any time, that the fiscal plan approved for the school district
under Section 41320 is unsatisfactory, he or she may modify the
plan as necessary, and the school district shall comply with the
plan as modified.

(c) At the request of the Superintendent, the Controller shall
transfer to the department, from an apportionment to which the
school district would otherwise have been entitled pursuant to
Section 42238, the amount necessary to pay the expenses incurred
by the trustee and associated costs incurred by the county
superintendent of schools.

(d) For the fiscal year in which the apportionments are disbursed
and every year thereafter, the Controller, or his or her designee,
shall cause an audit to be conducted of the books and accounts of
the school district, in lieu of the audit required by Section 41020.
At the Controller’s discretion, the audit may be conducted by the
Controller, his or her designee, or an auditor selected by the school
district and approved by the Controller. The costs of these audits
shall be borne by the school district. These audits shall be required
until the Controller determines, in consultation with the
Superintendent, that the school district is financially solvent, but
in no event earlier than one year following the implementation of
the plan or later than the time the apportionment made is repaid,
including interest. In addition, the Controller shall conduct quality
control reviews pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 14504.2.

(e) For purposes of errors and omissions liability insurance
policies, the trustee appointed pursuant to this section is an
employee of the local educational agency to which he or she is
assigned. For purposes of workers’ compensation benefits, the
trustee is an employee of the local educational agency to which
he or she is assigned, except that a trustee appointed pursuant to
paragraph (7) of subdivision (a) is an employee of the department
for begin delete that purpose. end delete begin insert those purposes. end insert

(f) Except for an individual appointed by the Superintendent as
trustee pursuant to paragraph (7) of subdivision (a), the
state-appointed trustee is a member of the State Teachers’
Retirement System, if qualified, for the period of service as trustee,
unless the trustee elects in writing not to become a member. A
person who is a member or retirant of the State Teachers’
Retirement System at the time of appointment shall continue to
be a member or retirant of the system for the duration of the
appointment. If the trustee chooses to become a member or is
already a member, the trustee shall be placed on the payroll of the
school district for begin delete purposes end delete begin insert the purpose end insert of providing appropriate
contributions to the system. The Superintendent may also require
that an individual appointed as trustee pursuant to paragraph (7)
of subdivision (a) be placed on the payroll of the school district
for purposes of remuneration, other benefits, and payroll
deductions. For purposes of workers’ compensation benefits, the
state-appointed trustee is deemed an employee of the local
educational agency to which he or she is assigned, except that a
trustee who is appointed pursuant to paragraph (7) of subdivision
(a) is an employee of the department for begin delete that purpose. end delete begin insert those
purposes. end insert

SEC. 36.  

Section 41326 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

41326.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this code,
the acceptance by a school district of an apportionment made
pursuant to Section 41320 that exceeds an amount equal to 200
percent of the amount of the reserve recommended for that school
district under the standards and criteria adopted pursuant to Section
33127 constitutes the agreement by the school district to the
conditions set forth in this article. Before applying for an
emergency apportionment in the amount identified in this
subdivision, the governing board of a school district shall discuss
the need for that apportionment at a regular or special meeting of
the governing board of the school district and, at that meeting,
shall receive testimony regarding the apportionment from parents,
exclusive representatives of employees of the school district, and
other members of the community. For purposes of this article,
“qualifying school district” means a school district that accepts a
loan as described in this subdivision.

(b) The Superintendent shall assume all the legal rights, duties,
and powers of the governing board of a qualifying school district.
The Superintendent, in consultation with the county superintendent
of schools, shall appoint an administrator to act on his or her behalf
in exercising the authority described in this subdivision in
accordance with all of the following:

(1) The administrator shall serve under the direction and
supervision of the Superintendent until terminated by the
Superintendent at his or her discretion. The Superintendent shall
consult with the county superintendent of schools before
terminating the administrator.

(2) The administrator shall have recognized expertise in
management and finance.

(3) To facilitate the appointment of the administrator and the
employment of necessary staff, for purposes of this section, the
Superintendent is exempt from the requirements of Article 6
(commencing with Section 999) of Chapter 6 of Division 4 of the
Military and Veterans Code and Part 2 (commencing with Section
10100) of Division 2 of the Public Contract Code.

(4) Notwithstanding any other law, the Superintendent may
appoint an employee of the state or the office of the county
superintendent of schools to act as administrator for up to the
duration of the administratorship. During the tenure of his or her
appointment, the administrator, if he or she is an employee of the
state or the office of the county superintendent of schools, is an
employee of the qualifying school district, but shall remain in the
same retirement system under the same plan that has been provided
by his or her employment with the state or the office of the county
superintendent of schools. Upon the expiration or termination of
the appointment, the employee shall have the right to return to his
or her former position, or to a position at substantially the same
level as that position, with the state or the office of the county
superintendent of schools. The time served in the appointment
shall be counted for all purposes as if the administrator had served
that time in his or her former position with the state or the office
of the county superintendent of schools.

(5) Except for an individual appointed as an administrator by
the Superintendent pursuant to paragraph (4), the administrator
shall be a member of the State Teachers’ Retirement System, if
qualified, for the period of service as administrator, unless he or
she elects in writing not to become a member. A person who is a
member or retirant of the State Teachers’ Retirement System at
the time of appointment shall continue to be a member or retirant
of the system for the duration of the appointment. If the
administrator chooses to become a member or is already a member,
the administrator shall be placed on the payroll of the qualifying
school district for purposes of providing appropriate contributions
to the system. The Superintendent may also require the
administrator to be placed on the payroll of the qualifying school
district for purposes of remuneration, other benefits, and payroll
deductions.

(6) For purposes of workers’ compensation benefits, the
administrator is an employee of the qualifying school district,
except that an administrator appointed pursuant to paragraph (4)
may be deemed an employee of the state or office of the county
superintendent of schools, as applicable.

(7) The qualifying school district shall add the administrator as
a covered employee of the qualifying school district for all purposes
of errors and omissions liability insurance policies.

(8) The salary and benefits of the administrator shall be
established by the Superintendent and paid by the qualifying school
district.

(9) The Superintendent or the administrator may employ, on a
short-term basis and at the expense of the qualifying school district,
any staff necessary to assist the administrator, including, but not
limited to, a certified public accountant.

(10) The administrator may do all of the following:

(A) Implement substantial changes in the fiscal policies and
practices of the qualifying school district, including, if necessary,
the filing of a petition under Chapter 9 (commencing with Section
901) of Title 11 of the United States Code for the adjustment of
indebtedness.

(B) Revise the educational program of the qualifying school
district to reflect realistic income projections and pupil performance
relative to state standards.

(C) Encourage all members of the school community to accept
a fair share of the burden of the fiscal recovery of the qualifying
school district.

(D) Consult, for the purposes described in this subdivision, with
the governing board of the qualifying school district, the exclusive
representatives of the employees of the qualifying school district,
parents, and the community.

(E) Consult with, and seek recommendations from, the
Superintendent, the county superintendent of schools, and the
County Office Fiscal Crisis and Management Assistance Team
authorized pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 42127.8 for begin delete the end delete
purposes described in this article.

(F) With the approval of the Superintendent, enter into
agreements on behalf of the qualifying school district and, subject
to any contractual obligation of the qualifying school district,
change existing school district rules, regulations, policies, or
practices as necessary for the effective implementation of the
recovery plans referred to in Sections 41327 and 41327.1.

(c) (1) Except as provided for in paragraph (2), the period of
time during which the Superintendent exercises the authority
described in subdivision (b), the governing board of the qualifying
school district shall serve as an advisory body reporting to the
state-appointed administrator, and has no rights, duties, or powers,
and is not entitled to any stipend, benefits, or other compensation
from the qualifying school district.

(2) (A) After one complete fiscal year has elapsed following
the qualifying school district’s acceptance of an emergency
apportionment, the governing board of the qualifying school district
may conduct an annual advisory evaluation of an administrator
for the duration of the administratorship.

(B) An advisory evaluation of an administrator shall focus on
the administrator’s effectiveness in leading the begin insert qualifying end insert school
district toward fiscal recovery and improved academic
achievement. Advisory evaluation criteria shall be agreed upon
by the governing board of the qualifying school district and the
administrator before the advisory evaluation. The advisory
evaluation shall include, but not be limited to, all of the following:

(i) Goals and standards consistent with Section 41327.1.

(ii) Commendations in the areas of the administrator’s strengths
and achievements.

(iii) Recommendations for improving the administrator’s
effectiveness in areas of concern and unsatisfactory performance.

(C) An advisory evaluation of an administrator conducted by
the governing board of a qualifying school district shall be
submitted to the Governor, the Legislature, the Superintendent,
and the County Office Fiscal Crisis and Management Assistance
Team.

(3) Upon the appointment of an administrator pursuant to this
section, the district superintendent is no longer an employee of the
qualifying school district.

(4) A determination of the severance compensation for the
district superintendent shall be made pursuant to subdivision (j).

(d) Notwithstanding Section 35031 or any other law, the
administrator, after according the affected employee reasonable
notice and the opportunity for a hearing, may terminate the
employment of a deputy, associate, assistant superintendent, or
other school district level administrator who is employed by a
qualifying school district under a contract of employment signed
or renewed after January 1, 1992, if the employee fails to
document, to the satisfaction of the administrator, that before the
date of the acceptance of the emergency apportionment he or she
either advised the governing board of the qualifying school district,
or his or her superior, that actions contemplated or taken by the
governing board of the qualifying school district could result in
the fiscal insolvency of the qualifying school district, or took other
appropriate action to avert that fiscal insolvency.

(e) The authority of the Superintendent, and the administrator,
under this section shall continue until all of the following occur:

(1) (A) After one complete fiscal year has elapsed following
the qualifying school district’s acceptance of an emergency
apportionment as described in subdivision (a), the administrator
determines, and so notifies the Superintendent and the county
superintendent of schools, that future compliance by the qualifying
school district with the recovery plans approved pursuant to
paragraph (2) is probable.

(B) The Superintendent may return power to the governing
board of the qualifying school district for an area listed in
subdivision (a) of Section 41327.1 if performance under the
recovery plan for that area has been demonstrated to the satisfaction
of the Superintendent.

(2) The Superintendent has approved all of the recovery plans
referred to in subdivision (a) of Section 41327 and the County
Office Fiscal Crisis and Management Assistance Team completes
the improvement plans specified in Section 41327.1 and has
completed a minimum of two reports identifying the qualifying
school district’s progress in implementing the improvement plans.

(3) The administrator certifies that all necessary collective
bargaining agreements have been negotiated and ratified, and that
the agreements are consistent with the terms of the recovery plans.

(4) The qualifying school district has completed all reports
required by the Superintendent and the administrator.

(5) The Superintendent determines that future compliance by
the qualifying school district with the recovery plans approved
pursuant to paragraph (2) is probable.

(f) When the conditions stated in subdivision (e) have been met,
and at least 60 days after the Superintendent has notified the
Legislature, the Department of Finance, the Controller, and the
county superintendent of schools that he or she expects the
conditions prescribed pursuant to this section to be met, the
governing board of the qualifying school district shall regain all
of its legal rights, duties, and powers, except for the powers held
by the trustee provided for pursuant to Article 2 (commencing with
Section 41320). The Superintendent shall appoint a trustee under
Section 41320.1 to monitor and review the operations of the
qualifying school district until the conditions of subdivision (b)
of that section have been met.

(g) Notwithstanding subdivision (f), if the qualifying school
district violates a provision of the recovery plans approved by the
Superintendent pursuant to this article within five years after the
trustee appointed pursuant to Section 41320.1 is removed or after
the emergency apportionment is repaid, whichever occurs later,
or the improvement plans specified in Section 41327.1 during the
period of the trustee’s appointment, the Superintendent may
reassume, either directly or through an administrator appointed in
accordance with this section, all of the legal rights, duties, and
powers of the governing board of the qualifying school district.
The Superintendent shall return to the governing board of the
qualifying school district all of its legal rights, duties, and powers
reassumed under this subdivision when he or she determines that
future compliance with the approved recovery plans is probable,
or after a period of one year, whichever occurs later.

(h) Article 2 (commencing with Section 41320) shall apply
except as otherwise specified in this article.

(i) It is the intent of the Legislature that the legislative budget
subcommittees annually conduct a review of each qualifying school
district that includes an evaluation of the financial condition of the
qualifying school district, the impact of the recovery plans upon
the qualifying school district’s educational program, and the efforts
made by the state-appointed administrator to obtain input from the
community and the governing board of the qualifying school
district.

(j) (1) The district superintendent is entitled to a due process
hearing for purposes of determining final compensation. The final
compensation of the district superintendent shall be between zero
and six times his or her monthly salary. The outcome of the due
process hearing shall be reported to the Superintendent and the
public. The information provided to the public shall explain the
rationale for the compensation.

(2) This subdivision applies only to a contract for employment
negotiated on or after June 21, 2004.

(k) (1) When the Superintendent assumes control over a
begin insert qualifying end insert school district pursuant to subdivision (b), he or she
shall, in consultation with the County Office Fiscal Crisis and
Management Assistance Team, review the fiscal oversight of the
qualifying school district by the county superintendent of schools.
The Superintendent may consult with other fiscal experts, including
other county superintendents of schools and regional fiscal teams,
in conducting this review.

(2) Within three months of assuming control over a qualifying
school district, the Superintendent shall report his or her findings
to the Legislature and shall provide a copy of that report to the
Department of Finance. This report shall include findings as to
fiscal oversight actions that were or were not taken and may include
recommendations as to an appropriate legislative response to
improve fiscal oversight.

(3) If, after performing the duties described in paragraphs (1)
and (2), the Superintendent determines that the county
superintendent of schools failed to carry out his or her
responsibilities for fiscal oversight as required by this code, the
Superintendent may exercise the authority of the county
superintendent of schools who has oversight responsibilities for a
qualifying school district. If the Superintendent finds, based on
the report required in paragraph (2), that the county superintendent
of schools failed to appropriately take into account particular types
of indicators of financial distress, or failed to take appropriate
remedial actions in the qualifying school district, the
Superintendent shall further investigate whether the county
superintendent of schools failed to take into account those
indicators, or similarly failed to take appropriate actions in other
school districts with negative or qualified certifications, and shall
provide an additional report on the fiscal oversight practices of the
county superintendent of schools to the appropriate policy and
fiscal committees of each house of the Legislature and the
Department of Finance.

SEC. 37.  

Section 47660 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

47660.  

(a) For purposes of computing eligibility for, and
entitlements to, general purpose funding and operational funding
for categorical programs, the enrollment and average daily
attendance of a sponsoring local educational agency shall exclude
the enrollment and attendance of pupils in its charter schools
funded pursuant to this chapter.

(b) (1) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), and commencing with
the 2005-06 fiscal year, for purposes of computing eligibility for,
and entitlements to, revenue limit funding, the average daily
attendance of a unified school district, other than a unified school
district that has converted all of its schools to charter status
pursuant to Section 47606, shall include all attendance of pupils
who reside in the unified school district and who would otherwise
have been eligible to attend a noncharter school of the school
district, if the school district was a basic aid school district in the
prior fiscal year, or if the pupils reside in the unified school district
and attended a charter school of that school district that converted
to charter status on or after July 1, 2005. Only the attendance of
the pupils described by this paragraph shall be included in the
calculation made pursuant to paragraph (7) of subdivision (h) of
Section 42238.

(2) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), for the 2005-06 fiscal year
only, for purposes of computing eligibility for, and entitlements
to, revenue limit funding, the average daily attendance of a unified
school district, other than a unified school district that has
converted all of its schools to charter status pursuant to Section
47606 and is operating them as charter schools, shall include all
attendance of pupils who reside in the unified school district and
who would otherwise have been eligible to attend a noncharter
school of the unified school district if the pupils attended a charter
school operating in the unified school district prior to July 1, 2005.
Only the attendance of pupils described by this paragraph shall be
included in the calculation made pursuant to Section 42241.3. The
attendance of the pupils described by this paragraph shall be
included in the calculation made pursuant to paragraph (7) of
subdivision (h) of Section 42238.

(c) (1) For the attendance of pupils specified in subdivision (b),
the general-purpose entitlement for a charter school that is
established through the conversion of an existing public school
within a unified school district on or after July 1, 2005, but before
January 1, 2010, shall be determined using the following amount
of general-purpose funding per unit of average daily attendance,
in lieu of the amount calculated pursuant to subdivision (a) of
Section 47633:

(A) The amount of the actual unrestricted revenues expended
per unit of average daily attendance for that school in the year
prior to its conversion to, and operation as, a charter school,
adjusted for the base revenue limit per pupil inflation increase
adjustment set forth in Section 42238.1, if this adjustment is
provided, and also adjusted for equalization, deficit reduction, and
other state general-purpose increases, if any, provided for the
unified school district in the year of conversion to, and operation
as a charter school.

(B) For a subsequent fiscal year, the general-purpose entitlement
shall be determined based on the amount per unit of average daily
attendance allocated in the prior fiscal year adjusted for the base
revenue limit per pupil inflation increase adjustment set forth in
Section 42238.1, if this adjustment is provided, and also adjusted
for equalization, deficit reduction, and other state general-purpose
increases, if any, provided for the unified school district in that
fiscal year.

(2) This subdivision shall not apply to a charter school that is
established through the conversion of an existing public school
within a unified school district on or after January 1, 2010, which
instead shall receive general-purpose funding begin insert end insert begin insert pursuant to Section
47633. This paragraph does not preclude a charter school or
unified school district from agreeing to an alternative funding
formula. end insert

begin delete

pursuant to Section 47633. This paragraph does not preclude a
charter school or unified school district from agreeing to an
alternative funding formula.

end delete

(d) Commencing with the 2005-06 fiscal year, the
general-purpose funding per unit of average daily attendance
specified for a unified school district for purposes of paragraph
(7) of subdivision (h) of Section 42238 for a school within the
unified school district that converted to charter status on or after
July 1, 2005, shall be deemed to be the amount computed pursuant
to subdivision (c).

(e) A unified school district that is the sponsoring local
educational agency begin insert , end insert as defined in subdivision (j) of Section 47632 begin insert , end insert
of a charter school that is subject to paragraphs (1) and (2) of
subdivision (c) shall certify to the Superintendent the amount
specified in paragraph (1) of subdivision (c) prior to the approval
of the charter petition by the governing board of the school district.
This amount may be based on estimates of the unrestricted revenues
expended in the fiscal year prior to the school’s conversion to
charter status and the school’s operation as a charter school,
provided that the amount is recertified when the actual data
becomes available.

(f) For the purposes of this section, “basic aid school district”
means a school district that does not receive from the state an
apportionment of state funds pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section
42238.

(g) A school district may use the existing Standardized Account
Code Structure and cost allocation methods, if appropriate, for an
accounting of the actual unrestricted revenues expended in support
of a school pursuant to subdivision (c).

(h) For purposes of this section and Section 42241.3, “operating”
means that pupils are attending and receiving instruction at the
charter school.

SEC. 38.  

Section 48853 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

48853.  

(a) A pupil described in subdivision (a) of Section
48853.5 who is placed in a licensed children’s institution or foster
family home shall attend programs operated by the local
educational agency, unless one of the following applies:

(1) The pupil is entitled to remain in his or her school of origin
pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of Section 48853.5.

(2) The pupil has an individualized education program requiring
placement in a nonpublic, nonsectarian school or agency, or in
another local educational agency.

(3) The parent or guardian, or other person holding the right to
make educational decisions for the pupil pursuant to Section 361
or 726 of the Welfare and Institutions Code or Section 56055,
determines that it is in the best interests of the pupil to be placed
in another educational program, in which case the parent or
guardian or other person holding the right to make educational
decisions for the pupil shall provide a written statement that he or
she has made that determination to the local educational agency.
This statement shall include a declaration that the parent, guardian,
or other person holding the right to make educational decisions
for the pupil is aware of all of the following:

(A) The pupil has a right to attend a regular public school in the
least restrictive environment.

(B) The alternate education program is a special education
program, if applicable.

(C) The decision to unilaterally remove the pupil from the
regular public school and to place the pupil in an alternate
education program may not be financed by the local educational
agency.

(D) Any attempt to seek reimbursement for the alternate
begin insert education end insert program may be at the expense of the parent, guardian,
or other person holding the right to make educational decisions
for the pupil.

(b) For purposes of ensuring a parent, guardian, or other person
holding the right to make educational decisions for the pupil is
aware of the information described in subparagraphs (A) to (D),
inclusive, of paragraph (3) of subdivision (a), the local educational
agency may provide him or her with that information in writing.

(c) Before any decision is made to place a pupil in a juvenile
court school as defined by Section 48645.1, a community school
as described in Sections 1981 and 48660, or other alternative
educational setting, the parent or guardian, or person holding the
right to make educational decisions for the pupil pursuant to
Section 361 or 726 of the Welfare and Institutions Code or Section
56055, shall first consider placement in the regular public school.

(d) If any dispute arises as to the school placement of a pupil
subject to this section, the pupil has the right to remain in his or
her school of origin, as defined in subdivision (e) of Section
48853.5, pending resolution of the dispute. The dispute shall be
resolved in accordance with the existing dispute resolution process
available to any pupil served by the local educational agency.

(e) This section does not supersede other laws that govern pupil
expulsion.

(f) This section does not supersede any other law governing the
educational placement in a juvenile court school, as defined by
Section 48645.1, of a pupil detained in a county juvenile hall, or
committed to a county juvenile ranch, camp, forestry camp, or
regional facility.

(g) Foster children living in emergency shelters, as referenced
in the federal McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42
U.S.C. Sec. 11301 et seq.), may receive educational services at
the emergency shelter as necessary for short periods of time for
either of the following reasons:

(1) For health and safety emergencies.

(2) To provide temporary, special, and supplementary services
to meet the child’s unique needs if a decision regarding whether
it is in the child’s best interests to attend the school of origin cannot
be made promptly, it is not practical to transport the child to the
school of origin, and the child would otherwise not receive
educational services.

The educational services may be provided at the shelter pending
a determination by the person holding the right regarding the
educational placement of the child.

(h) All educational and school placement decisions shall be
made to ensure that the child is placed in the least restrictive
educational programs and has access to academic resources,
services, and extracurricular and enrichment activities that are
available to all pupils. In all instances, educational and school
placement decisions shall be based on the best interests of the
child.

SEC. 39.  

Section 48853.5 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

48853.5.  

(a) This section applies to a foster child. “Foster
child” means a child who has been removed from his or her home
pursuant to Section 309 of the Welfare and Institutions Code, is
the subject of a petition filed under Section 300 or 602 of the
Welfare and Institutions Code, or has been removed from his or
her home and is the subject of a petition filed under Section 300
or 602 of the Welfare and Institutions Code.

(b) Each local educational agency shall designate a staff person
as the educational liaison for foster children. In a school district
that operates a foster children services program pursuant to Chapter
11.3 (commencing with Section 42920) of Part 24 of Division 3,
the educational liaison shall be affiliated with the local foster
children services program. The educational liaison shall do all of
the following:

(1) Ensure and facilitate the proper educational placement,
enrollment in school, and checkout from school of foster children.

(2) Assist foster children when transferring from one school to
another school or from one school district to another school district
in ensuring proper transfer of credits, records, and grades.

(c) If so designated by the superintendent of the local educational
agency, the educational liaison shall notify a foster child’s attorney
and the appropriate representative of the county child welfare
agency of pending expulsion proceedings if the decision to
recommend expulsion is a discretionary act, pending proceedings
to extend a suspension until an expulsion decision is rendered if
the decision to recommend expulsion is a discretionary act, and,
if the foster child is an individual with exceptional needs, pending
manifestation determinations pursuant to Section 1415(k) of Title
20 of the United States Code if the local educational agency has
proposed a change in placement due to an act for which the
decision to recommend expulsion is at the discretion of the
principal or the district superintendent of schools.

(d) This section does not grant authority to the educational
liaison that supersedes the authority granted under state and federal
law to a parent or legal guardian retaining educational rights, a
responsible adult appointed by the court to represent the child
pursuant to Section 361 or 726 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code, a surrogate parent, or a foster parent exercising the authority
granted under Section 56055. The role of the educational liaison
is advisory with respect to placement decisions and determination
of begin insert the end insert school of origin.

(e) (1) At the initial detention or placement, or any subsequent
change in placement of a foster child, the local educational agency
serving the foster child shall allow the foster child to continue his
or her education in the school of origin for the duration of the
jurisdiction of the court.

(2) If the jurisdiction of the court is terminated before the end
of an academic year, the local educational agency shall allow a
former foster child who is in kindergarten or any of grades 1 to 8,
inclusive, to continue his or her education in the school of origin
through the duration of the academic school year.

(3) (A) If the jurisdiction of the court is terminated while a
foster child is in high school, the local educational agency shall
allow the former foster child to continue his or her education in
the school of origin through graduation.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph, a school district is not
required to provide transportation to a former foster child who has
an individualized education program that does not require
transportation as a related service and who changes residence but
remains in his or her school of origin pursuant to this paragraph,
unless the individualized education program team determines that
transportation is a necessary related service.

(4) To ensure that the foster child has the benefit of matriculating
with his or her peers in accordance with the established feeder
patterns of school districts, if the foster child is transitioning
between school grade levels, the local educational agency shall
allow the foster child to continue in the school district of origin in
the same attendance area, or, if the foster child is transitioning to
a middle school or high school, and the school designated for
matriculation is in another school district, to the school designated
for matriculation in that school district.

(5) Paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) do not require a school district
to provide transportation services to allow a foster child to attend
a school or school district, unless otherwise required under federal
law. This paragraph does not prohibit a school district from, at its
discretion, providing transportation services to allow a foster child
to attend a school or school district.

(6) The educational liaison, in consultation with, and with the
agreement of, the foster child and the person holding the right to
make educational decisions for the foster child, may recommend,
in accordance with the foster child’s best interests, that the foster
child’s right to attend the school of origin be waived and the foster
child be enrolled in a public school that pupils living in the
attendance area in which the foster child resides are eligible to
attend.

(7) Before making a recommendation to move a foster child
from his or her school of origin, the educational liaison shall
provide the foster child and the person holding the right to make
educational decisions for the foster child with a written explanation
stating the basis for the recommendation and how the
recommendation serves the foster child’s best interest.

(8) (A) If the educational liaison, in consultation with the foster
child and the person holding the right to make educational decisions
for the foster child, agrees that the best interests of the foster child
would best be served by his or her transfer to a school other than
the school of origin, the foster child shall immediately be enrolled
in the new school.

(B) The new school shall immediately enroll the foster child
even if the foster child has outstanding fees, fines, textbooks, or
other items or moneys due to the school last attended or is unable
to produce clothing or records normally required for enrollment,
such as previous academic records, medical records, including,
but not limited to, records or other proof of immunization history
pursuant to Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 120325) of Part
2 of Division 105 of the Health and Safety Code, proof of
residency, other documentation, or school uniforms.

(C) Within two business days of the foster child’s request for
enrollment, the educational liaison for the new school shall contact
the school last attended by the foster child to obtain all academic
and other records. The last school attended by the foster child shall
provide all required records to the new school regardless of any
outstanding fees, fines, textbooks, or other items or moneys owed
to the school last attended. The educational liaison for the school
last attended shall provide all records to the new school within two
business days of receiving the request.

(9) If a dispute arises regarding the request of a foster child to
remain in the school of origin, the foster child has the right to
remain in the school of origin pending resolution of the dispute.
The dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the existing
dispute resolution process available to a pupil served by the local
educational agency.

(10) The local educational agency and the county placing agency
are encouraged to collaborate to ensure maximum use of available
federal moneys, explore public-private partnerships, and access
any other funding sources to promote the well-being of foster
children through educational stability.

(11) It is the intent of the Legislature that this subdivision shall
not supersede or exceed other laws governing special education
services for eligible foster children.

(f) For purposes of this section, “school of origin” means the
school that the foster child attended when permanently housed or
the school in which the foster child was last enrolled. If the school
the foster child attended when permanently housed is different
from the school in which the foster child was last enrolled, or if
there is some other school that the foster child attended with which
the foster child is connected and that the foster child attended
within the immediately preceding 15 months, the educational
liaison, in consultation with, and with the agreement of, the foster
child and the person holding the right to make educational decisions
for the foster child, shall determine, in the best interests of the
foster child, the school that shall be deemed the school of origin.

(g) This section does not supersede other law governing the
educational placements in juvenile court schools, as described in
Section 48645.1, by the juvenile court under Section 602 of the
Welfare and Institutions Code.

SEC. 40.  

Section 48900 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

48900.  

A pupil shall not be suspended from school or
recommended for expulsion, unless the superintendent of the school
district or the principal of the school in which the pupil is enrolled
determines that the pupil has committed an act as defined pursuant
to any of subdivisions (a) to (r), inclusive:

(a) (1) Caused, attempted to cause, or threatened to cause
physical injury to another person.

(2) Willfully used force or violence upon the person of another,
except in self-defense.

(b) Possessed, sold, or otherwise furnished a firearm, knife,
explosive, or other dangerous object, unless, in the case of
possession of an object of this type, the pupil had obtained written
permission to possess the item from a certificated school employee,
which is concurred in by the principal or the designee of the
principal.

(c) Unlawfully possessed, used, sold, or otherwise furnished,
or been under the influence of, a controlled substance listed in
Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 11053) of Division 10 of the
Health and Safety Code, an alcoholic beverage, or an intoxicant
of any kind.

(d) Unlawfully offered, arranged, or negotiated to sell a
controlled substance listed in Chapter 2 (commencing with Section
11053) of Division 10 of the Health and Safety Code, an alcoholic
beverage, or an intoxicant of any kind, and either sold, delivered,
or otherwise furnished to a person another liquid, substance, or
material and represented the liquid, substance, or material as a
controlled substance, alcoholic beverage, or intoxicant.

(e) Committed or attempted to commit robbery or extortion.

(f) Caused or attempted to cause damage to school property or
private property.

(g) Stole or attempted to steal school property or private
property.

(h) Possessed or used tobacco, or products containing tobacco
or nicotine products, including, but not limited to, cigarettes, cigars,
miniature cigars, clove cigarettes, smokeless tobacco, snuff, chew
packets, and betel. However, this section does not prohibit use or
possession by a pupil of his or her own prescription products.

(i) Committed an obscene act or engaged in habitual profanity
or vulgarity.

(j) Unlawfully possessed or unlawfully offered, arranged, or
negotiated to sell drug paraphernalia, as defined in Section 11014.5
of the Health and Safety Code.

(k) Disrupted school activities or otherwise willfully defied the
valid authority of supervisors, teachers, administrators, school
officials, or other school personnel engaged in the performance of
their duties.

(l) Knowingly received stolen school property or private
property.

(m) Possessed an imitation firearm. As used in this section,
“imitation firearm” means a replica of a firearm that is so
substantially similar in physical properties to an existing firearm
as to lead a reasonable person to conclude that the replica is a
firearm.

(n) Committed or attempted to commit a sexual assault as
defined in Section 261, 266c, 286, 288, 288a, or 289 of the Penal
Code or committed a sexual battery as defined in Section 243.4
of the Penal Code.

(o) Harassed, threatened, or intimidated a pupil who is a
complaining witness or a witness in a school disciplinary
proceeding for purposes of either preventing that pupil from being
a witness or retaliating against that pupil for being a witness, or
both.

(p) Unlawfully offered, arranged to sell, negotiated to sell, or
sold the prescription drug Soma.

(q) Engaged in, or attempted to engage in, hazing. For purposes
of this subdivision, “hazing” means a method of initiation or
preinitiation into a pupil organization or body, whether or not the
begin insert pupil end insert organization or body is officially recognized by an
educational institution, which is likely to cause serious bodily
injury or personal degradation or disgrace resulting in physical or
mental harm to a former, current, or prospective pupil. For purposes
of this subdivision, “hazing” does not include athletic events or
school-sanctioned events.

(r) Engaged in an act of bullying. For purposes of this
subdivision, the following terms have the following meanings:

(1)  “Bullying” means any severe or pervasive physical or verbal
act or conduct, including communications made in writing or by
means of an electronic act, and including one or more acts
committed by a pupil or group of pupils as defined in Section
48900.2, 48900.3, or 48900.4, directed toward one or more pupils
that begin delete has end delete begin insert have end insert or can be reasonably predicted to have the effect of
one or more of the following:

(A) Placing a reasonable pupil or pupils in fear of harm to that
pupil’s or those pupils’ person or property.

(B) Causing a reasonable pupil to experience a substantially
detrimental effect on his or her physical or mental health.

(C) Causing a reasonable pupil to experience substantial
interference with his or her academic performance.

(D) Causing a reasonable pupil to experience substantial
interference with his or her ability to participate in or benefit from
the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.

(2) (A) “Electronic act” means the transmission, by means of
an electronic device, including, but not limited to, a telephone,
wireless telephone, or other wireless communication device,
computer, or pager, of a communication, including, but not limited
to, any of the following:

(i) A message, text, sound, or image.

(ii) A post on a social network Internet Web site including, but
not limited to:

(I) Posting to or creating a burn page. “Burn page” means an
Internet Web site created for the purpose of having one or more
of the effects listed in paragraph (1).

(II) Creating a credible impersonation of another actual pupil
for the purpose of having one or more of the effects listed in
paragraph (1). “Credible impersonation” means to knowingly and
without consent impersonate a pupil for the purpose of bullying
the pupil and such that another pupil would reasonably believe, or
has reasonably believed, that the pupil was or is the pupil who was
impersonated.

(III) Creating a false profile for the purpose of having one or
more of the effects listed in paragraph (1). “False profile” means
a profile of a fictitious pupil or a profile using the likeness or
attributes of an actual pupil other than the pupil who created the
false profile.

(B) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) and subparagraph (A), an
electronic act shall not constitute pervasive conduct solely on the
basis that it has been transmitted on the Internet or is currently
posted on the Internet.

(3) “Reasonable pupil” means a pupil, including, but not limited
to, an exceptional needs pupil, who exercises average care, skill,
and judgment in conduct for a person of his or her age, or for a
person of his or her age with his or her exceptional needs.

(s) A pupil shall not be suspended or expelled for any of the
acts enumerated in this section unless the act is related to a school
activity or school attendance occurring within a school under the
jurisdiction of the superintendent of the school district or principal
or occurring within any other school district. A pupil may be
suspended or expelled for acts that are enumerated in this section
and related to a school activity or school attendance that occur at
any time, including, but not limited to, any of the following:

(1) While on school grounds.

(2) While going to or coming from school.

(3) During the lunch period whether on or off the campus.

(4) During, or while going to or coming from, a
school-sponsored activity.

(t) A pupil who aids or abets, as defined in Section 31 of the
Penal Code, the infliction or attempted infliction of physical injury
to another person may be subject to suspension, but not expulsion,
pursuant to this section, except that a pupil who has been adjudged
by a juvenile court to have committed, as an aider and abettor, a
crime of physical violence in which the victim suffered great bodily
injury or serious bodily injury shall be subject to discipline pursuant
to subdivision (a).

(u) As used in this section, “school property” includes, but is
not limited to, electronic files and databases.

(v) For a pupil subject to discipline under this section, a
superintendent of the school district or principal may use his or
her discretion to provide alternatives to suspension or expulsion
that are age appropriate and designed to address and correct the
pupil’s specific misbehavior as specified in Section 48900.5.

(w) It is the intent of the Legislature that alternatives to
suspension or expulsion be imposed against a pupil who is truant,
tardy, or otherwise absent from school activities.

SEC. 41.  

Section 48902 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

48902.  

(a) The principal of a school or the principal’s designee
shall, before the suspension or expulsion of any pupil, notify the
appropriate law enforcement authorities of the county or city in
which the school is situated, of any acts of the pupil that may
violate Section 245 of the Penal Code.

(b) The principal of a school or the principal’s designee shall,
within one schoolday after suspension or expulsion of any pupil,
notify, by telephone or any other appropriate method chosen by
the school, the appropriate law enforcement authorities of the
county or the school district in which the school is situated of any
acts of the pupil that may violate subdivision (c) or (d) of Section
48900.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), the principal of a school
or the principal’s designee shall notify the appropriate law
enforcement authorities of the county or city in which the school
is located of any acts of a pupil that may involve the possession
or sale of narcotics or of a controlled substance or a violation of
Section 626.9 or 626.10 of the Penal Code. The principal of a
school or the principal’s designee shall report any act specified in
paragraph (1) or (5) of subdivision (c) of Section 48915 committed
by a pupil or nonpupil on a schoolsite to the city police or county
sheriff with jurisdiction over the school and the school security
department or the school police department, as applicable.

(d) A principal, the principal’s designee, or any other person
reporting a known or suspected act described in subdivision (a) or
(b) is not civilly or criminally liable as a result of making any
report authorized by this article unless it can be proven that a false
report was made and that the person knew the report was false or
the report was made with reckless disregard for the truth or falsity
of the report.

(e) The principal of a school or the principal’s designee reporting
a criminal act committed by a schoolage individual with
exceptional needs, as defined in Section 56026, shall ensure that
copies of the special education and disciplinary records of the pupil
are transmitted, as described in Section begin delete 1415(6)(k) end delete begin insert 1415(k)(6) end insert of
Title 20 of the United States Code, for consideration by the
appropriate authorities to whom he or she reports the criminal act.
Any copies of the pupil’s special education and disciplinary records
may be transmitted only to the extent permissible under the federal
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (20 U.S.C.
Sec. 1232g et seq.).

SEC. 42.  

Section 48911 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

48911.  

(a) The principal of the school, the principal’s designee,
or the district superintendent of schools may suspend a pupil from
the school for any of the reasons enumerated in Section 48900,
and pursuant to Section 48900.5, for no more than five consecutive
schooldays.

(b) Suspension by the principal, the principal’s designee, or the
district superintendent of schools shall be preceded by an informal
conference conducted by the principal, the principal’s designee,
or the district superintendent of schools between the pupil and,
whenever practicable, the teacher, supervisor, or school employee
who referred the pupil to the principal, the principal’s designee,
or the district superintendent of schools. At the conference, the
pupil shall be informed of the reason for the disciplinary action
and the evidence against him or her begin insert , end insert and shall be given the
opportunity to present his or her version and evidence in his or her
defense.

(c) A principal, the principal’s designee, or the district
superintendent of schools may suspend a pupil without affording
the pupil an opportunity for a conference only if the principal, the
principal’s designee, or the district superintendent of schools
determines that an emergency situation exists. “Emergency
situation,” as used in this article, means a situation determined by
the principal, the principal’s designee, or the district superintendent
of schools to constitute a clear and present danger to the life, safety,
or health of pupils or school personnel. If a pupil is suspended
without a conference before suspension, both the parent and the
pupil shall be notified of the pupil’s right to a conference and the
pupil’s right to return to school for the purpose of a conference.
The conference shall be held within two schooldays, unless the
pupil waives this right or is physically unable to attend for any
reason, including, but not limited to, incarceration or
hospitalization. The conference shall then be held as soon as the
pupil is physically able to return to school for the conference.

(d) At the time of suspension, a school employee shall make a
reasonable effort to contact the pupil’s parent or guardian in person
or by telephone. If a pupil is suspended from school, the parent or
guardian shall be notified in writing of the suspension.

(e) A school employee shall report the suspension of the pupil,
including the cause for the suspension, to the governing board of
the school district or to the district superintendent of schools in
accordance with the regulations of the governing board of the
school district.

(f) The parent or guardian of a pupil shall respond without delay
to a request from school officials to attend a conference regarding
his or her child’s behavior.

No penalties shall be imposed on a pupil for failure of the pupil’s
parent or guardian to attend a conference with school officials.
Reinstatement of the suspended pupil shall not be contingent upon
attendance by the pupil’s parent or guardian at the conference.

(g) In a case where expulsion from a school or suspension for
the balance of the semester from continuation school is being
processed by the governing board of the school district, the district
superintendent of begin delete schools, end delete begin insert schools end insert or other person designated by
the district superintendent of schools in begin delete writing, end delete begin insert writing end insert may extend
the suspension until the governing board of the school district has
rendered a decision in the action. However, an extension may be
granted only if the district superintendent of schools or the district
superintendent’s designee has determined, following a meeting in
which the pupil and the pupil’s parent or guardian are invited to
participate, that the presence of the pupil at the school or in an
alternative school placement would cause a danger to persons or
property or a threat of disrupting the instructional process. If the
pupil is a foster child, as defined in Section 48853.5, the district
superintendent of schools or the district superintendent’s designee,
including, but not limited to, the educational liaison for the school
district, shall also invite the pupil’s attorney and an appropriate
representative of the county child welfare agency to participate in
the meeting. If the pupil or the pupil’s parent or guardian has
requested a meeting to challenge the original suspension pursuant
to Section 48914, the purpose of the meeting shall be to decide
upon the extension of the suspension order under this section and
may be held in conjunction with the initial meeting on the merits
of the suspension.

(h) For purposes of this section, a “principal’s designee” is one
or more administrators at the schoolsite specifically designated by
the principal, in writing, to assist with disciplinary procedures.

In the event that there is not an administrator in addition to the
principal at the schoolsite, a certificated person at the schoolsite
may be specifically designated by the principal, in writing, as a
“principal’s designee,” to assist with disciplinary procedures. The
principal may designate only one person at a time as the principal’s
primary designee for the school year.

An additional person meeting the requirements of this
subdivision may be designated by the principal, in writing, to act
for purposes of this article when both the principal and the
principal’s primary designee are absent from the schoolsite. The
name of the person, and the names of any person or persons
designated as “principal’s designee,” shall be on file in the
principal’s office.

This section is not an exception to, nor does it place any
limitation on, Section 48903.

SEC. 43.  

Section 49076 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

49076.  

(a) A school district shall not permit access to pupil
records to a person without written parental consent or under
judicial order except as set forth in this section and as permitted
by Part 99 (commencing with Section 99.1) of Title 34 of the Code
of Federal Regulations.

(1) Access to those particular records relevant to the legitimate
educational interests of the requester shall be permitted to the
following:

(A) School officials and employees of the school district,
members of a school attendance review board appointed pursuant
to Section 48321 who are authorized representatives of the school
district, and any volunteer aide, 18 years of age or older, who has
been investigated, selected, and trained by a school attendance
review board for the purpose of providing followup services to
pupils referred to the school attendance review board, provided
that the person has a legitimate educational interest to inspect a
record.

(B) Officials and employees of other public schools or school
systems, including local, county, or state correctional facilities
where educational programs leading to high school graduation are
provided or where the pupil intends to or is directed to enroll,
subject to the rights of parents as provided in Section 49068.

(C) Authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of
the United States, the Secretary of Education, and state and local
educational authorities, or the United States Department of
Education’s Office for Civil Rights, if the information is necessary
to audit or evaluate a state or federally supported education
program, or in connection with the enforcement of, or compliance
with, the federal legal requirements that relate to such a program.
Records released pursuant to this begin delete section end delete begin insert subparagraph end insert shall
comply with the requirements of Section 99.35 of Title 34 of the
Code of Federal Regulations.

(D) Other state and local officials to the extent that information
is specifically required to be reported pursuant to state law adopted
before November 19, 1974.

(E) Parents of a pupil 18 years of age or older who is a
dependent as defined in Section 152 of Title 26 of the United States
Code.

(F) A pupil 16 years of age or older or having completed the
10th grade who requests access.

(G) A district attorney who is participating in or conducting a
truancy mediation program pursuant to Section 48263.5, or Section
601.3 of the Welfare and Institutions Code, or participating in the
presentation of evidence in a truancy petition pursuant to Section
681 of the Welfare and Institutions Code.

(H) A district attorney’s office for consideration against a parent
or guardian for failure to comply with the Compulsory Education
Law (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 48200)) or with
Compulsory Continuation Education (Chapter 3 (commencing
with Section 48400)).

(I) (i) A probation officer, district attorney, or counsel of record
for a minor for purposes of conducting a criminal investigation or
an investigation in regards to declaring a person a ward of the court
or involving a violation of a condition of probation.

(ii) For purposes of this subparagraph, a probation officer,
district attorney, and counsel of record for a minor shall be deemed
to be local officials for purposes of Section 99.31(a)(5)(i) of Title
34 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(iii) Pupil records obtained pursuant to this subparagraph shall
be subject to the evidentiary rules described in Section 701 of the
Welfare and Institutions Code.

(J) A judge or probation officer for the purpose of conducting
a truancy mediation program for a pupil, or for purposes of
presenting evidence in a truancy petition pursuant to Section 681
of the Welfare and Institutions Code. The judge or probation officer
shall certify in writing to the school district that the information
will be used only for truancy purposes. A school district releasing
pupil information to a judge or probation officer pursuant to this
subparagraph shall inform, or provide written notification to, the
parent or guardian of the pupil within 24 hours of the release of
the information.

(K) A county placing agency when acting as an authorized
representative of a state or local educational agency pursuant to
subparagraph (C). School districts, county offices of education,
and county placing agencies may develop cooperative agreements
to facilitate confidential access to and exchange of the pupil
information by email, facsimile, electronic format, or other secure
means, provided the agreement complies with the requirements
set forth in Section 99.35 of Title 34 of the Code of Federal
Regulations.

(2) School districts may release information from pupil records
to the following:

(A) Appropriate persons in connection with an emergency if
the knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health
or safety of a pupil or other persons. Schools or school districts
releasing information pursuant to this begin delete section end delete begin insert subparagraph end insert shall
comply with the requirements set forth in Section begin delete 99.32(a)(5) end delete
begin insert 99.31(a)(5) end insert of Title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(B) Agencies or organizations in connection with the application
of a pupil for, or receipt of, financial aid. However, information
permitting the personal identification of a pupil or his or her parents
may be disclosed only as may be necessary for purposes as to
determine the eligibility of the pupil for financial aid, to determine
the amount of the financial aid, to determine the conditions which
will be imposed regarding the financial aid, or to enforce the terms
or conditions of the financial aid.

(C) Pursuant to Section 99.37 of Title 34 of the Code of Federal
Regulations, a county elections official, for the purpose of
identifying pupils eligible to register to vote, or for conducting
programs to offer pupils an opportunity to register to vote. The
information shall not be used for any other purpose or given or
transferred to any other person or agency.

(D) Accrediting associations in order to carry out their
accrediting functions.

(E) Organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of,
educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing,
validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student
aid programs, and improving instruction, if the studies are
conducted in a manner that will not permit the personal
identification of pupils or their parents by persons other than
representatives of the organizations, the information will be
destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it is
obtained, and the organization enters into a written agreement with
the educational agency or institution that complies with Section
99.31(a)(6) of Title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(F) Officials and employees of private schools or school systems
where the pupil is enrolled or intends to enroll, subject to the rights
of parents as provided in Section 49068 and in compliance with
the requirements in Section 99.34 of Title 34 of the Code of Federal
Regulations. This information shall be in addition to the pupil’s
permanent record transferred pursuant to Section 49068.

(G) (i) A contractor or consultant with a legitimate educational
interest who has a formal written agreement or contract with the
school district regarding the provision of outsourced institutional
services or functions by the contractor or consultant.

(ii)  begin delete Notwithstanding Section 99.31(a)(1)(i)(B) of Title 34 of the
Code of Federal Regulations, a end delete begin insert A end insert disclosure pursuant to this
begin delete paragraph end delete begin insert subparagraph end insert shall not be permitted to a volunteer or
other party.

(3) A person, persons, agency, or organization permitted access
to pupil records pursuant to this section shall not permit access to
any information obtained from those records by another person,
persons, agency, or organization, except for allowable exceptions
contained within the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act of 2001 (20 U.S.C. Sec. 1232g) and state law, without the
written consent of the pupil’s parent. This paragraph does not
require prior parental consent when information obtained pursuant
to this section is shared with other persons within the educational
institution, agency, or organization obtaining access, so long as
those persons have a legitimate educational interest in the
information pursuant to Section begin delete 99.31(a)(1)(i)(A) end delete begin insert 99.31(a)(1) end insert of
Title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(4) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a school district,
including a county office of education or county superintendent
of schools, may participate in an interagency data information
system that permits access to a computerized database system
within and between governmental agencies or school districts as
to information or records that are nonprivileged, and where release
is authorized as to the requesting agency under state or federal law
or regulation, if each of the following requirements are met:

(A) Each agency and school district shall develop security
procedures or devices by which unauthorized personnel cannot
access data contained in the system.

(B) Each agency and school district shall develop procedures
or devices to secure privileged or confidential data from
unauthorized disclosure.

(C) Each school district shall comply with the access log
requirements of Section 49064.

(D) The right of access granted shall not include the right to
add, delete, or alter data without the written permission of the
agency holding the data.

(E) An agency or school district shall not make public or
otherwise release information on an individual contained in the
database if the information is protected from disclosure or release
as to the requesting agency by state or federal law or regulation.

(b) The officials and authorities to whom pupil records are
disclosed pursuant to subdivision begin delete (f) end delete begin insert (e) end insert of Section 48902 and
subparagraph (I) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) shall certify
in writing to the disclosing school district that the information
shall not be disclosed to another party, except as provided under
the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 2001
(20 U.S.C. Sec. 1232g) and state law, without the prior written
consent of the parent of the pupil or the person identified as the
holder of the pupil’s educational rights.

(c) (1) Any person or party who is not permitted access to pupil
records pursuant to subdivision (a) or (b) may request access to
pupil records as provided for in paragraph (2).

(2) A local educational agency or other person or party who has
received pupil records, or information from pupil records, may
release the records or information to a person or party identified
in paragraph (1) without the consent of the pupil’s parent or
guardian pursuant to Section 99.31(b) of Title 34 of the Code of
Federal Regulations, if the records or information are deidentified,
which requires the removal of all personally identifiable
information, provided that the disclosing local educational agency
or other person or party has made a reasonable determination that
a pupil’s identity is not personally identifiable, whether through
single or multiple releases, and has taken into account other
pertinent reasonably available information.

SEC. 44.  

Section 49548 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

49548.  

(a) The state board, in order to effect compliance with
legislative findings expressed in Section 49547, shall restrict the
criteria for the issuance of waivers from the requirements of Section
49550 to feed children during a summer school session. A waiver
shall be granted for a period not to exceed one year if either of the
following conditions exists:

(1) (A) A summer school session serving pupils enrolled in
elementary school, as defined in clause (iii), shall be granted a
waiver if a Summer Food Service Program for Children site is
available within one-half mile of the schoolsite and either of the
following conditions exists:

(i) The hours of operation of the Summer Food Service Program
for Children site commence no later than one-half hour after the
completion of the summer school session day.

(ii) The hours of operation of the Summer Food Service Program
for Children site conclude no earlier than one hour after the
completion of the summer school session day.

(iii) For purposes of this subdivision, “elementary school” means
a public school that maintains kindergarten or any of grades 1 to
8, inclusive.

(B) A summer school session serving pupils enrolled in middle
school, junior high school, or high school shall be granted a waiver
if a Summer Food Service Program for Children site is available
within one mile of the schoolsite and either of the following
conditions exists:

(i) The hours of operation of the Summer Food Service Program
for Children site commence no later than one-half hour after the
completion of the summer school session day.

(ii) The hours of operation of the Summer Food Service Program
for Children site conclude no earlier than one hour after the
completion of the summer school session day.

(2) (A) Serving meals during the summer school session would
result in a financial loss to the school district, documented in a
financial analysis performed by the school district, in an amount
equal to one-third of net cash resources, as defined in Section 210.2
of Part 210 of Title 7 of the Code of Federal Regulations, which,
for begin delete the end delete purposes of this article, shall exclude funds that are
encumbered. If there are no net cash resources, an amount equal
to the operating costs of one month as averaged over the summer
school sessions.

(B) The financial analysis required by subparagraph (A) shall
include a projection of future meal program participation based
on either of the following:

(i) Commencement of a meal service period after the
commencement of the summer school session day and conclusion
of a meal service period before the completion of the summer
school session day.

(ii) Operation of a schoolsite as an open Summer Seamless
Option or a Summer Food Service Program for Children site, and
providing adequate notification thereof, including flyers and
banners, in order to fulfill community needs under the Summer
Food Service Program for Children (7 C.F.R. 225.14(d)(3)).

(3) The entire summer school day is two hours or less in
duration.

(b) The state board and the Superintendent shall provide
leadership to encourage and support schools and public agencies
to participate in the Summer Food Service Program for Children,
consistent with the intent of Section 49504.

(c) An application for a waiver shall be submitted no later than
60 days before the last regular meeting of the state board before
the commencement of the summer school session for which the
waiver is sought.

SEC. 45.  

Section 52052 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

52052.  

(a) (1) The Superintendent, with approval of the state
board, shall develop an Academic Performance Index begin delete (API), end delete begin insert (API) end insert
to measure the performance of schools, especially the academic
performance of pupils.

(2) A school shall demonstrate comparable improvement in
academic achievement as measured by the API by all numerically
significant pupil subgroups at the school, including:

(A) Ethnic subgroups.

(B) Socioeconomically disadvantaged pupils.

(C) English learners.

(D) Pupils with disabilities.

(3) (A) For purposes of this section, a numerically significant
pupil subgroup is one that meets both of the following criteria:

(i) The subgroup consists of at least 50 pupils begin insert , end insert each of whom
has a valid test score.

(ii) The subgroup constitutes at least 15 percent of the total
population of pupils at a school who have valid test scores.

(B) If a subgroup does not constitute 15 percent of the total
population of pupils at a school who have valid test scores, the
subgroup may constitute a numerically significant pupil subgroup
if it has at least 100 valid test scores.

(C) For a school with an API score that is based on no fewer
than 11 and no more than 99 pupils with valid test scores,
numerically significant pupil subgroups shall be defined by the
Superintendent, with approval by the state board.

(4) (A) The API shall consist of a variety of indicators currently
reported to the department, including, but not limited to, the results
of the achievement test administered pursuant to Section 60640,
attendance rates for pupils in elementary schools, middle schools,
and secondary schools, and the graduation rates for pupils in
secondary schools.

(B) The Superintendent, with the approval of the state board,
may also incorporate into the API the rates at which pupils
successfully promote from one grade to the next in middle school
and high school, and successfully matriculate from middle school
to high school.

(C) Graduation rates for pupils in secondary schools shall be
calculated for the API as follows:

(i) Four-year graduation rates shall be calculated by taking the
number of pupils who graduated on time for the current school
year, which is considered to be three school years after the pupils
entered grade 9 for the first time, and dividing that number by the
total calculated in clause (ii).

(ii) The number of pupils entering grade 9 for the first time in
the school year three school years before the current school year,
plus the number of pupils who transferred into the class graduating
at the end of the current school year between the school year that
was three school years before the current school year and the date
of graduation, less the number of pupils who transferred out of the
school between the school year that was three school years before
the current school year and the date of graduation who were
members of the class that is graduating at the end of the current
school year.

(iii) Five-year graduation rates shall be calculated by taking the
number of pupils who graduated on time for the current school
year, which is considered to be four school years after the pupils
entered grade 9 for the first time, and dividing that number by the
total calculated in clause (iv).

(iv) The number of pupils entering grade 9 for the first time in
the school year four years before the current school year, plus the
number of pupils who transferred into the class graduating at the
end of the current school year between the school year that was
four school years before the current school year and the date of
graduation, less the number of pupils who transferred out of the
school between the school year that was four years before the
current school year and the date of graduation who were members
of the class that is graduating at the end of the current school year.

(v) Six-year graduation rates shall be calculated by taking the
number of pupils who graduated on time for the current school
year, which is considered to be five school years after the pupils
entered grade 9 for the first time, and dividing that number by the
total calculated in clause (vi).

(vi) The number of pupils entering grade 9 for the first time in
the school year five years before the current school year, plus the
number of pupils who transferred into the class graduating at the
end of the current school year between the school year that was
five school years before the current school year and the date of
graduation, less the number of pupils who transferred out of the
school between the school year that was five years before the
current school year and the date of graduation who were members
of the class that is graduating at the end of the current school year.

(D) The inclusion of five- and six-year graduation rates for
pupils in secondary schools shall meet the following requirements:

(i) Schools shall be granted one-half the credit in their API
scores for graduating pupils in five years that they are granted for
graduating pupils in four years.

(ii) Schools shall be granted one-quarter the credit in their API
scores for graduating pupils in six years that they are granted for
graduating pupils in four years.

(iii) Notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii), schools shall be granted
full credit in their API scores for graduating in five or six years a
pupil with disabilities who graduates in accordance with his or her
individualized education program.

(E) The pupil data collected for the API that comes from the
achievement test administered pursuant to Section 60640 and the
high school exit examination administered pursuant to Section
60851, when fully implemented, shall be disaggregated by special
education status, English learners, socioeconomic status, gender,
and ethnic group. Only the test scores of pupils who were counted
as part of the enrollment in the annual data collection of the
California Basic Educational Data System for the current fiscal
year and who were continuously enrolled during that year may be
included in the test result reports in the API score of the school.

(F) (i) Commencing with the baseline API calculation in 2016,
and for each year thereafter, results of the achievement test and
other tests specified in subdivision (b) shall constitute no more
than 60 percent of the value of the index for secondary schools.

(ii)  In addition to the elements required by this paragraph, the
Superintendent, with approval of the state board, may incorporate
into the index for secondary schools valid, reliable, and stable
measures of pupil preparedness for postsecondary education and
career.

(G) Results of the achievement test and other tests specified in
subdivision (b) shall constitute at least 60 percent of the value of
the index for primary schools and middle schools.

(H) It is the intent of the Legislature that the state’s system of
public school accountability be more closely aligned with both the
public’s expectations for public education and the workforce needs
of the state’s economy. It is therefore necessary that the
accountability system evolve beyond its narrow focus on pupil test
scores to encompass other valuable information about school
performance, including, but not limited to, pupil preparedness for
college and career, as well as the high school graduation rates
already required by law.

(I) The Superintendent shall annually determine the accuracy
of the graduation rate data. Notwithstanding any other law,
graduation rates for pupils in dropout recovery high schools shall
not be included in the API. For purposes of this subparagraph,
“dropout recovery high school” means a high school in which 50
percent or more of its pupils have been designated as dropouts
pursuant to the exit/withdrawal codes developed by the department
or left a school and were not otherwise enrolled in a school for a
period of at least 180 days.

(J) To complement the API, the Superintendent, with the
approval of the state board, may develop and implement a program
of school quality review that features locally convened panels to
visit schools, observe teachers, interview pupils, and examine pupil
work, if an appropriation for this purpose is made in the annual
Budget Act.

(K) The Superintendent shall annually provide to local
educational agencies and the public a transparent and
understandable explanation of the individual components of the
API and their relative values within the API.

(L) An additional element chosen by the Superintendent and
the state board for inclusion in the API pursuant to this paragraph
shall not be incorporated into the API until at least one full school
year after the state board’s decision to include the element into the
API.

(b) Pupil scores from the following tests, when available and
when found to be valid and reliable for this purpose, shall be
incorporated into the API:

(1) The standards-based achievement tests provided for in
Section 60642.5.

(2) The high school exit examination.

(c) Based on the API, the Superintendent shall develop, and the
state board shall adopt, expected annual percentage growth targets
for all schools based on their API baseline score from the previous
year. Schools are expected to meet these growth targets through
effective allocation of available resources. For schools below the
statewide API performance target adopted by the state board
pursuant to subdivision (d), the minimum annual percentage growth
target shall be 5 percent of the difference between the actual API
score of a school and the statewide API performance target, or one
API point, whichever is greater. Schools at or above the statewide
API performance target shall have, as their growth target,
maintenance of their API score above the statewide API
performance target. However, the state board may set differential
growth targets based on grade level of instruction and may set
higher growth targets for the lowest performing schools because
they have the greatest room for improvement. To meet its growth
target, a school shall demonstrate that the annual growth in its API
is equal to or more than its schoolwide annual percentage growth
target and that all numerically significant pupil subgroups, as
defined in subdivision (a), are making comparable improvement.

(d) Upon adoption of state performance standards by the state
board, the Superintendent shall recommend, and the state board
shall adopt, a statewide API performance target that includes
consideration of performance standards and represents the
proficiency level required to meet the state performance target.
When the API is fully developed, schools, at a minimum, shall
meet their annual API growth targets to be eligible for the
Governor’s Performance Award Program as set forth in Section
52057. The state board may establish additional criteria that schools
must meet to be eligible for the Governor’s Performance Award
Program.

(e) (1) A school with 11 to 99 pupils with valid test scores shall
receive an API score with an asterisk that indicates less statistical
certainty than API scores based on 100 or more test scores.

(2) A school annually shall receive an API score, unless the
Superintendent determines that an API score would be an invalid
measure of the performance of the school for one or more of the
following reasons:

(A) Irregularities in testing procedures occurred.

(B) The data used to calculate the API score of the school are
not representative of the pupil population at the school.

(C) Significant demographic changes in the pupil population
render year-to-year comparisons of pupil performance invalid.

(D) The department discovers or receives information indicating
that the integrity of the API score has been compromised.

(E) Insufficient pupil participation in the assessments included
in the API.

(3) If a school has fewer than 100 pupils with valid test scores,
the calculation of the API or adequate yearly progress pursuant to
the federal No Child Left Behind Act of 2001 (20 U.S.C. Sec. 6301
et seq.) and federal regulations may be calculated over more than
one annual administration of the tests administered pursuant to
Section 60640 and the high school exit examination administered
pursuant to Section 60851, consistent with regulations adopted by
the state board.

(f) Only schools with 100 or more test scores contributing to
the API may be included in the API rankings.

(g) The Superintendent, with the approval of the state board,
shall develop an alternative accountability system for schools under
the jurisdiction of a county board of education or a county
superintendent of schools, community day schools, nonpublic,
nonsectarian schools pursuant to Section 56366, and alternative
schools serving high-risk pupils, including continuation high
schools and opportunity schools. Schools in the alternative
accountability system may receive an API score, but shall not be
included in the API rankings.

SEC. 46.  

Section 60200.8 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

60200.8.  

(a) Notwithstanding Section 60200.7, the state board
may consider the adoption of a revised curriculum framework and
evaluation criteria for instructional materials in history-social
science.

(b) The department shall conduct work necessary to revise the
curriculum framework and evaluation criteria for instructional
materials in history-social science only after it has completed work
related to the development of curriculum frameworks for the
common core academic begin delete contents end delete begin insert content end insert standards pursuant to
Section 60207.

SEC. 47.  

Section 60209 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

60209.  

For purposes of conducting an adoption of basic
instructional materials for mathematics pursuant to Section 60207,
all of the following shall apply:

(a) The department shall provide notice, pursuant to subdivision
(b), to all publishers or manufacturers known to produce basic
instructional materials in that subject, post an appropriate notice
on the Internet Web site of the department, and take other
reasonable measures to ensure that appropriate notice is widely
circulated to potentially interested publishers and manufacturers.

(b) The notice shall specify that each publisher or manufacturer
choosing to participate in the adoption shall be assessed a fee based
on the number of programs the publisher or manufacturer indicates
will be submitted for review and the number of grade levels
proposed to be covered by each program.

(c) The fee assessed pursuant to subdivision (d) shall be in an
amount that does not exceed the reasonable costs to the department
in conducting the adoption process. The department shall take
reasonable steps to limit costs of the adoption and to keep the fee
modest.

(d) The department, before incurring substantial costs for the
adoption, shall require that a publisher or manufacturer that wishes
to participate in the adoption first declare the intent to submit one
or more specific programs for adoption and specify the specific
grade levels to be covered by each program.

(1) After a publisher or manufacturer begin delete has declared end delete begin insert declares end insert the
intent to submit one or more programs and the grade levels to be
covered by each program, the department shall assess a fee that
shall be payable by the publisher or manufacturer even if the
publisher or manufacturer subsequently chooses to withdraw a
program or reduce the number of grade levels covered.

(2) A submission by a publisher or manufacturer shall not be
reviewed for purposes of adoption until the fee assessed has been
paid in full.

(e) (1) Upon the request of a small publisher or small
manufacturer, the state board may reduce the fee for participation
in the adoption.

(2) For purposes of this section, “small publisher” and “small
manufacturer” mean an independently owned or operated publisher
or manufacturer that is not dominant in its field of operation and
that, together with its affiliates, has 100 or fewer employees, and
has average annual gross receipts of ten million dollars
($10,000,000) or less over the previous three years.

(f) If the department determines that there is little or no interest
in participating in an adoption by publishers and manufacturers,
the department shall recommend to the state board whether or not
the adoption shall be conducted, and the state board may choose
not to conduct the adoption.

(g) Revenue derived from fees assessed pursuant to subdivision
(d) shall be budgeted as reimbursements and subject to review
through the annual budget process, and may be used to pay for
costs associated with any adoption and for any costs associated
with the review of instructional materials, including reimbursement
of substitute costs for teacher reviewers and may be used to cover
stipends for content review experts.

SEC. 48.  

Section 60605.87 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

60605.87.  

(a) The department shall recommend, and the state
board shall approve, evaluation criteria to guide the development
and review of supplemental instructional materials for English
learners.

(b) Notwithstanding any other law, and on a one-time basis, the
department, on or before March 1, 2014, shall develop a list of
supplemental instructional materials for beginning through
advanced levels of proficiency for use in kindergarten and grades
1 to 8, inclusive, that are aligned with the revised English language
development standards adopted pursuant to Section 60811.3. The
supplemental instructional materials shall provide a bridge between
the current English language development standards and the revised
English language development standards pursuant to Section
60811.3 with the purpose of ensuring the supplemental
begin insert instructional end insert materials address the unique features of the English
language development standards and remain consistent with the
relevant elements of the evaluation criteria for English language
arts supplemental instructional materials adopted pursuant to
Section 60605.86.

(c) (1) The department shall recommend, and the state board
shall approve, content review experts to review, in an open and
transparent process, supplemental instructional materials submitted
for approval in the subject area of English language development.

(2) The majority of content review experts approved pursuant
to paragraph (1) shall be elementary and secondary schoolteachers
who are credentialed in English language arts, possess the
appropriate state English learner authorization, and have five years
of classroom experience instructing English learners. The content
review experts also shall include appropriate persons possessing
English learner expertise from postsecondary educational
institutions and school and school district curriculum administrators
possessing English learner expertise, and other persons who are
knowledgeable in English language arts and English language
development.

(d) (1) On or before June 30, 2014, the state board shall do the
following:

(A) Approve all, or a portion, of the list of supplemental
instructional materials proposed by the department, taking into
consideration the review of the content review experts and any
other relevant information, as appropriate.

(B) Reject all, or a portion, of the list of supplemental
instructional materials proposed by the department, taking into
consideration the review of the content review experts and any
other relevant information, as appropriate.

(2) If the state board rejects all, or a portion, of the list of
supplemental instructional materials proposed by the department,
or adds an item to the list, the state board, in a public meeting held
pursuant to the Bagley-Keene Open Meeting Act (Article 9
(commencing with Section 11120) of Chapter 1 of Part 1 of
Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code), shall provide
written reasons for the removal or addition of an item on the list.
The state board shall not approve a supplemental instructional
material it adds to the list at the same time it provides its written
reason for adding the material; instead, the state board shall
approve the added material at a subsequent public meeting.

(e) (1) The governing board of a school district and a county
board of education may approve supplemental instructional
materials other than those approved by the state board pursuant to
subdivision (d) if the governing board of a school district or county
board of education determines that other supplemental instructional
materials are aligned with the revised English language
development standards adopted pursuant to Section 60811.3 and
meet the needs of pupils of the district who are English learners.
The governing board of a school district or the county board of
education may only approve supplemental instructional materials
that comply with all of the following:

(A) The evaluation criteria approved pursuant to subdivision
(a).

(B) Section 60226.

(C) Subdivision (h).

(D) Article 4 (commencing with Section 60060) of Chapter 1.

(2) (A) A supplemental instructional material approved by a
governing board of a school district or county board of education
pursuant to this subdivision that is in the subject area of English
language development shall be reviewed by content review experts
chosen by the governing board.

(B) The majority of the content review experts chosen pursuant
to subparagraph (A) shall be elementary and secondary
schoolteachers who are credentialed in English language arts,
possess the appropriate state English learner authorization, and
have five years of classroom experience instructing English
learners.

(C) The content review experts also shall include appropriate
persons possessing English learner expertise from postsecondary
educational institutions and school and school district curriculum
administrators possessing English learner expertise, and other
persons who are knowledgeable in English language arts and
English language development.

(f) Publishers choosing to submit supplemental instructional
materials for approval by the state board shall submit standards
maps.

(g) (1) Before approving supplemental instructional materials
pursuant to this section, the state board shall review those
instructional materials for academic content, social content, and
instructional support to teachers and pupils. Supplemental
instructional materials approved by the state board pursuant to this
section shall meet required program criteria for grade-level
programs and shall include materials for use by teachers.

(2) Before approving supplemental instructional materials
pursuant to this section, the governing board of a school district
or county board of education shall review those instructional
materials for academic content and instructional support to teachers
and pupils who are English learners. Supplemental instructional
materials approved by the governing board of a school district or
county board of education pursuant to this section shall meet
required program criteria for grade-level programs and shall include
materials for use by teachers.

(h) Supplemental instructional materials approved pursuant to
this section shall comply with the social content review
requirements pursuant to Section 60050.

(i) The department shall maintain on its Internet Web site the
list of supplemental instructional materials approved by the state
board pursuant to subdivision (d).

(j) This section shall become inoperative on July 1, 2014, and,
as of July 1, 2015, is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
becomes operative on or before July 1, 2015, deletes or extends
the dates on which it becomes inoperative and is repealed.

SEC. 49.  

Section 60852.1 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

60852.1.  

(a) The Superintendent shall recommend, and the
state board shall select, members of a panel that begin delete will end delete begin insert shall end insert convene
to make recommendations regarding alternative means for eligible
pupils with disabilities to demonstrate that they have achieved the
same level of academic achievement in the content standards in
English language arts or mathematics, or both, required for passage
of the high school exit examination.

(1) The panel shall be composed of educators and other
individuals who have experience with the population of pupils
with disabilities eligible for alternative means of demonstrating
academic achievement, as defined in Section 60852.2, and
educators and other individuals who have expertise with multiple
forms of assessment. The panel shall consult with experts in other
states that offer alternative means for pupils with disabilities to
demonstrate academic achievement. A majority of the panel shall
be classroom teachers.

(2) The panel shall make findings and recommendations
regarding all of the following:

(A) Specific options for alternative assessments, submission of
evidence, or other alternative means by which eligible pupils with
disabilities may demonstrate that they have achieved the same
level of academic achievement in the content standards in English
language arts or mathematics, or both, required for passage of the
high school exit examination.

(B) Scoring or other evaluation systems designed to ensure that
the eligible pupil with a disability has achieved the same
competence in the content standards required for passage of the
high school exit examination.

(C) Processes to ensure that the form, content, and scoring of
assessments, evidence, or other means of demonstrating academic
achievement are applied uniformly across the state.

(D) Estimates of one-time or ongoing costs, and whether each
option should be implemented on a statewide or regional basis, or
both.

(3) The panel shall present its options and make its findings and
recommendations to the Superintendent and to the state board by
October 1, 2009.

(b) For those portions of, or those academic content standards
assessed by, the high school exit examination for which the state
board determines it is feasible to create alternative means by which
eligible pupils with disabilities may demonstrate the same level
of academic achievement required for passage of the high school
exit examination, the state board, taking into consideration the
findings and recommendations of the panel, shall adopt regulations
for alternative means by which eligible pupils with disabilities, as
defined in Section 60852.2, may demonstrate that they have
achieved the same level of academic achievement in the content
standards required for passage of the high school exit examination.
The regulations shall include appropriate timelines and the manner
in which eligible pupils with disabilities and school districts shall
be timely notified of the results.

SEC. 50.  

Section 66407 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

66407.  

(a) (1) The publisher of a textbook, or an agent or
employee of the publisher, shall provide a prospective purchaser
of the textbook with all of the following:

(A) A list of all the products offered for sale by the publisher
germane to the prospective purchaser’s subject area of interest.

(B) For a product listed pursuant to subparagraph (A), the
wholesale or retail price of the product, and the estimated length
of time the publisher intends to keep the product on the market.

(C) For each new edition of a product listed pursuant to begin delete paragraph (1), end delete begin insert subparagraph (A), end insert a list of the substantial content
differences or changes between the new edition and the previous
edition of the textbook.

(2) The publisher shall make the lists required by paragraph (1)
available to a prospective purchaser at the commencement of a
sales interaction, including, but not necessarily limited to, a sales
interaction conducted in person, by telephone, or electronically.
The publisher shall also post in a prominent position on its Internet
Web site the lists required by paragraph (1).

(b) As used in this section, the following terms have the
following meanings:

(1) “Product” means each version, including, but not necessarily
limited to, a version in a digital format, of a textbook, or set of
textbooks, in a particular subject area, including, but not necessarily
limited to, a supplemental item, whether or not the supplemental
item is sold separately or together with a textbook.

(2) “Publisher” has the same meaning as defined in subdivision
(b) of Section 66406.7.

(3) “Purchaser” means a faculty member of a public or private
postsecondary educational institution who selects the textbooks
assigned to students.

(4) “Textbook” has the same meaning as defined in subdivision
(b) of Section 66406.7.

SEC. 51.  

Section 81378.1 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

81378.1.  

(a) The governing board of a community college
district may, without complying with any other provision of this
article, let begin insert , end insert in the name of the district begin insert , end insert any buildings, grounds, or
space therein, together with any personal property located thereon,
not needed for academic activities, upon the terms and conditions
agreed upon by the governing board and the lessee for a period of
more than five days but less than five years, as determined by the
governing board. Before executing the lease, the governing board
shall include in an agenda of a meeting of the board open to the
public a description of the proposed lease and an explanation of
the methodology used to establish the lease rate and for determining
the fair market value of the lease.

(b) The governing board shall give public notice before taking
any action pursuant to subdivision (a). The notice shall include a
description of the governing board’s intended action. The notice
shall be printed once a week for three successive weeks prior to
the board meeting described in subdivision (a) in a newspaper of
general circulation that is published at least once a week.

(c) The governing board shall include, as a condition in any
agreement to let any buildings, grounds, or space therein, together
with any personal property located thereon, a provision that the
agreement shall be subject to renegotiation and may be rescinded
after 60 days’ notice to the lessee if the governing board determines
at any time during the term of the agreement that the buildings,
grounds, or space therein subject to the agreement are needed for
academic activities. Any revenue derived pursuant to the agreement
shall be retained for the exclusive use of the community college
district whose buildings, grounds, or space therein are the basis of
the agreement and shall be used to supplement, but not supplant,
any state funding. Any buildings, grounds, or space begin delete therein, end delete begin insert therein end insert
let by the district shall be included as space actually available for
use by the college in any calculations related to any plan for capital
construction submitted to the board of governors pursuant to
Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 81800), or any other law.

(d) The authority of a governing board under this section does
not apply to the letting of an entire campus.

(e) The use of any buildings, grounds, or space therein, together
with any personal property located thereon, let by the governing
board pursuant to this section shall be consistent with all applicable
zoning ordinances and regulations.

SEC. 52.  

Section 88620 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

88620.  

The following definitions govern the construction of
this part:

(a) “Board of governors” means the Board of Governors of the
California Community Colleges.

(b) “Business Resource Assistance and Innovation Network”
means the network of projects and programs that comprise the
California Community Colleges Economic and Workforce
Development Program.

(c) “California Community Colleges Economic and Workforce
Development Program” and “economic and workforce development
program” mean the program.

(d) “Career pathways,” and “career ladders,” or “career lattices”
mean an identified series of positions, work experiences, or
educational benchmarks or credentials that offer occupational and
financial advancement within a specified career field or related
fields over time.

(e) (1) “Center” means a comprehensive program of services
offered by one or more community colleges to an economic region
of the state in accordance with criteria established by the
chancellor’s office for designation as an economic and workforce
development program center. Center services shall be designed to
respond to the statewide strategic priorities pursuant to the mission
of the community colleges’ economic and workforce development
program, and to be consistent with programmatic priorities,
competitive and emerging industry sectors and industry clusters,
identified economic development, career technical education,
business development, and continuous workforce training needs
of a region. Centers shall provide a foundation for the long-term,
sustained relationship with businesses, labor, colleges, and other
workforce education and training delivery systems, such as local
workforce investment boards, in the region.

(2) A center shall support, develop, and deliver direct services
to students, businesses, colleges, labor organizations, employees,
and employers. For purposes of this subdivision, direct services
include, but are not necessarily limited to, data analysis both of
labor market information and college performance; intraregion
and multiregion sector coordination and logistics; inventory of
community college and other assets relevant to meeting a labor
market need; curriculum development, curriculum model
development, or job task analysis development; articulation of
curriculum in a career pathway or career lattice or in a system of
stackable credentials; faculty training; calibration to a career
readiness or other assessment; assessment administration; career
guidance module development or counseling; convenings, such
as seminars, workshops, conferences, and training; facilitating
collaboration between faculty working in related disciplines and
sectors; upgrading, leveraging, and developing technology; and
other educational services. The establishment and maintenance of
the centers is under the sole authority of the chancellor’s office in
order to preserve the flexibility of the system to adapt to labor
market needs and to integrate resources.

(f) “Chancellor” means the Chancellor of the California
Community Colleges.

begin insert

(g) “Economic security” means, with respect to a worker,
earning a wage sufficient to adequately support a family and to,
over time, save money for emergency expenses and adequate
retirement income, the sufficiency of which is determined
considering a variety of factors including household size, the cost
of living in the worker’s community, and other factors that may
vary by region.

end insert begin delete

(g)

end delete

begin insert (h) end insert  “High-priority occupation” means an occupation that has a
significant presence in a targeted industry sector or industry cluster,
is in demand by employers, and pays or leads to payment of high
wages.

begin delete

(h)

end delete

begin insert (i) end insert  “Industry cluster” means a geographic concentration or
emerging concentration of interdependent industries with direct
service, supplier, and research relationships, or independent
industries that share common resources in a given regional
economy or labor market. An industry cluster is a group of
employers closely linked by a common product or services,
workforce needs, similar technologies, and supply chains in a given
regional economy or labor market.

begin delete

(i)

end delete

begin insert (j) end insert  “Industry-driven regional collaborative” means a regional
public, private, or other community organizational structure that
jointly defines priorities, delivers services across programs, sectors,
and in response to, or driven by, industry needs. The
industry-driven regional collaborative projects meet the needs and
fill gaps in services that respond to regional business, employee,
and labor needs. These service-delivery structures offer flexibility
to local communities and partners to meet the identified needs in
an economic development region. Industry-driven regional
collaboratives are broadly defined to allow maximum local
autonomy in developing projects responding to the needs of
business, industry, and labor.

begin delete

(j)

end delete

begin insert (k) end insert  “Industry sector” means those firms that produce similar
products or provide similar services using somewhat similar
business processes.

begin delete

(k)

end delete

begin insert (l) end insert  “Initiative” is an identified strategic priority area that is
organized statewide, but is a regionally based effort to develop
and implement innovative solutions designed to facilitate the
development, implementation, and coordination of community
college economic development and related programs and services.
Each initiative shall be workforce and business development driven
by a statewide committee made up of community college faculty
and administrators and practitioners and managers from business,
labor, and industry. Centers, industry-driven regional
collaboratives, and other economic and workforce development
programs performing services as a part of the implementation of
an initiative shall coordinate services statewide and within regions
of the state, as appropriate.

begin delete

(l)

end delete

begin insert (m) end insert  “Job development incentive training” means programs that
provide incentives to employers to create entry-level positions in
their businesses, or through their suppliers or prime customers, for
welfare recipients and the working poor.

begin delete

(m) “Economic security” means, with respect to a worker,
earning a wage sufficient to adequately support a family and to,
over time, save money for emergency expenses and adequate
retirement income, the sufficiency of which is determined
considering a variety of factors including household size, the cost
of living in the worker’s community, and other factors that may
vary by region.

end delete

(n) “Matching resources” means any combination of public or
private resources, either cash or in-kind, derived from sources
other than the economic and workforce development program
funds appropriated by the annual Budget Act, that are determined
to be necessary for the success of the project to which they are
applied. The criteria for in-kind resources shall be developed by
the board of governors, with advice from the chancellor and the
California Community Colleges Economic and Workforce
Development Program Advisory Committee, and shall be consistent
with generally accepted accounting practices for state and federal
matching requirements. The ratio of matching resources to
economic and workforce development program funding shall be
determined by the board of governors.

(o) “Performance improvement training” means training
delivered by a community college that includes all of the following:

(1) An initial needs assessment process that identifies both
training and nontraining issues that need to be addressed to improve
individual and organizational performance.

(2) Consultation with employers to develop action plans that
address business or nonprofit performance improvements.

(3) Training programs that link individual performance
requirements with quantifiable business measures, resulting in
demonstrable productivity gains, and, as appropriate, job retention,
job creation, improvement in wages, or attainment of wages that
provide economic security.

(p) “Program” means the California Community Colleges
Economic and Workforce Development Program established under
this part.

(q) “Region” means a geographic area of the state defined by
economic and labor market factors containing at least one industry
cluster and the cities, counties, or community college districts, or
all of them, in the industry cluster’s geographic area. For the
purposes of this chapter, “California Community College economic
development regions” shall be designated by the board of governors
based on factors, including, but not necessarily limited to, all of
the following:

(1) Regional economic development and training needs of
business and industry.

(2) Regional collaboration, as appropriate, among community
colleges and districts, and existing economic development,
continuous workforce improvement, technology deployment, and
business development.

(3) Other state economic development definitions of regions.

(r) “Sector strategies” means prioritizing investments in
competitive and emerging industry sectors and industry clusters
on the basis of labor market and other economic data that indicate
strategic growth potential, especially with regard to jobs and
income. Sector strategies focus workforce investment in education
and workforce training programs that are likely to lead to
high-wage jobs or to entry-level jobs with well-articulated career
pathways into high-wage jobs. Sector strategies effectively boost
labor productivity or reduce business barriers to growth and
expansion stemming from workforce supply problems, including
skills gaps, and occupational shortages by directing resources and
making investments to plug skills gaps and provide education and
training programs for high-priority occupations. Sector strategies
may be implemented using articulated career pathways or career
lattices and a system of stackable credentials. Sector strategies
often target underserved communities, disconnected youth,
incumbent workers, and recently separated military veterans.
Cluster-based sector strategies focus workforce and economic
development on those sectors that have demonstrated a capacity
for economic growth and job creation in a particular geographic
area. Industry clusters are similar to industry sectors, but the focus
is on a geographic concentration of interdependent industries.

(s) “Skills panel” means a collaboration which brings together
multiple employers from an industry sector or industry cluster with
career technical educators, including, but not limited to, community
college career technical education faculty, and other stakeholders
which may include workers and organized labor to address
common workforce needs. Skills panels assess workforce training
and education needs through the identification of assets relevant
to industry need, produce curricula models, perform job task
analysis, define how curricula articulate into career pathways or
career lattices or a system of stackable credentials, calibrate career
readiness, develop other assessment tools, and produce career
guidance tools.

(t) “Stackable credentials” means a progression of training
modules, credentials, or certificates that build on one another and
are linked to educational and career advancement.

SEC. 53.  

Section 2162 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

2162.  

(a) No affidavits of registration other than those provided
by the Secretary of State to the county elections officials or the
national voter registration forms authorized pursuant to the begin insert federal end insert
National Voter Registration Act begin insert of 1993 end insert (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1973gg
begin insert et seq. end insert ) shall be used for the registration of voters.

(b)  begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert voter registration card shall begin insert not end insert be altered, defaced, or
changed in any way, other than by the insertion of a mailing
address and the affixing of postage, if mailed, or as otherwise
specifically authorized by the Secretary of State, prior to
distribution of the cards.

(c) The affidavit portion of a voter registration card shall not
be marked, stamped, or partially or fully completed by begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person
other than an elector attempting to register to vote or by a person
assisting the elector in completing the affidavit at the request of
the elector.

SEC. 54.  

Section 2224 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

2224.  

(a) If a voter has not voted in an election within the
preceding four years, and his or her residence address, name, or
party affiliation has not been updated during that time, the county
elections official may send an alternate residency confirmation
postcard. The use of this postcard may be sent subsequent to NCOA
or sample ballot returns, but shall not be used in the residency
confirmation process conducted under Section 2220. The postcard
shall be forwardable, including a postage-paid and preaddressed
return form to enable the voter to verify or correct the address
information, and shall be in substantially the following form:

“If the person named on the postcard is not at this address,
PLEASE help keep the voter rolls current and save taxpayer dollars
by returning this postcard to your mail carrier.”

“IMPORTANT NOTICE”

“According to our records you have not voted in any election
during the past four years, which may indicate that you no longer
reside in ____ County. If you continue to reside in this county you
must confirm your residency address in order to remain on the
active voter list and receive election materials in the mail.”

“If confirmation has not been received within 15 days, you may
be required to provide proof of your residence address in order to
vote at future elections. If you no longer live in ____ County, you
must reregister at your new residence address in order to vote in
the next election. California residents may obtain a mail registration
form by calling the county elections office begin delete of end delete begin insert or end insert the Secretary of
State’s begin delete Office.” end delete begin insert office. end insert begin insert ” end insert

(b) The use of a toll-free number to confirm the old residence
address is optional. Any change to a voter’s address shall be
received in writing.

(c) A county using the alternate residency confirmation
procedure shall notify all voters of the procedure in the sample
ballot pamphlet or in a separate mailing.

SEC. 55.  

Section 2225 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

2225.  

(a) Based on change-of-address data received from the
United States Postal Service or its licensees, the county elections
official shall send a forwardable notice, including a postage-paid
and preaddressed return form, to enable the voter to verify or
correct address information.

Notification received through NCOA or Operation Mail that a
voter has moved and has given no forwarding address shall not
require the mailing of a forwardable notice to that voter.

(b) If postal service change-of-address data indicates that the
voter has moved to a new residence address in the same county,
the forwardable notice shall be in substantially the following form:

“We have received notification that the voter has moved to a
new residence address in ____ County. You will be registered to
vote at your new address unless you notify our office within 15
days that the address to which this card was mailed is not a change
of your permanent residence. You must notify our office by either
returning the attached postage-paid postcard, or by calling toll
free. If this is not a permanent residence, and if you do not notify
us within 15 days, you may be required to provide proof of your
residence address in order to vote at future elections.”

(c) If postal service change-of-address data indicates that the
voter has moved to a new address in another county, the
forwardable notice shall be in substantially the following form:

“We have received notification that you have moved to a new
address not in ____ County. Please use the attached postage-paid
postcard to: (1) advise us if this is or is not a permanent change of
residence address, or (2) to advise us if our information is incorrect.
If you do not return this card within 15 days and continue to reside
in ____ County, you may be required to provide proof of your
residence address in order to vote at future elections and, if you
do not offer to vote at any election in the period between the date
of this notice and the second federal general election following
this notice, your voter registration will be begin delete cancelled end delete begin insert canceled end insert and
you will have to reregister in order to vote. If you no longer live
in ____ County, you must reregister at your new residence address
in order to vote in the next election. California residents may obtain
a mail registration form by calling the county elections officer or
1-800-345-VOTE.”

(d) If postal service change-of-address data received from a
nonforwardable mailing indicates that a voter has moved and left
no forwarding address, a forwardable notice shall be sent in
substantially the following form:

“We are attempting to verify postal notification that the voter to
whom this card is addressed has moved and left no forwarding
address. If the person receiving this card is the addressed voter,
please confirm your continued residence or provide current
residence information on the attached postage-paid postcard within
15 days. If you do not return this card and continue to reside in
____ County, you may be required to provide proof of your
residence address in order to vote at future elections and, if you
do not offer to vote at any election in the period between the date
of this notice and the second federal general election following
this notice, your voter registration will be cancelled and you will
have to reregister in order to vote. If you no longer live in ____
County, you must reregister at your new residence address in order
to vote in the next election. California residents may obtain a mail
registration form by calling the county elections office or the
Secretary of State’s begin delete Office.” end delete begin insert office. end insert begin insert ” end insert

(e) The use of a toll-free number to confirm the old residence
address is optional. Any change to the voter address must be
received in writing.

SEC. 56.  

Section 3111 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

3111.  

If a military or overseas voter is unable to appear at his
or her polling place because of being recalled to service after the
final day for making application for a vote by mail ballot, but
before 5 p.m. on the day before the day of election, he or she may
appear before the elections official in the county in which the
military or overseas voter is registered or, if within the state, in
the county in which he or she is recalled to service and make
application for a vote by mail ballot, which may be submitted by
facsimile, or by begin delete email end delete begin insert electronic mail end insert or online transmission if the
elections official makes the transmission option available. The
elections official shall deliver to him or her a vote by mail ballot
which may be voted in the elections official’s office or voted
outside the elections official’s office on or before the close of the
polls on the day of election and returned as are other vote by mail
ballots. To be counted, the ballot shall be returned to the elections
official’s office in person, by facsimile transmission, or by an
authorized person on or before the close of the polls on the day of
the election. If the military or overseas voter appears in the county
in which he or she is recalled to service, rather than the county to
which he or she is registered, the elections official shall coordinate
with the elections official in the county in which the military or
overseas voter is registered to provide the ballot that contains the
appropriate measures and races for the precinct in which the
military or overseas voter is registered.

SEC. 57.  

Section 13115 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

13115.  

The order in which all state measures that are to be
submitted to the voters shall appear begin delete upon end delete begin insert on end insert the ballot is as follows:

(a) Bond measures, including those proposed by initiative, in
the order in which they qualify.

(b) Constitutional amendments, including those proposed by
initiative, in the order in which they qualify.

(c) Legislative measures, other than those described in
subdivision (a) or (b), in the order in which they are approved by
the Legislature.

(d) Initiative measures, other than those described in subdivision
(a) or (b), in the order in which they qualify.

(e) Referendum measures, in the order in which they qualify.

SEC. 58.  

Section 21000 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

21000.  

The county elections official in each county shall
compile and make available to the Legislature or any appropriate
committee of the Legislature any information and statistics that
may be necessary for use in connection with the reapportionment
of legislative districts, including, but not limited to, precinct maps
indicating the boundaries of municipalities, school districts, judicial
districts, Assembly districts, senatorial districts begin insert , end insert and congressional
districts, lists showing the election returns for each precinct, and
election returns for each precinct reflecting the vote total for all
ballots cast, including both vote by mail ballots and ballots cast at
polling places, compiled pursuant to Section 15321 in the county
at each statewide election. If the county elections official stores
the information and statistics in data-processing files, he or she
shall make the files available, along with whatever documentation
shall be necessary in order to allow the use of the files by the
appropriate committee of the Legislature and shall retain these
files until the next reapportionment has been completed.

SEC. 59.  

Section 3047 of the Family Code is amended to read:

3047.  

(a) A party’s absence, relocation, or failure to comply
with custody and visitation orders shall not, by itself, be sufficient
to justify a modification of a custody or visitation order if the
reason for the absence, relocation, or failure to comply is the party’s
activation to military duty or temporary duty, mobilization in
support of combat or other military operation, or military
deployment out of state.

(b) (1) If a party with sole or joint physical custody or visitation
receives temporary duty, deployment, or mobilization orders from
the military that require the party to move a substantial distance
from his or her residence or otherwise has a material effect on the
ability of the party to exercise custody or visitation rights, any
necessary modification of the existing custody order shall be
deemed a temporary custody order made without prejudice, which
shall be subject to review and reconsideration upon the return of
the party from military deployment, mobilization, or temporary
duty.

(2) If the temporary order is reviewed upon return of the party
from military deployment, mobilization, or temporary duty, there
shall be a presumption that the custody order shall revert to the
order that was in place before the modification, unless the court
determines that it is not in the best interest of the child. The court
shall not, as part of its review of the temporary order upon the
return of the deploying party, order a child custody evaluation
under Section 3111 of this code or Section 730 of the Evidence
Code, unless the party opposing reversion of the order makes a
prima facie showing that reversion is not in the best interest of the
child.

(3) (A) If the court makes a temporary custody order, it shall
consider any appropriate orders to ensure that the relocating party
can maintain frequent and continuing contact with the child by
means that are reasonably available.

(B) Upon a motion by the relocating party, the court may grant
reasonable visitation rights to a stepparent, grandparent, or other
family member if the court does all of the following:

(i) Finds that there is a preexisting relationship between the
family member and the child that has engendered a bond such that
visitation is in the best interest of the child.

(ii) Finds that the visitation will facilitate the child’s contact
with the relocating party.

(iii) Balances the interest of the child in having visitation with
the family member against the right of the parents to exercise
parental authority.

(C) Nothing in this paragraph shall increase the authority of the
persons described in subparagraph (B) to seek visitation orders
independently.

(D) The granting of visitation rights to a nonparent pursuant to
subparagraph (B) shall not impact the calculation of child support.

(c) If a party’s deployment, mobilization, or temporary duty
will have a material effect on his or her ability, or anticipated
ability, to appear in person at a regularly scheduled hearing, the
court shall do either of the following:

(1) Upon motion of the party, hold an expedited hearing to
determine custody and visitation issues prior to the departure of
the party.

(2) Upon motion of the party, allow the party to present
testimony and evidence and participate in court-ordered child
custody mediation by electronic means, including, but not limited
to, telephone, video teleconferencing, or the Internet, to the extent
that this technology is reasonably available to the court and protects
the due process rights of all parties.

(d) A relocation by a nondeploying parent during a period of a
deployed parent’s absence while a temporary modification order
for a parenting plan is in effect shall not, by itself, terminate the
exclusive and continuing jurisdiction of the court for purposes of
later determining custody or parenting time under this chapter.

(e) When a court of this state has issued a custody or visitation
order, the absence of a child from this state during the deployment
of a parent shall be considered a “temporary absence” for purposes
of the Uniform Child Custody Jurisdiction and Enforcement Act
(Part 3 (commencing with Section 3400)), and the court shall retain
exclusive continuing jurisdiction under Section 3422.

(f) The deployment of a parent shall not be used as a basis to
assert inconvenience of the forum under Section begin delete 3247 end delete begin insert 3427 end insert .

(g) For purposes of this section, the following terms have the
following meanings:

(1) “Deployment” means the temporary transfer of a member
of the Armed Forces in active-duty status in support of combat or
some other military operation.

(2) “Mobilization” means the transfer of a member of the
National Guard or Military Reserve to extended active-duty status,
but does not include National Guard or Military Reserve annual
training.

(3) “Temporary duty” means the transfer of a service member
from one military base to a different location, usually another base,
for a limited period of time to accomplish training or to assist in
the performance of a noncombat mission.

(h) It is the intent of the Legislature that this section provide a
fair, efficient, and expeditious process to resolve child custody
and visitation issues when a party receives temporary duty,
deployment, or mobilization orders from the military, as well as
at the time that the party returns from service and files a motion
to revert back to the custody order in place before the deployment.
The Legislature intends that family courts shall, to the extent
feasible within existing resources and court practices, prioritize
the calendaring of these cases, avoid unnecessary delay or
continuances, and ensure that parties who serve in the military are
not penalized for their service by a delay in appropriate access to
their children.

SEC. 60.  

Section 3200.5 of the Family Code is amended to
read:

3200.5.  

(a) Any standards for supervised visitation providers
adopted by the Judicial Council pursuant to Section 3200 shall
conform to this section. A provider, as described in Section 3200,
shall be a professional provider or nonprofessional provider.

(b) In any case in which the court has determined that there is
domestic violence begin delete , end delete begin insert or end insert child abuse or neglect, as defined in Section
11165.6 of the Penal Code, and the court determines supervision
is necessary, the court shall consider whether to use a professional
or nonprofessional provider based upon the child’s best interest.

(c) For the purposes of this section, the following definitions
apply:

(1) “Nonprofessional provider” means any person who is not
paid for providing supervised visitation services. Unless otherwise
ordered by the court or stipulated by the parties, the
nonprofessional provider shall:

(A) Have no record of a conviction for child molestation, child
abuse, or other crimes against a person.

(B) Have proof of automobile insurance if transporting the child.

(C) Have no current or past court order in which the provider
is the person being supervised.

(D) Agree to adhere to and enforce the court order regarding
supervised visitation.

(2) “Professional provider” means any person paid for providing
supervised visitation services, or an independent contractor,
employee, intern, or volunteer operating independently or through
a supervised visitation center or agency. The professional provider
shall:

(A) Be at least 21 years of age.

(B) Have no record of a conviction for driving under the
influence (DUI) within the last five years.

(C) Not have been on probation or parole for the last 10 years.

(D) Have no record of a conviction for child molestation, child
abuse, or other crimes against a person.

(E) Have proof of automobile insurance if transporting the child.

(F) Have no civil, criminal, or juvenile restraining orders within
the last 10 years.

(G) Have no current or past court order in which the provider
is the person being supervised.

(H) Be able to speak the language of the party being supervised
and of the child, or the provider must provide a neutral interpreter
over 18 years of age who is able to do so.

(I) Agree to adhere to and enforce the court order regarding
supervised visitation.

(J) Meet the training requirements set forth in subdivision (d).

(d) (1) Professional providers shall have received 24 hours of
training that includes training in the following subjects:

(A)  The role of a professional provider.

(B)  Child abuse reporting laws.

(C)  Recordkeeping procedures.

(D)  Screening, monitoring, and termination of visitation.

(E)  Developmental needs of children.

(F)  Legal responsibilities and obligations of a provider.

(G)  Cultural sensitivity.

(H)  Conflicts of interest.

(I)  Confidentiality.

(J)  Issues relating to substance abuse, child abuse, sexual abuse,
and domestic violence.

(K)  Basic knowledge of family and juvenile law.

(2) Professional providers shall sign a declaration or any Judicial
Council form that they meet the training and qualifications of a
provider.

(e) The ratio of children to a professional provider shall be
contingent on:

(1) The degree of risk factors present in each case.

(2) The nature of supervision required in each case.

(3) The number and ages of the children to be supervised during
a visit.

(4) The number of people visiting the child during the visit.

(5) The duration and location of the visit.

(6) The experience of the provider.

(f) Professional providers of supervised visitation shall:

(1) Advise the parties before commencement of supervised
visitation that no confidential privilege exists.

(2) Report suspected child abuse to the appropriate agency, as
provided by law, and inform the parties of the provider’s obligation
to make those reports.

(3) Suspend or terminate visitation under subdivision (h).

(g) Professional providers shall:

(1) Prepare a written contract to be signed by the parties before
commencement of the supervised visitation. The contract should
inform each party of the terms and conditions of supervised
visitation.

(2) Review custody and visitation orders relevant to the
supervised visitation.

(3) Keep a record for each case, including, at least, all of the
following:

(A) A written record of each contact and visit.

(B) Who attended the visit.

(C) Any failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the
visitation.

(D) Any incidence of abuse, as required by law.

(h) (1) Each provider shall make every reasonable effort to
provide a safe visit for the child and the noncustodial party.

(2) If a provider determines that the rules of the visit have been
violated, the child has become acutely distressed, or the safety of
the child or the provider is at risk, the visit may be temporarily
interrupted, rescheduled at a later date, or terminated.

(3) All interruptions or terminations of visits shall be recorded
in the case file.

(4) All providers shall advise both parties of the reasons for the
interruption or termination of a visit.

(i) A professional provider shall state the reasons for temporary
suspension or termination of supervised visitation in writing and
shall provide the written statement to both parties, their attorneys,
the attorney for the child, and the court.

SEC. 61.  

Section 4055 of the Family Code, as amended by
Section 1 of Chapter 646 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended to
read:

4055.  

(a) The statewide uniform guideline for determining
child support orders is as follows: CS = begin delete K [HN -- (H%)(TN)] end delete
begin insert K[HN - (H%)(TN)] end insert .

(b) (1) The components of the formula are as follows:

(A) CS = child support amount.

(B) K = amount of both parents’ income to be allocated for child
support as set forth in paragraph (3).

(C) HN = high earner’s net monthly disposable income.

(D) H% = approximate percentage of time that the high earner
has or will have primary physical responsibility for the children
compared to the other parent. In cases in which parents have
different time-sharing arrangements for different children, H%
equals the average of the approximate percentages of time the high
earner parent spends with each child.

(E) TN = total net monthly disposable income of both parties.

(2) To compute net disposable income, see Section 4059.

(3) K (amount of both parents’ income allocated for child
support) equals one plus H% (if H% is less than or equal to 50
percent) or two minus H% (if H% is greater than 50 percent) times
the following fraction:

 

Total Net Disposable Income Per Month	K
$0-800	0.20 + TN/16,000
$801-6,666	0.25
$6,667-10,000	0.10 + 1,000/TN
Over $10,000	0.12 + 800/TN

 

For example, if H% equals 20 percent and the total monthly net
disposable income of the parents is $1,000, K = (1 + 0.20) × 0.25,
or 0.30. If H% equals 80 percent and the total monthly net
disposable income of the parents is $1,000, K = begin delete (2 -- 0.80) × 0.25 end delete
begin insert (2 - 0.80) × 0.25 end insert , or 0.30.

(4) For more than one child, multiply CS by:

 

2 children	1.6
3 children	2
4 children	2.3
5 children	2.5
6 children	2.625
7 children	2.75
8 children	2.813
9 children	2.844
10 children	2.86

 

(5) If the amount calculated under the formula results in a
positive number, the higher earner shall pay that amount to the
lower earner. If the amount calculated under the formula results
in a negative number, the lower earner shall pay the absolute value
of that amount to the higher earner.

(6) In any default proceeding where proof is by affidavit
pursuant to Section 2336, or in any proceeding for child support
in which a party fails to appear after being duly noticed, H% shall
be set at zero in the formula if the noncustodial parent is the higher
earner or at 100 if the custodial parent is the higher earner, where
there is no evidence presented demonstrating the percentage of
time that the noncustodial parent has primary physical
responsibility for the children. H% shall not be set as described
above if the moving party in a default proceeding is the
noncustodial parent or if the party who fails to appear after being
duly noticed is the custodial parent. A statement by the party who
is not in default as to the percentage of time that the noncustodial
parent has primary physical responsibility for the children shall
be deemed sufficient evidence.

(7) In all cases in which the net disposable income per month
of the obligor is less than one thousand five hundred dollars
($1,500), adjusted annually for cost-of-living increases, there shall
be a rebuttable presumption that the obligor is entitled to a
low-income adjustment. On March 1, 2013, and annually thereafter,
the Judicial Council shall determine the amount of the net
disposable income adjustment based on the change in the annual
California Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers,
published by the California Department of Industrial Relations,
Division of Labor Statistics begin insert and Research end insert . The presumption may
be rebutted by evidence showing that the application of the
low-income adjustment would be unjust and inappropriate in the
particular case. In determining whether the presumption is rebutted,
the court shall consider the principles provided in Section 4053,
and the impact of the contemplated adjustment on the respective
net incomes of the obligor and the obligee. The low-income
adjustment shall reduce the child support amount otherwise
determined under this section by an amount that is no greater than
the amount calculated by multiplying the child support amount
otherwise determined under this section by a fraction, the
numerator of which is 1,500 minus the obligor’s net disposable
income per month, and the denominator of which is 1,500.

(8) Unless the court orders otherwise, the order for child support
shall allocate the support amount so that the amount of support for
the youngest child is the amount of support for one child, and the
amount for the next youngest child is the difference between that
amount and the amount for two children, with similar allocations
for additional children. However, this paragraph does not apply
to cases in which there are different time-sharing arrangements
for different children or where the court determines that the
allocation would be inappropriate in the particular case.

(c) If a court uses a computer to calculate the child support
order, the computer program shall not automatically default
affirmatively or negatively on whether a low-income adjustment
is to be applied. If the low-income adjustment is applied, the
computer program shall not provide the amount of the low-income
adjustment. Instead, the computer program shall ask the user
whether or not to apply the low-income adjustment, and if
answered affirmatively, the computer program shall provide the
range of the adjustment permitted by paragraph (7) of subdivision
(b).

(d) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2018,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2018, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 62.  

Section 4055 of the Family Code, as added by Section
2 of Chapter 646 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended to read:

4055.  

(a) The statewide uniform guideline for determining
child support orders is as follows: CS = begin delete K [HN -- (H%)(TN)] end delete
begin insert K[HN - (H%)(TN)] end insert .

(b) (1) The components of the formula are as follows:

(A) CS = child support amount.

(B) K = amount of both parents’ income to be allocated for child
support as set forth in paragraph (3).

(C) HN = high earner’s net monthly disposable income.

(D) H% = approximate percentage of time that the high earner
has or will have primary physical responsibility for the children
compared to the other parent. In cases in which parents have
different time-sharing arrangements for different children, H%
equals the average of the approximate percentages of time the high
earner parent spends with each child.

(E) TN = total net monthly disposable income of both parties.

(2) To compute net disposable income, see Section 4059.

(3) K (amount of both parents’ income allocated for child
support) equals one plus H% (if H% is less than or equal to 50
percent) or two minus H% (if H% is greater than 50 percent) times
the following fraction:

 

Total Net Disposable Income Per Month	K
$0-800	0.20 + TN/16,000
$801-6,666	0.25
$6,667-10,000	0.10 + 1,000/TN
Over $10,000	0.12 + 800/TN

 

For example, if H% equals 20 percent and the total monthly net
disposable income of the parents is $1,000, K = (1 + 0.20) × 0.25,
or 0.30. If H% equals 80 percent and the total monthly net
disposable income of the parents is $1,000, K = begin delete (2 -- 0.80) end delete begin insert (2 -
0.80) end insert × 0.25, or 0.30.

(4) For more than one child, multiply CS by:

 

2 children	1.6
3 children	2
4 children	2.3
5 children	2.5
6 children	2.625
7 children	2.75
8 children	2.813
9 children	2.844
10 children	2.86

 

(5) If the amount calculated under the formula results in a
positive number, the higher earner shall pay that amount to the
lower earner. If the amount calculated under the formula results
in a negative number, the lower earner shall pay the absolute value
of that amount to the higher earner.

(6) In any default proceeding where proof is by affidavit
pursuant to Section 2336, or in any proceeding for child support
in which a party fails to appear after being duly noticed, H% shall
be set at zero in the formula if the noncustodial parent is the higher
earner or at 100 if the custodial parent is the higher earner, where
there is no evidence presented demonstrating the percentage of
time that the noncustodial parent has primary physical
responsibility for the children. H% shall not be set as described
above if the moving party in a default proceeding is the
noncustodial parent or if the party who fails to appear after being
duly noticed is the custodial parent. A statement by the party who
is not in default as to the percentage of time that the noncustodial
parent has primary physical responsibility for the children shall
be deemed sufficient evidence.

(7) In all cases in which the net disposable income per month
of the obligor is less than one thousand dollars ($1,000), there shall
be a rebuttable presumption that the obligor is entitled to a
low-income adjustment. The presumption may be rebutted by
evidence showing that the application of the low-income
adjustment would be unjust and inappropriate in the particular
case. In determining whether the presumption is rebutted, the court
shall consider the principles provided in Section 4053, and the
impact of the contemplated adjustment on the respective net
incomes of the obligor and the obligee. The low-income adjustment
shall reduce the child support amount otherwise determined under
this section by an amount that is no greater than the amount
calculated by multiplying the child support amount otherwise
determined under this section by a fraction, the numerator of which
is 1,000 minus the obligor’s net disposable income per month, and
the denominator of which is 1,000.

(8) Unless the court orders otherwise, the order for child support
shall allocate the support amount so that the amount of support for
the youngest child is the amount of support for one child, and the
amount for the next youngest child is the difference between that
amount and the amount for two children, with similar allocations
for additional children. However, this paragraph does not apply
to cases in which there are different time-sharing arrangements
for different children or where the court determines that the
allocation would be inappropriate in the particular case.

(c) If a court uses a computer to calculate the child support
order, the computer program shall not automatically default
affirmatively or negatively on whether a low-income adjustment
is to be applied. If the low-income adjustment is applied, the
computer program shall not provide the amount of the low-income
adjustment. Instead, the computer program shall ask the user
whether or not to apply the low-income adjustment, and if
answered affirmatively, the computer program shall provide the
range of the adjustment permitted by paragraph (7) of subdivision
(b).

(d) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2018.

SEC. 63.  

Section 1587 of the Fish and Game Code is amended
to read:

1587.  

(a) The Mirage Trail within the Magnesia Spring
Ecological Reserve shall be open nine months of the year to
recreational hiking begin delete , end delete if the commission determines that the following
conditions are met:

(1) Local public agencies or other entities will assume complete
financial responsibility for the following as determined to be
necessary by the commission:

(A) Fencing to dissuade hikers from traversing beyond the trail
and into sensitive Peninsular bighorn sheep habitat.

(B) Signage and educational materials to educate hikers about
Peninsular bighorn sheep.

(2) A single entity has been designated to fulfill the financial
arrangements and other terms and conditions determined by the
commission to be necessary pursuant to paragraph (1).

(b) The commission shall determine seasonal openings and
closures of the trail that will not conflict with the use of the area
by Peninsular bighorn sheep, consistent with subdivision (a).

(c) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2018,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2018, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 64.  

Section 15100 of the Fish and Game Code is amended
to read:

15100.  

There is within the department an aquaculture
coordinator who shall perform all of the following duties as part
of the department’s aquaculture program:

(a) Promote understanding of aquaculture among public agencies
and the general public.

(b) Propose methods of reducing the negative impact of public
regulation at all levels of government on the aquaculture industry.

(c) Provide information on all aspects of regulatory compliance
to the various sectors of the aquaculture industry.

(d) Provide advice to begin insert the end insert owner of a registered aquaculture
facility on project siting and facility design, as necessary, to comply
with regulatory requirements.

(e) Coordinate with the Aquaculture Development Committee
regarding the duties described in subdivisions (a) to (d), inclusive.

SEC. 65.  

Section 4101.3 of the Food and Agricultural Code,
as amended by Section 2 of Chapter 137 of the Statutes of 2012,
is amended to read:

4101.3.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the
California Science Center is hereby authorized to enter into a site
lease with the California Science Center Foundation, a California
Nonprofit Corporation, with the approval of the Natural Resources
Agency, the Department of Finance, and the Department of General
Services, for the purpose of the foundation developing,
constructing, equipping, furnishing, and funding the project known
as Phase II of the California Science Center. The overall
construction cost and scope shall be consistent with the amount
authorized in begin delete 2002 end delete begin insert the end insert Budget Act begin insert of 2002 end insert , provided that nothing
in this section shall prevent the foundation from expending
additional nonstate funds to complete Phase II provided that the
additional expenditures do not result in additional state operation
and maintenance costs. Any additional expenditure of nonstate
funds by the foundation shall not increase the state’s contribution.

(b) For the purpose of carrying out subdivision (a), all of the
following shall apply:

(1) In connection with the development described in subdivision
(a), above, the foundation may, in its determination, select the
most qualified construction manager/general contractor to oversee
and manage the work and prepare the competitive bid packages
for all major subcontractors to be engaged in the construction of
Phase II Project. Any construction manager/general contractor
selected shall be required to have a California general contractor’s
license.

(2) Prior to commencement of construction of the Phase II
Project, the California Science Center shall enter into a
lease-purchase agreement upon approval by the Department of
Finance with the foundation on terms that are compatible with the
Phase I Project financing. The term of the lease-purchase agreement
shall be a term not to exceed 25 years. Lease payments on behalf
of the state shall be commensurate with the twenty-two million
nine hundred forty-five thousand two hundred sixty-three dollars
($22,945,263), (nineteen million one hundred thirty-seven thousand
dollars ($19,137,000) plus 19.9 percent augmentation authority)
construction cost allocation of the state. Lease payments may also
include any cost of financing that the foundation may incur related
to begin delete tax exempt end delete begin insert tax-exempt end insert financing. The California Science Center
shall be authorized to direct the Controller to send the rental
payments under the lease-purchase agreement directly to the
foundation’s bond trustee.

(3) The foundation shall ensure that the Phase II Project is
inspected during construction by the state in the manner consistent
with state infrastructure projects. The foundation shall also
indemnify and defend and save harmless the Department of General
Services for any and all claims and losses accruing and resulting
from or arising out of the foundation’s use of the state’s plans and
specifications. The foundation and the California Science Center,
upon consultation with the Director of General Services and the
Department of Finance shall agree on a reasonable level of state
oversight throughout the construction of the Phase II Project in
order to assist the foundation in the completion of the project within
the intended scope and cost.

(4) At the end of the term of the site lease and the lease-purchase
agreement unencumbered title to the land and improvements shall
return to the state with jurisdiction held by the California Science
Center.

SEC. 66.  

Section 4106 of the Food and Agricultural Code, as
amended by Section 6 of Chapter 137 of the Statutes of 2012, is
amended to read:

4106.  

(a) The California Science Center shall work with the
Los Angeles Memorial Coliseum Commission, the City of Los
Angeles, and the County of Los Angeles to develop additional
parking facilities in Exposition Park to the extent necessary to
allow for expansion of the park.

(b) The California Science Center shall manage or operate its
parking facilities in a manner that preserves and protects the
interests of itself and the California begin delete African-American end delete begin insert African
American end insert Museum and recognizes the cultural and educational
character of Exposition Park.

(c) The Exposition Park Improvement Fund is hereby created
in the State Treasury. All revenues received by the California
Science Center from its parking facilities, from rental of museum
facilities, or from other business activities shall be deposited in
the Exposition Park Improvement Fund.

(d) The moneys in the Exposition Park Improvement Fund may
only be used, upon appropriation by the Legislature, for
improvements to Exposition Park, including, but not limited to,
maintenance of existing parking and museum facilities, replacement
of museum equipment, supplies and wages expended to generate
revenues from rental of museum facilities, development of new
parking facilities, and acquisition of land within or adjacent to
Exposition Park.

(e) (1) The Legislature hereby finds and declares that there is
a need for development of additional park, recreation, museum,
and parking facilities in Exposition Park. The Legislature
recognizes that the provision of these needed improvements as
identified in the California Science Center Exposition Park Master
Plan may require the use of funds provided by other governmental
agencies or private donors.

(2) The California Science Center may accept funds from other
governmental agencies or private contributions for the purpose of
implementation of the California Science Center Exposition Park
Master Plan. The private contributions and funds from
governmental agencies other than state governmental agencies
shall be deposited in the Exposition Park Improvement Fund in
the State Treasury and shall be available for expenditure without
regard to fiscal years by the California Science Center for
implementation of the California Science Center Exposition Park
Master Plan. Funds from other state governmental agencies shall
be deposited in the Exposition Park Improvement Fund and shall
be available for expenditure, upon appropriation, by the California
Science Center for implementation of the California Science Center
Exposition Park Master Plan. However, any expenditure is not
authorized sooner than 30 days after notification in writing of the
necessity therefor to the chairperson of the committee in each
house that considers appropriations and the Chairperson of the
Joint Legislative Budget Committee, or not sooner than whatever
lesser time as the chairperson of the joint committee, or his or her
designee, may in each instance determine. Neither the City of Los
Angeles nor the County of Los Angeles shall impose any tax upon
tickets purchased authorizing the use of parking facilities owned
by the California Science Center.

SEC. 67.  

Section 14611 of the Food and Agricultural Code is
amended to read:

14611.  

(a) A licensee whose name appears on the label who
sells or distributes bulk fertilizing materials, as defined in Sections
14517 and 14533, to unlicensed purchasers, shall pay to the
secretary an assessment not to exceed two mills ($0.002) per dollar
of sales for all fertilizing materials. A licensee whose name appears
on the label of packaged fertilizing materials, as defined in Sections
14533 and 14551, shall pay to the secretary an assessment not to
exceed two mills ($0.002) per dollar of sales. The secretary may,
based on the findings and recommendations of the board, reduce
the assessment rate to a lower rate that provides sufficient revenue
to carry out this chapter.

(b) In addition to the assessment provided in subdivision (a),
the secretary may impose an assessment in an amount not to exceed
one mill ($0.001) per dollar of sales for all sales of fertilizing
materials, to provide funding for research and education regarding
the use and handling of fertilizing material, including, but not
limited to, support for University of California Cooperative
Extension, the California resource conservation districts, other
California institutions of postsecondary education, or other
qualified entities to develop programs in the following areas:

(1) Technical education for users of fertilizer materials in the
development and implementation of nutrient management projects
that result in more agronomically sound uses of fertilizer materials
and minimize the environmental impacts of fertilizer use, including,
but not limited to, nitrates in groundwater and emissions of
greenhouse gases resulting from fertilizer use.

(2) Research to improve nutrient management practices resulting
in more agronomically sound uses of fertilizer materials and to
minimize the environmental impacts of fertilizer use, including,
but not limited to, nitrates in groundwater and emissions of
greenhouse gases resulting from fertilizer use.

(3) Education to increase awareness of more agronomically
sound use of fertilizer begin delete products end delete begin insert materials end insert to reduce the
environmental impacts resulting from the overuse or inefficient
use of fertilizing materials.

SEC. 68.  

Section 19447 of the Food and Agricultural Code is
amended to read:

19447.  

(a) In lieu of any civil action pursuant to Section 19445,
and in lieu of seeking prosecution, the secretary may levy a civil
penalty against a person who violates Article 6 (commencing with
Section 19300), Article 6.5 (commencing with Section 19310), or
any regulation adopted pursuant to those articles, in an amount not
to exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000) for each violation.

(b) Before a civil penalty is levied, the person charged with the
violation shall receive notice of the nature of the violation and
shall be granted the opportunity to review the secretary’s evidence
and, for up to 30 days following the issuance of the notice, the
opportunity to present written argument and evidence to the
secretary as to why the civil penalty should not be imposed or
should be reduced from the amount specified in the penalty notice.
Notwithstanding Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 11400)
of, and Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 11500) of, Part 1 of
Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code or any other
provision of law, this section does not require the department to
conduct either a formal or informal hearing. The secretary instead
may dispose of the matter upon review of the documentation
presented.

(c) Any person upon whom a civil penalty is levied may appeal
to the secretary within 20 days of the date of receiving notification
of the penalty, as follows:

(1) The appeal shall be in writing and signed by the appellant
or his or her authorized agent and shall state the grounds for the
appeal.

(2) Any party, at the time of filing the appeal, or within 10 days
thereafter, may present written evidence and a written argument
to the secretary.

(3) The secretary may grant oral arguments upon application
made at the time written arguments are made.

(4) If an application to present an oral argument is granted,
written notice of the time and place for the oral argument shall be
given at least 10 days prior to the date set therefor. This time
requirement may be altered by an agreement between the secretary
and the person appealing the penalty.

(5) The secretary shall decide the appeal on any oral or written
arguments, briefs, and evidence that he or she has received.

(6) The secretary shall render a written decision within 45 days
of the date of appeal, or within 15 days of the date of oral
arguments. A copy of the secretary’s decision shall be delivered
or mailed to the appellant.

(7) The secretary may sustain the decision, modify the decision
by reducing the amount of the penalty levied, or reverse the
decision.

(8) A review of the decision of the secretary may be sought by
the appellant pursuant to Section 1094.5 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(d) (1) If the person upon whom a penalty is levied does not
file a petition for a writ of administrative mandamus, the court,
upon receiving a certified copy of the department’s final decision
that directs payment of a civil penalty, shall enter judgment in
favor of the department.

(2) After completion of the appeal procedure provided for in
this section, the secretary may file a certified copy of the
department’s final decision that directs payment of a civil penalty
and, if applicable, any order denying a petition for a writ of
administrative mandamus, with the clerk of the superior court of
any county that has jurisdiction over the matter. No fees shall be
charged by the clerk of the superior court for the performance of
any official services required in connection with the entry of
judgment pursuant to this section.

(e) Any penalties levied by the secretary pursuant to this section
shall be deposited in the Department of Food and Agriculture Fund,
and begin insert , end insert upon appropriation by the Legislature, shall be used for the
purposes described in Section 221.

SEC. 69.  

Section 55527.6 of the Food and Agricultural Code
is amended to read:

55527.6.  

(a)  Licensees or applicants for a license shall be
required to furnish and maintain an irrevocable guarantee in a form
and amount satisfactory to the secretary begin delete , end delete if begin insert , end insert within the preceding
four years begin insert , end insert the secretary determines that they have done any of the
following:

(1) Engaged in conduct which demonstrates a lack of financial
responsibility including, but not limited to, delinquent accounts
payable, judgments of liability, insolvency, or bankruptcy.

(2) Failed to assure future financial responsibility unless an
irrevocable guarantee is provided.

(3) Otherwise violated this chapter which resulted in license
revocation.

begin delete

(4)

end delete

begin insert (b) end insert  The irrevocable guarantee may include a personal or
corporate guarantee, a certificate of deposit, a bank letter of credit,
or a surety bond, as determined to be appropriate by the secretary.

(c) The guarantee shall not be less than ten thousand dollars
($10,000) or 20 percent of the annual dollar volume of business
based on farm product value returned to the grower, whichever is
greater, as assurance that the licensee’s or applicant’s business
will be conducted in accordance with this chapter and that the
licensee or applicant will pay all amounts due farm products
creditors.

(d) The secretary, based on changes in the nature and volume
of business conducted by the licensee, may require an increase or
authorize a reduction in the amount of the guarantee, but in no
case shall the guarantee be reduced below ten thousand dollars
($10,000). A licensee who is notified by the secretary to provide
a guarantee in an increased amount shall do so within a reasonable
time as specified by the secretary. If the licensee fails to do so, the
secretary may, after a notice and opportunity for a hearing, suspend
or revoke the license of the licensee.

SEC. 70.  

Section 64101 of the Food and Agricultural Code is
amended to read:

64101.  

There is in the state government the Dairy Council of
California which shall consist of not less than 24, nor more than
25 begin insert , end insert members. All members of the council shall be appointed by
the secretary and may hold office at the pleasure of the secretary.
The membership of the council shall be as follows:

(a) There shall be 12 members that are actually engaged in the
production of milk. These 12 members are the producer members
of the council.

(b) There shall be 12 members that are handlers or
producer-handlers of dairy products. These 12 members are the
handler members of the council.

(c) Upon the recommendation of the council, the secretary may
appoint one person who is neither a producer, handler, or
producer-handler, and who shall represent the public generally.

SEC. 71.  

Section 3513 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

3513.  

As used in this chapter:

(a) “Employee organization” means any organization that
includes employees of the state and that has as one of its primary
purposes representing these employees in their relations with the
state.

(b) “Recognized employee organization” means an employee
organization that has been recognized by the state as the exclusive
representative of the employees in an appropriate unit.

(c) “State employee” means any civil service employee of the
state, and the teaching staff of schools under the jurisdiction of the
State Department of Education or the Superintendent of Public
Instruction, except managerial employees, confidential employees,
supervisory employees, employees of the Department of begin delete Personnel
Administration end delete begin insert Human Resources end insert , professional employees of the
Department of Finance engaged in technical or analytical state
budget preparation other than the auditing staff, professional
employees in the Personnel/Payroll Services Division of the
Controller’s office engaged in technical or analytical duties in
support of the state’s personnel and payroll systems other than the
training staff, employees of the Legislative Counsel Bureau,
employees of the Bureau of State Audits, employees of the office
of the Inspector General, employees of the board, conciliators
employed by the California State Mediation and Conciliation
Service, employees of the Office of the State Chief Information
Officer except as otherwise provided in Section 11546.5, and
intermittent athletic inspectors who are employees of the State
Athletic Commission.

(d) “Mediation” means effort by an impartial third party to assist
in reconciling a dispute regarding wages, hours and other terms
and conditions of employment between representatives of the
public agency and the recognized employee organization or
recognized employee organizations through interpretation,
suggestion and advice.

(e) “Managerial employee” means any employee having
significant responsibilities for formulating or administering agency
or departmental policies and programs or administering an agency
or department.

(f) “Confidential employee” means any employee who is
required to develop or present management positions with respect
to employer-employee relations or whose duties normally require
access to confidential information contributing significantly to the
development of management positions.

(g) “Supervisory employee” means any individual, regardless
of the job description or title, having authority, in the interest of
the employer, to hire, transfer, suspend, lay off, recall, promote,
discharge, assign, reward, or discipline other employees, or
responsibility to direct them, or to adjust their grievances, or
effectively to recommend this action, if, in connection with the
foregoing, the exercise of this authority is not of a merely routine
or clerical nature, but requires the use of independent judgment.
Employees whose duties are substantially similar to those of their
subordinates shall not be considered to be supervisory employees.

(h) “Board” means the Public Employment Relations Board.
The Educational Employment Relations Board begin delete established pursuant
to Section 3541 end delete shall be renamed the Public Employment Relations
Board as provided in Section 3540. The powers and duties of the
board described in Section 3541.3 shall also apply, as appropriate,
to this chapter.

(i) “Maintenance of membership” means that all employees
who voluntarily are, or who voluntarily become, members of a
recognized employee organization shall remain members of that
employee organization in good standing for a period as agreed to
by the parties pursuant to a memorandum of understanding,
commencing with the effective date of the memorandum of
understanding. A maintenance of membership provision shall not
apply to any employee who within 30 days prior to the expiration
of the memorandum of understanding withdraws from the
employee organization by sending a signed withdrawal letter to
the employee organization and a copy to the Controller’s office.

(j) “State employer,” or “employer,” for the purposes of
bargaining or meeting and conferring in good faith, means the
Governor or his or her designated representatives.

(k) “Fair share fee” means the fee deducted by the state
employer from the salary or wages of a state employee in an
appropriate unit who does not become a member of and financially
support the recognized employee organization. The fair share fee
shall be used to defray the costs incurred by the recognized
employee organization in fulfilling its duty to represent the
employees in their employment relations with the state, and shall
not exceed the standard initiation fee, membership dues, and
general assessments of the recognized employee organization.

SEC. 72.  

Section 3527 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

3527.  

As used in this chapter:

(a) “Employee” means a civil service employee of the State of
California. The “State of California” as used in this chapter
includes those state agencies, boards, and commissions as may be
designated by law that employ civil service employees, except the
University of California, Hastings College of the Law, and the
California State University.

(b) “Excluded employee,” means all managerial employees, as
defined in subdivision (e) of Section 3513, all confidential
employees, as defined in subdivision (f) of Section 3513, and all
supervisory employees, as defined in subdivision (g) of Section
3513, and all civil service employees of the Department of
begin delete Personnel Administration end delete begin insert Human Resources end insert , professional
employees of the Department of Finance engaged in technical or
analytical state budget preparation other than the auditing staff,
professional employees in the Personnel/Payroll Services Division
of the Controller’s office engaged in technical or analytical duties
in support of the state’s personnel and payroll systems other than
the training staff, employees of the Legislative Counsel Bureau,
employees of the Bureau of State Audits, employees of the Public
Employment Relations Board, conciliators employed by the
California State Mediation and Conciliation Service, employees
of the office of the State Chief Information Officer except as
provided in Section 11546.5, and intermittent athletic inspectors
who are employees of the State Athletic Commission.

(c) “Supervisory employee organization” means an organization
that represents members who are supervisory employees under
subdivision (g) of Section 3513.

(d) “Excluded employee organization” means an organization
that includes excluded employees of the state, as defined in
subdivision (b), and that has as one of its primary purposes
representing its members in employer-employee relations.
Excluded employee organization includes supervisory employee
organizations.

(e) “State employer” or “employer,” for purposes of meeting
and conferring on matters relating to supervisory
employer-employee relations, means the Governor or his or her
designated representatives.

SEC. 73.  

Section 7480 of the Government Code, as amended
by Section 2 of Chapter 304 of the Statutes of 2011, is repealed.

begin delete

7480.  

Nothing in this chapter shall prohibit any of the
following:

(a) The dissemination of any financial information that is not
identified with, or identifiable as being derived from, the financial
records of a particular customer.

(b) When any police or sheriff’s department or district attorney
in this state certifies to a bank, credit union, or savings association
in writing that a crime report has been filed that involves the
alleged fraudulent use of drafts, checks, access cards, or other
orders drawn upon any bank, credit union, or savings association
in this state, the police or sheriff’s department or district attorney,
a county adult protective services office when investigating the
financial abuse of an elder or dependent adult, or a long-term care
ombudsman when investigating the financial abuse of an elder or
dependent adult, may request a bank, credit union, or savings
association to furnish, and a bank, credit union, or savings
association shall furnish, a statement setting forth the following
information with respect to a customer account specified by the
requesting party for a period 30 days prior to, and up to 30 days
following, the date of occurrence of the alleged illegal act involving
the account:

(1) The number of items dishonored.

(2) The number of items paid that created overdrafts.

(3) The dollar volume of the dishonored items and items paid
which created overdrafts and a statement explaining any credit
arrangement between the bank, credit union, or savings association
and customer to pay overdrafts.

(4) The dates and amounts of deposits and debits and the account
balance on these dates.

(5) A copy of the signature card, including the signature and
any addresses appearing on a customer’s signature card.

(6) The date the account opened and, if applicable, the date the
account closed.

(7) Surveillance photographs and video recordings of persons
accessing the crime victim’s financial account via an automated
teller machine (ATM) or from within the financial institution for
dates on which illegal acts involving the account were alleged to
have occurred. Nothing in this paragraph does any of the following:

(A) Requires a financial institution to produce a photograph or
video recording if it does not possess the photograph or video
recording.

(B) Affects any existing civil immunities as provided in Section
47 of the Civil Code or any other provision of law.

(8) A bank, credit union, or savings association that provides
the requesting party with copies of one or more complete account
statements prepared in the regular course of business shall be
deemed to be in compliance with paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and (4).

(c) When any police or sheriff’s department or district attorney
in this state certifies to a bank, credit union, or savings association
in writing that a crime report has been filed that involves the
alleged fraudulent use of drafts, checks, access cards, or other
orders drawn upon any bank, credit union, or savings association
doing business in this state, the police or sheriff’s department or
district attorney, a county adult protective services office when
investigating the financial abuse of an elder or dependent adult,
or a long-term care ombudsman when investigating the financial
abuse of an elder or dependent adult, may request, with the consent
of the accountholder, the bank, credit union, or savings association
to furnish, and the bank, credit union, or savings association shall
furnish, a statement setting forth the following information with
respect to a customer account specified by the requesting party for
a period 30 days prior to, and up to 30 days following, the date of
occurrence of the alleged illegal act involving the account:

(1) The number of items dishonored.

(2) The number of items paid that created overdrafts.

(3) The dollar volume of the dishonored items and items paid
which created overdrafts and a statement explaining any credit
arrangement between the bank, credit union, or savings association
and customer to pay overdrafts.

(4) The dates and amounts of deposits and debits and the account
balance on these dates.

(5) A copy of the signature card, including the signature and
any addresses appearing on a customer’s signature card.

(6) The date the account opened and, if applicable, the date the
account closed.

(7) Surveillance photographs and video recordings of persons
accessing the crime victim’s financial account via an automated
teller machine (ATM) or from within the financial institution for
dates on which illegal acts involving this account were alleged to
have occurred. Nothing in this paragraph does any of the following:

(A) Requires a financial institution to produce a photograph or
video recording if it does not possess the photograph or video
recording.

(B) Affects any existing civil immunities as provided in Section
47 of the Civil Code or any other provision of law.

(8) A bank, credit union, or savings association doing business
in this state that provides the requesting party with copies of one
or more complete account statements prepared in the regular course
of business shall be deemed to be in compliance with paragraphs
(1), (2), (3), and (4).

(d) For purposes of subdivision (c), consent of the accountholder
shall be satisfied if an accountholder provides to the financial
institution and the person or entity seeking disclosure, a signed
and dated statement containing all of the following:

(1) Authorization of the disclosure for the period specified in
subdivision (c).

(2) The name of the agency or department to which disclosure
is authorized and, if applicable, the statutory purpose for which
the information is to be obtained.

(3) A description of the financial records that are authorized to
be disclosed.

(e) (1) The Attorney General, a supervisory agency, the
Franchise Tax Board, the State Board of Equalization, the
Employment Development Department, the Controller or an
inheritance tax referee when administering the Prohibition of Gift
and Death Taxes (Part 8 (commencing with Section 13301) of
Division 2 of the Revenue and Taxation Code), a police or sheriff’s
department or district attorney, a county adult protective services
office when investigating the financial abuse of an elder or
dependent adult, a long-term care ombudsman when investigating
the financial abuse of an elder or dependent adult, a county welfare
department when investigating welfare fraud, a county
auditor-controller or director of finance when investigating fraud
against the county, or the Department of Corporations when
conducting investigations in connection with the enforcement of
laws administered by the Commissioner of Corporations, from
requesting of an office or branch of a financial institution, and the
office or branch from responding to a request, as to whether a
person has an account or accounts at that office or branch and, if
so, any identifying numbers of the account or accounts.

(2) No additional information beyond that specified in this
section shall be released to a county welfare department without
either the accountholder’s written consent or a judicial writ, search
warrant, subpoena, or other judicial order.

(3) A county auditor-controller or director of finance who
unlawfully discloses information he or she is authorized to request
under this subdivision is guilty of the unlawful disclosure of
confidential data, a misdemeanor, which shall be punishable as
set forth in Section 7485.

(f) The examination by, or disclosure to, any supervisory agency
of financial records that relate solely to the exercise of its
supervisory function. The scope of an agency’s supervisory
function shall be determined by reference to statutes that grant
authority to examine, audit, or require reports of financial records
or financial institutions as follows:

(1) With respect to the Commissioner of Financial Institutions
by reference to Division 1 (commencing with Section 99), Division
1.5 (commencing with Section 4800), Division 2 (commencing
with Section 5000), Division 5 (commencing with Section 14000),
Division 7 (commencing with Section 18000), Division 15
(commencing with Section 31000), and Division 16 (commencing
with Section 33000), of the Financial Code.

(2) With respect to the Controller by reference to Title 10
(commencing with Section 1300) of Part 3 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(3) With respect to the Administrator of Local Agency Security
by reference to Article 2 (commencing with Section 53630) of
Chapter 4 of Part 1 of Division 2 of Title 5 of the Government
Code.

(g) The disclosure to the Franchise Tax Board of (1) the amount
of any security interest that a financial institution has in a specified
asset of a customer or (2) financial records in connection with the
filing or audit of a tax return or tax information return that are
required to be filed by the financial institution pursuant to Part 10
(commencing with Section 17001), Part 11 (commencing with
Section 23001), or Part 18 (commencing with Section 38001), of
the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(h) The disclosure to the State Board of Equalization of any of
the following:

(1) The information required by Sections 6702, 6703, 8954,
8957, 30313, 30315, 32383, 32387, 38502, 38503, 40153, 40155,
41122, 41123.5, 43443, 43444.2, 44144, 45603, 45605, 46404,
46406, 50134, 50136, 55203, 55205, 60404, and 60407 of the
Revenue and Taxation Code.

(2) The financial records in connection with the filing or audit
of a tax return required to be filed by the financial institution
pursuant to Part 1 (commencing with Section 6001), Part 2
(commencing with Section 7301), Part 3 (commencing with Section
8601), Part 13 (commencing with Section 30001), Part 14
(commencing with Section 32001), and Part 17 (commencing with
Section 37001), of Division 2 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(3) The amount of any security interest a financial institution
has in a specified asset of a customer, if the inquiry is directed to
the branch or office where the interest is held.

(i) The disclosure to the Controller of the information required
by Section 7853 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(j) The disclosure to the Employment Development Department
of the amount of any security interest a financial institution has in
a specified asset of a customer, if the inquiry is directed to the
branch or office where the interest is held.

(k) The disclosure by a construction lender, as defined in Section
8006 of the Civil Code, to the Registrar of Contractors, of
information concerning the making of progress payments to a
prime contractor requested by the registrar in connection with an
investigation under Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions
Code.

(l) Upon receipt of a written request from a local child support
agency referring to a support order pursuant to Section 17400 of
the Family Code, a financial institution shall disclose the following
information concerning the account or the person named in the
request, whom the local child support agency shall identify,
whenever possible, by social security number:

(1) If the request states the identifying number of an account at
a financial institution, the name of each owner of the account.

(2) Each account maintained by the person at the branch to
which the request is delivered, and, if the branch is able to make
a computerized search, each account maintained by the person at
any other branch of the financial institution located in this state.

(3) For each account disclosed pursuant to paragraphs (1) and
(2), the account number, current balance, street address of the
branch where the account is maintained, and, to the extent available
through the branch’s computerized search, the name and address
of any other person listed as an owner.

(4) Whenever the request prohibits the disclosure, a financial
institution shall not disclose either the request or its response, to
an owner of the account or to any other person, except the officers
and employees of the financial institution who are involved in
responding to the request and to attorneys, employees of the local
child support agencies, auditors, and regulatory authorities who
have a need to know in order to perform their duties, and except
as disclosure may be required by legal process.

(5) No financial institution, or any officer, employee, or agent
thereof, shall be liable to any person for (A) disclosing information
in response to a request pursuant to this subdivision, (B) failing to
notify the owner of an account, or complying with a request under
this paragraph not to disclose to the owner, the request or disclosure
under this subdivision, or (C) failing to discover any account owned
by the person named in the request pursuant to a computerized
search of the records of the financial institution.

(6) The local child support agency may request information
pursuant to this subdivision only when the local child support
agency has received at least one of the following types of physical
evidence:

(A) Any of the following, dated within the last three years:

(i) Form 599.

(ii) Form 1099.

(iii) A bank statement.

(iv) A check.

(v) A bank passbook.

(vi) A deposit slip.

(vii) A copy of a federal or state income tax return.

(viii) A debit or credit advice.

(ix) Correspondence that identifies the child support obligor by
name, the bank, and the account number.

(x) Correspondence that identifies the child support obligor by
name, the bank, and the banking services related to the account of
the obligor.

(xi) An asset identification report from a federal agency.

(B) A sworn declaration of the custodial parent during the 12
months immediately preceding the request that the person named
in the request has had or may have had an account at an office or
branch of the financial institution to which the request is made.

(7) Information obtained by a local child support agency
pursuant to this subdivision shall be used only for purposes that
are directly connected with the administration of the duties of the
local child support agency pursuant to Section 17400 of the Family
Code.

(m) (1) As provided in paragraph (1) of subdivision (c) of
Section 666 of Title 42 of the United States Code, upon receipt of
an administrative subpoena on the current federally approved
interstate child support enforcement form, as approved by the
federal Office of Management and Budget, a financial institution
shall provide the information or documents requested by the
administrative subpoena.

(2) The administrative subpoena shall refer to the current federal
Office of Management and Budget control number and be signed
by a person who states that he or she is an authorized agent of a
state or county agency responsible for implementing the child
support enforcement program set forth in Part D (commencing
with Section 651) of Subchapter IV of Chapter 7 of Title 42 of the
United States Code. A financial institution may rely on the
statements made in the subpoena and has no duty to inquire into
the truth of any statement in the subpoena.

(3) If the person who signs the administrative subpoena directs
a financial institution in writing not to disclose either the subpoena
or its response to any owner of an account covered by the subpoena,
the financial institution shall not disclose the subpoena or its
response to the owner.

(4) No financial institution, or any officer, employee, or agent
thereof, shall be liable to any person for (A) disclosing information
or providing documents in response to a subpoena pursuant to this
subdivision, (B) failing to notify any owner of an account covered
by the subpoena or complying with a request not to disclose to the
owner, the subpoena or disclosure under this subdivision, or (C)
failing to discover any account owned by the person named in the
subpoena pursuant to a computerized search of the records of the
financial institution.

(n) The dissemination of financial information and records
pursuant to any of the following:

(1) Compliance by a financial institution with the requirements
of Section 2892 of the Probate Code.

(2) Compliance by a financial institution with the requirements
of Section 2893 of the Probate Code.

(3) An order by a judge upon a written ex parte application by
a peace officer showing specific and articulable facts that there
are reasonable grounds to believe that the records or information
sought are relevant and material to an ongoing investigation of a
felony violation of Section 186.10 or of any felony subject to the
enhancement set forth in Section 186.11.

(A) The ex parte application shall specify with particularity the
records to be produced, which shall be only those of the individual
or individuals who are the subject of the criminal investigation.

(B) The ex parte application and any subsequent judicial order
shall be open to the public as a judicial record unless ordered sealed
by the court, for a period of 60 days. The sealing of these records
may be extended for 60-day periods upon a showing to the court
that it is necessary for the continuance of the investigation.
Sixty-day extensions may continue for up to one year or until
termination of the investigation of the individual or individuals,
whichever is sooner.

(C) The records ordered to be produced shall be returned to the
peace officer applicant or his or her designee within a reasonable
time period after service of the order upon the financial institution.

(D) Nothing in this subdivision shall preclude the financial
institution from notifying a customer of the receipt of the order
for production of records unless a court orders the financial
institution to withhold notification to the customer upon a finding
that the notice would impede the investigation.

(E) Where a court has made an order pursuant to this paragraph
to withhold notification to the customer under this paragraph, the
peace officer or law enforcement agency who obtained the financial
information shall notify the customer by delivering a copy of the
ex parte order to the customer within 10 days of the termination
of the investigation.

(4) An order by a judge issued pursuant to subdivision (c) of
Section 532f of the Penal Code.

(5) No financial institution, or any officer, employee, or agent
thereof, shall be liable to any person for any of the following:

(A) Disclosing information to a probate court pursuant to
Sections 2892 and 2893.

(B) Disclosing information in response to a court order pursuant
to paragraph (3).

(C) Complying with a court order under this subdivision not to
disclose to the customer, the order, or the dissemination of
information pursuant to the court order.

(o) Disclosure by a financial institution to a peace officer, as
defined in Section 830.1 of the Penal Code, pursuant to the
following:

(1) Paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 1748.95 of the
Civil Code, provided that the financial institution has first complied
with the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) and
subdivision (b) of Section 1748.95 of the Civil Code.

(2) Paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 4002 of the
Financial Code, provided that the financial institution has first
complied with the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision
(a) and subdivision (b) of Section 4002 of the Financial Code.

(3) Paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 22470 of the
Financial Code, provided that any financial institution that is a
finance lender has first complied with the requirements of
paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) and subdivision (b) of Section
22470 of the Financial Code.

(p) When the governing board of the Public Employees’
Retirement System or the State Teachers’ Retirement System
certifies in writing to a financial institution that a benefit recipient
has died and that transfers to the benefit recipient’s account at the
financial institution from the retirement system occurred after the
benefit recipient’s date of death, the financial institution shall
furnish the retirement system with the name and address of any
coowner, cosigner, or any other person who had access to the funds
in the account following the date of the benefit recipient’s death,
or if the account has been closed, the name and address of the
person who closed the account.

(q) When the retirement board of a retirement system established
under the County Employees Retirement Law of 1937 certifies in
writing to a financial institution that a retired member or the
beneficiary of a retired member has died and that transfers to the
account of the retired member or beneficiary of a retired member
at the financial institution from the retirement system occurred
after the date of death of the retired member or beneficiary of a
retired member, the financial institution shall furnish the retirement
system with the name and address of any coowner, cosigner, or
any other person who had access to the funds in the account
following the date of death of the retired member or beneficiary
of a retired member, or if the account has been closed, the name
and address of the person who closed the account.

(r) When the Franchise Tax Board certifies in writing to a
financial institution that (1) a taxpayer filed a tax return that
authorized a direct deposit refund with an incorrect financial
institution account or routing number that resulted in all or a
portion of the refund not being received, directly or indirectly, by
the taxpayer; (2) the direct deposit refund was not returned to the
Franchise Tax Board; and (3) the refund was deposited directly
on a specified date into the account of an accountholder of the
financial institution who was not entitled to receive the refund,
then the financial institution shall furnish to the Franchise Tax
Board the name and address of any coowner, cosigner, or any other
person who had access to the funds in the account following the
date of direct deposit refund, or if the account has been closed, the
name and address of the person who closed the account.

end delete

SEC. 74.  

Section 7522.20 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

7522.20.  

(a) Each retirement system that offers a defined
benefit plan for nonsafety members of the system shall use the
formula prescribed by this section. The defined benefit plan shall
provide a pension at retirement for service equal to the percentage
of the member’s final compensation set forth opposite the
member’s age at retirement, taken to the preceding quarter year,
in the following table, multiplied by the number of years of service
in the system as a nonsafety member. A member may retire for
service under this section after five years of service and upon
reaching 52 years of age.

 

Age of Retirement	Fraction
52	begin delete 1.00 end delete begin insert 1.000 end insert
521⁄4	1.025
521⁄2	1.050
523⁄4	1.075
53    ......	1.100
531⁄4	1.125
531⁄2	1.150
533⁄4	1.175
54	1.200
541⁄4	1.225
541⁄2	1.250
543⁄4	1.275
55	1.300
551⁄4	1.325
551⁄2	1.350
553⁄4	1.375
56	1.400
561⁄4	1.425
561⁄2	1.450
563⁄4	1.475
57	1.500
571⁄4	1.525
571⁄2	1.550
573⁄4	1.575
58	1.600
581⁄4	1.625
581⁄2	1.650
583⁄4	1.675
59	1.700
591⁄4	1.725
591⁄2	1.750
593⁄4	1.775
60	1.800
601⁄4	1.825
601⁄2	1.850
603⁄4	1.875
61	1.900
611⁄4	1.925
611⁄2	1.950
613⁄4	1.975
62	2.000
621⁄4	2.025
621⁄2	2.050
623⁄4	2.075
63	2.100
631⁄4	2.125
631⁄2	2.150
633⁄4	2.175
64	2.200
641⁄4	2.225
641⁄2	2.250
643⁄4	2.275
65	2.300
651⁄4	2.325
651⁄2	2.350
653⁄4	2.375
66	2.400
661⁄4	2.425
661⁄2	2.450
663⁄4	2.475
67	2.500

 

(b) Pensionable compensation used to calculate the defined
benefit shall be limited as described in Section 7522.10.

(c) A new member of the State Teachers’ Retirement System
shall be subject to the formula established pursuant to Section
24202.6 of the Education Code.

SEC. 75.  

Section 7522.56 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

7522.56.  

(a) This section shall apply to any person who is
receiving a pension benefit from a public retirement system and
shall supersede any other provision in conflict with this section.

(b) A retired person shall not serve, be employed by, or be
employed through a contract directly by, a public employer in the
same public retirement system from which the retiree receives the
benefit without reinstatement from retirement, except as permitted
by this section.

(c) A person who retires from a public employer may serve
without reinstatement from retirement or loss or interruption of
benefits provided by the retirement system upon appointment by
the appointing power of a public employer either during an
emergency to prevent stoppage of public business or because the
retired person has skills needed to perform work of limited
duration.

(d) Appointments of the person authorized under this section
shall not exceed a total for all employers in that public retirement
system of 960 hours or other equivalent limit, in a calendar or
fiscal year, depending on the administrator of the system. The rate
of pay for the employment shall not be less than the minimum,
nor exceed the maximum, paid by the employer to other employees
performing comparable duties, divided by 173.333 to equal an
hourly rate. A retired person whose employment without
reinstatement is authorized by this section shall acquire no service
credit or retirement rights under this section with respect to the
employment unless he or she reinstates from retirement.

(e) (1) Notwithstanding subdivision (c), any retired person shall
not be eligible to serve or be employed by a public employer if,
during the 12-month period prior to an appointment described in
this section, the retired person received any unemployment
insurance compensation arising out of prior employment subject
to this section with a public employer. A retiree shall certify in
writing to the employer upon accepting an offer of employment
that he or she is in compliance with this requirement.

(2) A retired person who accepts an appointment after receiving
unemployment insurance compensation as described in this
subdivision shall terminate that employment on the last day of the
current pay period and shall not be eligible for reappointment
subject to this section for a period of 12 months following the last
day of employment.

(f) A retired person shall not be eligible to be employed pursuant
to this section for a period of 180 days following the date of
retirement unless he or she meets one of the following conditions:

(1) The employer certifies the nature of the employment and
that the appointment is necessary to fill a critically needed position
before 180 days begin delete has end delete begin insert have end insert passed and the appointment has been
approved by the governing body of the employer in a public
meeting. The appointment may not be placed on a consent calendar.

(2) The state employer certifies the nature of the employment
and that the appointment is necessary to fill a critically needed
state employment position before 180 days begin delete has end delete begin insert have end insert passed and
the appointment has been approved by the Department of Human
Resources. The department may establish a process to delegate
appointing authority to individual state agencies, but shall audit
the process to determine if abuses of the system occur. If necessary,
the department may assume an agency’s appointing authority for
retired workers and may charge the department an appropriate
amount for administering that authority.

(3) The retiree is eligible to participate in the Faculty Early
Retirement Program pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement
with the California State University that existed prior to January
1, 2013, or has been included in subsequent agreements.

(4) The retiree is a public safety officer begin delete of end delete begin insert or end insert firefighter.

(g) A retired person who accepted a retirement incentive upon
retirement shall not be eligible to be employed pursuant to this
section for a period of 180 days following the date of retirement
and subdivision (f) shall not apply.

(h) This section shall not apply to a person who is retired from
the State Teachers’ Retirement System, and who is subject to
Section 24214, 24214.5, or 26812 of the Education Code.

(i) This section shall not apply to (1) a subordinate judicial
officer whose position, upon retirement, is converted to a judgeship
pursuant to Section 69615, and he or she returns to work in the
converted position, and the employer is a trial court, or (2) a retiree
who takes office as a judge of a court of record pursuant to Article
VI of the California Constitution or a retiree of the Judges’
Retirement System I or the Judges’ Retirement System II who is
appointed to serve as a retired judge.

SEC. 76.  

Section 7522.57 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

7522.57.  

(a) This section shall apply to any retired person who
is receiving a pension benefit from a public retirement system and
is first appointed on or after January 1, 2013, to a salaried position
on a state board or commission. This section shall supersede any
other provision in conflict with this section.

(b) A person who is retired from a public retirement system
may serve without reinstatement from retirement or loss or
interruption of benefits provided that appointment is to a part-time
state board or commission. A retired person whose employment
without reinstatement is authorized by this subdivision shall acquire
no benefits, service credit, or retirement rights with respect to the
employment. Unless otherwise defined in statute, for the purpose
of this section, a part-time appointment shall mean an appointment
with a salary of no more than $60,000 annually, which shall be
increased in any fiscal year in which a general salary increase is
provided for state employees. The amount of the increase provided
by this section shall be comparable to, but shall not exceed, the
percentage of the general salary increases provided for state
employees during that fiscal year.

(c) A person who is retired from the Public Employees’
Retirement System shall not serve on a full-time basis on a state
board or commission without reinstatement unless that person
serves as a nonsalaried member of the board or commission and
receives only per diem authorized to all members of the board or
commission. A person who serves as a nonsalaried member of a
board or commission shall not earn any service credit or benefits
in the Public Employees’ Retirement System or make contributions
with respect to the service performed.

(d) A person retired from a public retirement system other than
the Public Employees’ Retirement System who is appointed on a
full-time basis to a state board or commission shall choose one of
the following options:

(1) The person may serve as a nonsalaried member of the board
or commission and continue to receive his or her retirement
allowance, in addition to any per diem authorized to all members
of the board or commission. The person shall not earn service
credit or benefits in the Public Employees’ Retirement System and
shall not make contributions with respect to the service performed.

(2)  begin delete (i) end delete begin delete   end delete begin insert (A) end insert begin insert   end insert The person may suspend his or her retirement
allowance or allowances and instate as a new member of the Public
Employees’ Retirement System for the service performed on the
board or commission. The pensionable compensation earned
pursuant to this paragraph shall not be eligible for reciprocity with
any other retirement system or plan.

begin delete

(ii)

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert  Upon retiring for service after serving on the board or
commission, the appointee shall be entitled to reinstatement of any
suspended benefits, including employer provided retiree health
benefits, that he or she was entitled to at the time of being
appointed to the board or commission.

(e) Notwithstanding subdivisions (c) and (d), a person who
retires from a public employer may serve without reinstatement
from retirement or loss or interruption of benefits provided by the
retirement system upon appointment to a full-time state board
pursuant to Section 5075 of the Penal Code.

SEC. 77.  

Section 7522.72 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

7522.72.  

(a) This section shall apply to a public employee first
employed by a public employer or first elected or appointed to an
office before January 1, 2013, and, on and after that date, Section
7522.70 shall not apply.

(b) (1) If a public employee is convicted by a state or federal
trial court of any felony under state or federal law for conduct
arising out of or in the performance of his or her official duties, in
pursuit of the office or appointment, or in connection with
obtaining salary, disability retirement, service retirement, or other
benefits, he or she shall forfeit all accrued rights and benefits in
any public retirement system in which he or she is a member to
the extent provided in subdivision (c) and shall not accrue further
benefits in that public retirement system, effective on the date of
the conviction.

(2) If a public employee who has contact with children as part
of begin insert his or end insert her official duties is convicted of a felony that was
committed within the scope of his or her official duties against or
involving a child who he or she has contact with as part of his or
her official duties, he or she shall forfeit all accrued rights and
benefits in any public retirement system in which he or she is a
member to the extent provided in subdivision (c) and shall not
accrue further benefits in that public retirement system, effective
on the date of the conviction.

(c) (1) A public employee shall forfeit all the retirement benefits
earned or accrued from the earliest date of the commission of any
felony described in subdivision (b) to the forfeiture date, inclusive.
The retirement benefits shall remain forfeited notwithstanding any
reduction in sentence or expungement of the conviction following
the date of the public employee’s conviction. Retirement benefits
attributable to service performed prior to the date of the first
commission of the felony for which the public employee was
convicted shall not be forfeited as a result of this section.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision, “forfeiture date” means
the date of the conviction.

(d) (1) Any contributions to the public retirement system made
by the public employee described in subdivision (b) on or after
the earliest date of the commission of any felony described in
subdivision (b) shall be returned, without interest, to the public
employee upon the occurrence of a distribution event unless
otherwise ordered by a court or determined by the pension
administrator.

(2) Any funds returned to the public employee pursuant to
subdivision (d) shall be disbursed by electronic funds transfer to
an account of the public employee, in a manner conforming with
the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, and the public
retirement system shall notify the court and the district attorney
at least three business days before that disbursement of funds.

(3) For the purposes of this subdivision, a “distribution event”
means any of the following:

(A) Separation from employment.

(B) Death of the member.

(C) Retirement of the member.

(e) (1) Upon conviction, a public employee as described in
subdivision (b) and the prosecuting agency shall notify the public
employer who employed the public employee at the time of the
commission of the felony within 60 days of the felony conviction
of all of the following information:

(A) The date of conviction.

(B) The date of the first known commission of the felony.

(2) The operation of this section is not dependent upon the
performance of the notification obligations specified in this
subdivision.

(f) The public employer that employs or employed a public
employee described in subdivision (b) and that public employee
shall each notify the public retirement system in which the public
employee is a member of that public employee’s conviction within
90 days of the conviction. The operation of this section is not
dependent upon the performance of the notification obligations
specified in this subdivision.

(g) A public retirement system may assess a public employer a
reasonable amount to reimburse the cost of audit, adjustment, or
correction, if it determines that the public employer failed to
comply with this section.

(h) If a public employee’s conviction is reversed and that
decision is final, the employee shall be entitled to do either of the
following:

(1) Recover the forfeited retirement benefits as adjusted for the
contributions received pursuant to subdivision (d).

(2) Redeposit those contributions and interest, as determined
by the system actuary, and then recover the full amount of the
forfeited benefits.

(i) A public employee first employed by a public employer or
first elected or appointed to an office on or after January 1, 2013,
shall be subject to Section 7522.74.

SEC. 78.  

Section 8164.1 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

8164.1.  

There is in state government a Capitol Area Committee
consisting of nine members who shall be appointed in the following
manner:

(a) Four members of the committee shall be appointed by the
Governor of which at least one member shall be appointed from
a list of three candidates submitted by the City of Sacramento and
at least one member shall be appointed from a list of three
candidates submitted by the County of Sacramento. Two members
shall be appointed for a term expiring December 31, 1979, and
two for a term expiring December 31, 1981.

(b) Two members shall be appointed by the Speaker of the
Assembly, one of whom may be a Member of the Assembly, and
two members shall be appointed by the Senate Rules Committee,
one of whom may be a Member of the Senate. Legislative members
of the committee shall meet and, except as otherwise provided by
the Constitution, advise the department to the extent that the
advisory participation is not incompatible with their respective
positions as Members of the Legislature. Of the four appointments
by the Legislature, two shall be appointed for a term expiring
December 31, 1979, and two for a term expiring December 31,
1981.

(c) One shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the
director.

Subsequent appointments pursuant to subdivisions (a) and (b)
shall be for terms of four years, ending on December 31 of the
fourth year after the end of the prior term, except that appointments
to fill vacancies occurring for any reason other than the expiration
of the term shall be for the unexpired portion of the term in which
they occur. The members of the board shall hold office until their
successors are appointed and qualify.

The members of the committee shall not receive compensation
from the state for their services under this article but, when called
to attend a meeting of the committee, shall be reimbursed for their
actual and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the
meeting in accordance with the rules of the Department of
begin delete Personnel Administration end delete begin insert Human Resources end insert .

(d) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2018,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2018, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 79.  

The heading of Chapter 3.1 (commencing with
Section 8240) of Division 1 of Title 2 of the Government Code is
amended to read:

 

Chapter  3.1. Commission on the Status of Women begin insert and
Girls end insert

 

SEC. 80.  

Section 11019 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

11019.  

(a) Any department or authority specified in subdivision
(b) may, upon determining that an advance payment is essential
for the effective implementation of a program within the provisions
of this section, and to the extent funds are available, advance to a
community-based private nonprofit agency with which it has
contracted, pursuant to federal law and related state law, for the
delivery of services, not to exceed 25 percent of the annual
allocation to be made pursuant to the contract and those laws during
the fiscal year to the private nonprofit agency. Advances in excess
of 25 percent may be made on contracts financed by a federal
program when the advances are not prohibited by federal
guidelines. Advance payments may be provided for services to be
performed under any contract with a total annual contract amount
of four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) or less. This amount
shall be increased by 5 percent, as determined by the Department
of Finance, for each year commencing with 1989. Advance
payments may also be made with respect to any contract that the
Department of Finance determines has been entered into with any
community-based private nonprofit agency with modest reserves
and potential cashflow problems. No advance payment shall be
granted if the total annual contract exceeds four hundred thousand
dollars ($400,000), without the prior approval of the Department
of Finance.

The specific departments and authority mentioned in subdivision
(b) shall develop a plan to establish control procedures for advance
payments. Each plan shall include a procedure whereby the
department or authority determines whether or not an advance
payment is essential for the effective implementation of a particular
program being funded. Each plan shall be approved by the
Department of Finance.

(b) Subdivision (a) shall apply to the Emergency Medical
begin delete Service end delete begin insert Services end insert Authority, the California Department of Aging,
the State Department of Developmental Services, the State
Department of Alcohol and Drug Programs, the Department of
Corrections begin insert and Rehabilitation, including the Division of Juvenile
Justice end insert , the Department of begin delete Economic Opportunity end delete begin insert Community
Services and Development end insert , the Employment Development
Department, the State Department of Health Services, the State
Department of State Hospitals, the Department of Rehabilitation,
the State Department of Social Services, the Department of Child
Support Services, begin delete the Department of the Youth Authority, end delete the State
Department of Education, the area boards on developmental
disabilities, the State Council on Developmental Disabilities, the
Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development, and the
California Environmental Protection Agency, including all boards
and departments contained therein.

Subdivision (a) shall also apply to the California Health and
Human Services Agency, which may make advance payments,
pursuant to the requirements of that subdivision, to multipurpose
senior services projects as established in begin delete Sections 9400 to 9413,
inclusive, end delete begin insert Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 9560) of Division
8.5 end insert of the Welfare and Institutions Code.

Subdivision (a) shall also apply to the begin insert Natural end insert Resources
Agency, including all boards and departments contained in that
agency, which may make advance payments pursuant to the
requirements of that subdivision with respect to grants and
contracts awarded to certified local community conservation corps.

(c) A county may, upon determining that an advance payment
is essential for the effective implementation of a program within
the provisions of this section, and to the extent funds are available,
and not more frequently than once each fiscal year, advance to a
community-based private nonprofit agency with which it has
contracted, pursuant to any applicable federal or state law, for the
delivery of services, not to exceed 25 percent of the annual
allocation to be made pursuant to the contract and those laws,
during the fiscal year to the private nonprofit agency.

SEC. 81.  

Section 11020 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

11020.  

(a) Unless otherwise provided by law, all offices of
every state agency shall be kept open for the transaction of business
from 8 a.m. until 5 p.m. of each day from Monday to Friday,
inclusive, other than legal holidays. However, any state agency or
division, branch or office thereof may be kept open for the
transaction of business on other hours and on other days than those
specified in this subdivision.

(b) If this section is in conflict with begin delete the end delete a memorandum of
understanding reached pursuant to Chapter 12 (commencing with
Section 3560) of Division 4 of Title 1, the memorandum of
understanding shall be controlling without further legislative action,
except that if the memorandum of understanding requires the
expenditure of funds, the memorandum shall not become effective
unless approved by the Legislature in the annual Budget Act.

(c) Subdivision (a) shall not apply to any fair or association
specified under Division 3 (commencing with Section 3001) of
the Food and Agricultural Code.

SEC. 82.  

Section 11435.15 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

11435.15.  

(a) The following state agencies shall provide
language assistance in adjudicative proceedings to the extent
provided in this article:

Agricultural Labor Relations Board

begin delete

Department of Alcohol and Drug Abuse

end delete begin insert

State Department of Alcohol and Drug Programs

end insert

State Athletic Commission

California Unemployment Insurance Appeals Board

Board of begin delete Prison Terms end delete begin insert Parole Hearings end insert

State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology

State Department of Developmental Services

Public Employment Relations Board

Franchise Tax Board

State Department of Health begin insert Care end insert Services

Department of Housing and Community Development

Department of Industrial Relations

State Department of State Hospitals

Department of Motor Vehicles

Notary Public Section, Office of the Secretary of State

Public Utilities Commission

Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development

State Department of Social Services

Workers’ Compensation Appeals Board

begin delete

Department of the Youth Authority

end delete begin insert

Division of Juvenile Justice

end insert begin delete

Youthful Offender Parole Board

end delete begin insert

Division of Juvenile Parole Operations

end insert

Department of Insurance

State Personnel Board

California Board of Podiatric Medicine

Board of Psychology

(b) Nothing in this section prevents an agency other than an
agency listed in subdivision (a) from electing to adopt any of the
procedures in this article, provided that any selection of an
interpreter is subject to Section 11435.30.

(c) Nothing in this section prohibits an agency from providing
an interpreter during a proceeding to which this chapter does not
apply, including an informal factfinding or informal investigatory
hearing.

(d) This article applies to an agency listed in subdivision (a)
notwithstanding a general provision that this chapter does not apply
to some or all of an agency’s adjudicative proceedings.

SEC. 83.  

Section 11552 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

11552.  

(a) Effective January 1, 1988, an annual salary of
eighty-five thousand four hundred two dollars ($85,402) shall be
paid to each of the following:

(1) Commissioner of begin delete Financial Institutions end delete begin insert Business Oversight end insert .

begin delete

(2) Commissioner of Corporations.

end delete begin delete

(3)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  Director of Transportation.

begin delete

(4)

end delete

begin insert (3) end insert  Real Estate Commissioner.

begin delete

(5)

end delete

begin insert (4) end insert  Director of Social Services.

begin delete

(6)

end delete

begin insert (5) end insert  Director of Water Resources.

begin delete

(7)

end delete

begin insert (6) end insert  Director of General Services.

begin delete

(8)

end delete

begin insert (7) end insert  Director of Motor Vehicles.

begin delete

(9)

end delete

begin insert (8) end insert  Executive Officer of the Franchise Tax Board.

begin delete

(10)

end delete

begin insert (9) end insert  Director of Employment Development.

begin delete

(11)

end delete

begin insert (10) end insert  Director of Alcoholic Beverage Control.

begin delete

(12)

end delete

begin insert (11) end insert  Director of Housing and Community Development.

begin delete

(13)

end delete

begin insert (12) end insert  Director of Alcohol and Drug Programs.

begin delete

(14)

end delete

begin insert (13) end insert  Director of Statewide Health Planning and Development.

begin delete

(15)

end delete

begin insert (14) end insert  Director of the Department of begin delete Personnel Administration end delete
begin insert Human Resources end insert .

begin delete

(16)

end delete

begin insert (15) end insert  Director of Health Care Services.

begin delete

(17)

end delete

begin insert (16) end insert  Director of begin delete Mental Health end delete begin insert State Hospitals end insert .

begin delete

(18)

end delete

begin insert (17) end insert  Director of Developmental Services.

begin delete

(19)

end delete

begin insert (18) end insert  State Public Defender.

begin delete

(20)

end delete

begin insert (19) end insert  Director of the California State Lottery.

begin delete

(21)

end delete

begin insert (20) end insert  Director of Fish and begin delete Game end delete begin insert Wildlife end insert .

begin delete

(22)

end delete

begin insert (21) end insert  Director of Parks and Recreation.

begin delete

(23)

end delete

begin insert (22) end insert  Director of Rehabilitation.

begin delete

(24)

end delete

begin insert (23) end insert  Director of the Office of Administrative Law.

begin delete

(25)

end delete

begin insert (24) end insert  Director of Consumer Affairs.

begin delete

(26)

end delete

begin insert (25) end insert  Director of Forestry and Fire Protection.

begin delete

(27)

end delete

begin insert (26) end insert  The Inspector General pursuant to Section 6125 of the
Penal Code.

begin delete

(28)

end delete

begin insert (27) end insert  Director of Child Support Services.

begin delete

(29)

end delete

begin insert (28) end insert  Director of Industrial Relations.

begin delete

(30)

end delete

begin insert (29) end insert  Director of Toxic Substances Control.

begin delete

(31)

end delete

begin insert (30) end insert  Director of Pesticide Regulation.

begin delete

(32)

end delete

begin insert (31) end insert  Director of Managed Health Care.

begin delete

(33)

end delete

begin insert (32) end insert  Director of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment.

begin delete

(34)

end delete

begin insert (33) end insert  Director of Technology.

begin delete

(35)

end delete

begin insert (34) end insert  Director of California Bay-Delta Authority.

begin delete

(36)

end delete

begin insert (35) end insert  Director of California Conservation Corps.

(b) The annual compensation provided by this section shall be
increased in any fiscal year in which a general salary increase is
provided for state employees. The amount of the increase provided
by this section shall be comparable to, but shall not exceed, the
percentage of the general salary increases provided for state
employees during that fiscal year.

SEC. 84.  

Section 12460 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

12460.  

The Controller shall submit an annual report to the
Governor containing a statement of the funds of the state, its
revenues, and the public expenditures during the preceding fiscal
year. The annual report shall be known as the budgetary-legal basis
annual report and prepared in a manner that will account for prior
year adjustments, fund balances, encumbrances, deferred payroll,
revenues, expenditures, and other components on the same basis
as that of the applicable Governor’s Budget and the applicable
Budget Act, as determined by the Director of Finance in
consultation with the Controller. If the Governor’s Budget or the
Budget Act begin delete do end delete begin insert does end insert not provide the applicable information for this
purpose, funds shall be accounted for in the budgetary-legal basis
annual report in a manner prescribed by Section 13344. The
requirements of this section shall apply beginning with the issuance
of the budgetary-legal basis annual report for the 2013-14 fiscal
year. The Controller shall confer with the Department of Finance
to propose and develop methods to facilitate these changes pursuant
to Section 13344, including methods to ensure that information
related to encumbrances and deferred payroll continue to be listed
in the state’s financial statements, as deemed appropriate by the
Controller.

The Controller shall also issue a comprehensive annual financial
report prepared strictly in accordance with “Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles.”

The annual reports referenced in this section shall be compiled
and published by the Controller in the time, form, and manner
prescribed by him or her.

SEC. 85.  

Section 12838.14 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

12838.14.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
money recovered by the Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation from a union paid leave settlement agreement shall
be credited to the fiscal year in which the recovered money is
received. An amount not to exceed the amount of the money
received shall be available for expenditure to the Department of
Corrections and Rehabilitation for the fiscal year in which the
recovered money is received, upon approval of the Department of
Finance. If this statute is enacted on or after July 1, 2012, any
money received prior to July 1, 2012, for purposes of this section,
shall be available for expenditure for the 2012-13 fiscal year.

(b) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation shall
identify and report the total amount collected annually to the
Department of Finance.

(c) This section shall become inoperative on June 30, 2021, and,
as of begin delete January 1, end delete January 1, 2022, is repealed, unless a later enacted
statute, that becomes operative on or before January 1, 2022,
deletes or extends the dates on which it becomes inoperative and
is repealed.

SEC. 86.  

Section 12926 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

12926.  

As used in this part in connection with unlawful
practices, unless a different meaning clearly appears from the
context:

(a) “Affirmative relief” or “prospective relief” includes the
authority to order reinstatement of an employee, awards of backpay,
reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, hiring, transfers,
reassignments, grants of tenure, promotions, cease and desist
orders, posting of notices, training of personnel, testing, expunging
of records, reporting of records, and any other similar relief that
is intended to correct unlawful practices under this part.

(b) “Age” refers to the chronological age of any individual who
has reached his or her 40th birthday.

(c) “Employee” does not include any individual employed by
his or her parents, spouse, or child, or any individual employed
under a special license in a nonprofit sheltered workshop or
rehabilitation facility.

(d) “Employer” includes any person regularly employing five
or more persons, or any person acting as an agent of an employer,
directly or indirectly, the state or any political or civil subdivision
of the state, and cities, except as follows:

“Employer” does not include a religious association or
corporation not organized for private profit.

(e) “Employment agency” includes any person undertaking for
compensation to procure employees or opportunities to work.

(f) “Essential functions” means the fundamental job duties of
the employment position the individual with a disability holds or
desires. “Essential functions” does not include the marginal
functions of the position.

(1) A job function may be considered essential for any of several
reasons, including, but not limited to, any one or more of the
following:

(A) The function may be essential because the reason the
position exists is to perform that function.

(B) The function may be essential because of the limited number
of employees available among whom the performance of that job
function can be distributed.

(C) The function may be highly specialized, so that the
incumbent in the position is hired for his or her expertise or ability
to perform the particular function.

(2) Evidence of whether a particular function is essential
includes, but is not limited to, the following:

(A) The employer’s judgment as to which functions are essential.

(B) Written job descriptions prepared before advertising or
interviewing applicants for the job.

(C) The amount of time spent on the job performing the function.

(D) The consequences of not requiring the incumbent to perform
the function.

(E) The terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

(F) The work experiences of past incumbents in the job.

(G) The current work experience of incumbents in similar jobs.

(g) (1) “Genetic information” means, with respect to any
individual, information about any of the following:

(A) The individual’s genetic tests.

(B) The genetic tests of family members of the individual.

(C) The manifestation of a disease or disorder in family members
of the individual.

(2) “Genetic information” includes any request for, or receipt
of, genetic services, or participation in clinical research that
includes genetic services, by an individual or any family member
of the individual.

(3) “Genetic information” does not include information about
the sex or age of any individual.

(h) “Labor organization” includes any organization that exists
and is constituted for the purpose, in whole or in part, of collective
bargaining or of dealing with employers concerning grievances,
terms or conditions of employment, or of other mutual aid or
protection.

(i) “Medical condition” means either of the following:

(1) Any health impairment related to or associated with a
diagnosis of cancer or a record or history of cancer.

(2) Genetic characteristics. For purposes of this section, “genetic
characteristics” means either of the following:

(A) Any scientifically or medically identifiable gene or
chromosome, or combination or alteration thereof, that is known
to be a cause of a disease or disorder in a person or his or her
offspring, or that is determined to be associated with a statistically
increased risk of development of a disease or disorder, and that is
presently not associated with any symptoms of any disease or
disorder.

(B) Inherited characteristics that may derive from the individual
or family member, that are known to be a cause of a disease or
disorder in a person or his or her offspring, or that are determined
to be associated with a statistically increased risk of development
of a disease or disorder, and that are presently not associated with
any symptoms of any disease or disorder.

(j) “Mental disability” includes, but is not limited to, all of the
following:

(1) Having any mental or psychological disorder or condition,
such as intellectual disability, organic brain syndrome, emotional
or mental illness, or specific learning disabilities, that limits a
major life activity. For purposes of this section:

(A) “Limits” shall be determined without regard to mitigating
measures, such as medications, assistive devices, or reasonable
accommodations, unless the mitigating measure itself limits a
major life activity.

(B) A mental or psychological disorder or condition limits a
major life activity if it makes the achievement of the major life
activity difficult.

(C) “Major life activities” shall be broadly construed and shall
include physical, mental, and social activities and working.

(2) Any other mental or psychological disorder or condition not
described in paragraph (1) that requires special education or related
services.

(3) Having a record or history of a mental or psychological
disorder or condition described in paragraph (1) or (2), which is
known to the employer or other entity covered by this part.

(4) Being regarded or treated by the employer or other entity
covered by this part as having, or having had, any mental condition
that makes achievement of a major life activity difficult.

(5) Being regarded or treated by the employer or other entity
covered by this part as having, or having had, a mental or
psychological disorder or condition that has no present disabling
effect, but that may become a mental disability as described in
paragraph (1) or (2).

“Mental disability” does not include sexual behavior disorders,
compulsive gambling, kleptomania, pyromania, or psychoactive
substance use disorders resulting from the current unlawful use of
controlled substances or other drugs.

(k) “On the bases enumerated in this part” means or refers to
discrimination on the basis of one or more of the following: race,
religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability,
mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital
status, sex, age, or sexual orientation.

(l) “Physical disability” includes, but is not limited to, all of the
following:

(1) Having any physiological disease, disorder, condition,
cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss that does both of the
following:

(A) Affects one or more of the following body systems:
neurological, immunological, musculoskeletal, special sense
organs, respiratory, including speech organs, cardiovascular,
reproductive, digestive, genitourinary, hemic and lymphatic, skin,
and endocrine.

(B) Limits a major life activity. For purposes of this section:

(i) “Limits” shall be determined without regard to mitigating
measures such as medications, assistive devices, prosthetics, or
reasonable accommodations, unless the mitigating measure itself
limits a major life activity.

(ii) A physiological disease, disorder, condition, cosmetic
disfigurement, or anatomical loss limits a major life activity if it
makes the achievement of the major life activity difficult.

(iii) “Major life activities” shall be broadly construed and
includes physical, mental, and social activities and working.

(2) Any other health impairment not described in paragraph (1)
that requires special education or related services.

(3) Having a record or history of a disease, disorder, condition,
cosmetic disfigurement, anatomical loss, or health impairment
described in paragraph (1) or (2), which is known to the employer
or other entity covered by this part.

(4) Being regarded or treated by the employer or other entity
covered by this part as having, or having had, any physical
condition that makes achievement of a major life activity difficult.

(5) Being regarded or treated by the employer or other entity
covered by this part as having, or having had, a disease, disorder,
condition, cosmetic disfigurement, anatomical loss, or health
impairment that has no present disabling effect but may become
a physical disability as described in paragraph (1) or (2).

(6) “Physical disability” does not include sexual behavior
disorders, compulsive gambling, kleptomania, pyromania, or
psychoactive substance use disorders resulting from the current
unlawful use of controlled substances or other drugs.

(m) Notwithstanding subdivisions (j) and (l), if the definition
of “disability” used in the federal Americans with Disabilities Act
of 1990 begin delete (P.L. end delete begin insert (Public Law end insert 101-336) would result in broader
protection of the civil rights of individuals with a mental disability
or physical disability, as defined in subdivision (j) or (l), or would
include any medical condition not included within those definitions,
then that broader protection or coverage shall be deemed
incorporated by reference into, and shall prevail over conflicting
provisions of, the definitions in subdivisions (j) and (l).

(n) “Race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry,
physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic
information, marital status, sex, age, or sexual orientation” includes
a perception that the person has any of those characteristics or that
the person is associated with a person who has, or is perceived to
have, any of those characteristics.

(o) “Reasonable accommodation” may include either of the
following:

(1) Making existing facilities used by employees readily
accessible to, and usable by, individuals with disabilities.

(2) Job restructuring, part-time or modified work schedules,
reassignment to a vacant position, acquisition or modification of
equipment or devices, adjustment or modifications of examinations,
training materials or policies, the provision of qualified readers or
interpreters, and other similar accommodations for individuals
with disabilities.

(p) “Religious creed,” “religion,” “religious observance,”
“religious belief,” and “creed” include all aspects of religious
belief, observance, and practice, including religious dress and
grooming practices. “Religious dress practice” shall be construed
broadly to include the wearing or carrying of religious clothing,
head or face coverings, jewelry, artifacts, and any other item that
is part of the observance by an individual of his or her religious
creed. “Religious grooming practice” shall be construed broadly
to include all forms of head, facial, and body hair that are part of
the observance by an individual of his or her religious creed.

(q) (1) “Sex” includes, but is not limited to, the following:

(A) Pregnancy or medical conditions related to pregnancy.

(B) Childbirth or medical conditions related to childbirth.

(C) Breastfeeding or medical conditions related to breastfeeding.

(2) “Sex” also includes, but is not limited to, a person’s gender.
“Gender” means sex, and includes a person’s gender identity and
gender expression. “Gender expression” means a person’s
gender-related appearance and behavior whether or not
stereotypically associated with the person’s assigned sex at birth.

(r) “Sexual orientation” means heterosexuality, homosexuality,
and bisexuality.

(s) “Supervisor” means any individual having the authority, in
the interest of the employer, to hire, transfer, suspend, layoff, recall,
promote, discharge, assign, reward, or discipline other employees,
or the responsibility to direct them, or to adjust their grievances,
or effectively to recommend that action, if, in connection with the
foregoing, the exercise of that authority is not of a merely routine
or clerical nature, but requires the use of independent judgment.

(t) “Undue hardship” means an action requiring significant
difficulty or expense, when considered in light of the following
factors:

(1) The nature and cost of the accommodation needed.

(2) The overall financial resources of the facilities involved in
the provision of the reasonable accommodations, the number of
persons employed at the facility, and the effect on expenses and
resources or the impact otherwise of these accommodations upon
the operation of the facility.

(3) The overall financial resources of the covered entity, the
overall size of the business of a covered entity with respect to the
number of employees, and the number, type, and location of its
facilities.

(4) The type of operations, including the composition, structure,
and functions of the workforce of the entity.

(5) The geographic separateness, administrative, or fiscal
relationship of the facility or facilities.

SEC. 87.  

Section 14837 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

14837.  

As used in this chapter:

(a) “Department” means the Department of General Services.

(b) “Director” means the Director of General Services.

(c) “Manufacturer” means a business that meets both of the
following requirements:

(1) It is primarily engaged in the chemical or mechanical
transformation of raw materials or processed substances into new
products.

(2) It is classified between Codes 31 to 33, inclusive, of the
North American Industry Classification System.

(d) (1) “Small business” means an independently owned and
operated business that is not dominant in its field of operation, the
principal office of which is located in California, the officers of
which are domiciled in California, and which, together with
affiliates, has 100 or fewer employees, and average annual gross
receipts of ten million dollars ($10,000,000) or less over the
previous three years, or is a manufacturer, as defined in subdivision
(c), with 100 or fewer employees.

(2) “Microbusiness” is a small business which, together with
affiliates, has average annual gross receipts of two million five
hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000) or less over the previous
three years, or is a manufacturer, as defined in subdivision (c),
with 25 or fewer employees.

(3) The director shall conduct a biennial review of the average
annual gross receipt levels specified in this subdivision and may
adjust that level to reflect changes in the California Consumer
Price Index for all items. To reflect unique variations or
characteristics of different industries, the director may establish,
to the extent necessary, either higher or lower qualifying standards
than those specified in this subdivision, or alternative standards
based on other applicable criteria.

(4) Standards applied under this subdivision shall be established
by regulation, in accordance with Chapter 3.5 (commencing with
Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2, and shall preclude
the qualification of businesses that are dominant in their industry.
In addition, the standards shall provide that the certified small
business or microbusiness shall provide goods or services that
contribute to the fulfillment of the contract requirements by
performing a commercially useful function, as defined below:

(A) A certified small business or microbusiness is deemed to
perform a commercially useful function if the business does all of
the following:

(i) Is responsible for the execution of a distinct element of the
work of the contract.

(ii) Carries out its obligation by actually performing, managing,
or supervising the work involved.

(iii) Performs work that is normal for its business services and
functions.

(iv) Is responsible, with respect to products, inventories,
materials, and supplies required for the contract, for negotiating
price, determining quality and quantity, ordering, installing, if
applicable, and making payment.

(v) Is not further subcontracting a portion of the work that is
greater than that expected to be subcontracted by normal industry
practices.

(B) A contractor, subcontractor, or supplier will not be
considered to perform a commercially useful function if the
contractor’s, subcontractor’s, or supplier’s role is limited to that
of an extra participant in a transaction, contract, or project through
which funds are passed in order to obtain the appearance of small
business or microbusiness participation.

(e) “Disabled veteran business enterprise” means an enterprise
that has been certified as meeting the qualifications established by
begin delete subdivision (g) end delete begin insert paragraph (7) of subdivision (b) end insert of Section 999 of
the Military and Veterans Code.

SEC. 88.  

The heading of Chapter 3 (commencing with Section
15570) of Part 8.5 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code
is repealed.

begin delete

 

Chapter  3. California Economic Development Strategic Plan

 

end delete

SEC. 89.  

Section 15606.5 of the Government Code, as added
by Chapter 1167 of the Statutes of 1967, is amended and
renumbered to read:

begin delete 15606.5. end delete
begin insert 15606.7 end insert   

Training of assessors and their staffs under Sections
15606 and 15608 shall be provided by the board on a
nonreimbursable basis.

SEC. 90.  

Section 15814.25 of the Government Code, as added
by Section 1 of Chapter 234 of the Statutes of 1997, is amended
and renumbered to read:

begin delete 15814.25. end delete
begin insert 15814.29 end insert   

Notwithstanding subdivision (f) of Section 15814.11,
for the purposes of this chapter “state agency” also shall include
any local government as defined in subdivision (b) of Section
5921.

SEC. 91.  

Section 15819.30 of the Government Code, as added
by Section 8 of Chapter 585 of the Statutes of 1993, is amended
and renumbered to read:

begin delete 15819.30. end delete
begin insert 15819.17 end insert   

(a) The necessary funding for the construction of
the Secure Substance Abuse Treatment Facility authorized by
Section 5 of begin delete the act enacting this section end delete begin insert Chapter 585 of the
Statutes of 1993 end insert may be obtained through lease-purchase financing
arrangements. Sections 15819.1 to 15819.13, inclusive, and Section
15819.15 shall apply for this purpose provided that the following
apply:

(1) “Prison facility” as used in Section 15819.1 includes the
Secure Substance Abuse Treatment Facility.

(2) Notwithstanding the limitation imposed by Section 15819.3
regarding the amount of bonds to be issued for construction,
acquisition, and financing of prison facilities, the State Public
Works Board may issue additional bonds in order to pay the costs
of acquiring and constructing or refinancing the Secure Substance
Abuse Treatment Facility.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 13340, funds derived from the
lease-purchase financing methods for the Secure Substance Abuse
Treatment Facility deposited in the State Treasury, are hereby
continuously appropriated to the State Public Works Board on
behalf of the Department of Corrections begin insert and Rehabilitation end insert for
the purpose of acquiring and constructing or refinancing the prison
facility so financed.

The sum of ninety-three million five hundred thousand dollars
($93,500,000) shall be available for capital outlay for the Secure
Substance Abuse Treatment Facility from funds derived from
lease-purchase financing methods.

Funds so appropriated shall be available as necessary for the
purposes of site acquisition, site studies and suitability reports,
environmental studies, master planning, architectural programming,
schematics, preliminary plans, working drawings, construction,
long lead and equipment items. A maximum of two million dollars
($2,000,000) of the funds may be available for mitigation costs of
local government and school districts.

(c) The State Public Works Board may authorize the
augmentation of the cost of construction of the project set forth in
this section pursuant to the board’s authority under Section
13332.11. In addition, the State Public Works Board may authorize
any additional amounts necessary to establish a reasonable
construction reserve and to pay the costs of financing, including
the payment of interest during acquisition or construction of the
project, the cost of financing a debt service reserve fund, and the
cost of issuance of permanent financing for the project. This
additional amount may include interest payable on any interim
loan for the facility from the General Fund or the Pooled Money
Investment Account pursuant to Section 16312.

SEC. 92.  

Section 15820.922 of the Government Code is
amended to read:

15820.922.  

(a) The board may issue up to five hundred million
dollars ($500,000,000) in revenue bonds, notes, or bond
anticipation notes, pursuant to Chapter 5 (commencing with Section
15830) to finance the acquisition, design, and construction,
including, without limitation, renovation, and a reasonable
construction reserve, of approved adult local criminal justice
facilities described in Section begin delete 15820.920 end delete begin insert 15820.92 end insert , and any
additional amount authorized under Section 15849.6 to pay for the
cost of financing.

(b) Proceeds from the revenue bonds, notes, or bond anticipation
notes may be used to reimburse a participating county for the costs
of acquisition, design, and construction, including, without
limitation, renovation, for approved adult local criminal justice
facilities.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 13340, funds derived pursuant to
this section and Section 15820.921 are continuously appropriated
for purposes of this chapter.

SEC. 93.  

Section 19815 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

19815.  

As used in this part:

(a) “Department” means the Department of begin delete Personnel
Administration end delete begin insert Human Resources end insert .

(b) “Director” means the Director of the Department of
begin delete Personnel end delete begin delete Administration end delete begin insert Human Resources end insert .

(c) “Division” means the Division of Labor Relations.

(d) “Employee” or “state employee,” except where otherwise
indicated, means employees subject to the Ralph C. Dills Act
(Chapter 10.3 (commencing with Section 3512), Division 4, Title
1), supervisory employees as defined in subdivision (g) of Section
3513, managerial employees as defined in subdivision (e) of
Section 3513, confidential employees as defined in subdivision
(f) of Section 3513, employees of the Legislative Counsel Bureau,
employees of the Bureau of State Audits, employees of the office
of the Inspector General, employees of the Public Employment
Relations Board, conciliators employed by the California State
Mediation and Conciliation Service, employees of the Department
of begin delete Personnel Administration end delete begin insert Human Resources end insert , professional
employees of the Department of Finance engaged in technical or
analytical state budget preparation other than audit staff,
intermittent athletic inspectors who are employees of the State
Athletic Commission, professional employees in the
Personnel/Payroll Services Division of the Controller’s office and
all employees of the executive branch of government who are not
elected to office.

SEC. 94.  

Section 20391 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

20391.  

“State peace officer/firefighter member” means:

(a) All persons in the Board of begin delete Prison Terms end delete begin insert Parole Hearings end insert ,
the Department of Consumer Affairs, the Department of
Developmental Services, the Department of Health begin insert Care end insert Services,
the Department of Toxic Substances Control, the begin insert California end insert Horse
Racing Board, the Department of Industrial Relations, the
Department of Insurance, the State Department of State Hospitals,
the Department of Motor Vehicles, the Department of Social
Services employed with the class title of Special Investigator (Class
Code 8553), Senior Special Investigator (Class Code 8550), and
Investigator Assistant (Class Code 8554) who have been designated
as peace officers as defined in Sections 830.2 and 830.3 of the
Penal Code.

(b) All persons in the Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control
employed with the class title Investigator Trainee, Alcoholic
Beverage Control (Class Code 7553), Investigator I, Alcoholic
Beverage Control, Range A and B (Class Code 7554), and
Investigator II, Alcoholic Beverage Control (Class Code 7555)
who have been designated as peace officers as defined in Sections
830.2 and 830.3 of the Penal Code.

(c) All persons within the Department of Justice who are state
employees as defined in subdivision (c) of Section 3513 and who
have been designated as peace officers and performing investigative
duties.

(d) All persons in the Department of Parks and Recreation
employed with the class title of Park Ranger (Intermittent) (Class
Code 0984) who have been designated as peace officers as defined
in Sections 830.2 and 830.3 of the Penal Code.

(e) All persons in the Franchise Tax Board who have been
designated as peace officers in subdivision (s) of Section 830.3 of
the Penal Code.

(f) A member who is employed in a position that is reclassified
to state peace officer/firefighter pursuant to this section may make
an irrevocable election in writing to remain subject to the service
retirement benefit and the normal rate of contribution applicable
prior to reclassification by filing a notice of election with the board
within 90 days of notification by the board. A member who so
elects shall be subject to the reduced benefit factors specified in
Section 21353 or 21354.1, as applicable, only for service included
in the federal system.

SEC. 95.  

Section 20410 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

20410.  

“State safety member” also includes all persons in the
Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control, the Board of begin delete Prison
Terms end delete begin insert Parole Hearings end insert , the Department of Consumer Affairs, the
Department of Developmental Services, the Department of Health
begin insert Care end insert Services, the Department of Toxic Substances Control, the
begin insert California end insert Horse Racing Board, the Department of Industrial
Relations, the Department of Insurance, the State Department of
State Hospitals, the Department of Motor Vehicles, and the
Department of Social Services employed with the class title of
Special Investigator (Class Code 8553), Senior Special Investigator
(Class Code 8550), Investigator Trainee (Class Code 8555) and
Investigator Assistant (Class Code 8554), Supervising Special
Investigator I (Class Code 8548), Special Investigator II (Class
Code 8547), and persons in the class of State Park Ranger
(Intermittent) (Class Code 0984) in the Department of Parks and
Recreation, who have been designated as peace officers as defined
in Sections 830.2 and 830.3 of the Penal Code.

SEC. 96.  

Section 20516 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

20516.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part,
with or without a change in benefits begin insert , end insert a contracting agency and its
employees may agree, in writing, to share the costs of the employer
contribution. The cost sharing pursuant to this section shall also
apply for related nonrepresented employees as approved in a
resolution passed by the contracting agency.

(b) The collective bargaining agreement shall specify the exact
percentage of member compensation that shall be paid toward the
current service cost of the benefits by members. The member
contributions shall be contributions over and above normal
contributions otherwise required by this part and shall be treated
as normal contributions for all purposes of this part. The
contributions shall be uniform, except as described in subdivision
(c), with respect to all members within each of the following
classifications: local miscellaneous members, local police officers,
local firefighters, county peace officers, and all local safety
members other than local police officers, local firefighters, and
county peace officers. The balance of any costs shall be paid by
the contracting agency and shall be credited to the employer’s
account. An employer shall not use impasse procedures to impose
member cost sharing on any contribution amount above that which
is authorized by law.

(c) Member cost sharing may differ by classification for groups
of employees subject to different levels of benefits pursuant to
Sections 7522.20, 7522.25, and 20475, or by a recognized
collective bargaining unit if agreed to in a memorandum of
understanding reached pursuant to the applicable collective
bargaining laws.

(d) This section shall not apply to any contracting agency nor
to the employees of a contracting agency until the agency elects
to be subject to this section by contract or by amendment to its
contract made in the manner prescribed for approval of contracts.
Contributions provided by this section shall be withheld from
member compensation or otherwise collected when the contract
amendment becomes effective.

(e) For the purposes of this section, all contributions, liabilities,
actuarial interest rates, and other valuation factors shall be
determined on the basis of actuarial assumptions and methods that,
in the aggregate, are reasonable and begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert , in combination,
offer the actuary’s best estimate of anticipated experience under
this system.

(f) Nothing in this section shall preclude a contracting agency
and its employees from independently agreeing in a memorandum
of understanding to share the costs of any benefit, in a manner
inconsistent with this section. However, any agreement in a
memorandum of understanding that is inconsistent with this section
shall not be part of the contract between this system and the
contracting agency.

(g) If, and to the extent that, the board determines that a
cost-sharing agreement under this section would conflict with Title
26 of the United States Code, the board may refuse to approve the
agreement.

(h) Nothing in this section shall require a contracting agency to
enter into a memorandum of understanding or collective bargaining
agreement with a bargaining representative in order to increase
the amount of member contributions when such a member
contribution increase is authorized by other provisions under this
part.

SEC. 97.  

Section 20677.7 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

20677.7.  

(a) Notwithstanding Section 20677.4, effective with
the beginning of the September 2010 pay period, the normal rate
of contribution for state miscellaneous or state industrial members
who are represented by State Bargaining Unit 8, shall be:

(1) Eleven percent of the compensation in excess of three
hundred seventeen dollars ($317) per month paid to a member
whose service is not included in the federal system.

(2) Ten percent of compensation in excess of five hundred
thirteen dollars ($513) per month paid to begin delete that end delete begin insert a end insert member whose
service has been included in the federal system.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 20677.4, effective with the
beginning of the September 2010 pay period, the normal rate of
contribution for state miscellaneous or state industrial members
who are represented by State Bargaining Unit 5 shall be:

(1) Eight percent of the compensation in excess of three hundred
seventeen dollars ($317) per month paid to a member whose service
is not included in the federal system.

(2) Seven percent of compensation in excess of five hundred
thirteen dollars ($513) per month paid to begin delete that end delete begin insert a end insert member whose
service has been included in the federal system.

(c) If the provisions of this section are in conflict with the
provisions of a memorandum of understanding reached pursuant
to Section 3517.5, the memorandum of understanding shall be
controlling without further legislative action, except that if the
provisions of a memorandum of understanding require the
expenditure of funds, the provisions shall not become effective
unless and until approved by the Legislature in the annual Budget
Act.

(d) Consistent with the normal rate of contribution for all
members identified in this subdivision, the Director of the
Department of Personnel Administration may exercise his or her
discretion to establish the normal rate of contribution for a related
state employee who is excepted from the definition of “state
employee” in subdivision (c) of Section 3513, and an officer or
employee of the executive branch of state government who is not
a member of the civil service.

SEC. 98.  

Section 25060 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

25060.  

Whenever a vacancy occurs in begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert board of
supervisors, the Governor shall fill the vacancy. The appointee
shall hold office until the election and qualification of his begin insert or her end insert
successor.

SEC. 99.  

Section 25062 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

25062.  

When a vacancy occurs from the failure of the person
elected to file his begin insert or her end insert oath or bond as provided by law, and the
person elected is appointed to fill the vacancy, he begin insert or she end insert shall hold
office for the unexpired term.

SEC. 100.  

Section 65040.7 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

65040.7.  

(a) For purposes of this section, the following terms
have the following meanings:

(1) “Energy security and military mission goals” means federal
laws, regulations, or executive orders, related to alternative fuel
and vehicle technology, clean energy, energy efficiency, water
and waste conservation, greenhouse gas emissions reductions, and
related infrastructure, including, but not limited to, the federal
laws, regulations, and executive orders, and the goals set forth
therein, of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act (42 U.S.C.
Sec. 8201 et seq.), the Energy Independence and Security Act of
2007 (42 U.S.C. Sec. 17001 et seq.), the Energy Policy Act of
2005 (42 U.S.C. Sec. 15801 et seq.), and the Energy Policy Act
of 1992 (42 U.S.C. Sec. 13201 et seq.), and the goals set forth in
Executive Order No. 13514, Executive Order No. 13423, and
Executive Order No. 13221.

(2) “State energy and environmental policies” includes, but is
not limited to, policies involving alternative fuels and vehicle
technology and related fueling infrastructure, renewable electricity
generation and related transmission infrastructure, energy efficiency
and demand response, waste management, recycling, water
conservation, water quality, water supply, greenhouse gas
emissions reductions, and green chemistry.

(b) A state agency that is identified by the Office of Planning
begin insert and end insert Research pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (c) shall,
when developing and implementing state energy and environmental
policies, consider the direct impacts of those policies upon the
United States Department of Defense’s energy security and military
mission goals.

(c) The Office of Planning and Research shall do both of the
following:

(1) Identify state agencies that develop and implement state
energy and environmental policies that directly impact the United
States Department of Defense’s energy security and military
mission goals in the state.

(2) Serve as a liaison to coordinate effective inclusion of the
United States Department of Defense in the development and
implementation of state energy and environmental policy.

(d) This section shall not do any of the following:

(1) Interfere with the existing authority of, or prevent, an agency
or department from carrying out of its programs, projects, or
responsibilities.

(2) Limit compliance with requirements imposed under any
other law.

(3) Authorize or require the United States Department of
Defense to operate differently from any other self-generating
ratepayer, or alter an existing rate structure.

SEC. 101.  

Section 65302.5 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

65302.5.  

(a) At least 45 days prior to adoption or amendment
of the safety element, each county and city shall submit to the
California Geological Survey of the Department of Conservation
one copy of a draft of the safety element or amendment and any
technical studies used for developing the safety element. The
division may review drafts submitted to it to determine whether
they incorporate known seismic and other geologic hazard
information, and report its findings to the planning agency within
30 days of receipt of the draft of the safety element or amendment
pursuant to this subdivision. The legislative body shall consider
the division’s findings prior to final adoption of the safety element
or amendment unless the division’s findings are not available
within the above prescribed time limits or unless the division has
indicated to the city or county that the division will not review the
safety element. If the division’s findings are not available within
those prescribed time limits, the legislative body may take the
division’s findings into consideration at the time it considers future
amendments to the safety element. Each county and city shall
provide the division with a copy of its adopted safety element or
amendments. The division may review adopted safety elements
or amendments and report its findings. All findings made by the
division shall be advisory to the planning agency and legislative
body.

(b) (1) The draft element of or draft amendment to the safety
element of a county or a city’s general plan shall be submitted to
the State Board of Forestry and Fire Protection and to every local
agency that provides fire protection to territory in the city or county
at least 90 days prior to either of the following:

(A) The adoption or amendment to the safety element of its
general plan for each county that contains state responsibility areas.

(B) The adoption or amendment to the safety element of its
general plan for each city or county that contains a very high fire
hazard severity zone as defined pursuant to subdivision begin delete (b) end delete begin insert (i) end insert of
Section 51177.

(2) A county that contains state responsibility areas and a city
or county that contains a very high fire hazard severity zone as
defined pursuant to subdivision begin delete (b) end delete begin insert (i) end insert of Section 51177 shall
submit for review the safety element of its general plan to the State
Board of Forestry and Fire Protection and every local agency that
provides fire protection to territory in the city or county in
accordance with the following dates, as specified, unless the local
government submitted the element within five years prior to that
date:

(A) Local governments within the regional jurisdiction of the
San Diego Association of Governments: December 31, 2010.

(B) Local governments within the regional jurisdiction of the
Southern California Association of Governments: December 31,
2011.

(C) Local governments within the regional jurisdiction of the
Association of Bay Area Governments: December 31, 2012.

(D) Local governments within the regional jurisdiction of the
Council of Fresno County Governments, the Kern County Council
of Governments, and the Sacramento Area Council of
Governments: June 30, 2013.

(E) Local governments within the regional jurisdiction of the
Association of Monterey Bay Area Governments: December 31,
2014.

(F) All other local governments: December 31, 2015.

(3) The State Board of Forestry and Fire Protection shall, and
a local agency may, review the draft or an existing safety element
and recommend changes to the planning agency within 60 days
of its receipt regarding both of the following:

(A) Uses of land and policies in state responsibility areas and
very high fire hazard severity zones that will protect life, property,
and natural resources from unreasonable risks associated with
wildland fires.

(B) Methods and strategies for wildland fire risk reduction and
prevention within state responsibility areas and very high fire
hazard severity zones.

(4) Prior to the adoption of its draft element or draft amendment,
the board of supervisors of the county or the city council of a city
shall consider the recommendations, if any, made by the State
Board of Forestry and Fire Protection and any local agency that
provides fire protection to territory in the city or county. If the
board of supervisors or city council determines not to accept all
or some of the recommendations, if any, made by the State Board
of Forestry and Fire Protection or local agency, the board of
supervisors or city council shall communicate in writing to the
State Board of Forestry and Fire Protection or the local agency,
its reasons for not accepting the recommendations.

(5) If the State Board of Forestry and Fire Protection’s or local
agency’s recommendations are not available within the time limits
required by this section, the board of supervisors or city council
may act without those recommendations. The board of supervisors
or city council shall take the recommendations into consideration
the next time it considers amendments to the safety element.

SEC. 102.  

Section 65915 of the Government Code, as amended
by Section 53 of Chapter 181 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended
to read:

65915.  

(a) When an applicant seeks a density bonus for a
housing development within, or for the donation of land for housing
within, the jurisdiction of a city, county, or city and county, that
local government shall provide the applicant with incentives or
concessions for the production of housing units and child care
facilities as prescribed in this section. All cities, counties, or cities
and counties shall adopt an ordinance that specifies how
compliance with this section will be implemented. Failure to adopt
an ordinance shall not relieve a city, county, or city and county
from complying with this section.

(b) (1) A city, county, or city and county shall grant one density
bonus, the amount of which shall be as specified in subdivision
(f), and incentives or concessions, as described in subdivision (d),
when an applicant for a housing development seeks and agrees to
construct a housing development, excluding any units permitted
by the density bonus awarded pursuant to this section, that will
contain at least any one of the following:

(A) Ten percent of the total units of a housing development for
lower income households, as defined in Section 50079.5 of the
Health and Safety Code.

(B) Five percent of the total units of a housing development for
very low income households, as defined in Section 50105 of the
Health and Safety Code.

(C) A senior citizen housing development, as defined in Sections
51.3 and 51.12 of the Civil Code, or mobilehome park that limits
residency based on age requirements for housing for older persons
pursuant to Section 798.76 or 799.5 of the Civil Code.

(D) Ten percent of the total dwelling units in a common interest
development as defined in Section 4100 of the Civil Code for
persons and families of moderate income, as defined in Section
50093 of the Health and Safety Code, provided that all units in the
development are offered to the public for purchase.

(2) For purposes of calculating the amount of the density bonus
pursuant to subdivision (f), the applicant who requests a density
bonus pursuant to this subdivision shall elect whether the bonus
shall be awarded on the basis of subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D)
of paragraph (1).

(3) For the purposes of this section, “total units” or “total
dwelling units” does not include units added by a density bonus
awarded pursuant to this section or any local law granting a greater
density bonus.

(c) (1) An applicant shall agree to, and the city, county, or city
and county shall ensure, continued affordability of all low- and
very low income units that qualified the applicant for the award
of the density bonus for 30 years or a longer period of time if
required by the construction or mortgage financing assistance
program, mortgage insurance program, or rental subsidy program.
Rents for the lower income density bonus units shall be set at an
affordable rent as defined in Section 50053 of the Health and Safety
Code. Owner-occupied units shall be available at an affordable
housing cost as defined in Section 50052.5 of the Health and Safety
Code.

(2) An applicant shall agree to, and the city, county, or city and
county shall ensure that, the initial occupant of the
moderate-income units that are directly related to the receipt of
the density bonus in the common interest development, as defined
in Section 4100 of the Civil Code, are persons and families of
moderate income, as defined in Section 50093 of the Health and
Safety Code, and that the units are offered at an affordable housing
cost, as that cost is defined in Section 50052.5 of the Health and
Safety Code. The local government shall enforce an equity sharing
agreement, unless it is in conflict with the requirements of another
public funding source or law. The following apply to the equity
sharing agreement:

(A) Upon resale, the seller of the unit shall retain the value of
any improvements, the downpayment, and the seller’s proportionate
share of appreciation. The local government shall recapture any
initial subsidy, as defined in subparagraph (B), and its proportionate
share of appreciation, as defined in subparagraph (C), which
amount shall be used within five years for any of the purposes
described in subdivision (e) of Section 33334.2 of the Health and
Safety Code that promote home ownership.

(B) For purposes of this subdivision, the local government’s
initial subsidy shall be equal to the fair market value of the home
at the time of initial sale minus the initial sale price to the
moderate-income household, plus the amount of any downpayment
assistance or mortgage assistance. If upon resale the market value
is lower than the initial market value, then the value at the time of
the resale shall be used as the initial market value.

(C) For purposes of this subdivision, the local government’s
proportionate share of appreciation shall be equal to the ratio of
the local government’s initial subsidy to the fair market value of
the home at the time of initial sale.

(d) (1) An applicant for a density bonus pursuant to subdivision
(b) may submit to a city, county, or city and county a proposal for
the specific incentives or concessions that the applicant requests
pursuant to this section, and may request a meeting with the city,
county, or city and county. The city, county, or city and county
shall grant the concession or incentive requested by the applicant
unless the city, county, or city and county makes a written finding,
based upon substantial evidence, of any of the following:

(A) The concession or incentive is not required in order to
provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in Section 50052.5
of the Health and Safety Code, or for rents for the targeted units
to be set as specified in subdivision (c).

(B) The concession or incentive would have a specific adverse
impact, as defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section
65589.5, upon public health and safety or the physical environment
or on any real property that is listed in the California Register of
Historical Resources and for which there is no feasible method to
satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without
rendering the development unaffordable to low- and
moderate-income households.

(C) The concession or incentive would be contrary to state or
federal law.

(2) The applicant shall receive the following number of
incentives or concessions:

(A) One incentive or concession for projects that include at least
10 percent of the total units for lower income households, at least
5 percent for very low income households, or at least 10 percent
for persons and families of moderate income in a common interest
development.

(B) Two incentives or concessions for projects that include at
least 20 percent of the total units for lower income households, at
least 10 percent for very low income households, or at least 20
percent for persons and families of moderate income in a common
interest development.

(C) Three incentives or concessions for projects that include at
least 30 percent of the total units for lower income households, at
least 15 percent for very low income households, or at least 30
percent for persons and families of moderate income in a common
interest development.

(3) The applicant may initiate judicial proceedings if the city,
county, or city and county refuses to grant a requested density
bonus, incentive, or concession. If a court finds that the refusal to
grant a requested density bonus, incentive, or concession is in
violation of this section, the court shall award the plaintiff
reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of suit. Nothing in this
subdivision shall be interpreted to require a local government to
grant an incentive or concession that has a specific, adverse impact,
as defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 65589.5,
upon health, safety, or the physical environment, and for which
there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the
specific adverse impact. Nothing in this subdivision shall be
interpreted to require a local government to grant an incentive or
concession that would have an adverse impact on any real property
that is listed in the California Register of Historical Resources.
The city, county, or city and county shall establish procedures for
carrying out this section, that shall include legislative body
approval of the means of compliance with this section.

(e) (1) In no case may a city, county, or city and county apply
any development standard that will have the effect of physically
precluding the construction of a development meeting the criteria
of subdivision (b) at the densities or with the concessions or
incentives permitted by this section. An applicant may submit to
a city, county, or city and county a proposal for the waiver or
reduction of development standards that will have the effect of
physically precluding the construction of a development meeting
the criteria of subdivision (b) at the densities or with the
concessions or incentives permitted under this section, and may
request a meeting with the city, county, or city and county. If a
court finds that the refusal to grant a waiver or reduction of
development standards is in violation of this section, the court
shall award the plaintiff reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of
suit. Nothing in this subdivision shall be interpreted to require a
local government to waive or reduce development standards if the
waiver or reduction would have a specific, adverse impact, as
defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 65589.5,
upon health, safety, or the physical environment, and for which
there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the
specific adverse impact. Nothing in this subdivision shall be
interpreted to require a local government to waive or reduce
development standards that would have an adverse impact on any
real property that is listed in the California Register of Historical
Resources, or to grant any waiver or reduction that would be
contrary to state or federal law.

(2) A proposal for the waiver or reduction of development
standards pursuant to this subdivision shall neither reduce nor
increase the number of incentives or concessions to which the
applicant is entitled pursuant to subdivision (d).

(f) For the purposes of this chapter, “density bonus” means a
density increase over the otherwise maximum allowable residential
density as of the date of application by the applicant to the city,
county, or city and county. The applicant may elect to accept a
lesser percentage of density bonus. The amount of density bonus
to which the applicant is entitled shall vary according to the amount
by which the percentage of affordable housing units exceeds the
percentage established in subdivision (b).

(1) For housing developments meeting the criteria of
subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the density
bonus shall be calculated as follows:

 

Percentage Low-Income Units	Percentage Density Bonus
10	20
11	21.5
12	23
13	24.5
14	26
15	27.5
17	30.5
18	32
19	33.5
20	35

 

(2) For housing developments meeting the criteria of
subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the density
bonus shall be calculated as follows:

 

Percentage Very Low Income Units	Percentage Density Bonus
5	20
6	22.5
7	25
8	27.5
9	30
10	32.5
11	35

 

(3) For housing developments meeting the criteria of
subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the density
bonus shall be 20 percent of the number of senior housing units.

(4) For housing developments meeting the criteria of
subparagraph (D) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the density
bonus shall be calculated as follows:

 

Percentage Moderate-Income Units	Percentage Density Bonus
10	5
11	6
12	7
13	8
14	9
15	10
16	11
17	12
18	13
19	14
20	15
21	16
22	17
23	18
24	19
25	20
26	21
27	22
28	23
29	24
30	25
31	26
32	27
33	28
34	29
35	30
36	31
37	32
38	33
39	34
40	35

 

(5) All density calculations resulting in fractional units shall be
rounded up to the next whole number. The granting of a density
bonus shall not be interpreted, in and of itself, to require a general
plan amendment, local coastal plan amendment, zoning change,
or other discretionary approval.

(g) (1) When an applicant for a tentative subdivision map,
parcel map, or other residential development approval donates
land to a city, county, or city and county in accordance with this
subdivision, the applicant shall be entitled to a 15-percent increase
above the otherwise maximum allowable residential density for
the entire development, as follows:

 

Percentage Very Low Income	Percentage Density Bonus
10	15
11	16
12	17
13	18
14	19
15	20
16	21
17	22
18	23
19	24
20	25
21	26
22	27
23	28
24	29
25	30
26	31
27	32
28	33
29	34
30	35

 

(2) This increase shall be in addition to any increase in density
mandated by subdivision (b), up to a maximum combined mandated
density increase of 35 percent if an applicant seeks an increase
pursuant to both this subdivision and subdivision (b). All density
calculations resulting in fractional units shall be rounded up to the
next whole number. Nothing in this subdivision shall be construed
to enlarge or diminish the authority of a city, county, or city and
county to require a developer to donate land as a condition of
development. An applicant shall be eligible for the increased
density bonus described in this subdivision if all of the following
conditions are met:

(A) The applicant donates and transfers the land no later than
the date of approval of the final subdivision map, parcel map, or
residential development application.

(B) The developable acreage and zoning classification of the
land being transferred are sufficient to permit construction of units
affordable to very low income households in an amount not less
than 10 percent of the number of residential units of the proposed
development.

(C) The transferred land is at least one acre in size or of
sufficient size to permit development of at least 40 units, has the
appropriate general plan designation, is appropriately zoned with
appropriate development standards for development at the density
described in paragraph (3) of subdivision (c) of Section 65583.2,
and is or will be served by adequate public facilities and
infrastructure.

(D) The transferred land shall have all of the permits and
approvals, other than building permits, necessary for the
development of the very low income housing units on the
transferred land, not later than the date of approval of the final
subdivision map, parcel map, or residential development
application, except that the local government may subject the
proposed development to subsequent design review to the extent
authorized by subdivision (i) of Section 65583.2 if the design is
not reviewed by the local government prior to the time of transfer.

(E) The transferred land and the affordable units shall be subject
to a deed restriction ensuring continued affordability of the units
consistent with paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (c), which
shall be recorded on the property at the time of the transfer.

(F) The land is transferred to the local agency or to a housing
developer approved by the local agency. The local agency may
require the applicant to identify and transfer the land to the
developer.

(G) The transferred land shall be within the boundary of the
proposed development or, if the local agency agrees, within
one-quarter mile of the boundary of the proposed development.

(H) A proposed source of funding for the very low income units
shall be identified not later than the date of approval of the final
subdivision map, parcel map, or residential development
application.

(h) (1) When an applicant proposes to construct a housing
development that conforms to the requirements of subdivision (b)
and includes a child care facility that will be located on the
premises of, as part of, or adjacent to, the project, the city, county,
or city and county shall grant either of the following:

(A) An additional density bonus that is an amount of square
feet of residential space that is equal to or greater than the amount
of square feet in the child care facility.

(B) An additional concession or incentive that contributes
significantly to the economic feasibility of the construction of the
child care facility.

(2) The city, county, or city and county shall require, as a
condition of approving the housing development, that the following
occur:

(A) The child care facility shall remain in operation for a period
of time that is as long as or longer than the period of time during
which the density bonus units are required to remain affordable
pursuant to subdivision (c).

(B) Of the children who attend the child care facility, the
children of very low income households, lower income households,
or families of moderate income shall equal a percentage that is
equal to or greater than the percentage of dwelling units that are
required for very low income households, lower income
households, or families of moderate income pursuant to subdivision
(b).

(3) Notwithstanding any requirement of this subdivision, a city,
county, or city and county shall not be required to provide a density
bonus or concession for a child care facility if it finds, based upon
substantial evidence, that the community has adequate child care
facilities.

(4) “Child care facility,” as used in this section, means a child
day care facility other than a family day care home, including, but
not limited to, infant centers, preschools, extended day care
facilities, and schoolage child care centers.

(i) “Housing development,” as used in this section, means a
development project for five or more residential units. For the
purposes of this section, “housing development” also includes a
subdivision or common interest development, as defined in Section
4100 of the Civil Code, approved by a city, county, or city and
county and consists of residential units or unimproved residential
lots and either a project to substantially rehabilitate and convert
an existing commercial building to residential use or the substantial
rehabilitation of an existing multifamily dwelling, as defined in
subdivision (d) of Section 65863.4, where the result of the
rehabilitation would be a net increase in available residential units.
For the purpose of calculating a density bonus, the residential units
shall be on contiguous sites that are the subject of one development
application, but do not have to be based upon individual
subdivision maps or parcels begin delete . end delete begin insert . end insert The density bonus shall be permitted
in geographic areas of the housing development other than the
areas where the units for the lower income households are located.

(j) The granting of a concession or incentive shall not be
interpreted, in and of itself, to require a general plan amendment,
local coastal plan amendment, zoning change, or other discretionary
approval. This provision is declaratory of existing law.

(k) For the purposes of this chapter, concession or incentive
means any of the following:

(1) A reduction in site development standards or a modification
of zoning code requirements or architectural design requirements
that exceed the minimum building standards approved by the
California Building Standards Commission as provided in Part 2.5
(commencing with Section 18901) of Division 13 of the Health
and Safety Code, including, but not limited to, a reduction in
setback and square footage requirements and in the ratio of
vehicular parking spaces that would otherwise be required that
results in identifiable, financially sufficient, and actual cost
reductions.

(2) Approval of mixed use zoning in conjunction with the
housing project if commercial, office, industrial, or other land uses
will reduce the cost of the housing development and if the
commercial, office, industrial, or other land uses are compatible
with the housing project and the existing or planned development
in the area where the proposed housing project will be located.

(3) Other regulatory incentives or concessions proposed by the
developer or the city, county, or city and county that result in
identifiable, financially sufficient, and actual cost reductions.

(l) Subdivision (k) does not limit or require the provision of
direct financial incentives for the housing development, including
the provision of publicly owned land, by the city, county, or city
and county, or the waiver of fees or dedication requirements.

(m)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be construed to
supersede or in any way alter or lessen the effect or application of
the California Coastal Act begin insert 1976 end insert (Division 20 (commencing with
Section 30000) of the Public Resources Code).

(n) If permitted by local ordinance, nothing in this section shall
be construed to prohibit a city, county, or city and county from
granting a density bonus greater than what is described in this
section for a development that meets the requirements of this
section or from granting a proportionately lower density bonus
than what is required by this section for developments that do not
meet the requirements of this section.

(o) For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall
apply:

(1) “Development standard” includes a site or construction
condition, including, but not limited to, a height limitation, a
setback requirement, a floor area ratio, an onsite open-space
requirement, or a parking ratio that applies to a residential
development pursuant to any ordinance, general plan element,
specific plan, charter, or other local condition, law, policy,
resolution, or regulation.

(2) “Maximum allowable residential density” means the density
allowed under the zoning ordinance and land use element of the
general plan, or if a range of density is permitted, means the
maximum allowable density for the specific zoning range and land
use element of the general plan applicable to the project. Where
the density allowed under the zoning ordinance is inconsistent
with the density allowed under the land use element of the general
plan, the general plan density shall prevail.

(p) (1) Upon the request of the developer, no city, county, or
city and county shall require a vehicular parking ratio, inclusive
of handicapped and guest parking, of a development meeting the
criteria of subdivision (b), that exceeds the following ratios:

(A) Zero to one bedroom: one onsite parking space.

(B) Two to three bedrooms: two onsite parking spaces.

(C) Four and more bedrooms: two and one-half parking spaces.

(2) If the total number of parking spaces required for a
development is other than a whole number, the number shall be
rounded up to the next whole number. For purposes of this
subdivision, a development may provide “onsite parking” through
tandem parking or uncovered parking, but not through onstreet
parking.

(3) This subdivision shall apply to a development that meets
the requirements of subdivision (b) but only at the request of the
applicant. An applicant may request parking incentives or
concessions beyond those provided in this subdivision pursuant
to subdivision (d).

SEC. 103.  

The heading of Chapter 3 (commencing with Section
80) of Division 1 of the Harbors and Navigation Code, as added
by Section 2 of Chapter 136 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended
to read:

 

Chapter  3. BOATING begin delete AND end delete begin insert and end insert WATERWAYS begin delete ADVISORY
BOARD end delete begin insert COMMISSION end insert

 

SEC. 104.  

Section 80.2 of the Harbors and Navigation Code,
as added by Section 2 of Chapter 136 of the Statutes of 2012, is
amended to read:

80.2.  

The commission shall be composed of seven members
appointed by the Governor, with the advice and consent of the
Senate. The members shall have experience and background
consistent with the functions of the commission. In making
appointments to the commission, the Governor shall give primary
consideration to geographical location of the residence of members
as related to boating activities and harbors. In addition to begin insert the end insert
geographical considerations, the members of the commission shall
be appointed with regard to their special interests in recreational
boating. At least one of the members shall be a member of a
recognized statewide organization representing recreational boaters.
One member of the commission shall be a private small craft harbor
owner and operator. One member of the commission shall be an
officer or employee of a law enforcement agency responsible for
enforcing boating laws.

The Governor shall appoint the first seven members of the
commission for the following terms to expire on January 15: one
member for one year, two members for two years, two members
for three years, and two members for four years. Thereafter,
appointments shall be for a four-year term. Vacancies occurring
prior to the expiration of the term shall be filled by appointment
for the unexpired term.

SEC. 105.  

Section 82 of the Harbors and Navigation Code, as
added by Section 2 of Chapter 136 of the Statutes of 2012, is
amended to read:

82.  

The division, consistent with Section 82.3, and in
furtherance of the public interest and in accordance therewith, shall
have only the following duties with respect to the commission:

(a) To submit any proposed changes in regulations pertaining
to boating functions and responsibilities of the division to the
commission for its advice and comment prior to enactment of
changes.

(b) To submit proposals for transfers pursuant to Section 70,
loans pursuant to Section 71.4 or 76.3, and grants pursuant to
Section 72.5 to the commission for its advice and comment.

(c) To submit any proposed project it is considering approving
to the commission if that project could have a potentially significant
impact on either public health or safety, public access, or the
environment for the commission’s advice and comment prior to
approval by the division.

(d) To annually submit a report on its budget and expenditures
to the commission for its advice and comment.

(e) To cause studies and surveys to be made of the need for
small craft harbors and connecting waterways throughout the state
and the most suitable sites begin delete therefore, end delete begin insert therefor, end insert and submit those
studies and surveys to the commission for advice and comment.

SEC. 106.  

Section 1339.40 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1339.40.  

For begin delete the end delete purposes of this article, the following
definitions apply:

(a) “Bereavement services” has the same meaning as defined
in subdivision (a) of Section 1746.

(b) “Hospice care” means a specialized form of interdisciplinary
health care that is designed to provide palliative care, alleviate the
physical, emotional, social, and spiritual discomforts of an
individual who is experiencing the last phases of life due to the
existence of a terminal disease, and provide supportive care to the
primary caregiver and the family of the hospice patient, and that
meets all of the following criteria:

(1) Considers the patient and the patient’s family, in addition
to the patient, as the unit of care.

(2) Utilizes an interdisciplinary team to assess the physical,
medical, psychological, social, and spiritual needs of the patient
and the patient’s family.

(3) Requires the interdisciplinary team to develop an overall
plan of care and to provide coordinated care that emphasizes
supportive services, including, but not limited to, home care, pain
control, and limited inpatient services. Limited inpatient services
are intended to ensure both continuity of care and appropriateness
of services for those patients who cannot be managed at home
because of acute complications or the temporary absence of a
capable primary caregiver.

(4) Provides for the palliative medical treatment of pain and
other symptoms associated with a terminal disease, but does not
provide for efforts to cure the disease.

(5) Provides for bereavement services following death to assist
the family in coping with social and emotional needs associated
with the death of the patient.

(6) Actively utilizes volunteers in the delivery of hospice
services.

(7) To the extent appropriate, based on the medical needs of the
patient, provides services in the patient’s home or primary place
of residence.

(c) “Hospice facility” means a health facility as defined in
subdivision (n) of Section 1250.

(d) “Inpatient hospice care” means hospice care that is provided
to patients in a hospice facility, including routine, continuous and
inpatient care directly as specified in Section begin delete 418.10 end delete begin insert 418.110 end insert of
Title 42 of the Code of Federal Regulations, and may include
short-term inpatient respite care as specified in Section 418.108
of Title 42 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(e) “Interdisciplinary team” has the same meaning as defined
in subdivision (g) of Section 1746.

(f) “Medical direction” has the same meaning as defined in
subdivision (h) of Section 1746.

(g) “Palliative care” has the same meaning as defined in
subdivision (j) of Section 1746.

(h) “Plan of care” has the same meaning as defined in
subdivision (l) of Section 1746.

(i) “Skilled nursing services” has the same meaning as defined
in subdivision (n) of Section 1746.

(j) “Social services/counseling services” has the same meaning
as defined in subdivision (o) of Section 1746.

(k) “Terminal disease” or “terminal illness” has the same
meaning as defined in subdivision (p) of Section 1746.

(l) “Volunteer services” has the same meaning as defined in
subdivision (q) of Section 1746.

SEC. 107.  

Section 1339.41 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1339.41.  

(a) A person, governmental agency, or political
subdivision of the state shall not be licensed as a hospice facility
under this chapter unless the person or entity is a provider of
hospice services licensed pursuant to Section 1751 and is certified
as a hospice facility under Part 418 of Title 42 of the Code of
Federal Regulations.

(b) A hospice provider that intends to provide inpatient hospice
care in the hospice provider’s own facility shall submit an
application and fee for licensure as a hospice facility under this
chapter. Notwithstanding the maximum period for a provisional
license under subdivision (b) of Section 1268.5, the department
may issue a provisional license to a hospice facility for a period
of up to one year.

(c) A verified application for a new license completed on forms
furnished by the department shall be submitted to the department
upon the occurrence of either of the following:

(1) Establishment of a hospice facility.

(2) Change of ownership.

(d) The licensee shall submit to the department a verified
application for a corrected license completed on forms furnished
by the department upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) Construction of new or replacement hospice facility.

(2) Increase in licensed bed capacity.

(3) Change of name of facility.

(4) Change of licensed category.

(5) Change of location of facility.

(6) Change in bed classification.

(e) (1) A hospice facility that participates in the Medicare and
Medicaid begin delete Programs end delete begin insert programs end insert may obtain initial certification from
a federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS)
approved accreditation organization.

(2) If the CMS-approved accreditation organization conducts
certification inspections, the hospice facility shall transmit to the
department, within 30 days of receipt, a copy of the final
accreditation report of the accreditation organization.

(f) A hospice facility shall be separately licensed, irrespective
of the location of the facility.

(g) (1) The licensee shall notify the department in writing of
any changes in the information provided pursuant to subdivision
(d) within 10 days of these changes. This notice shall include
information and documentation regarding the changes.

(2) Each licensee shall notify the department within 10 days in
writing of any change of the mailing address of the licensee. This
notice shall include the new mailing address of the licensee.

(3) When a change in the principal officer of a corporate
licensee, including the chairman, president, or general manager
occurs, the licensee shall notify the department of this change
within 10 days in writing. This notice shall include the name and
business address of the officer.

(4) Any decrease in licensed bed capacity of the facility shall
require notification by letter to the department and shall result in
the issuance of a corrected license.

SEC. 108.  

Section 1367.65 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1367.65.  

(a) On or after January 1, 2000, begin delete every end delete begin insert each end insert health
care service plan contract, except a specialized health care service
plan contract, that is issued, amended, delivered, or renewed shall
be deemed to provide coverage for mammography for screening
or diagnostic purposes upon referral by a participating nurse
practitioner, participating certified nurse-midwife, participating
physician assistant, or participating physician, providing care to
the patient and operating within the scope of practice provided
under existing law.

(b)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall be construed to end delete begin insert does not end insert
prevent application of copayment or deductible provisions in a
plan, nor shall this section be construed to require that a plan be
extended to cover any other procedures under an individual or a
group health care service plan contract. begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section
begin delete shall be construed to end delete begin insert does not end insert authorize a plan enrollee to receive
the services required to be covered by this section if those services
are furnished by a nonparticipating provider, unless the plan
enrollee is referred to that provider by a participating physician,
nurse practitioner, or certified begin delete nurse midwife end delete begin insert nurse-midwife end insert
providing care.

SEC. 109.  

Section 1531.15 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1531.15.  

(a) A licensee of an adult residential facility or group
home for no more than 15 residents, that is eligible for and serving
clients eligible for federal Medicaid funding and utilizing delayed
egress devices pursuant to Section 1531.1, may install and utilize
secured perimeters in accordance with the provisions of this
section.

(b) As used in this section, “secured perimeters” means fences
that meet the requirements prescribed by this section.

(c) Only individuals meeting all of the following conditions
may be admitted to or reside in a facility described in subdivision
(a) utilizing secured perimeters:

(1) The person shall have a developmental disability as defined
in Section 4512 of the Welfare and Institutions Code.

(2) The person shall be receiving services and case management
from a regional center under the Lanterman Developmental
Disabilities Services Act (Division 4.5 (commencing with Section
4500) of the Welfare and Institutions Code).

(3) (A) The person shall be 14 years of age or older, except as
specified in subparagraph (B).

(B) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), a child who is at least
10 years of age and less than 14 years of age may be placed in a
licensed group home described in subdivision (a) using secured
perimeters only if both of the following occur:

(i) A comprehensive assessment is conducted and an individual
program plan meeting is convened to determine the services and
supports needed for the child to receive services in a less restrictive,
unlocked residential setting in California, and the regional center
requests assistance from the State Department of Developmental
Services’ statewide specialized resource service to identify options
to serve the child in a less restrictive, unlocked residential setting
in California.

(ii) The regional center requests placement of the child in a
licensed group home described in subdivision (a) using secured
perimeters on the basis that the placement is necessary to prevent
out-of-state placement or placement in a more restrictive, locked
residential setting and the State Department of Developmental
Services approves the request.

(4) The person is not a foster child under the jurisdiction of the
juvenile court pursuant to Section 300, 450, 601, or 602 of the
Welfare and Institutions Code.

(5) An interdisciplinary team, through the individual program
plan (IPP) process pursuant to Section 4646.5 of the Welfare and
Institutions Code, shall have determined the person lacks hazard
awareness or impulse control and, for his or her safety and security,
requires the level of supervision afforded by a facility equipped
with secured perimeters, and, but for this placement, the person
would be at risk of admission to, or would have no option but to
remain in, a more restrictive placement. The individual program
planning team shall determine the continued appropriateness of
the placement at least annually.

(d) The licensee shall be subject to all applicable fire and
building codes, regulations, and standards, and shall receive
approval by the county or city fire department, the local fire
prevention district, or the State Fire Marshal for the installed
secured perimeters.

(e) The licensee shall provide staff training regarding the use
and operation of the secured perimeters, protection of residents’
personal rights, lack of hazard awareness and impulse control
behavior, and emergency evacuation procedures.

(f) The licensee shall revise its facility plan of operation. These
revisions shall begin delete be end delete first be approved by the State Department of
Developmental Services. The plan of operation shall not be
approved by the State Department of Social Services unless the
licensee provides certification that the plan was approved by the
State Department of Developmental Services. The plan shall
include, but not be limited to, all of the following:

(1) A description of how the facility is to be equipped with
secured perimeters that are consistent with regulations adopted by
the State Fire Marshal pursuant to Section 13143.6.

(2) A description of how the facility will provide training for
staff.

(3) A description of how the facility will ensure the protection
of the residents’ personal rights consistent with Sections 4502,
4503, and 4504 of the Welfare and Institutions Code, and any
applicable personal rights provided in Title 22 of the California
Code of Regulations.

(4) A description of how the facility will manage residents’ lack
of hazard awareness and impulse control behavior.

(5) A description of the facility’s emergency evacuation
procedures.

(g) Secured perimeters shall not substitute for adequate staff.

(h) Emergency fire and earthquake drills shall be conducted on
each shift in accordance with existing licensing requirements, and
shall include all facility staff providing resident care and
supervision on each shift.

(i) Interior and exterior space shall be available on the facility
premises to permit clients to move freely and safely.

(j) For the purpose of using secured perimeters, the licensee
shall not be required to obtain a waiver or exception to a regulation
that would otherwise prohibit the locking of a perimeter fence or
gate.

(k) This section shall become operative only upon the
publication in Title 17 of the California Code of Regulations of
emergency regulations filed by the State Department of
Developmental Services. These regulations shall be developed
with stakeholders, including the State Department of Social
Services, consumer advocates, and regional centers. The regulations
shall establish program standards for homes that include secured
perimeters, including requirements and timelines for the completion
and updating of a comprehensive assessment of each consumer’s
needs, including the identification through the individual program
plan process of the services and supports needed to transition the
consumer to a less restrictive living arrangement, and a timeline
for identifying or developing those services and supports. The
regulations shall establish a statewide limit on the total number of
beds in homes with secured perimeters. The adoption of these
regulations shall be deemed to be an emergency and necessary for
the immediate preservation of the public peace, health and safety,
or general welfare.

SEC. 110.  

Section 11378 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

11378.  

Except as otherwise provided in Article 7 (commencing
with Section begin delete 4211) end delete begin insert 4110) end insert of Chapter 9 of Division 2 of the
Business and Professions Code, begin delete every end delete begin insert a end insert person who possesses for
sale begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert controlled substance begin delete which is end delete begin insert that meets any of the
following criteria shall be punished by imprisonment pursuant to
subdivision (h) of Section 1170 of the Penal Code: end insert begin delete (1) end delete

begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The substance is end insert classified in Schedule III, IV, or V and
begin delete which end delete is not a narcotic drug, except begin insert the substance specified in end insert
subdivision (g) of Section begin delete 11056, end delete begin insert 11056. end insert begin delete (2) end delete

begin insert (2) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The substance is end insert specified in subdivision (d) of Section
11054, except paragraphs (13), (14), (15), (20), (21), (22), and
(23) of subdivision begin delete (d), end delete begin insert (d). end insert begin delete (3) end delete

begin insert (3) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The substance is end insert specified in paragraph (11) of subdivision
(c) of Section begin delete 11056, end delete begin insert 11056. end insert begin delete (4) end delete

begin insert (4) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The substance is end insert specified in paragraph (2) or (3) of
subdivision (f) of Section begin delete 11054, or end delete begin insert 11054. end insert begin delete (5) end delete

begin insert (5) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The substance is end insert specified in subdivision (d), (e), or (f),
except paragraph (3) of subdivision (e) and subparagraphs (A) and
(B) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (f), of Section begin delete 11055, shall be
punished by imprisonment pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section
1170 of the Penal Code. end delete begin insert 11055. end insert

SEC. 111.  

Section 11755 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

11755.  

The department shall do all of the following:

(a) Adopt regulations pursuant to Section 11152 of the
Government Code.

(b) Employ administrative, technical, and other personnel as
may be necessary for the performance of its powers and duties.

(c) Do or perform any of the acts that may be necessary,
desirable, or proper to carry out the purpose of this division.

(d) Provide funds to counties for the planning and
implementation of local programs to alleviate problems related to
alcohol and other drug use.

(e) Review and execute contracts for drug and alcohol services
submitted for funds allocated or administered by the department.

(f) Provide for technical assistance and training to local alcohol
and other drug programs to assist in the planning and
implementation of quality services.

(g) Review research in, and serve as a resource to provide
information relating to, alcohol and other drug programs.

(h) In cooperation with the Department of begin delete Personnel
Administration, end delete begin insert Human Resources, end insert encourage training in other
state agencies to assist the agencies to recognize employee
problems relating to alcohol and other drug use that affects job
performance and encourage the employees to seek appropriate
services.

(i) Assist and cooperate with the Office of Statewide Health
Planning and Development begin delete and the California Health Policy and
Data Advisory Commission end delete in the drafting and adoption of the
state health plan to ensure inclusion of appropriate provisions
relating to alcohol and other drug problems.

(j) In the same manner and subject to the same conditions as
other state agencies, develop and submit annually to the
Department of Finance a program budget for the alcohol and other
drug program, which budget shall include expenditures proposed
to be made under this division, and may include expenditures
proposed to be made by any other state agency relating to alcohol
and other drug problems, pursuant to an interagency agreement
with the department.

(k)  Review and certify alcohol and other drug programs meeting
state standards pursuant to Chapter 7 (commencing with Section
11830) and Chapter 13 (commencing with Section 11847) of Part
2.

(l) Develop standards for ensuring minimal statewide levels of
service quality provided by alcohol and other drug programs.

(m) Review and license narcotic treatment programs.

(n) Develop and implement, in partnership with the counties,
alcohol and other drug prevention strategies especially designed
for youth.

(o) Develop and maintain a centralized alcohol and drug abuse
indicator data collection system that shall gather and obtain
information on the status of the alcohol and other drug abuse
problems in the state. This information shall include, but not be
limited to, all of the following:

(1) The number and characteristics of persons receiving recovery
or treatment services from alcohol and other drug programs
providing publicly funded services or services licensed by the
state.

(2) The location and types of services offered by these programs.

(3) The number of admissions to hospitals on both an emergency
room and inpatient basis for treatment related to alcohol and other
drugs.

(4) The number of arrests for alcohol and other drug violations.

(5) The number of Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation, Division of Juvenile Facilities commitments for
drug violations.

(6) The number of Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation
commitments for drug violations.

(7) The number or percentage of persons having alcohol or other
drug problems as determined by survey information.

(8) The amounts of illicit drugs confiscated by law enforcement
in the state.

(9) The statewide alcohol and other drug program distribution
and the fiscal impact of alcohol and other drug problems upon the
state.

Providers of publicly funded services or services licensed by the
department to clients-participants shall report data in a manner, in
a format, and under a schedule prescribed by the department.

(p) Issue an annual report that portrays the drugs abused,
populations affected, user characteristics, crime-related costs,
socioeconomic costs, and other related information deemed
necessary in providing a problem profile of alcohol and other drug
abuse in the state.

(q) (1) Require any individual, public or private organization,
or government agency, receiving federal grant funds, to comply
with all federal statutes, regulations, guidelines, and terms and
conditions of the grants. The failure of the individual, public or
private organization, or government agency, to comply with the
statutes, regulations, guidelines, and terms and conditions of grants
received may result in the department’s disallowing noncompliant
costs, or the suspension or termination of the contract or grant
award allocating the grant funds.

(2) Adopt regulations implementing this subdivision in
accordance with Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340)
of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code. For the
purposes of the Administrative Procedure Act, the adoption of the
regulations shall be deemed necessary for the preservation of the
public peace, health and safety, or general welfare. Subsequent
amendments to the adoption of emergency regulations shall be
deemed an emergency only if those amendments are adopted in
direct response to a change in federal statutes, regulations,
guidelines, or the terms and conditions of federal grants. Nothing
in this paragraph shall be interpreted as prohibiting the department
from adopting subsequent amendments on a nonemergency basis
or as emergency regulations in accordance with the standards set
forth in Section 11346.1 of the Government Code.

SEC. 112.  

Section 25110.11 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

25110.11.  

(a) “Contained gaseous material,” for purposes of
subdivision (a) of Section 25124 or any other provision of this
chapter, means any gas that is contained in an enclosed cylinder
or other enclosed container.

(b) Notwithstanding subdivision begin delete (a) of this section, end delete begin insert (a), end insert
“contained gaseous material” does not include any exhaust or flue
gas, or other vapor stream, or any air or exhaust gas stream that is
filtered or otherwise processed to remove particulates, dusts, or
other air pollutants, regardless of the source.

SEC. 113.  

Section 34177 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

34177.  

Successor agencies are required to do all of the
following:

(a) Continue to make payments due for enforceable obligations.

(1) On and after February 1, 2012, and until a Recognized
Obligation Payment Schedule becomes operative, only payments
required pursuant to an enforceable obligations payment schedule
shall be made. The initial enforceable obligation payment schedule
shall be the last schedule adopted by the redevelopment agency
under Section 34169. However, payments associated with
obligations excluded from the definition of enforceable obligations
by paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 34171 shall be
excluded from the enforceable obligations payment schedule and
be removed from the last schedule adopted by the redevelopment
agency under Section 34169 prior to the successor agency adopting
it as its enforceable obligations payment schedule pursuant to this
subdivision. The enforceable obligation payment schedule may
be amended by the successor agency at any public meeting and
shall be subject to the approval of the oversight board as soon as
the board has sufficient members to form a quorum. In recognition
of the fact that the timing of the California Supreme Court’s ruling
in the case California Redevelopment Association v. Matosantos
(2011) 53 Cal.4th 231 delayed the preparation by successor
agencies and the approval by oversight boards of the January 1,
2012, through June 30, 2012, Recognized Obligation Payment
Schedule, a successor agency may amend the Enforceable
Obligation Payment Schedule to authorize the continued payment
of enforceable obligations until the time that the January 1, 2012,
through June 30, 2012, Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule
has been approved by the oversight board and by the Department
of Finance.

(2) The Department of Finance and the Controller shall each
have the authority to require any documents associated with the
enforceable obligations to be provided to them in a manner of their
choosing. Any taxing entity, the department, and the Controller
shall each have standing to file a judicial action to prevent a
violation under this part and to obtain injunctive or other
appropriate relief.

(3) Commencing on the date the Recognized Obligation Payment
Schedule is valid pursuant to subdivision (l), only those payments
listed in the Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule may be
made by the successor agency from the funds specified in the
Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule. In addition, after it
becomes valid, the Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule shall
supersede the Statement of Indebtedness, which shall no longer
be prepared nor have any effect under the Community
Redevelopment Law (Part 1 (commencing with Section 33000)).

(4) Nothing in the act adding this part is to be construed as
preventing a successor agency, with the prior approval of the
oversight board, as described in Section 34179, from making
payments for enforceable obligations from sources other than those
listed in the Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule.

(5) From February 1, 2012, to July 1, 2012, a successor agency
shall have no authority and is hereby prohibited from accelerating
payment or making any lump-sum payments that are intended to
prepay loans unless such accelerated repayments were required
prior to the effective date of this part.

(b) Maintain reserves in the amount required by indentures,
trust indentures, or similar documents governing the issuance of
outstanding redevelopment agency bonds.

(c) Perform obligations required pursuant to any enforceable
obligation.

(d) Remit unencumbered balances of redevelopment agency
funds to the county auditor-controller for distribution to the taxing
entities, including, but not limited to, the unencumbered balance
of the Low and Moderate Income Housing Fund of a former
redevelopment agency. In making the distribution, the county
auditor-controller shall utilize the same methodology for allocation
and distribution of property tax revenues provided in Section
34188.

(e) Dispose of assets and properties of the former redevelopment
agency as directed by the oversight board; provided, however, that
the oversight board may instead direct the successor agency to
transfer ownership of certain assets pursuant to subdivision (a) of
Section 34181. The disposal is to be done expeditiously and in a
manner aimed at maximizing value. Proceeds from asset sales and
related funds that are no longer needed for approved development
projects or to otherwise wind down the affairs of the agency, each
as determined by the oversight board, shall be transferred to the
county auditor-controller for distribution as property tax proceeds
under Section 34188. The requirements of this subdivision shall
not apply to a successor agency that has been issued a finding of
completion by the Department of Finance pursuant to Section
34179.7.

(f) Enforce all former redevelopment agency rights for the
benefit of the taxing entities, including, but not limited to,
continuing to collect loans, rents, and other revenues that were due
to the redevelopment agency.

(g) Effectuate transfer of housing functions and assets to the
appropriate entity designated pursuant to Section 34176.

(h) Expeditiously wind down the affairs of the redevelopment
agency pursuant to the provisions of this part and in accordance
with the direction of the oversight board.

(i) Continue to oversee development of properties until the
contracted work has been completed or the contractual obligations
of the former redevelopment agency can be transferred to other
parties. Bond proceeds shall be used for the purposes for which
bonds were sold unless the purposes can no longer be achieved,
in which case, the proceeds may be used to defease the bonds.

(j) Prepare a proposed administrative budget and submit it to
the oversight board for its approval. The proposed administrative
budget shall include all of the following:

(1) Estimated amounts for successor agency administrative costs
for the upcoming six-month fiscal period.

(2) Proposed sources of payment for the costs identified in
paragraph (1).

(3) Proposals for arrangements for administrative and operations
services provided by a city, county, city and county, or other entity.

(k) Provide administrative cost estimates, from its approved
administrative budget that are to be paid from property tax revenues
deposited in the Redevelopment Property Tax Trust Fund, to the
county auditor-controller for each six-month fiscal period.

(l) (1) Before each six-month fiscal period, prepare a
Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule in accordance with the
requirements of this paragraph. For each recognized obligation,
the Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule shall identify one
or more of the following sources of payment:

(A) Low and Moderate Income Housing Fund.

(B) Bond proceeds.

(C) Reserve balances.

(D) Administrative cost allowance.

(E) The Redevelopment Property Tax Trust Fund, but only to
the extent no other funding source is available or when payment
from property tax revenues is required by an enforceable obligation
or by begin delete the provisions of end delete this part.

(F) Other revenue sources, including rents, concessions, asset
sale proceeds, interest earnings, and any other revenues derived
from the former redevelopment agency, as approved by the
oversight board in accordance with this part.

(2) A Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule shall not be
deemed valid unless all of the following conditions have been met:

(A) A Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule is prepared
by the successor agency for the enforceable obligations of the
former redevelopment agency. The initial schedule shall project
the dates and amounts of scheduled payments for each enforceable
obligation for the remainder of the time period during which the
redevelopment agency would have been authorized to obligate
property tax increment had the begin delete a end delete redevelopment agency not been
dissolved.

(B) The Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule is submitted
to and duly approved by the oversight board. The successor agency
shall submit a copy of the Recognized Obligation Payment
Schedule to the county administrative officer, the county
auditor-controller, and the Department of Finance at the same time
that the successor agency submits the Recognized Obligation
Payment Schedule to the oversight board for approval.

(C) A copy of the approved Recognized Obligation Payment
Schedule is submitted to the county auditor-controller and both
the Controller’s office and the Department of Finance and be posted
on the successor agency’s Internet Web site.

(3) The Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule shall be
forward looking to the next six months. The first Recognized
Obligation Payment Schedule shall be submitted to the Controller’s
office and the Department of Finance by April 15, 2012, for the
period of January 1, 2012, to June 30, 2012, inclusive. This
Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule shall include all
payments made by the former redevelopment agency between
January 1, 2012, through January 31, 2012, and shall include all
payments proposed to be made by the successor agency from
February 1, 2012, through June 30, 2012. Former redevelopment
agency enforceable obligation payments due, and reasonable or
necessary administrative costs due or incurred, prior to January 1,
2012, shall be made from property tax revenues received in the
spring of 2011 property tax distribution, and from other revenues
and balances transferred to the successor agency.

(m) The Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule for the period
of January 1, 2013, to June 30, 2013, shall be submitted by the
successor agency, after approval by the oversight board, no later
than September 1, 2012. Commencing with the Recognized
Obligation Payment Schedule covering the period July 1, 2013,
through December 31, 2013, successor agencies shall submit an
oversight board-approved Recognized Obligation Payment
Schedule to the Department of Finance and to the county
auditor-controller no fewer than 90 days before the date of property
tax distribution. The Department of Finance shall make its
determination of the enforceable obligations and the amounts and
funding sources of the enforceable obligations no later than 45
days after the Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule is
submitted. Within five business days of the department’s
determination, a successor agency may request additional review
by the department and an opportunity to meet and confer on
disputed items. The meet and confer period may vary; an untimely
submittal of a Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule may result
in a meet and confer period of less than 30 days. The department
shall notify the successor agency and the county auditor-controllers
as to the outcome of its review at least 15 days before the date of
property tax distribution.

(1) The successor agency shall submit a copy of the Recognized
Obligation Payment Schedule to the Department of Finance
electronically, and the successor agency shall complete the
Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule in the manner provided
for by the department. A successor agency shall be in
noncompliance with this paragraph if it only submits to the
department an electronic message or a letter stating that the
oversight board has approved a Recognized Obligation Payment
Schedule.

(2) If a successor agency does not submit a Recognized
Obligation Payment Schedule by the deadlines provided in this
subdivision, the city, county, or city and county that created the
redevelopment agency shall be subject to a civil penalty equal to
ten thousand dollars ($10,000) per day for every day the schedule
is not submitted to the department. The civil penalty shall be paid
to the county auditor-controller for allocation to the taxing entities
under Section 34183. If a successor agency fails to submit a
Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule by the deadline, any
creditor of the successor agency or the Department of Finance or
any affected taxing entity shall have standing to and may request
a writ of mandate to require the successor agency to immediately
perform this duty. Those actions may be filed only in the County
of Sacramento and shall have priority over other civil matters.
Additionally, if an agency does not submit a Recognized Obligation
Payment Schedule within ten days of the deadline, the maximum
administrative cost allowance for that period shall be reduced by
25 percent.

(3) If a successor agency fails to submit to the department an
oversight board-approved Recognized Obligation Payment
Schedule that complies with all requirements of this subdivision
within five business days of the date upon which the Recognized
Obligation Payment Schedule is to be used to determine the amount
of property tax allocations, the department may determine if any
amount should be withheld by the county auditor-controller for
payments for enforceable obligations from distribution to taxing
entities, pending approval of a Recognized Obligation Payment
Schedule. The county auditor-controller shall distribute the portion
of any of the sums withheld pursuant to this paragraph to the
affected taxing entities in accordance with paragraph (4) of
subdivision (a) of Section 34183 upon notice by the department
that a portion of the withheld balances are in excess of the amount
of enforceable obligations. The county auditor-controller shall
distribute withheld funds to the successor agency only in
accordance with a Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule
approved by the department. County auditor-controllers shall lack
the authority to withhold any other amounts from the allocations
provided for under Section 34183 or 34188 begin insert , end insert unless required by a
court order.

(n) Cause a postaudit of the financial transactions and records
of the successor agency to be made at least annually by a certified
public accountant.

SEC. 114.  

Section 34183.5 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

34183.5.  

(a) The Legislature hereby finds and declares that
due to the delayed implementation of this part due to the California
Supreme Court’s ruling in the case California Redevelopment
Association v. Matosantos begin delete et al. end delete (2011) 53 Cal.4th 231, some
disruption to the intended application of this part and other law
with respect to passthrough payments may have occurred.

(1) If a redevelopment agency or successor agency did not pay
any portion of an amount owed for the 2011-12 fiscal year to an
affected taxing entity pursuant to Section 33401, 33492.140, 33607,
33607.5, 33607.7, or 33676, or pursuant to any passthrough
agreement entered into before January 1, 1994, between a
redevelopment agency and an affected taxing entity, and to the
extent the county auditor-controller did not remit the amounts
owed for passthrough payments during the 2011-12 fiscal year,
the county auditor-controller shall make the required payments to
the taxing entities owed passthrough payments and shall reduce
the amounts to which the successor agency would otherwise be
entitled pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section
34183 at the next allocation of property tax under this part, subject
to begin delete the provisions of end delete subdivision (b) of Section 34183. If the amount
of available property tax allocation to the successor agency is not
sufficient to make the required payment, the county
auditor-controller shall continue to reduce allocations to the
successor agency under paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section
34183 until the time that the owed amount is fully paid. begin delete Alternately, end delete
begin insert Alternatively, end insert the county auditor-controller may accept payment
from the successor agency’s reserve funds for payments of
passthrough payments owed as defined in this subdivision.

(2) If a redevelopment agency did not pay any portion of the
amount owed for the 2011-12 fiscal year to an affected taxing
entity pursuant to Section 33401, 33492.140, 33607, 33607.5,
33607.7, or 33676, or pursuant to any passthrough agreement
entered into before January 1, 1994, between a redevelopment
agency and an affected taxing entity, but the county
auditor-controller did pay the difference that was owing, the begin delete auditor
controller end delete begin insert county auditor-controller end insert shall deduct from the next
allocation of property tax to the successor agency under paragraph
(2) of subdivision (a) of Section 34183, the amount of the payment
made on behalf of the successor agency by the county
auditor-controller, not to exceed one-half the amount of
passthrough payments owed for the 2011-12 fiscal year. If the
amount of available property tax allocation to the successor agency
is not sufficient to make the required deduction, the county
auditor-controller shall continue to reduce allocations to the
successor agency under paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section
34183 until the time that the amount is fully deducted.
Alternatively, the auditor-controller may accept payment from the
successor agency’s reserve funds for deductions of passthrough
payments owed as defined in this subdivision. Amounts reduced
from successor agency payments under this paragraph are available
for the purposes of paragraphs (2) to (4), inclusive, of subdivision
(a) of Section 34183 for the six-month period for which the
property tax revenues are being allocated.

(b) In recognition of the fact that county auditor-controllers
were unable to make the payments required by paragraph (4) of
subdivision (a) of Section 34183 for the period January 1, 2012,
through June 30, 2012, on January 16, 2012, due to the California
Supreme Court’s ruling in the case of California Redevelopment
Association v. Matosantos (2011) 53 Cal.4th 231, in addition to
taking the actions specified in Section 34183 with respect to the
June 1 property tax allocations, county auditor-controllers should
have made allocations as provided in paragraph (1).

(1) From the allocations made on June 1, 2012, for the
Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule covering the period
July 1, 2012, through December 31, 2012, deduct from the amount
that otherwise would be deposited in the Redevelopment Property
Tax Trust Fund on behalf of the successor agency an amount
equivalent to the amount that each affected taxing entity was
entitled to pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision (a) of Section
34183 for the period January 1, 2012, through June 30, 2012. The
amount to be retained by taxing entities pursuant to paragraph (4)
of subdivision (a) of Section 34183 for the January 1, 2012, through
June 30, 2012, period is determined based on the Recognized
Obligation Payment Schedule approved by the Department of
Finance pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section 34179 and any
amount determined to be owed pursuant to begin delete subdivision (b). end delete begin insert this
subdivision. end insert Any amounts so computed shall not be offset by any
shortages in funding for recognized obligations for the period
covering July 1, 2012, through December 31, 2012.

(2) (A) If an affected taxing entity has not received the full
amount to which it was entitled pursuant to paragraph (4) of
subdivision (a) of Section 34183 of the property tax distributed
for the period January 1, 2012, through June 30, 2012, and
paragraph (1), no later than July 9, 2012, the county
auditor-controller shall determine the amount, if any, that is owed
by each successor agency to taxing entities and send a demand for
payment from the funds of the successor agency for the amount
owed to taxing entities if it has distributed the June 1, 2012,
allocation to the successor agencies. No later than July 12, 2012,
successor agencies shall make payment of the amounts demanded
to the county auditor-controller for deposit into the Redevelopment
Property Tax Trust Fund and subsequent distribution to taxing
entities. No later than July 16, 2012, the county auditor-controller
shall make allocations of all money received by that date from
successor agencies in amounts owed to taxing entities under this
paragraph to taxing entities in accordance with Section 34183. The
county auditor-controller shall make allocations of any money
received after that date under this paragraph within five business
days of receipt. These duties are not discretionary and shall be
carried out with due diligence.

(B) If a county auditor-controller fails to determine the amounts
owed to taxing entities and present a demand for payment by July
9, 2012, to the successor agencies, the Department of Finance or
any affected taxing entity may request a writ of mandate to require
the county auditor-controller to immediately perform this duty.
Such actions may be filed only in the County of Sacramento and
shall have priority over other civil matters. Any county in which
the county auditor-controller fails to perform the duties under this
paragraph shall be subject to a civil penalty of 10 percent of the
amount owed to taxing entities plus 1.5 percent of the amount
owed to taxing entities for each month that the duties are not
performed. The civil penalties shall be payable to the taxing entities
under Section 34183. Additionally, any county in which the county
auditor-controller fails to make the required determinations and
demands for payment under this paragraph by July 9, 2012, or fails
to distribute the full amount of funds received from successor
agencies as required by this paragraph shall not receive the
distribution of sales and use tax scheduled for July 18, 2012, or
any subsequent payment, up to the amount owed to taxing entities,
until the county auditor-controller performs the duties required by
this paragraph.

(C) If a successor agency fails to make the payment demanded
under subparagraph (A) by July 12, 2012, the Department of
Finance or any affected taxing entity may file for a writ of mandate
to require the successor agency to immediately make this payment.
Such actions may be filed only in the County of Sacramento and
shall have priority over other civil matters. Any successor agency
that fails to make payment by July 12, 2012, under this paragraph
shall be subject to a civil penalty of 10 percent of the amount owed
to taxing entities plus one and one-half percent of the amount owed
to taxing entities for each month that the payments are not made.
Additionally, the city or county or city and county that created the
redevelopment agency shall also be subject to a civil penalty of
10 percent of the amount owed to taxing entities plus 1.5 percent
of the amount owed to taxing entities for each month the payment
is late. The civil penalties shall be payable to the taxing entities
under Section 34183. If the Department of Finance finds that the
imposition of penalties will jeopardize the payment of enforceable
obligations it may request the court to waive some or all of the
penalties. A successor agency that does not pay the amount
required under this subparagraph by July 12, 2012, shall not pay
any obligations other than bond debt service until full payment is
made to the county auditor-controller. Additionally, any city,
county or city and county that created the redevelopment agency
that fails to make the required payment under this paragraph by
July 12, 2012, shall not receive the distribution of sales and use
tax scheduled for July 18, 2012, or any subsequent payment, up
to the amount owed to taxing entities, until the payment required
by this paragraph is made.

(D) The Legislature hereby finds and declares that time is of
the essence. Funds that should have been received and were
expected and spent in anticipation of receipt by community
colleges, schools, counties, cities, and special districts have not
been received resulting in significant fiscal impact to the state and
taxing entities. Continued delay and begin delete uncertainly end delete begin insert uncertainty end insert
whether funds will be received warrants the availability of
extraordinary relief as authorized herein.

(3) If an affected taxing entity has not received the full amount
to which it was entitled pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision
(a) of Section 34183 for the period January 1, 2012, through June
30, 2012, and paragraph (1), the county auditor-controller shall
reapply begin delete the provisions of end delete paragraph (1) to each subsequent property
tax allocation until such time as the affected taxing entity has
received the full amount to which it was entitled pursuant to
paragraph (4) of subdivision (a) of Section 34183 for the period
January 1, 2012, through June 30, 2012.

SEC. 115.  

Section 39053 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

39053.  

“State begin delete Board” end delete begin insert board end insert begin insert ” end insert means the State Air Resources
Board.

SEC. 116.  

Section 39510 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

39510.  

(a) The State Air Resources Board is continued in
existence in the California Environmental Protection Agency. The
state board shall consist of 12 members.

(b) The members shall be appointed by the Governor, with the
consent of the Senate, on the basis of their demonstrated interest
and proven ability in the field of air pollution control and their
understanding of the needs of the general public in connection
with air pollution problems.

(c) Six members shall have the following qualifications:

(1) One member shall have training and experience in
automotive engineering or closely related fields.

(2) One member shall have training and experience in chemistry,
meteorology, or related scientific fields, including agriculture or
law.

(3) One member shall be a physician and surgeon or an authority
on health effects of air pollution.

(4) Two members shall be public members.

(5) One member shall have the qualifications specified in
paragraph (1), (2), or (3) or shall have experience in the field of
air pollution control.

(d) Six members shall be board members from districts who
shall reflect the qualitative requirements of subdivision (c) to the
extent practicable. Of these members:

(1) One shall be a board member from the south coast district.

(2) One shall be a board member from the bay district.

(3) One shall be a board member from the San Joaquin Valley
Unified Air Pollution Control District.

(4) One shall be a board member from the San Diego County
Air Pollution Control District.

(5) One shall be a board member from the Sacramento
begin delete Metropolitan Air Quality Management District, end delete begin insert district, end insert the Placer
County Air Pollution Control District, the Yolo-Solano Air Quality
Management District, the Feather River Air Quality Management
District, or the El Dorado County Air Pollution Control District.

(6) One shall be a board member of any other district.

(e) Any vacancy shall be filled by the Governor within 30 days
of the date on which it occurs. If the Governor fails to make an
appointment for any vacancy within the 30-day period, the Senate
Committee on Rules may make the appointment to fill the vacancy
in accordance with this section.

(f) While serving on the state board, all members shall exercise
their independent judgment as officers of the state on behalf of the
interests of the entire state in furthering the purposes of this
division. A member of the state board shall not be precluded from
voting or otherwise acting upon any matter solely because that
member has voted or acted upon the matter in his or her capacity
as a member of a district board, except that a member of the state
board who is also a member of a district board shall not participate
in any action regarding his or her district taken by the state board
pursuant to Sections 41503 to 41505, inclusive.

SEC. 117.  

Section 39710 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

39710.  

For purposes of this begin delete part, fund end delete begin insert chapter, “fund end insert begin insert ” end insert means
the Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund, created pursuant to Section
16428.8 of the Government Code.

SEC. 118.  

Section 39712 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

39712.  

(a) (1) It is the intent of the Legislature that moneys
shall be appropriated from the fund only in a manner consistent
with the requirements of this begin delete part end delete begin insert chapter end insert and Article 9.7
(commencing with Section 16428.8) of Chapter 2 of Part 2 of
Division 4 of Title 2 of the Government Code.

(2) The state shall not approve allocations for a measure or
program using moneys appropriated from the fund except after
determining, based on the available evidence, that the use of those
moneys furthers the regulatory purposes of Division 25.5
(commencing with Section 38500) and is consistent with law. If
any expenditure of moneys from the fund for any measure or
project is determined by a court to be inconsistent with law, the
allocations for the remaining measures or projects shall be
severable and shall not be affected.

(b) Moneys shall be used to facilitate the achievement of
reductions of greenhouse gas emissions in this state consistent
with begin delete this division end delete begin insert Division 25.5 (commencing with Section 38500) end insert
and, where applicable and to the extent feasible:

(1) Maximize economic, environmental, and public health
benefits to the state.

(2) Foster job creation by promoting in-state greenhouse gas
emissions reduction projects carried out by California workers and
businesses.

(3) Complement efforts to improve air quality.

(4) Direct investment toward the most disadvantaged
communities and households in the state.

(5) Provide opportunities for businesses, public agencies,
nonprofits, and other community institutions to participate in and
benefit from statewide efforts to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

(6) Lessen the impacts and effects of climate change on the
state’s communities, economy, and environment.

(c) Moneys appropriated from the fund may be allocated,
consistent with subdivision (a), for the purpose of reducing
greenhouse gas emissions in this state through investments that
may include, but are not limited to, any of the following:

(1) Funding to reduce greenhouse gas emissions through energy
efficiency, clean and renewable energy generation, distributed
renewable energy generation, transmission and storage, and other
related actions, including, but not limited to, at public universities,
state and local public buildings, and industrial and manufacturing
facilities.

(2) Funding to reduce greenhouse gas emissions through the
development of state-of-the-art systems to move goods and freight,
advanced technology vehicles and vehicle infrastructure, advanced
biofuels, and low-carbon and efficient public transportation.

(3) Funding to reduce greenhouse gas emissions associated with
water use and supply, land and natural resource conservation and
management, forestry, and sustainable agriculture.

(4) Funding to reduce greenhouse gas emissions through
strategic planning and development of sustainable infrastructure
projects, including, but not limited to, transportation and housing.

(5) Funding to reduce greenhouse gas emissions through
increased in-state diversion of municipal solid waste from disposal
through waste reduction, diversion, and reuse.

(6) Funding to reduce greenhouse gas emissions through
investments in programs implemented by local and regional
agencies, local and regional collaboratives, and nonprofit
organizations coordinating with local governments.

(7) Funding begin delete in end delete research, development, and deployment of
innovative technologies, measures, and practices related to
programs and projects funded pursuant to this begin delete part. end delete begin insert chapter. end insert

SEC. 119.  

Section 39716 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

39716.  

(a) The Department of Finance, on behalf of the
Governor, and in consultation with the state board and any other
relevant state entity, shall develop and submit to the Legislature
at the time of the department’s adjustments to the proposed
2013-14 fiscal year budget pursuant to subdivision (e) of Section
13308 of the Government Code a three-year investment plan.
Commencing with the 2016-17 fiscal year budget and every three
years thereafter, with the release of the Governor’s budget proposal,
the Department of Finance shall include updates to the investment
plan following the public process described in subdivisions (b)
and (c). The investment plan, consistent with the requirements of
Section 39712, shall do all of the following:

(1) Identify the state’s near-term and long-term greenhouse gas
emissions reduction goals and targets by sector.

(2) Analyze gaps, where applicable, in current state strategies
to meeting the state’s greenhouse gas emissions reduction goals
begin insert and targets end insert by sector.

(3) Identify priority programmatic investments of moneys that
will facilitate the achievement of feasible and cost-effective
greenhouse gas emissions reductions toward achievement of
greenhouse gas reduction goals and targets by sector, consistent
with subdivision (c) of Section 39712.

(b) (1) The state board shall hold at least two public workshops
in different regions of the state and one public hearing prior to the
Department of Finance submitting the investment plan.

(2) The state board shall, prior to the submission of each
investment plan, consult with the Public Utilities Commission to
ensure the investment plan is coordinated with, and does not
conflict with or unduly overlap with, activities under the oversight
or administration of the Public Utilities Commission undertaken
pursuant to Part 5 (commencing with Section 38570) of Division
25.5 or other activities under the oversight or administration of
the Public Utilities Commission that facilitate greenhouse gas
emissions reductions consistent with this division. The investment
plan shall include a description of the use of any moneys generated
by the sale of allowances received at no cost by the investor-owned
utilities pursuant to a market-based compliance mechanism.

(c) The Climate Action Team, established under Executive
Order S-3-05, shall provide information to the Department of
Finance and the state board to assist in the development of each
investment plan. The Climate Action Team shall participate in
each public workshop held on an investment plan and provide
testimony to the state board on each investment plan. For purposes
of this section, the Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development
shall assist the Climate Action Team in its efforts.

SEC. 120.  

Section 39718 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

39718.  

(a) Moneys in the fund shall be appropriated through
the annual Budget Act consistent with the investment plan
developed and submitted pursuant to Section 39716.

(b) Upon appropriation, moneys in the begin delete Greenhouse Gas
Reduction Fund end delete begin insert fund end insert shall be available to the state board and to
administering agencies for administrative purposes in carrying out
this chapter.

(c) Any repayment of loans, including interest payments and
all interest earnings on or accruing to any begin delete money, end delete begin insert moneys, end insert resulting
from implementation of this chapter shall be deposited in the
begin delete Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund end delete begin insert fund end insert for begin delete the end delete purposes of this
chapter.

SEC. 121.  

Section 106985 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

106985.  

(a) (1) Notwithstanding Section 2052 of the Business
and Professions Code or any other begin delete provision of end delete law, a radiologic
technologist certified pursuant to the Radiologic Technology Act
(Section 27) may, under the direct supervision of a licensed
physician and surgeon, and in accordance with the facility’s
protocol that meets, at a minimum, the requirements described in
paragraph (2), perform venipuncture in an upper extremity to
administer contrast materials, manually or by utilizing a mechanical
injector, if the radiologic technologist has been deemed competent
to perform that venipuncture, in accordance with paragraph (3),
and issued a certificate, as described in subdivision (b).

(2) (A) In administering contrast materials, a radiologic
technologist may, to ensure the security and integrity of the
needle’s placement or of an existing intravenous cannula, use a
saline-based solution conforms with the facility’s protocol and
that has been approved by a licensed physician and surgeon. The
protocol shall specify that only contrast materials or
pharmaceuticals approved by the United States Food and Drug
Administration may be used and shall also specify that the use
shall be in accordance with the labeling.

(B) A person who is currently certified as meeting the standards
of competence in nuclear medicine technology pursuant to Article
6 (commencing with Section 107150) and who is authorized to
perform a computerized tomography scanner only on a dual-mode
machine, as described in Section 106976, may perform the conduct
described in this subdivision.

(3) Prior to performing venipuncture pursuant to paragraph (1),
a radiologic technologist shall have performed at least 10
venipunctures on live humans under the personal supervision of
a licensed physician and surgeon, a registered nurse, or a person
the physician or nurse has previously deemed qualified to provide
personal supervision to the technologist for purposes of performing
venipuncture pursuant to this paragraph. Only after completion of
a minimum of 10 venipunctures may the supervising individual
evaluate whether the technologist is competent to perform
venipuncture under direct supervision. The number of
venipunctures required in this paragraph are in addition to those
performed for meeting the requirements of paragraph (2) of
subdivision (d). The facility shall document compliance with this
subdivision.

(b) The radiologic technologist shall be issued a certificate begin delete by end delete
as specified in subdivision (e) or by an instructor indicating
satisfactory completion of the training and education described in
subdivision (d). This certificate documents completion of the
required education and training and may not, by itself, be construed
to authorize a person to perform venipuncture or to administer
contrast materials.

(c) (1) “Direct supervision,” for purposes of this section, means
the direction of procedures authorized by this section by a licensed
physician and surgeon who shall be physically present within the
facility and available within the facility where the procedures are
performed, in order to provide immediate medical intervention to
prevent or mitigate injury to the patient in the event of adverse
reaction.

(2) “Personal supervision,” for purposes of this section, means
the oversight of the procedures authorized by this section by a
supervising individual identified in paragraph (3) of subdivision
(a) who is physically present to observe, and correct, as needed,
the performance of the individual who is performing the procedure.

(d) The radiologic technologist shall have completed both of
the following:

(1) Received a total of 10 hours of instruction, including all of
the following:

(A) Anatomy and physiology of venipuncture sites.

(B) Venipuncture instruments, intravenous solutions, and related
equipment.

(C) Puncture techniques.

(D) Techniques of intravenous line establishment.

(E) Hazards and complications of venipuncture.

(F) Postpuncture care.

(G) Composition and purpose of antianaphylaxis tray.

(H) First aid and basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

(2) Performed 10 venipunctures on a human or training
mannequin upper extremity (for example begin insert , an end insert infusion begin delete arm, end delete begin insert arm
or a end insert mannequin arm) under personal supervision. If performance
is on a human, only an upper extremity may be used.

(e)  Schools for radiologic technologists shall include the
training and education specified in subdivision (d). Upon
satisfactory completion of the training and education, the school
shall issue to the student a completion document. This document
may not be construed to authorize a person to perform venipuncture
or to administer contrast materials.

(f)  Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize a
radiologic technologist to perform arterial puncture, any central
venous access procedures including repositioning of previously
placed central venous catheter except as specified in paragraph (1)
of subdivision (a), or cutdowns, or establish an intravenous line.

(g) This section shall not be construed to apply to a person who
is currently certified as meeting the standards of competence in
nuclear medicine technology pursuant to Article 6 (commencing
with Section 107150), except as provided in subparagraph (B) of
paragraph (2) of subdivision (a).

(h) Radiologic technologists who met the training and education
requirements of subdivision (d) prior to January 1, 2013, need not
repeat those requirements, or perform the venipunctures specified
in paragraph (3) of subdivision (a), provided the facility documents
that the radiologic technologist is competent to perform the tasks
specified in paragraph (1) of subdivision (a).

SEC. 122.  

Section 114365.5 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

114365.5.  

(a) The department shall adopt and post on its
Internet Web site a list of begin delete not potentially end delete begin insert nonpotentially end insert hazardous
foods and their ethnic variations that are approved for sale by a
cottage food operation. A cottage food product shall not be
potentially hazardous food, as defined in Section 113871.

(b) This list of nonpotentially hazardous foods shall include,
but not be limited to, all of the following:

(1) Baked goods without cream, custard, or meat fillings, such
as breads, biscuits, churros, cookies, pastries, and tortillas.

(2) Candy, such as brittle and toffee.

(3) Chocolate-covered nonperishable foods, such as nuts and
dried fruit.

(4) Dried fruit.

(5) Dried pasta.

(6) Dry baking mixes.

(7) Fruit pies, fruit empanadas, and fruit tamales.

(8)  Granola, cereals, and trail mixes.

(9) Herb blends and dried mole paste.

(10) Honey and sweet sorghum syrup.

(11) Jams, jellies, preserves, and fruit butter that comply with
the standard described in Part 150 of Title 21 of the Code of
Federal Regulations.

(12) Nut mixes and nut butters.

(13) Popcorn.

(14) Vinegar and mustard.

(15) Roasted coffee and dried tea.

(16) Waffle cones and pizelles.

(c) (1) The State Public Health Officer may add or delete food
products to or from the list described in subdivision (b), which
shall be known as the approved food products list. Notice of any
change to the approved food products list shall be posted on the
department’s cottage food program Internet Web site, to also be
known as the program Internet Web site for purposes of this
chapter. Any change to the approved food products list shall
become effective 30 days after the notice is posted. The notice
shall state the reason for the change, the authority for the change,
and the nature of the change. The notice will provide an opportunity
for written comment by indicating the address to which to submit
the comment and the deadline by which the comment is required
to be received by the department. The address to which the
comment is to be submitted may be an electronic site. The notice
shall allow at least 20 calendar days for comments to be submitted.
The department shall consider all comments submitted before the
due date. The department may withdraw the proposed change at
any time by notification on the program Internet Web site or
through notification by other electronic means. The approved food
products list described in subdivision (b), and any updates to the
list, shall not be subject to the administrative rulemaking
requirements of Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of
Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code.

(2) The State Public Health Officer shall not remove any items
from the approved food products list unless the State Public Health
Officer also posts information on the program Internet Web site
explaining the basis upon which the removed food item has been
determined to be potentially hazardous.

SEC. 123.  

Section 114380 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

114380.  

(a) A person proposing to build or remodel a food
facility shall submit complete, easily readable plans drawn to scale,
and specifications to the enforcement agency for review, and shall
receive plan approval before starting any new construction or
remodeling of begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert facility for use as a retail food facility.

(b) Plans and specifications may also be required by the
enforcement agency if the agency determines that they are
necessary to begin delete assure end delete begin insert ensure end insert compliance with the requirements of
this part, including, but not limited to, a menu change or change
in the facility’s method of operation.

(c) (1) All new school food facilities or school food facilities
that undergo modernization or remodeling shall comply with all
structural requirements of this part. Upon submission of plans by
a public school authority, the begin delete Office end delete begin insert Division end insert of the State Architect
and the local enforcement agency shall review and approve all
new and remodeled school facilities for compliance with all
applicable requirements.

(2) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the Office of Statewide
Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) shall maintain its
primary jurisdiction over licensed skilled nursing facilities, and
when new construction, modernization, or remodeling must be
undertaken to repair existing systems or to keep up the course of
normal or routine maintenance, the facility shall complete a
building application and plan check process as required by OSHPD.
Approval of the plans by OSHPD shall be deemed compliance
with the plan approval process required by the local county
enforcement agency described in this section.

(3) Except when a determination is made by the enforcement
agency that the nonconforming structural conditions pose a public
health hazard, existing public and private school cafeterias and
licensed health care facilities shall be deemed to be in compliance
with this part pending replacement or renovation.

(d) Except when a determination is made by the enforcement
agency that the nonconforming structural conditions pose a public
health hazard, existing food facilities that were in compliance with
the law in effect on June 30, 2007, shall be deemed to be in
compliance with the law pending replacement or renovation. If a
determination is made by the enforcement agency that a structural
condition poses a public health hazard, the food facility shall
remedy the deficiency to the satisfaction of the enforcement
agency.

(e) The plans shall be approved or rejected within 20 working
days after receipt by the enforcement agency and the applicant
shall be notified of the decision. Unless the plans are approved or
rejected within 20 working days, they shall be deemed approved.
The building department shall not issue a building permit for a
food facility until after it has received plan approval by the
enforcement agency. Nothing in this section shall require that plans
or specifications be prepared by someone other than the applicant.

SEC. 124.  

Section 116565 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

116565.  

(a) Each public water system serving 1,000 or more
service connections, and any public water system that treats water
on behalf of one or more public water systems for the purpose of
rendering it safe for human consumption, shall reimburse the
department for the actual cost incurred by the department for
conducting those activities mandated by this chapter relating to
the issuance of domestic water supply permits, inspections,
monitoring, surveillance, and water quality evaluation that relate
to that specific public water system. The amount of reimbursement
shall be sufficient to pay, but in no event shall exceed, the
department’s actual cost in conducting these activities.

(b) Each public water system serving fewer than 1,000 service
connections shall pay an annual drinking water operating fee to
the department as set forth in this subdivision for costs incurred
by the department for conducting those activities mandated by this
chapter relating to inspections, monitoring, surveillance, and water
quality evaluation relating to public water systems. The total
amount of fees shall be sufficient to pay, but in no event shall
exceed, the department’s actual cost in conducting these activities.
Notwithstanding adjustment of actual fees collected pursuant to
Section 100425 as authorized pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section
begin delete 106590, end delete begin insert 116590, end insert the amount that shall be paid annually by a public
water system pursuant to this section shall be as follows:

(1) Community water systems, six dollars ($6) per service
connection, but not less than two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per
water system, which may be increased by the department, as
provided for in subdivision (f), to ten dollars ($10) per service
connection, but not less than two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per
water system.

(2) Nontransient noncommunity water systems pursuant to
subdivision (k) of Section 116275, two dollars ($2) per person
served, but not less than four hundred fifty-six dollars ($456) per
water system, which may be increased by the department, as
provided for in subdivision (f), to three dollars ($3) per person
served, but not less than four hundred fifty-six dollars ($456) per
water system.

(3) Transient noncommunity water systems pursuant to
subdivision (o) of Section 116275, eight hundred dollars ($800)
per water system, which may be increased by the department, as
provided for in subdivision (f), to one thousand three hundred
thirty-five dollars ($1,335) per water system.

(4) Noncommunity water systems in possession of a current
exemption pursuant to former Section 116282 on January 1, 2012,
one hundred two dollars ($102) per water system.

(c) For purposes of determining the fees provided for in
subdivision (a), the department shall maintain a record of its actual
costs for pursuing the activities specified in subdivision (a) relative
to each system required to pay the fees. The fee charged each
system shall reflect the department’s actual cost, or in the case of
a local primacy agency the local primacy agency’s actual cost, of
conducting the specified activities.

(d) The department shall submit an invoice for cost
reimbursement for the activities specified in subdivision (a) to the
public water systems no more than twice a year.

(1) The department shall submit one estimated cost invoice to
public water systems serving 1,000 or more service connections
and any public water system that treats water on behalf of one or
more public water systems for the purpose of rendering it safe for
human consumption. This invoice shall include the actual hours
expended during the first six months of the fiscal year. The hourly
cost rate used to determine the amount of the estimated cost invoice
shall be the rate for the previous fiscal year.

(2) The department shall submit a final invoice to the public
water system begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert October 1 following the fiscal year
that the costs were incurred. The invoice shall indicate the total
hours expended during the fiscal year, the reasons for the
expenditure, the hourly cost rate of the department for the fiscal
year, the estimated cost invoice, and payments received. The
amount of the final invoice shall be determined using the total
hours expended during the fiscal year and the actual hourly cost
rate of the department for the fiscal year. The payment of the
estimated invoice, exclusive of late penalty, if any, shall be credited
toward the final invoice amount.

(3) Payment of the invoice issued pursuant to paragraphs (1)
and (2) shall be made within 90 days of the date of the invoice.
Failure to pay the amount of the invoice within 90 days shall result
in a 10-percent late penalty that shall be paid in addition to the
invoiced amount.

(e) Any public water system under the jurisdiction of a local
primacy agency shall pay the fees specified in this section to the
local primacy agency in lieu of the department. This section shall
not preclude a local health officer from imposing additional fees
pursuant to Section 101325.

(f) The department may increase the fees established in
subdivision (b) as follows:

(1) By February 1 of the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year for
which fees are proposed to be increased, the department shall
publish a list of fees for the following fiscal year and a report
showing the calculation of the amount of the fees.

(2) The department shall make the report and the list of fees
available to the public by submitting them to the Legislature and
posting them on the department’s Internet Web site.

(3) The department shall establish the amount of fee increases
subject to the approval and appropriation by the Legislature.

SEC. 125.  

Section 120365 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

120365.  

(a) Immunization of a person shall not be required
for admission to a school or other institution listed in Section
120335 if the parent or guardian or adult who has assumed
responsibility for his or her care and custody in the case of a minor,
or the person seeking admission if an emancipated minor, files
with the governing authority a letter or affidavit that documents
which immunizations required by Section 120355 have been begin delete given, end delete
begin insert given end insert and which immunizations have not been given on the basis
that they are contrary to his or her beliefs.

(b) On and after January 1, 2014, a form prescribed by the State
Department of Public Health shall accompany the letter or affidavit
filed pursuant to subdivision (a). The form shall include both of
the following:

(1) A signed attestation from the health care practitioner that
indicates that the health care practitioner provided the parent or
guardian of the person who is subject to the immunization
requirements of this chapter, the adult who has assumed
responsibility for the care and custody of the person, or the person
if an emancipated minor, with information regarding the benefits
and risks of the immunization and the health risks of the
communicable diseases listed in Section 120335 to the person and
to the community. This attestation shall be signed not more than
six months begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the date when the person first becomes
subject to the immunization requirement for which exemption is
being sought.

(2) A written statement signed by the parent or guardian of the
person who is subject to the immunization requirements of this
chapter, the adult who has assumed responsibility for the care and
custody of the person, or the person if an emancipated minor, that
indicates that the signer has received the information provided by
the health care practitioner pursuant to paragraph (1). This
statement shall be signed not more than six months begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert
the date when the person first becomes subject to the immunization
requirements as a condition of admittance to a school or institution
pursuant to Section 120335.

(c) The following shall be accepted in lieu of the original form:

(1) A photocopy of the signed form.

(2) A letter signed by a health care practitioner that includes all
information and attestations included on the form.

(d) Issuance and revision of the form shall be exempt from the
rulemaking provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act
(Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of
Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code).

(e) When there is good cause to believe that the person has been
exposed to one of the communicable diseases listed in subdivision
(a) of Section 120325, that person may be temporarily excluded
from the school or institution until the local health officer is
satisfied that the person is no longer at risk of developing the
disease.

(f) For purposes of this section, “health care practitioner” means
any of the following:

(1) A physician and surgeon, licensed pursuant to Section 2050
of the Business and Professions Code.

(2) A nurse practitioner who is authorized to furnish drugs
pursuant to Section 2836.1 of the Business and Professions Code.

(3) A physician assistant who is authorized to administer or
provide medication pursuant to Section 3502.1 of the Business
and Professions Code.

(4) An osteopathic physician and surgeon, as defined in the
Osteopathic Initiative Act.

(5) A naturopathic doctor who is authorized to furnish or order
drugs under a physician and surgeon’s supervision pursuant to
Section 3640.5 of the Business and Professions Code.

(6) A credentialed school nurse, as described in Section 49426
of the Education Code.

SEC. 126.  

Section 123327 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

123327.  

(a) The department shall provide written notice to a
retail food vendor if the department determines that the vendor
has committed an initial violation for which a pattern of the
violation must be established to impose a sanction. Notice shall
be provided no later than 30 days after the department determines
the first investigation that identified the violation is complete.

(b) The written notice shall be delivered to the vendor 30 days
before the department conducts a second investigation for purposes
of establishing a pattern of the violation to the vendor’s most recent
business ownership address on file with the department or to the
vendor location upon identification of a violation during begin delete the end delete vendor
monitoring, as defined by Section 40743 of Title 22 of the
California Code of Regulations.

(c) The written notice shall include a description of the initial
violation and may include information to assist the vendor to take
corrective action, including, but not limited to, a 60-day window
that includes the date of the violation.

(d) For purposes of this section, “violation” means a violation
set forth in Section 246.2 of Title 7 of the Code of Federal
Regulations.

(e) It is the intent of the Legislature in enacting this section to
clarify existing law.

SEC. 127.  

Section 123940 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

123940.  

(a) (1) Annually, the board of supervisors shall
appropriate a sum of money for services for handicapped children
of the county, including diagnosis, treatment, and therapy services
for physically handicapped children in public schools, equal to 25
percent of the actual expenditures for the county program under
this article for the 1990-91 fiscal year, except as specified in
paragraph (2).

(2) If the state certifies that a smaller amount is needed in order
for the county to pay 25 percent of costs of the county’s program
from this source. The smaller amount certified by the state shall
be the amount that the county shall appropriate.

(b) In addition to the amount required by subdivision (a), the
county shall allocate an amount equal to the amount determined
pursuant to subdivision (a) for purposes of this article from
revenues allocated to the county pursuant to Chapter 6
(commencing with Section 17600) of Division 9 of the Welfare
and Institutions Code.

(c) (1) The state shall match county expenditures for this article
from funding provided pursuant to subdivisions (a) and (b).

(2) County expenditures shall be waived for payment of services
for children who are eligible pursuant to paragraph (2) of
subdivision (a) of Section 123870.

(d) The county may appropriate and expend moneys in addition
to those set forth in begin delete subdivision end delete begin insert subdivisions end insert (a) and (b) and the
state shall match the expenditures, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, to
the extent that state funds are available for this article.

(e) County appropriations under subdivisions (a) and (b) shall
include county financial participation in the nonfederal share of
expenditures for services for children who are enrolled in the
Medi-Cal program pursuant to Section 14005.26 of the Welfare
and Institutions Code, and who are eligible for services under this
article pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section
123870, to the extent that federal financial participation is available
at the enhanced federal reimbursement rate under Title XXI of the
federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1397aa et seq.) and
funds are appropriated for the California Children’s Services
Program in the State Budget.

(f) Nothing in this section shall require the county to expend
more than the amount set forth in subdivision (a) plus the amount
set forth in subdivision (b) nor shall it require the state to expend
more than the amount of the match set forth in subdivision (c).

(g) Notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
the department, without taking further regulatory action, shall
implement this section by means of California Children’s Services
numbered letters.

SEC. 128.  

Section 123955 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

123955.  

(a) The state and the counties shall share in the cost
of administration of the California Children’s Services Program
at the local level.

(b) (1) The director shall adopt regulations establishing
minimum standards for the administration, staffing, and local
implementation of this article subject to reimbursement by the
state.

(2) The standards shall allow necessary flexibility in the
administration of county programs, taking into account the
variability of county needs and resources, and shall be developed
and revised jointly with state and county representatives.

(c) The director shall establish minimum standards for
administration, staffing and local operation of the program subject
to reimbursement by the state.

(d) Until July 1, 1992, reimbursable administrative costs, to be
paid by the state to counties, shall not exceed 4.1 percent of the
gross total expenditures for diagnosis, treatment begin insert , end insert and therapy by
counties as specified in Section 123940.

(e) Beginning July 1, 1992, this subdivision shall apply with
respect to all of the following:

(1) Counties shall be reimbursed by the state for 50 percent of
the amount required to meet state administrative standards for that
portion of the county caseload under this article that is ineligible
for Medi-Cal to the extent funds are available in the State Budget
for the California Children’s Services Program.

(2) Counties shall be reimbursed by the state for 50 percent of
the nonfederal share of the amount required to meet state
administrative standards for that portion of the county caseload
under this article that is enrolled in the Medi-Cal program pursuant
to Section 14005.26 of the Welfare and Institutions Code and who
are eligible for services under this article pursuant to subdivision
(a) of Section 123870, to the extent that federal financial
participation is available at the enhanced federal reimbursement
rate under Title XXI of the federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
Sec. 1397aa et seq.) and funds are appropriated for the California
Children’s Services Program in the State Budget.

(3) On or before September 15 of each year, each county
program implementing this article shall submit an application for
the subsequent fiscal year that provides information as required
by the state to determine if the county administrative staff and
budget meet state standards.

(4) The state shall determine the maximum amount of state
funds available for each county from state funds appropriated for
CCS county administration. If the amount appropriated for any
fiscal year in the Budget Act for county administration under this
article differs from the amounts approved by the department, each
county shall submit a revised application in a form and at the time
specified by the department.

(f) The department and counties shall maximize the use of
federal funds for administration of the programs implemented
pursuant to this article, including using state and county funds to
match funds claimable under Title XIX or Title XXI of the federal
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1396 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. Sec.
1397aa et seq.).

SEC. 129.  

Section 125286.20 of the Health and Safety Code
is amended to read:

125286.20.  

Unless the context otherwise requires, the following
definitions shall apply for purposes of this article:

(a) “Assay” means the amount of a particular constituent of a
mixture or of the biological or pharmacological potency of a drug.

(b) “Ancillary infusion equipment and supplies” means the
equipment and supplies required to infuse a blood clotting product
into a human vein, including, but not limited to, syringes, needles,
sterile gauze, field pads, gloves, alcohol swabs, numbing creams,
tourniquets, medical tape, sharps or equivalent biohazard waste
containers, and cold compression packs.

(c) “Bleeding disorder” means a medical condition characterized
by a deficiency or absence of one or more essential blood clotting
proteins in the human blood, often called “factors,” including all
forms of hemophilia and other bleeding disorders that, without
treatment, result in uncontrollable bleeding or abnormal blood
clotting.

(d) “Blood clotting product” means an intravenously
administered medicine manufactured from human plasma or
recombinant biotechnology techniques, approved for distribution
by the federal Food and Drug Administration, that is used for the
treatment and prevention of symptoms associated with bleeding
disorders. Blood clotting products include, but are not limited to,
factor VII, factor VIIa, factor VIII, and factor IX products, von
Willebrand factor products, bypass products for patients with
inhibitors, and activated prothrombin complex concentrates.

(e) “Emergency” means care as defined in Section 1317.1.

(f) “Hemophilia” means a human bleeding disorder caused by
a hereditary deficiency of the begin delete factors end delete begin insert factor end insert I, II, V, VIII, IX, XI,
XII, or XIII blood clotting protein in human blood.

(g) “Hemophilia treatment center” means a facility for the
treatment of bleeding disorders, including, but not limited to,
hemophilia, that receives funding specifically for the treatment of
patients with bleeding disorders from federal government sources,
including, but not limited to, the federal Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention and the federal Health Resources and
Services Administration (HRSA) of the United States Department
of Health and Human Services.

(h) “Home use” means infusion or other use of a blood clotting
product in a place other than a state-recognized hemophilia
treatment center or other clinical setting. Places where home use
occurs include, without limitation, a home or other nonclinical
setting.

(i) “Patient” means a person needing a blood clotting product
for home use.

(j) (1) “Provider of blood clotting products for home use” means
all the following pharmacies, except as described in Section
125286.35, that dispense blood clotting factors for home use:

(A) Hospital pharmacies.

(B) Health system pharmacies.

(C) Pharmacies affiliated with hemophilia treatment centers.

(D) Specialty home care pharmacies.

(E) Retail pharmacies.

(2) The providers described in this subdivision shall include a
health care service plan and all its affiliated providers if the health
care service plan exclusively contracts with a single medical group
in a specified geographic area to provide professional services to
its enrollees.

SEC. 130.  

Section 128570 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

128570.  

(a) Persons participating in the program shall be
persons who agree in writing prior to completing an accredited
medical or osteopathic school based in the United States to serve
in an eligible practice setting, pursuant to subdivision (g) of Section
128565, for at least three years. The program shall be used only
for the purpose of promoting the education of medical doctors and
doctors of osteopathy and related administrative costs.

(b) A program participant shall commit to three years of
full-time professional practice once the participant has achieved
full licensure pursuant to Article 4 (commencing with Section
2080) of Chapter 5 begin insert of Division 2 of, end insert or Section 2099.5 of begin insert , end insert the
Business and Professions Code and after completing an accredited
residency program. The obligated professional service shall be in
direct patient care in an eligible practice setting pursuant to
subdivision (g) of Section 128565.

(1) Leaves of absence either during medical school or service
obligation shall be permitted for serious illness, pregnancy, or
other natural causes. The selection committee shall develop the
process for determining the maximum permissible length of an
absence, the maximum permissible leaves of absences, and the
process for reinstatement. Awarding of scholarship funds shall be
deferred until the participant is back to full-time status.

(2) Full-time status shall be defined by the selection committee.
The selection committee may establish exemptions from this
requirement on a case-by-case basis.

(c) The maximum allowable amount per total scholarship shall
be one hundred five thousand dollars ($105,000). These moneys
shall be distributed over the course of a standard medical school
curriculum. The distribution of funds shall increase over the course
of medical school, increasing to ensure that at least 45 percent of
the total scholarship award is distributed upon matriculation in the
final year of school.

(d) In the event the program participant does not complete
medical school and the minimum three years of professional service
pursuant to the contractual agreement between the foundation and
the participant, the office shall recover the funds awarded plus the
maximum allowable interest for failure to begin or complete the
service obligation.

SEC. 131.  

Section 129725 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

129725.  

(a)  (1)  “Hospital building” includes any building
not specified in subdivision (b) that is used, or designed to be used,
for a health facility of a type required to be licensed pursuant to
Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 1250) of Division 2.

(2)  Except as provided in paragraph (7) of subdivision (b),
hospital building includes a correctional treatment center, as
defined in subdivision (j) of Section 1250, the construction of
which was completed on or after March 7, 1973.

(b)  “Hospital building” does not include any of the following:

(1)  Any building where outpatient clinical services of a health
facility licensed pursuant to Section 1250 are provided that is
separated from a building in which hospital services are provided.
If any one or more outpatient clinical services in the building
provides services to inpatients, the building shall not be included
as a “hospital building” if those services provided to inpatients
represent no more than 25 percent of the total outpatient services
provided at the building. Hospitals shall maintain on an ongoing
basis, data on the patients receiving services in these buildings,
including the number of patients seen, categorized by their inpatient
or outpatient status. Hospitals shall submit this data annually to
the State Department of begin delete Health Services. end delete begin insert Public Health. end insert

(2)   begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert building used, or designed to be used, for a skilled
nursing facility or intermediate care facility if the building is of
single-story, wood-frame or light steel frame construction.

(3)   begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert building of single-story, wood-frame or light steel
frame construction where only skilled nursing or intermediate care
services are provided if the building is separated from a building
housing other patients of the health facility receiving higher levels
of care.

(4)   begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert freestanding begin delete structures end delete begin insert structure end insert of a chemical
dependency recovery hospital exempted under subdivision (c) of
Section 1275.2.

(5)   begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert building licensed to be used as an intermediate care
facility/developmentally disabled habilitative with six beds or less
and begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert intermediate care facility/developmentally disabled
habilitative of 7 to 15 beds that is a single-story, wood-frame or
light steel frame building.

(6)   begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert building subject to licensure as a correctional
treatment center, as defined in subdivision (j) of Section 1250, the
construction of which was completed begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert March 7,
1973.

(7)  (A)   begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert building that meets the definition of a
correctional treatment center, pursuant to subdivision (j) of Section
1250, for which the final design documents were completed or the
construction of which was begin delete begun prior to end delete begin insert initiated before end insert January
1, 1994, operated by or to be operated by the Department of
begin delete Corrections, the Department of the Youth Authority, end delete begin insert Corrections
and Rehabilitation, end insert or by a law enforcement agency of a city,
county, or a city and county.

(B)  In the case of reconstruction, alteration, or addition to, the
facilities identified in this paragraph, and paragraph (6) or any
other building subject to licensure as a general acute care hospital,
acute psychiatric hospital, correctional treatment center, or nursing
facility, as defined in subdivisions (a), (b), (j), and (k) of Section
1250, operated or to be operated by the Department of begin delete Corrections,
the Department of the Youth Authority, end delete begin insert Corrections and
Rehabilitation, end insert or by a law enforcement agency of a city, county,
or city and county, only the reconstruction, alteration, or addition,
itself, and not the building as a whole, nor any other aspect thereof,
shall be required to comply with this chapter or the regulations
adopted pursuant thereto.

(8)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert freestanding building used, or designed to be used,
as a congregate living health facility, as defined in subdivision (i)
of Section 1250.

(9)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert freestanding building used, or designed to be used,
as a hospice facility, as defined in subdivision (n) of Section 1250.

SEC. 132.  

Section 136000 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

136000.  

(a) (1) Effective July 1, 2012, there is hereby
transferred from the Department of Managed Health Care the
Office of Patient Advocate to be established within the California
Health and Human Services Agency, to provide assistance to, and
advocate on behalf of, individuals served by health care service
plans regulated by the Department of Managed Health Care,
insureds covered by health insurers regulated by the Department
of Insurance, and individuals who receive or are eligible for other
health care coverage in California, including coverage available
through the Medi-Cal program, the California Health Benefit
Exchange, the Healthy Families Program, or any other county or
state health care program. The goal of the office shall be to help
those individuals secure the health care services to which they are
entitled or for which they are eligible under the law.
Notwithstanding any provision of this division, each regulator and
health coverage program shall retain its respective authority,
including its authority to resolve complaints, grievances, and
appeals.

(2) The office shall be headed by a patient advocate appointed
by the Governor. The patient advocate shall serve at the pleasure
of the Governor.

(3) The provisions of this division affecting insureds covered
by health insurers regulated by the Department of Insurance and
individuals who receive or are eligible for coverage available
through the Medi-Cal program, the California Health Benefit
Exchange, the Healthy Families Program, or any other county or
state health care program shall commence on January 1, 2013,
except that for the period July 1, 2012, to January 1, 2013, the
office shall continue with any duties, responsibilities, or activities
of the office authorized as of July 1, 2011, which shall continue
to be authorized.

(b) (1) The duties of the office shall include, but not be limited
to, all of the following:

(A) Developing, in consultation with the Managed Risk Medical
Insurance Board, the State Department of Health Care Services,
the California Health Benefit Exchange, the Department of
Managed Health Care, and the Department of Insurance,
educational and informational guides for consumers describing
their rights and responsibilities, and informing them on effective
ways to exercise their rights to secure health care coverage. The
guides shall be easy to read and understand and shall be made
available in English and other threshold languages, using an
appropriate literacy level, and in a culturally competent manner.
The informational guides shall be made available to the public by
the office, including being made accessible on the office’s Internet
Web site and through public outreach and educational programs.

(B) Compiling an annual publication, to be made available on
the office’s Internet Web site, of a quality of care report card,
including, but not limited to, health care service plans.

(C) Rendering assistance to consumers regarding procedures,
rights, and responsibilities related to the filing of complaints,
grievances, and appeals, including appeals of coverage denials and
information about any external appeal process.

(D) Making referrals to the appropriate state agency regarding
studies, investigations, audits, or enforcement that may be
appropriate to protect the interests of consumers.

(E) Coordinating and working with other government and
nongovernment patient assistance programs and health care
ombudsperson programs.

(2) The office shall employ necessary staff. The office may
employ or contract with experts when necessary to carry out the
functions of the office. The patient advocate shall make an annual
budget request for the office which shall be identified in the annual
Budget Act.

(3) Until January 1, 2013, the office shall have access to records
of the Department of Managed Health Care, including, but not
limited to, information related to health care service plan or health
insurer audits, surveys, and enrollee or insured grievances.

(4) The patient advocate shall annually issue a public report on
the activities of the office, and shall appear before the appropriate
policy and fiscal committees of the Senate and Assembly, if
requested, to report and make recommendations on the activities
of the office.

(5) The office shall adopt standards for the organizations with
which it contracts pursuant to this section to ensure compliance
with the privacy and confidentiality laws of this state, including,
but not limited to, the Information Practices Act of 1977 (Chapter
1(commencing with Section 1798) of Division 3 of the Civil Code).
The office shall conduct privacy trainings as necessary, and
regularly verify that the organizations have measures in place to
ensure compliance with this provision.

(c) In enacting this act, the Legislature recognizes that, because
of the enactment of federal health care reform on March 23, 2010,
and the implementation of various provisions by January 1, 2014,
it is appropriate to transfer the Office of Patient Advocate and to
confer new responsibilities on the Office of Patient Advocate,
including assisting consumers in obtaining health care coverage
and obtaining health care through health coverage that is regulated
by multiple regulators, both state and federal. The new
responsibilities include assisting consumers in navigating both
public and private health care coverage and assisting consumers
in determining which regulator regulates the health care coverage
of a particular consumer. In order to assist in implementing federal
health care reform in California, commencing January 1, 2013,
the office, in addition to the duties set forth in subdivision (b),
shall also do all of the following:

(1) Receive and respond to all inquiries, complaints, and requests
for assistance from individuals concerning health care coverage
available in California.

(2) Provide, and assist in the provision of, outreach and
education about health care coverage options as set forth in
subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), including,
but not limited to:

(A) Information regarding applying for coverage; the cost of
coverage; and renewal in, and transitions between, health coverage
programs.

(B) Information and assistance regarding public programs, such
as Medi-Cal, the Healthy Families Program, federal veterans health
benefits, and Medicare; and private coverage, including
employer-sponsored coverage, Exchange coverage; and other
sources of care if the consumer is not eligible for coverage, such
as county services, community clinics, discounted hospital care,
or charity care.

(3) Coordinate with other state and federal agencies engaged in
outreach and education regarding the implementation of federal
health care reform.

(4) Render assistance to, and advocate on behalf of, consumers
with problems related to health care services, including care and
service problems and claims or payment problems.

(5) Refer consumers to the appropriate regulator of their health
coverage programs for filing complaints, grievances, or claims, or
for payment problems.

(d) (1) Commencing January 1, 2013, the office shall track and
analyze data on problems and complaints by, and questions from,
consumers about health care coverage for the purpose of providing
public information about problems faced and information needed
by consumers in obtaining coverage and care. The data collected
shall include demographic data, source of coverage, regulator, and
resolution of complaints, including timeliness of resolution.

(2) The Department of Managed Health Care, the begin insert State end insert
Department of Health Care Services, the Department of Insurance,
the Managed Risk Medical Insurance Board, the California Health
Benefit Exchange, and other public coverage programs shall
provide to the office data in the aggregate concerning consumer
complaints and grievances. For the purpose of publicly reporting
information about the problems faced by consumers in obtaining
care and coverage, the office shall analyze data on consumer
complaints and grievances resolved by these agencies, including
demographic data, source of coverage, insurer or plan, resolution
of complaints and other information intended to improve health
care and coverage for consumers. The office shall develop and
provide comprehensive and timely data and analysis based on the
information provided by other agencies.

(3) The office shall collect and report data to the United States
Secretary of Health and Human Services on complaints and
consumer assistance as required to comply with requirements of
the federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public
Law 111-148).

(e) Commencing begin delete in end delete January 1, 2013, in order to assist consumers
in understanding the impact of federal health care reform as well
as navigating and resolving questions and problems with health
care coverage and programs, the office shall ensure that either the
office or a state agency contracting with the office shall do the
following:

(1) Operate a toll-free telephone hotline number that can route
callers to the proper regulating body or public program for their
question, their health plan, or the consumer assistance program in
their area.

(2) Operate begin delete a end delete begin insert an end insert Internet Web site, other social media, and
up-to-date communication systems to give information regarding
the consumer assistance programs.

(f) (1) The office may contract with community-based consumer
assistance organizations to assist in any or all of the duties of
subdivision (c) in accordance with Section 19130 of the
Government Code or provide grants to community-based consumer
assistance organizations for portions of these purposes.

(2) Commencing begin delete on end delete January 1, 2013, any local
community-based nonprofit consumer assistance program with
which the office contracts shall include in its mission the assistance
of, and duty to, health care consumers. Contracting consumer
assistance programs shall have experience in the following areas:

(A) Assisting consumers in navigating the local health care
system.

(B) Advising consumers regarding their health care coverage
options and helping consumers enroll in and retain health care
coverage.

(C) Assisting consumers with problems in accessing health care
services.

(D) Serving consumers with special needs, including, but not
limited to, consumers with limited-English language proficiency,
consumers requiring culturally competent services, low-income
consumers, consumers with disabilities, consumers with low
literacy rates, and consumers with multiple health conditions,
including behavioral health.

(E) Collecting and reporting data, including demographic data,
source of coverage, regulator, and resolution of complaints,
including timeliness of resolution.

(3) Commencing begin delete on end delete January 1, 2013, the office shall develop
protocols, procedures, and training modules for organizations with
which it contracts.

(4) Commencing begin delete on end delete January 1, 2013, the office shall adopt
standards for organizations with which it contracts regarding
confidentiality and conduct.

(5) Commencing begin delete on end delete January 1, 2013, the office may contract
with consumer assistance programs to develop a series of
appropriate literacy level and culturally and linguistically
appropriate educational materials in all threshold languages for
consumers regarding health care coverage options and how to
resolve problems.

(g)  begin delete (1) end delete begin delete   end delete Commencing begin delete on end delete January 1, 2013, the office shall
develop protocols and procedures for assisting in the resolution of
consumer complaints, including both of the following:

(1) A procedure for referral of complaints and grievances to the
appropriate regulator or health coverage program for resolution
by the relevant regulator or public program.

(2) A protocol or procedure for reporting to the appropriate
regulator and health coverage program regarding complaints and
grievances relevant to that agency that the office received and was
able to resolve without further action or referral.

(h) For purposes of this section, the following definitions begin delete shall end delete
apply:

(1) “Consumer” or “individual” includes the individual or his
or her parent, guardian, conservator, or authorized representative.

(2) “Exchange” means the California Health Benefit Exchange
established pursuant to Title 22 (commencing with Section 100500)
of the Government Code.

(3) “Health care” includes behavioral health, including both
mental health and substance abuse treatment.

(4) “Health care service plan” has the same meaning as that set
forth in subdivision (f) of Section 1345. Health care service plan
includes “specialized health care service plans,” including
behavioral health plans.

(5) “Health coverage program” includes the Medi-Cal program,
Healthy Families Program, tax subsidies and premium credits
under the Exchange, the Basic Health Program, if enacted, county
health coverage programs, and the Access for Infants and Mothers
Program.

(6) “Health insurance” has the same meaning as set forth in
Section 106 of the Insurance Code.

(7) “Health insurer” means an insurer that issues policies of
health insurance.

(8) “Office” means the Office of Patient Advocate.

(9) “Threshold languages” shall have the same meaning as for
Medi-Cal managed care.

SEC. 133.  

Section 676.75 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

676.75.  

(a) No admitted insurer, licensed to issue and issuing
homeowner’s or tenant’s policies, as described in Section 122,
shall (1) fail or refuse to accept an application for that insurance
or to issue that insurance to an applicant or (2) cancel that
insurance, solely on the basis that the applicant or policyholder is
engaged in foster home activities in a certified family home, as
defined in Section 1506 of the Health and Safety Code.

(b) Coverage under policies described in subdivision (a) with
respect to a foster child shall be the same as that provided for a
natural child. However, unless specifically provided in the policy,
there shall be no coverage expressly provided in the policy for any
bodily injury arising out of the operation or use of any motor
vehicle, aircraft, or watercraft owned or operated by, or rented or
loaned to, any foster parent.

(c) It is against public policy for a policy of homeowner’s or
tenant’s insurance subject to this section to provide liability
coverage for any of the following losses:

(1) An insurer shall not be liable, under a policy of insurance
subject to this section, to any governmental agency for damage
arising from occurrences peculiar to the foster care relationship
and the provision of foster care services.

(2) Alienation of affection of a foster child.

(3) Any loss arising out of licentious, immoral, or sexual
behavior on the part of a foster parent intended to lead to, or
culminating in, any sexual act.

(4) Any loss arising out of a dishonest, fraudulent, criminal, or
intentional act.

(d) There shall be no penalty for violations of this section prior
to January 1, 2013.

(e) Insurers may provide a special endorsement to a
begin delete homeowners’ end delete begin insert homeowner’s end insert or begin delete tenants’ end delete begin insert tenant’s end insert policy covering
claims related to foster care that are not excluded by subdivision
(c).

(f) Insurers may provide by a separate policy for some or all of
the claims related to foster care that are excluded by subdivision
(c).

SEC. 134.  

Section 922.41 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

922.41.  

(a) Credit shall be allowed a domestic insurer when
the reinsurance is ceded to an assuming insurer that has been
certified by the commissioner as a reinsurer in this state and secures
its obligations in accordance with the requirements of this section.
Credit shall be allowed at all times for which statutory financial
statement credit for reinsurance is claimed under this section. The
credit allowed shall be based upon the security held by or on behalf
of the ceding insurer in accordance with a rating assigned to the
certified reinsurer by the commissioner. The security shall be in
a form consistent with begin delete the provisions of end delete this section, any
regulations promulgated by the commissioner begin insert , end insert and Section 922.5.

(b) In order to be eligible for certification, the assuming insurer
shall meet the following requirements:

(1) The assuming insurer shall be domiciled and licensed to
transact insurance or reinsurance in a qualified jurisdiction, as
determined by the commissioner pursuant to subdivisions (f) and
(g).

(2) The assuming insurer shall maintain minimum capital and
surplus, or its equivalent, in an amount to be determined by the
commissioner, but no less than two hundred fifty million dollars
($250,000,000) calculated in accordance with paragraph (4) of
subdivision (f) of this section or Section 922.5. This requirement
may also be satisfied by an association including incorporated and
individual unincorporated underwriters having minimum capital
and surplus equivalents (net of liabilities) of at least two hundred
fifty million dollars ($250,000,000) and a central fund containing
a balance of at least two hundred fifty million dollars
($250,000,000).

(3) The assuming insurer shall maintain financial strength ratings
from two or more rating agencies deemed acceptable by the
commissioner. These ratings shall be based on interactive
communication between the rating agency and the assuming insurer
and shall not be based solely on publicly available information.
These financial strength ratings will be one factor used by the
commissioner in determining the rating that is assigned to the
assuming insurer. Acceptable rating agencies include the following:

(A) Standard & Poor’s.

(B) Moody’s Investors Service.

(C) Fitch Ratings.

(D) A.M. Best Company.

(E) Any other nationally recognized statistical rating
organization.

(4) The assuming insurer shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction
of this state, appoint the commissioner or a designated attorney in
this state as its agent for service of process in this state, and agree
to provide security for 100 percent of the assuming insurer’s
liabilities attributable to reinsurance ceded by United States ceding
insurers if it resists enforcement of a final United States judgment.

(5) The assuming insurer shall agree to meet applicable
information filing requirements as determined by the commissioner,
both with respect to an initial application for certification and on
an ongoing basis.

(6) The certified reinsurer shall comply with any other
requirements deemed relevant by the commissioner.

(c) (1) If an applicant for certification has been certified as a
reinsurer in begin delete an NAIC end delete begin insert a National Association of Insurance
Commissioners (NAIC) end insert accredited jurisdiction, the commissioner
may defer to that jurisdiction’s certification, and has the discretion
to defer to the rating assigned by that jurisdiction if the assuming
insurer submits a properly executed Form CR-1 (as published on
the department’s Internet Web site), and such additional
information as the commissioner requires. The commissioner,
however, may perform an independent review and determination
of any applicant. The assuming insurer shall then be considered
to be a certified reinsurer in this state.

(2) If the commissioner defers to a certification determination
by another state, any change in the certified reinsurer’s status or
rating in the other jurisdiction shall apply automatically in this
state as of the date it takes effect in the other jurisdiction unless
the commissioner otherwise determines. The certified reinsurer
shall notify the commissioner of any change in its status or rating
within 10 days after receiving notice of the change.

(3) The commissioner may withdraw recognition of the other
jurisdiction’s rating at any time and assign a new rating in
accordance with subdivision (h).

(4) The commissioner may withdraw recognition of the other
jurisdiction’s certification at any time, with written notice to the
certified reinsurer. Unless the commissioner suspends or revokes
the certified reinsurer’s certification in accordance with this section
and Section 922.42, the certified reinsurer’s certification shall
remain in good standing in this state for a period of three months,
which shall be extended if additional time is necessary to consider
the assuming insurer’s application for certification in this state.

(d) An association, including incorporated and individual
unincorporated underwriters, may be a certified reinsurer. In order
to be eligible for certification, in addition to satisfying requirements
of subdivision (b) begin insert , end insert the reinsurer shall meet all of the following
requirements:

(1) The association shall satisfy its minimum capital and surplus
requirements through the capital and surplus equivalents (net of
liabilities) of the association and its members, which shall include
a joint central fund that may be applied to any unsatisfied
obligation of the association or any of its members, in an amount
determined by the commissioner to provide adequate protection.

(2) The incorporated members of the association shall not be
engaged in any business other than underwriting as a member of
the association and shall be subject to the same level of regulation
and solvency control by the association’s domiciliary regulator as
are the unincorporated members.

(3) Within 90 days after its financial statements are due to be
filed with the association’s domiciliary regulator, the association
shall provide to the commissioner an annual certification by the
association’s domiciliary regulator of the solvency of each
underwriter member begin delete ; end delete or begin insert , end insert if a certification is unavailable, financial
statements, prepared by independent public accountants, of each
underwriter member of the association.

(e) (1) The commissioner shall post notice on the department’s
Internet Web site promptly upon receipt of any application for
certification, including instructions on how members of the public
may respond to the application. The commissioner begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not
take final action on the application until at least 90 days after
posting the notice required by this subdivision.

(2) The commissioner shall issue written notice to an assuming
insurer that has made application and has been approved as a
certified reinsurer. Included in begin delete such end delete begin insert that end insert notice shall be the rating
assigned the certified reinsurer in accordance with subdivision (h).
The commissioner shall publish a list of all certified reinsurers and
their ratings.

(f) The certified reinsurer shall agree to meet applicable
information filing requirements as determined by the commissioner,
both with respect to an initial application for certification and on
an ongoing basis. All information submitted by certified reinsurers
that is not otherwise public information subject to disclosure shall
be exempted from disclosure under Chapter 3.5 (commencing with
Section 6250) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code,
and shall be withheld from public disclosure. The applicable
information filing requirements are as follows:

(1) Notification within 10 days of any regulatory actions taken
against the certified reinsurer, any change in the provisions of its
domiciliary license or any change in rating by an approved rating
agency, including a statement describing those changes and the
reasons for those changes.

(2) Annually, Form CR-F or CR-S, as applicable pursuant to
the instructions begin delete as end delete published on the department’s Internet Web
site.

(3) Annually, the report of the independent auditor on the
financial statements of the insurance enterprise, on the basis
described in paragraph (4).

(4) Annually, audited financial statements, (audited United
States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles basis, if available,
audited International Financial Reporting Standards basis
statements are allowed, but must include an audited footnote
reconciling equity and net income to a United States Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles basis, or, with the written
permission of the commissioner, audited International Financial
Reporting Standards statements with reconciliation to United States
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles certified by an officer
of the company), regulatory filings, and actuarial opinion (as filed
with the certified reinsurer’s supervisor). Upon the initial
certification, audited financial statements for the last three years
filed with the certified reinsurer’s supervisor.

(5) At least annually, an updated list of all disputed and overdue
reinsurance claims regarding reinsurance assumed from United
States domestic ceding insurers.

(6) A certification from the certified reinsurer’s domestic
regulator that the certified reinsurer is in good standing and
maintains capital in excess of the jurisdiction’s highest regulatory
action level.

(7) Any other information that the commissioner may reasonably
require.

(g) If the commissioner certifies a non-United States domiciled
insurer, the commissioner shall create and publish a list of qualified
jurisdictions, under which an assuming insurer licensed and
domiciled in begin delete such end delete begin insert that end insert jurisdiction is eligible to be considered for
certification by the commissioner as a certified reinsurer.

(1) In order to determine whether the domiciliary jurisdiction
of a non-United States assuming insurer is eligible to be recognized
as a qualified jurisdiction, the commissioner shall evaluate the
appropriateness and effectiveness of the reinsurance supervisory
system of the jurisdiction, both initially and on an ongoing basis,
and consider the rights, benefits, and the extent of reciprocal
recognition afforded by the non-United States jurisdiction to
reinsurers licensed and domiciled in the United States. The
commissioner shall determine the appropriate process for
evaluating the qualifications of those jurisdictions. Prior to its
listing, a qualified jurisdiction shall agree in writing to share
information and cooperate with the commissioner with respect to
all certified reinsurers domiciled within that jurisdiction. A
jurisdiction may not be recognized as a qualified jurisdiction if the
commissioner has determined that the jurisdiction does not
adequately and promptly enforce final United States judgments
and arbitration awards. Additional factors may be considered in
the discretion of the commissioner, including, but not limited to,
the following:

(A) The framework under which the assuming insurer is
regulated.

(B) The structure and authority of the domiciliary regulator with
regard to solvency regulation requirements and financial
surveillance.

(C) The substance of financial and operating standards for
assuming insurers in the domiciliary jurisdiction.

(D) The form and substance of financial reports required to be
filed or made publicly available by reinsurers in the domiciliary
jurisdiction and the accounting principles used.

(E) The domiciliary regulator’s willingness to cooperate with
United States regulators in general and the commissioner in
particular.

(F) The history of performance by assuming insurers in the
domiciliary jurisdiction.

(G) Any documented evidence of substantial problems with the
enforcement of final United States judgments in the domiciliary
jurisdiction.

(H) Any relevant international standards or guidance with
respect to mutual recognition of reinsurance supervision adopted
by the International Association of Insurance Supervisors or a
successor organization.

(I) Any other matters deemed relevant by the commissioner.

(2) The commissioner shall consider the list of qualified
jurisdictions published through the begin delete National Association of
Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) end delete begin insert NAIC end insert committee process in
determining qualified jurisdictions. The commissioner may include
on the list published pursuant to this section, any jurisdiction on
the NAIC list of qualified jurisdictions, or on any equivalent list
of the United States Treasury.

(3) If the commissioner approves a jurisdiction as qualified that
does not appear on either the NAIC list of qualified jurisdictions,
or the United States Treasury list, the commissioner shall provide
thoroughly documented justification in accordance with criteria
to be developed under this section.

(4) United States jurisdictions that meet the requirements for
accreditation under the NAIC financial standards and accreditation
program shall be recognized as qualified jurisdictions.

(5) If a certified reinsurer’s domiciliary jurisdiction ceases to
be a qualified jurisdiction, the commissioner has the discretion to
suspend the reinsurer’s certification indefinitely, in lieu of
revocation.

(h) The commissioner shall assign a rating to each certified
reinsurer, giving due consideration to the financial strength ratings
that have been assigned by rating agencies deemed acceptable to
the commissioner pursuant to this section. The commissioner shall
publish a list of all certified reinsurers and their ratings.

(1) Each certified reinsurer shall be rated on a legal entity basis,
with due consideration being given to the group rating where
appropriate, except that an association including incorporated and
individual unincorporated underwriters that has been approved to
do business as a single certified reinsurer may be evaluated on the
basis of its group rating. Factors that may be considered as part of
the evaluation process include, but are not limited to, the following:

(A) The certified reinsurer’s financial strength rating from an
acceptable rating agency. The maximum rating that a certified
reinsurer may be assigned begin delete will end delete begin insert shall end insert correspond to its financial
strength rating as set forth in clauses (i) to (vi), inclusive. The
commissioner shall use the lowest financial strength rating received
from an approved rating agency in establishing the maximum
rating of a certified reinsurer. A failure to obtain or maintain at
least two financial strength ratings from acceptable rating agencies
begin delete will end delete begin insert shall end insert result in loss of eligibility for certification.

(i) Ratings category “Secure - 1” corresponds to A.M. Best
Company rating A++; Standard & Poor’s rating AAA; Moody’s
Investors Service rating Aaa; and Fitch Ratings rating AAA.

(ii) Ratings category “Secure - 2” corresponds to A.M. Best
Company rating A+; Standard & Poor’s rating AA+, AA, or AA-;
Moody’s Investors Service rating Aa1, Aa2, or Aa3; and Fitch
Ratings rating AA+, AA, or AA-.

(iii) Ratings category “Secure - 3” corresponds to A.M. Best
Company rating A; Standard & Poor’s rating A+ or A; Moody’s
Investors Service rating A1 or A2; and Fitch Ratings rating A+ or
A.

(iv) Ratings category “Secure - 4” corresponds to A.M. Best
Company rating A-; Standard & Poor’s rating A-; Moody’s
Investors Service rating A3; and Fitch Ratings rating A-.

(v) Ratings category “Secure - 5” corresponds to A.M. Best
Company rating B++ or B+; Standard & Poor’s rating BBB+,
BBB, or BBB-; Moody’s Investors Service rating Baa1, Baa2, or
Baa3; and Fitch Ratings rating BBB+, BBB, or BBB-.

(vi) Ratings category “Vulnerable - 6” corresponds to A.M.
Best Company rating B, B-, C++, C+, C, C-, D, E, or F; Standard
& Poor’s rating BB+, BB, BB-, B+, B, B-, CCC, CC, C, D, or R;
Moody’s Investors Service rating Ba1, Ba2, Ba3, B1, B2, B3, Caa,
Ca, or C; and Fitch Ratings rating BB+, BB, BB-, B+, B, B-,
CCC+, CC, CCC-, or DD.

(B) The business practices of the certified reinsurer in dealing
with its ceding insurers, including its record of compliance with
reinsurance contractual terms and obligations.

(C) For certified reinsurers domiciled in the United States, a
review of the most recent applicable NAIC Annual Statement
Blank, either Schedule F (for property/casualty reinsurers) or
Schedule S (for life and health reinsurers).

(D) For certified reinsurers not domiciled in the United States,
a review annually of Form CR-F (for property/casualty reinsurers)
or Form CR-S (for life and health reinsurers) (as published on the
department’s Internet Web site).

(E) The reputation of the certified reinsurer for prompt payment
of claims under reinsurance agreements, based on an analysis of
ceding insurers’ Schedule F reporting of overdue reinsurance
recoverables, including the proportion of obligations that are more
than 90 days past due or are in dispute, with specific attention
given to obligations payable to companies that are in administrative
supervision or receivership.

(F) Regulatory actions against the certified reinsurer.

(G) The report of the independent auditor on the financial
statements of the insurance enterprise, on the basis described in
subparagraph (H).

(H) For certified reinsurers not domiciled in the United States,
audited financial statements, (audited United States Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles basis, if available, audited
International Financial Reporting Standards basis statements are
allowed, but must include an audited footnote reconciling equity
and net income to a United States Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles basis, or, with the written permission of the
commissioner, audited International Financial Reporting Standards
statements with reconciliation to United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles certified by an officer of the company),
regulatory filings, and actuarial opinion (as filed with the
non-United States jurisdiction supervisor). Upon the initial
application for certification, the commissioner shall consider
audited financial statements for the last three years filed with its
non-United States jurisdiction supervisor.

(I) The liquidation priority of obligations to a ceding insurer in
the certified reinsurer’s domiciliary jurisdiction in the context of
an insolvency proceeding.

(J) A certified reinsurer’s participation in any solvent scheme
of arrangement, or similar procedure, which involves United States
ceding insurers. The commissioner shall receive prior notice from
a certified reinsurer that proposes participation by the certified
reinsurer in a solvent scheme of arrangement.

(K) Any other information deemed relevant by the
commissioner.

(2) Based on the analysis conducted under subparagraph (E) of
paragraph (1) of a certified reinsurer’s reputation for prompt
payment of claims, the commissioner may make appropriate
adjustments in the security the certified reinsurer is required to
post to protect its liabilities to United States ceding insurers,
provided that the commissioner shall, at a minimum, increase the
security the certified reinsurer is required to post by one rating
level under regulations promulgated by the commissioner, if the
commissioner finds either of the following:

(A) More than 15 percent of the certified reinsurer’s ceding
insurance clients have overdue reinsurance recoverables on paid
losses of 90 days or more begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert are not in dispute and begin delete which end delete
begin insert that end insert exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) for each
ceding insurer.

(B) The aggregate amount of reinsurance recoverables on paid
losses begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert are not in dispute begin insert and end insert that are overdue by 90
days or more exceeds fifty million dollars ($50,000,000).

(3) The assuming insurer shall submit a properly executed Form
CR-1 (as published on the department’s Internet Web site) as
evidence of its submission to the jurisdiction of this state,
appointment of the commissioner as an agent for service of process
in this state, and agreement to provide security for 100 percent of
the assuming insurer’s liabilities attributable to reinsurance ceded
by United States ceding insurers if it resists enforcement of a final
United States judgment. The commissioner shall not certify any
assuming insurer that is domiciled in a jurisdiction that the
commissioner has determined does not adequately and promptly
enforce final United States judgments or arbitration awards.

(4) (A) In the case of a downgrade by a rating agency or other
disqualifying circumstance, the commissioner shall, upon written
notice, assign a new rating to the certified reinsurer in accordance
with the requirements of begin delete subdivision (h) end delete begin insert this subdivision end insert .

(B) The commissioner shall have the authority to suspend,
revoke, or otherwise modify a certified reinsurer’s certification at
any time if the certified reinsurer fails to meet its obligations or
security requirements under this section, or if other financial or
operating results of the certified reinsurer, or documented
significant delays in payment by the certified reinsurer, lead the
commissioner to reconsider the certified reinsurer’s ability or
willingness to meet its contractual obligations.

(C) If the rating of a certified reinsurer is upgraded by the
commissioner, the certified reinsurer may meet the security
requirements applicable to its new rating on a prospective basis,
but the commissioner shall require the certified reinsurer to post
security under the previously applicable security requirements as
to all contracts in force on or before the effective date of the
upgraded rating. If the rating of a certified reinsurer is downgraded
by the commissioner, the commissioner shall require the certified
reinsurer to meet the security requirements applicable to its new
rating for all business it has assumed as a certified reinsurer.

(D) Upon revocation of the certification of a certified reinsurer
by the commissioner, the assuming insurer shall be required to
post security in accordance with Section 922.5 in order for the
ceding insurer to continue to take credit for reinsurance ceded to
the assuming insurer. If funds continue to be held in trust in
accordance with subdivision (d) of Section 922.4, the commissioner
may allow additional credit equal to the ceding insurer’s pro rata
share of those funds, discounted to reflect the risk of
uncollectibility and anticipated expenses of trust administration.
Notwithstanding the change of a certified reinsurer’s rating or
revocation of its certification, a domestic insurer that has ceded
reinsurance to that certified reinsurer begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not be denied credit
for reinsurance for a period of three months for all reinsurance
ceded to that certified reinsurer, unless the reinsurance is found
by the commissioner to be at high risk of uncollectibility.

(i) A certified reinsurer shall secure obligations assumed from
United States ceding insurers under this subdivision at a level
consistent with its rating. The amount of security required in order
for full credit to be allowed shall correspond with the following
requirements:

Ratings security required

Secure - 1: 0%

Secure - 2: 10%

Secure - 3: 20%

Secure - 4: 50%

Secure - 5: 75%

Vulnerable - 6: 100%

(1) In order for a domestic ceding insurer to qualify for full
financial statement credit for reinsurance ceded to a certified
reinsurer, the certified reinsurer shall maintain security in a form
acceptable to the commissioner and consistent with begin delete the provisions
of end delete Section 922.5, or in a multibeneficiary trust in accordance with
subdivision (d) of Section 922.4, except as otherwise provided in
this subdivision. In order for a domestic insurer to qualify for full
financial statement credit, reinsurance contracts entered into or
renewed under this section shall include a proper funding clause
that requires the certified reinsurer to provide and maintain security
in an amount sufficient to avoid the imposition of any financial
statement penalty on the ceding insurer under this section for
reinsurance ceded to the certified reinsurer.

(2) If a certified reinsurer maintains a trust to fully secure its
obligations subject to subdivision (d) of Section 922.4, and chooses
to secure its obligations incurred as a certified reinsurer in the form
of a multibeneficiary trust, the certified reinsurer shall maintain
separate trust accounts for its obligations incurred under
reinsurance agreements issued or renewed as a certified reinsurer
with reduced security as permitted by this subdivision or
comparable laws of other United States jurisdictions and for its
obligations subject to subdivision (d) of Section 922.4. It shall be
a condition to the grant of certification under this section that the
certified reinsurer shall have bound itself, by the language of the
trust and agreement with the commissioner with principal
regulatory oversight of each of those trust accounts, to fund, upon
termination of any of those trust accounts, out of the remaining
surplus of those trusts any deficiency of any other of those trust
accounts.

(3) The minimum trusteed surplus requirements provided in
subdivision (d) of Section 922.4 are not applicable with respect to
a multibeneficiary trust maintained by a certified reinsurer for the
purpose of securing obligations incurred under this subdivision,
except that the trust shall maintain a minimum trusteed surplus of
ten million dollars ($10,000,000).

(4) With respect to obligations incurred by a certified reinsurer
under this subdivision, if the security is insufficient, the
commissioner shall reduce the allowable credit by an amount
proportionate to the deficiency, and have the discretion to impose
further reductions in allowable credit upon finding that there is a
material risk that the certified reinsurer’s obligations will not be
paid in full when due.

(5) For purposes of this subdivision, a certified reinsurer whose
certification has been terminated for any reason shall be treated
as a certified reinsurer required to secure 100 percent of its
obligations.

(A) As used in this subdivision, the term “terminated” means
revocation, suspension, voluntary surrender, and inactive status.

(B) If the commissioner continues to assign a higher rating as
permitted by other provisions of this section, this requirement shall
not apply to a certified reinsurer in inactive status or to a reinsurer
whose certification has been suspended.

(6) The commissioner shall require the certified reinsurer to
post 100-percent security in accordance with Section 922.5, for
the benefit of the ceding insurer or its estate, upon the entry of an
order of rehabilitation, liquidation, or conservation against the
ceding insurer.

(7) Affiliated reinsurance transactions shall receive the same
opportunity for reduced security requirements as all other
reinsurance transactions.

(8) In order to facilitate the prompt payment of claims, a certified
reinsurer shall not be required to post security for catastrophe
recoverables for a period of one year from the date of the first
instance of a liability reserve entry by the ceding company as a
result of a loss from a catastrophic occurrence that is likely to result
in significant insured losses, as recognized by the commissioner.
The one-year deferral period is contingent upon the certified
reinsurer continuing to pay claims in a timely manner, as
determined by the commissioner, in writing. Reinsurance
recoverables for only the following lines of business as reported
on the NAIC annual financial statement related specifically to the
catastrophic occurrence begin delete will end delete begin insert shall end insert be included in the deferral:

(A) Line 1: Fire.

(B) Line 2: Allied lines.

(C) Line 3: begin delete Farmowners end delete begin insert Farmowners end insert begin insert ’ end insert multiple peril.

(D) Line 4: begin delete Homeowners end delete begin insert Homeowners end insert begin insert ’ end insert multiple peril.

(E) Line 5: Commercial multiple peril.

(F) Line 9: Inland marine.

(G) Line 12: Earthquake.

(H) Line 21: Auto physical damage.

(9) Credit for reinsurance under this section shall apply only to
reinsurance contracts entered into or renewed on or after the
effective date of the certification of the assuming insurer. Any
reinsurance contract entered into prior to the effective date of the
certification of the assuming insurer that is subsequently amended
by mutual agreement of the parties to the reinsurance contract after
the effective date of the certification of the assuming insurer, or a
new reinsurance contract, covering any risk for which collateral
was provided previously, shall only be subject to this section with
respect to losses incurred and reserves reported from and after the
effective date of the amendment or new contract.

(10) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit the
parties to a reinsurance agreement from agreeing to provisions
establishing security requirements that exceed the minimum
security requirements established for certified reinsurers under
this section.

(j) A certified reinsurer that ceases to assume new business in
this state may request to maintain its certification in inactive status
in order to continue to qualify for a reduction in security for its
in-force business. An inactive certified reinsurer shall continue to
comply with all applicable requirements of this section, and the
commissioner shall assign a rating that takes into account, if
relevant, the reasons why the reinsurer is not assuming new
business.

(k) Notwithstanding this section, credit for reinsurance or
deduction from liability by a domestic ceding insurer for cessions
to a certified reinsurer may be disallowed upon a finding by the
commissioner that the application of the literal provisions of this
section does not accomplish its intent, or either the financial
condition of the reinsurer or the collateral or other security provided
by the reinsurer does not, in substance, satisfy the credit for
reinsurance requirements in Section 922.4.

(l) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2016,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2016, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 135.  

Section 1063.1 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

1063.1.  

As used in this article:

(a) “Member insurer” means an insurer required to be a member
of the association in accordance with subdivision (a) of Section
1063, except and to the extent that the insurer is participating in
an insolvency program adopted by the United States government.

(b) “Insolvent insurer” means an insurer that was a member
insurer of the association, consistent with paragraph (11) of
subdivision (c), either at the time the policy was issued or when
the insured event occurred, and against which an order of
liquidation with a finding of insolvency has been entered by a court
of competent jurisdiction, or, in the case of the State Compensation
Insurance Fund, if a finding of insolvency is made by a duly
enacted legislative measure.

(c) (1) “Covered claims” means the obligations of an insolvent
insurer, including the obligation for unearned premiums, that satisfy
all of the following requirements:

(A) Imposed by law and within the coverage of an insurance
policy of the insolvent insurer.

(B) Which were unpaid by the insolvent insurer.

(C) Which are presented as a claim to the liquidator in the state
of domicile of the insolvent insurer or to the association on or
before the last date fixed for the filing of claims in the domiciliary
liquidating proceedings.

(D) Which were incurred prior to the date coverage under the
policy terminated and prior to, on, or within 30 days after the date
the liquidator was appointed.

(E) For which the assets of the insolvent insurer are insufficient
to discharge in full.

(F) In the case of a policy of workers’ compensation insurance,
to provide workers’ compensation benefits under the workers’
compensation law of this state.

(G) In the case of other classes of insurance if the claimant or
insured is a resident of this state at the time of the insured
occurrence, or the property from which the claim arises is
permanently located in this state.

(2) “Covered claims” also includes the obligations assumed by
an assuming insurer from a ceding insurer where the assuming
insurer subsequently becomes an insolvent insurer if, at the time
of the insolvency of the assuming insurer, the ceding insurer is no
longer admitted to transact business in this state. Both the assuming
insurer and the ceding insurer shall have been member insurers at
the time the assumption was made. “Covered claims” under this
paragraph shall be required to satisfy the requirements of
subparagraphs (A) to (G), inclusive, of paragraph (1), except for
the requirement that the claims be against policies of the insolvent
insurer. The association shall have a right to recover any deposit,
bond, or other assets that may have been required to be posted by
the ceding company to the extent of covered claim payments and
shall be subrogated to any rights the policyholders may have
against the ceding insurer.

(3) “Covered claims” does not include obligations arising from
the following:

(A) Life, annuity, health, or disability insurance.

(B) Mortgage guaranty, financial guaranty, or other forms of
insurance offering protection against investment risks.

(C) Fidelity or surety insurance including fidelity or surety
bonds, or any other bonding obligations.

(D) Credit insurance.

(E) Title insurance.

(F) Ocean marine insurance or ocean marine coverage under
an insurance policy including claims arising from the following:
the Jones Act (46 U.S.C. Secs. 30104 and 30105), the Longshore
and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act (33 U.S.C. Sec. 901 et
seq.), or any other similar federal statutory enactment, or an
endorsement or policy affording protection and indemnity
coverage.

(G) Any claims servicing agreement or insurance policy
providing retroactive insurance of a known loss or losses, except
a special excess workers’ compensation policy issued pursuant to
subdivision (c) of Section 3702.8 of the Labor Code that covers
all or any part of workers’ compensation liabilities of an employer
that is issued, or was previously issued, a certificate of consent to
self-insure pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 3700 of the Labor
Code.

(4) “Covered claims” does not include any obligations of the
insolvent insurer arising out of any reinsurance contracts, nor any
obligations incurred after the expiration date of the insurance policy
or after the insurance policy has been replaced by the insured or
canceled at the insured’s request, or after the insurance policy has
been canceled by the liquidator, nor any obligations to a state or
to the federal government.

(5) “Covered claims” does not include any obligations to
insurers, insurance pools, or underwriting associations, nor their
claims for contribution, indemnity, or subrogation, equitable or
otherwise, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

An insurer, insurance pool, or underwriting association may not
maintain, in its own name or in the name of its insured, a claim or
legal action against the insured of the insolvent insurer for
contribution, indemnity begin insert , end insert or by way of subrogation, except insofar
as, and to the extent only, that the claim exceeds the policy limits
of the insolvent insurer’s policy. In those claims or legal actions,
the insured of the insolvent insurer is entitled to a credit or setoff
in the amount of the policy limits of the insolvent insurer’s policy,
or in the amount of the limits remaining, where those limits have
been diminished by the payment of other claims.

(6) “Covered claims,” except in cases involving a claim for
workers’ compensation benefits or for unearned premiums, does
not include a claim in an amount of one hundred dollars ($100) or
less, nor that portion of a claim that is in excess of any applicable
limits provided in the insurance policy issued by the insolvent
insurer.

(7) “Covered claims” does not include that portion of a claim,
other than a claim for workers’ compensation benefits, that is in
excess of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000).

(8) “Covered claims” does not include any amount awarded as
punitive or exemplary damages, nor any amount awarded by the
Workers’ Compensation Appeals Board pursuant to Section 5814
or 5814.5 of the Labor Code because payment of compensation
was unreasonably delayed or refused by the insolvent insurer.

(9) “Covered claims” does not include (A) a claim to the extent
it is covered by any other insurance of a class covered by this
article available to the claimant or insured or (B) a claim by a
person other than the original claimant under the insurance policy
in his or her own name, his or her assignee as the person entitled
thereto under a premium finance agreement as defined in Section
673 and entered into prior to insolvency, his or her executor,
administrator, guardian, or other personal representative or trustee
in bankruptcy, and does not include a claim asserted by an assignee
or one claiming by right of subrogation, except as otherwise
provided in this chapter.

(10) “Covered claims” does not include any obligations arising
out of the issuance of an insurance policy written by the separate
division of the State Compensation Insurance Fund pursuant to
Sections 11802 and 11803.

(11) “Covered claims” does not include any obligations of the
insolvent insurer arising from a policy or contract of insurance
issued or renewed prior to the insolvent insurer’s admission to
transact insurance in the State of California.

(12) “Covered claims” does not include surplus deposits of
subscribers as defined in Section 1374.1.

(13) “Covered claims” shall also include obligations arising
under an insurance policy written to indemnify a permissibly
self-insured employer pursuant to subdivision (b) or (c) of Section
3700 of the Labor Code for its liability to pay workers’
compensation benefits in excess of a specific or aggregate retention begin delete ,
provided, however, that for end delete begin insert . However, for end insert purposes of this article,
those claims shall not be considered workers’ compensation claims
and therefore are subject to the begin delete per claim end delete begin insert per-claim end insert limit in
paragraph (7) begin insert , end insert and any payments and expenses related thereto shall
be allocated to category (c) for claims other than workers’
compensation, homeowners, and automobile, as provided in Section
1063.5.

These provisions shall apply to obligations arising under a policy
as described herein issued to a permissibly self-insured employer
or group of self-insured employers pursuant to Section 3700 of
the Labor Code and notwithstanding any other provision of this
code, those obligations shall be governed by this provision in the
event that the Self-Insurers’ Security Fund is ordered to assume
the liabilities of a permissibly self-insured employer or group of
self-insured employers pursuant to Section 3701.5 of the Labor
Code. The provisions of this paragraph apply only to insurance
policies written to indemnify a permissibly self-insured employer
or group of self-insured employers under subdivision (b) or (c) of
Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for its liability to pay workers’
compensation benefits in excess of a specific or aggregate retention,
and this paragraph does not apply to special excess workers’
compensation insurance policies unless issued pursuant to authority
granted in subdivision (c) of Section 3702.8 of the Labor Code,
and as provided for in subparagraph (G) of paragraph (3). In
addition, this paragraph does not apply to any claims servicing
agreement or insurance policy providing retroactive insurance of
a known loss or losses as are excluded in subparagraph (G) of
paragraph (3).

Each permissibly self-insured employer or group of self-insured
employers, or the Self-Insurers’ Security Fund, shall, to the extent
required by the Labor Code, be responsible for paying, adjusting,
and defending each claim arising under policies of insurance
covered under this section, unless the benefits paid on a claim
exceed the specific or aggregate retention, in which case:

(A) If the benefits paid on the claim exceed the specific or
aggregate retention, and the policy requires the insurer to defend
and adjust the claim, the California Insurance Guarantee
Association (CIGA) shall be solely responsible for adjusting and
defending the claim, and shall make all payments due under the
claim, subject to the limitations and exclusions of this article with
regard to covered claims. As to each claim subject to this
paragraph, notwithstanding any other provisions of this code or
the Labor Code, and regardless of whether the amount paid by
CIGA is adequate to discharge a claim obligation, neither the
self-insured employer, group of self-insured employers, nor the
Self-Insurers’ Security Fund, shall have any obligation to pay
benefits over and above the specific or aggregate retention, except
as provided in this subdivision.

(B) If the benefits paid on the claim exceed the specific or
aggregate retention, and the policy does not require the insurer to
defend and adjust the claim, the permissibly self-insured employer
or group of self-insured employers, or the Self-Insurers’ Security
Fund, shall not have any further payment obligations with respect
to the claim, but shall continue defending and adjusting the claim,
and shall have the right, but not the obligation, in any proceeding
to assert all applicable statutory limitations and exclusions as
contained in this article with regard to the covered claim. CIGA
shall have the right, but not the obligation, to intervene in any
proceeding where the self-insured employer, group of self-insured
employers, or the Self-Insurers’ Security Fund is defending a claim
and shall be permitted to raise the appropriate statutory limitations
and exclusions as contained in this article with respect to covered
claims. Regardless of whether the self-insured employer or group
of self-insured employers, or the Self-Insurers’ Security Fund,
asserts the applicable statutory limitations and exclusions, or
whether CIGA intervenes in a proceeding, CIGA shall be solely
responsible for paying all benefits due on the claim, subject to the
exclusions and limitations of this article with respect to covered
claims. As to each claim subject to this paragraph, notwithstanding
any other provision of the Insurance Code or the Labor Code and
regardless of whether the amount paid by CIGA is adequate to
discharge a claim obligation, neither the self-insured employer,
group of self-insured employers, nor the Self-Insurers’ Security
Fund, shall have an obligation to pay benefits over and above the
specific or aggregate retention, except as provided in this
subdivision.

(C) In the event that the benefits paid on the covered claim
exceed the begin delete per claim end delete begin insert per-claim end insert limit in paragraph (7), the
responsibility for paying, adjusting, and defending the claim shall
be returned to the permissibly self-insured employer or group of
employers, or the Self-Insurers’ Security Fund.

These provisions shall apply to all pending and future
insolvencies. For purposes of this paragraph, a pending insolvency
is one involving a company that is currently receiving benefits
from the guarantee association.

(d) “Admitted to transact insurance in this state” means an
insurer possessing a valid certificate of authority issued by the
department.

(e) “Affiliate” means a person who directly or indirectly, through
one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with an insolvent insurer on December 31 of the
year next preceding the date the insurer becomes an insolvent
insurer.

(f) “Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract other than a commercial contract for goods
or nonmanagement services, or otherwise, unless the power is the
result of an official position with or corporate office held by the
person. Control is presumed to exist if a person, directly or
indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds
proxies representing, 10 percent or more of the voting securities
of any other person. This presumption may be rebutted by showing
that control does not in fact exist.

(g) “Claimant” means an insured making a first party claim or
a person instituting a liability claim begin delete ; provided that end delete begin insert . However, end insert no
person who is an affiliate of the insolvent insurer may be a
claimant.

(h) “Ocean marine insurance” includes marine insurance as
defined in Section 103, except for inland marine insurance, as well
as any other form of insurance, regardless of the name, label, or
marketing designation of the insurance policy, that insures against
maritime perils or risks and other related perils or risks, that are
usually insured against by traditional marine insurance such as
hull and machinery, marine builders’ risks, and marine protection
and indemnity. Those perils and risks insured against include,
without limitation, loss, damage, or expense or legal liability of
the insured arising out of or incident to ownership, operation,
chartering, maintenance, use, repair, or construction of a vessel,
craft begin insert , end insert or instrumentality in use in ocean or inland waterways,
including liability of the insured for personal injury, illness, or
death for loss or damage to the property of the insured or another
person.

(i) “Unearned premium” means that portion of a premium as
calculated by the liquidator that had not been earned because of
the cancellation of the insolvent insurer’s policy and is that
premium remaining for the unexpired term of the insolvent
insurer’s policy. “Unearned premium” does not include any amount
sought as return of a premium under a policy providing retroactive
insurance of a known loss or return of a premium under a
retrospectively rated policy or a policy subject to a contingent
surcharge or a policy in which the final determination of the
premium cost is computed after expiration of the policy and is
calculated on the basis of actual loss experience during the policy
period.

SEC. 136.  

Section 1754 of the Insurance Code is amended to
read:

1754.  

Transaction of travel insurance under the license of an
organization holding a limited lines travel insurance agent license
shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a) A limited lines travel insurance agent may authorize a travel
retailer to transact travel insurance on behalf of and under its
authority under the following conditions:

(1) The limited lines travel insurance agent is clearly identified
on marketing materials and fulfillment packages distributed by the
travel retailers to customers. The marketing materials and
fulfillment packages shall include the agent’s name, business
address, email address, telephone number, license number, and
the availability of the department’s toll-free consumer hotline.

(2) The limited lines travel insurance agent, at the time of
licensure and thereafter, maintains a register noting each travel
retailer that transacts travel insurance on the licensee’s behalf. The
register shall be maintained and updated annually by the licensee
in a form prescribed by, or format acceptable to, the commissioner
and shall include the name and contact information of the travel
retailer and an officer or person who directs or controls the travel
retailer’s operations, and the travel retailer’s federal employer
identification number (FEIN). The licensee shall also certify that
the registered travel retailer complies with Section 1033 of Title
18 of the United States Code. The licensee shall submit the register
for review and inspection upon request by the department.

(3) The limited lines travel insurance agent has designated one
of its employees to be responsible for its compliance with the
insurance laws, rules, and regulations of the state. The limited lines
travel insurance agent and its designated responsible employees
shall hold property, casualty, life-only, and accident and health
agent licenses, to the extent required by this chapter, based upon
the types of insurance transacted by the licensee.

(4) The employee designated by the limited lines travel
insurance agent, pursuant to paragraph (3), and any of the
organization’s partners, members, controlling persons, officers,
directors, and managers comply with the background check
requirements as required by the commissioner.

(5) The limited lines travel insurance agent has paid all
applicable licensing fees required under California law.

(6) The limited lines travel insurance agent uses all reasonable
means at its disposal to ensure compliance by the travel retailer
and the travel retailer’s employees with their obligations under
this article. This includes requiring each employee of the travel
retailer whose duties include transacting travel insurance to receive
training. The training shall be provided whenever there is a material
change that requires a modification to the training materials, but
in no event less frequently than every three years. Training
materials used by or on behalf of the limited lines travel insurance
agent to train the employees of a travel retailer shall be submitted
to the department at the time the travel insurance agent applies for
a license under this article, and whenever modified thereafter. The
training materials, at a minimum, should contain instruction on
the types of insurance offered, ethical sales practices, and
disclosures to prospective insurance customers. Any changes to
previously submitted training materials shall be submitted to the
department with the changes highlighted 30 days prior to their use
by the limited lines travel insurance agent. Training materials and
changes to those materials submitted to the department pursuant
to this subdivision shall be deemed approved for use by the limited
lines travel insurance agent unless it is notified by the department
to the contrary. Failure by a limited lines travel insurance agent to
submit training materials or changes for departmental review or
use of unapproved or disapproved training materials shall constitute
grounds for denial of an application for a license, nonrenewal of
a license, or suspension of a license, or other action as deemed
appropriate by the commissioner.

(7) The limited lines travel insurance agent or the travel retailer
provides disclosure to the consumer begin insert , end insert in either the marketing
materials or fulfillment packages begin insert , end insert that is substantively similar to
the following:

This plan provides insurance coverage that only applies during
the covered trip. You may have coverage from other sources that
provides you with similar benefits but may be subject to different
restrictions depending upon your other coverages. You may wish
to compare the terms of this policy with your existing life, health,
home, and automobile insurance policies. If you have any questions
about your current coverage, call your insurer or insurance agent
or broker.

(8) The limited lines travel insurance agent or the travel retailer
makes all of the following disclosures to the prospective insured,
which shall be acknowledged in writing by the purchaser or
displayed by clear and conspicuous signs that are posted at every
location where contracts are executed, including, but not limited
to, the counter where the purchaser signs the service agreement,
or provided in writing to the purchaser:

(A) That purchasing travel insurance is not required in order to
purchase any other product or service offered by the travel retailer.

(B) If not individually licensed, that the travel retailer’s
employee is not qualified or authorized to:

(i) Answer technical questions about the benefits, exclusions,
and conditions of any of the insurance offered by the travel retailer.

(ii) Evaluate the adequacy of the prospective insured’s existing
insurance coverage.

(b) A travel retailer that meets the requirements set forth in this
section and whose activities are limited to offering and selling
travel insurance on behalf of a licensed limited lines travel
insurance agent is authorized to receive compensation.

(c) (1) If the commissioner determines that a travel retailer, or
a travel retailer’s employee, has violated any provision of this
article or any other provision of this code, the commissioner may:

(A) Direct the limited lines travel insurance agent to implement
a corrective action plan with the travel retailer.

(B) Direct the limited lines travel insurance agent to revoke the
authorization of the travel retailer to transact travel insurance on
its behalf and under its license and to remove the travel retailer’s
name from its register.

(2) If the commissioner determines that a travel retailer, or a
travel retailer’s employee, has violated any provision in this article
or any other provision of this code, the commissioner, after notice
and hearing, may:

(A) Suspend or revoke the license of the limited lines travel
insurance agent as authorized under this code.

(B) Impose a monetary fine on the limited lines travel insurance
agent.

(3) A limited lines travel insurance agent who aids and abets a
travel retailer in the transaction of travel insurance, as defined in
this code, or aids and abets a travel retailer in any activity
concerning travel insurance after being directed to revoke the travel
retailer’s authorization, in addition to any other action authorized
under this code, shall be subject to a monetary penalty pursuant
to begin delete paragraphs (2) and end delete begin insert paragraph end insert (3) of subdivision (a) of Section
12921.8.

(d) The conduct of employees of the travel retailer who have
been designated to transact travel insurance on behalf of the
licensed limited lines travel insurance agent shall be deemed the
conduct of the licensed limited lines travel insurance agent for
purposes of this article.

SEC. 137.  

Section 10113.71 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

10113.71.  

(a)  begin delete Every end delete begin insert Each end insert life insurance policy issued or
delivered in this state shall contain a provision for a grace period
of not less than 60 days from the premium due date. The 60-day
grace period shall not run concurrently with the period of paid
coverage. The provision shall provide that the policy shall remain
in force during the grace period.

(b) (1) A notice of pending lapse and termination of a life
insurance policy shall not be effective unless mailed by the insurer
to the named policy owner, a designee named pursuant to Section
10113.72 for an individual life insurance policy, and a known
assignee or other person having an interest in the individual life
insurance policy, at least 30 days prior to the effective date of
termination if termination is for nonpayment of premium.

(2) This subdivision shall not apply to nonrenewal.

(3) Notice shall be given to the policy owner and to the designee
by first-class United States mail within 30 days after a premium
is due and unpaid. However, notices made to assignees pursuant
to this section may be done electronically with begin insert the end insert consent of the
assignee.

(c) For purposes of this section, a life insurance policy includes,
but is not limited to, an individual life insurance policy and a group
life insurance policy, except where otherwise provided.

SEC. 138.  

Section 10124 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

10124.  

(a) A self-insured employee welfare benefit plan
delivered or issued for delivery in this state more than 120 days
after the effective date of this section, begin delete that end delete begin insert which end insert provides that
coverage of a dependent child of an employee shall terminate upon
attainment of the limiting age for dependent children specified in
the policy or contract, shall also provide in substance that
attainment of the limiting age shall not operate to terminate the
coverage of the child while the child is and continues to be both
begin delete (a) end delete begin insert (1) end insert incapable of self-sustaining employment by reason of an
intellectual disability or physical handicap and begin delete (b) end delete begin insert (2) end insert chiefly
dependent upon the employee for support and maintenance,
provided proof of the incapacity and dependency is furnished to
the employer or employee organization providing the plan or
program of benefits by the employee within 31 days of the child’s
attainment of the limiting age and subsequently as may be required
by the employer or employee organization, but not more frequently
than annually after the two-year period following the child’s
attainment of the limiting age.

(b) As used in this section, “self-insured employee welfare
benefit plan” means a plan or program of benefits provided by an
employer or an employee organization, or both, for the purpose
of providing hospital, medical, surgical, nursing, or dental services,
or indemnification for the costs incurred for these services, to the
employer’s employees or their dependents.

SEC. 139.  

Section 10271 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

10271.  

(a) Except as set forth in this section, this chapter shall
not apply to, or in any way affect, provisions in life insurance,
endowment, or annuity contracts, or contracts supplemental thereto,
that provide additional benefits in case of death or dismemberment
or loss of sight by accident, or that operate to safeguard those
contracts against lapse, as described in subdivision (a) of Section
10271.1, or give a special surrender benefit, as defined in
subdivision (b) of Section 10271.1, or a special benefit, in the
event that the owner, insured, or annuitant, as applicable, meets
the benefit triggers specified in the life insurance or annuity
contract or supplemental contract.

(b) (1) A provision or supplemental contract described in
subdivision (a) shall contain all of the provisions set forth in
paragraph (2). However, an insurer, at its option, may substitute
for one or more of the provisions a corresponding provision of
different wording approved by the commissioner that is not less
favorable in any respect to the owner, insured, or annuitant, as
applicable. The provisions required by paragraph (2) shall be
preceded individually by the appropriate caption, or, at the option
of the insurer, by the appropriate individual or group captions or
subcaptions as the commissioner may approve.

(2) With respect to the benefit standards described in
subdivisions (a) and (b) of Section 10271.1, the following
requirements apply to the supplemental contracts with these
benefits:

(A) Either the contract or supplemental contract shall provide
that the contract and the supplemental contract constitute the entire
insurance or annuity contract consistent with paragraph (7) of
subdivision (c) of Section 2534.3 of Title 10 of the California Code
of Regulations, and shall also provide that no agent has the
authority to change the contract or to waive any of its provisions.
This requirement applies without regard to whether the contract
is a variable or nonvariable contract, or a group or individual
contract. This provision shall be preceded individually by a caption
stating “ENTIRE CONTRACT begin delete ; end delete begin insert : end insert CHANGES:” or other appropriate
caption as the commissioner may approve.

(B) Either the contract or supplemental contract shall provide
for reinstatement consistent with paragraph (3) of subdivision (c)
of Section 2534.3 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.
This requirement applies without regard to whether the contract
is a variable or nonvariable contract, or a group or individual
contract. This provision shall be preceded individually by a caption
stating “REINSTATEMENT:” or other appropriate caption as the
commissioner may approve.

(C) Supplemental contracts subject to underwriting shall include
an incontestability statement that provides that the insurer shall
not contest the supplemental contract after it has been in force
during the lifetime of the insured for two years from its date of
issue, and may only be contested based on a statement made in
the application for the supplemental contract, if the statement is
attached to the contract. The statement upon which the contest is
made shall be material to the risk accepted or the hazard assumed
by the insurer. This provision shall be preceded individually by a
caption stating “INCONTESTABLE:” or other appropriate caption
as the commissioner may approve.

(D)  A provision or supplemental contract described in
subdivision (a) shall also include:

(i) NOTICE OF CLAIM: The insurer may require written notice
of claim no less than 20 days after an occurrence covered by the
provision or supplemental contract, or commencement of any loss
covered by the provision or supplemental contract. Notice given
by or on behalf of the insured or the beneficiary, as applicable to
the insurer at the insurer’s address or telephone number, or to any
authorized agent of the insurer, with information sufficient to
identify the insured, shall be deemed notice to the insurer.

(ii) CLAIM FORMS: The insurer, upon receipt of a notice of
claim, shall furnish to the claimant such forms as are usually
furnished by it for filing a proof of occurrence or a proof of loss.
If the forms are not furnished within 15 days after giving notice,
the claimant shall be deemed to have complied with the
requirements of the provision or supplemental contract as to proof
of occurrence or proof of loss upon submitting, within the time
fixed in the provision or supplemental contract for filing proof of
occurrence or proof of loss, written proof covering the character
and the extent of the occurrence or loss.

(iii) PROOF OF LOSS: The insurer may require that the insured
provide written proof of occurrence or proof of loss no less than
90 days after the termination of the period for which the insurer
is liable, and, in the case of claim for any other occurrence or loss,
within 90 days after the date of the occurrence or loss. Failure to
furnish proof within the time required shall not invalidate or reduce
the claim if it was not reasonably possible to give proof within the
time, provided proof is furnished as soon as reasonably possible
and, except in the absence of legal capacity, no later than one year
from the time proof is otherwise required.

(iv) PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS: The insurer, at its own
expense, shall have the right and opportunity to examine the person
of the insured when and as often as the insurer may reasonably
require during the pendency of a claim.

(c) The commissioner shall review contracts and supplemental
contracts to ensure that the language can be readily understood
and interpreted, and shall not approve any contract or supplemental
contract for insurance or delivery in this state if the commissioner
finds that the contract or supplemental contract does any of the
following:

(1) Contains any provision, label, description of its contents,
title, heading, backing, or other indication of its provisions that is
unintelligible, uncertain, ambiguous, or abstruse, or likely to
mislead a person to whom the contract or supplemental contract
is offered, delivered, or issued.

(2) Constitutes fraud, unfair trade practices, and insurance
economically unsound to the owner, insured, or annuitant, as
applicable.

(d) A provision or supplemental contract described in
subdivision (a) shall not contain any title, description, or any other
indication that would describe or imply that the policy or
supplemental contract provides long-term care coverage.

(e) Commencing two years from the date of the issuance of the
provision or supplemental contract, no claim for loss incurred or
disability, as defined in the provision or supplemental contract,
may be reduced or denied on the grounds that a disease or physical
condition not excluded from coverage by name or specific
description effective on the date of loss had existed prior to the
effective date on the coverage of the provision or supplemental
contract.

(f) With regard to benefits set forth in Section 10271.1, the
provisions and supplemental contracts shall specify any applicable
exclusions, which shall be limited to the following:

(1) Total disability caused or substantially contributed to by any
attempt at suicide or intentionally self-inflicted injury, while sane
or insane.

(2) Total disability caused or substantially contributed to by
war or an act of war, as defined in the exclusion provisions of the
contract.

(3) Total disability caused or substantially contributed to by
active participation in a riot, insurrection, or terrorist activity.

(4) Total disability caused or substantially contributed to by
committing or attempting to commit a felony.

(5) Total disability caused or substantially contributed to by
voluntary intake of either:

(A) Any drug, unless prescribed or administered by a physician
and taken in accordance with the physician’s instructions.

(B) Poison, gas, or fumes, unless they are the direct result of an
occupational accident.

(6) Total disability occurring after the policy anniversary or
supplemental contract anniversary, as applicable and as defined
in the policy or supplemental contract, on which the insured attains
a specified age of no less than 65 begin insert years end insert .

(7) Total disability in consequence of the insured being
intoxicated, as defined by the jurisdiction where the total disability
occurred.

(8) Total disability caused or materially contributed to by
engaging in an illegal occupation.

(g) If the commissioner notifies the insurer, in writing, that the
filed form does not comply with the requirements of law and
specifies the reasons for his or her opinion, it is unlawful for an
insurer to issue any policy in that form.

SEC. 140.  

Section 11665 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

11665.  

(a) An insurer who issues a workers’ compensation
insurance policy to a roofing contractor holding a C-39 license
from the begin delete Contractors end delete begin insert Contractors end insert begin insert ’ end insert State License Board shall
perform an annual payroll audit for the contractor. This audit shall
include an in-person visit to the place of business of the roofing
contractor to verify whether the number of employees reported by
the contractor is accurate. The insurer may impose a surcharge on
each policyholder audited under this subdivision in an amount
necessary to recoup the reasonable costs of conducting the annual
payroll audits.

(b) The commissioner shall direct the rating organization
designated as his or her statistical agent to compile pertinent
statistical data on those holding C-39 licenses, as reported by the
appropriate state entity, on an annual basis and provide a report to
him or her each year. The data shall track the total annual payroll
and loss data reported on those holding C-39 licenses in accordance
with the standard workers’ compensation insurance classifications
applicable to roofing operations. The data shall include the number
of employers, total payroll, total losses, and the losses per one
hundred dollars ($100) of payroll by the employers’ annual payroll
intervals as follows:

 

1 to	4,999
5,000 to	9,999
10,000 to	14,999
15,000 to	19,999
20,000 to	24,999
25,000 to	29,999
30,000 to	39,999
40,000 to	49,999
50,000 to	74,999
75,000 to	99,999
100,000 to	199,999
200,000 to	299,999
300,000 to	399,999
400,000 to	499,999
500,000 to	599,999
600,000 to	699,999
700,000 to	799,999
800,000 to	899,999
900,000 to	999,999
1,000,000 to	1,099,999
1,100,000 to	1,199,999
1,200,000 to	1,299,999
1,300,000 to	1,399,999
1,400,000 to	1,499,999
1,500,000 or more

 

begin delete The end delete

begin insert The end insert report shall also be provided to the Legislature by the
commissioner, in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government
Code.

SEC. 141.  

Section 12694.1 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

12694.1.  

(a) Pursuant to Sections 14005.26 and 14005.27 of
the Welfare and Institutions Code, subscribers enrolled in the
Healthy Families Program pursuant to this part shall, no sooner
than January 1, 2013, transition to the Medi-Cal program pursuant
to Sections 14005.26 and 14005.27 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code to the extent they are otherwise eligible. AIM-linked infants,
as defined in Section 12695.03, with incomes above 250 percent
of the federal poverty level are exempt from this transition.

(b) The board shall coordinate with the State Department of
Health Care Services to implement Sections 14005.26 and
14005.27 of the Welfare and Institutions Code.

(c) The board’s actions to coordinate with the State Department
of Health Care Services to implement Sections 14005.26 and
14005.27 of the Welfare and Institutions Code, as specified in
subdivision (b), shall include, but not be limited to, all of the
following:

(1) Notwithstanding Section 12693.74, disenrollment of
subscribers in the manner, and at the times, specified in Section
14005.27 of the Welfare and Institutions Code. The board may
retain a subscriber in the program for longer than 12 months if
needed to ensure a smooth transition to the Medi-Cal program.

(2) In coordination with the State Department of Health Care
Services, provision of reasonable notice to applicants concerning
disenrollment of subscribers consistent with Section 14005.27 of
the Welfare and Institutions Code.

(3) Notwithstanding Section 12693.51 begin delete of the Insurance Code end delete ,
transfers of subscribers from one participating plan to another at
the times and under the conditions prescribed by the board, without
the obligation that the board provide an annual opportunity for
subscribers to transfer from one participating plan to another.

(d) Nothing in subdivision (e) of Section 12693.43 shall be
construed to require any refund or adjustment of family
contributions if an applicant has paid for three months of required
family contributions in advance and the subscriber for whom the
applicant has paid these family contributions is disenrolled pursuant
to this section, or for any other reason, without receiving a fourth
consecutive month of coverage.

(e) (1) Notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
the board shall, without taking any further regulatory action,
implement, interpret, or make specific this section by means of
business rules, program bulletins, program correspondence to
subscribers and contractors, letters, or similar instructions.

(2) The board may adopt and readopt emergency regulations
implementing this section. The adoption and readoption, by the
board, of regulations implementing this section shall be deemed
an emergency and necessary to avoid serious harm to the public
peace, health, safety, or general welfare for purposes of Sections
11346.1 and 11349.6 of the Government Code, and the board is
hereby exempted from the requirement that it describe facts
showing the need for immediate action and from review by the
Office of Administrative Law.

(f) The Healthy Families Program, pursuant to this part, shall
cease to enroll new subscribers no sooner than the date transition
begins pursuant to subdivision (a), and any transition of children
shall be in compliance with the implementation plan or plans as
contained in Section 14005.27 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code.

SEC. 142.  

Section 980 of the Labor Code is amended to read:

980.  

(a) As used in this chapter, “social media” means an
electronic service or account, or electronic content, including, but
not limited to, videos, still photographs, blogs, video blogs,
podcasts, instant and text messages, begin delete email end delete begin insert e-mail end insert , online services
or accounts, or Internet Web site profiles or locations.

(b) An employer shall not require or request an employee or
applicant for employment to do any of the following:

(1) Disclose a username or password for the purpose of
accessing personal social media.

(2) Access personal social media in the presence of the
employer.

(3) Divulge any personal social media, except as provided in
subdivision (c).

(c) Nothing in this section shall affect an employer’s existing
rights and obligations to request an employee to divulge personal
social media reasonably believed to be relevant to an investigation
of allegations of employee misconduct or employee violation of
applicable laws and regulations, provided that the social media is
used solely for purposes of that investigation or a related
proceeding.

(d) Nothing in this section precludes an employer from requiring
or requesting an employee to disclose a username, password, or
other method for the purpose of accessing an employer-issued
electronic device.

(e) An employer shall not discharge, discipline, threaten to
discharge or discipline, or otherwise retaliate against an employee
or applicant for not complying with a request or demand by the
employer that violates this section. However, this section does not
prohibit an employer from terminating or otherwise taking an
adverse action against an employee or applicant if otherwise
permitted by law.

SEC. 143.  

Section 4709 of the Labor Code is amended to read:

4709.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other law, a dependent of a
peace officer, as defined in Section 830.1, 830.2, 830.3, 830.31,
830.32, 830.33, 830.34, 830.35, 830.36, 830.37, 830.38, 830.39,
830.4, 830.5, or 830.6 of the Penal Code, or a Sheriff’s Special
Officer of the County of Orange, who is killed in the performance
of duty or who dies or is totally disabled as a result of an accident
or an injury caused by external violence or physical force, incurred
in the performance of duty, when the death, accident, or injury is
compensable under this division or Division 4.5 (commencing
with Section 6100) shall be entitled to a scholarship at any
qualifying institution described in subdivision (l) of Section
69432.7 of the Education Code. The scholarship shall be in an
amount equal to the amount provided a student who has been
awarded a Cal Grant scholarship as specified in Chapter 1.7
(commencing with Section 69430) of Part 42 of Division 5 of Title
3 of the Education Code.

(b) A dependent of an officer or employee of the Department
of Corrections and Rehabilitation or the Department of Corrections
and Rehabilitation, Division of Juvenile Justice, described in
Section 20403 of the Government Code begin insert , end insert who is killed in the
performance of duty, or who dies or is totally disabled as a result
of an accident or an injury incurred in the performance of duty,
when the death, accident, or injury is caused by the direct action
of an inmate, and is compensable under this division or Division
4.5 (commencing with Section 6100), shall also be entitled to a
scholarship specified in this section.

(c) Notwithstanding any other law, a dependent of a firefighter
employed by a county, city, city and county, district, or other
political subdivision of the state, who is killed in the performance
of duty or who dies or is totally disabled as a result of an accident
or injury incurred in the performance of duty, when the death,
accident, or injury is compensable under this division or Division
4.5 (commencing with Section 6100), shall also be entitled to a
scholarship specified in this section.

(d) Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to allow the
admittance of the dependent into a college or university unless the
dependent is otherwise qualified to gain admittance to the college
or university.

(e) The scholarship provided for by this section shall be paid
out of funds annually appropriated in the Budget Act to the Student
Aid Commission established by Article 2 (commencing with
Section 69510) of Chapter 2 of Part 42 of Division 5 of Title 3 of
the Education Code.

(f) The receipt of a scholarship provided for by this section shall
not preclude a dependent from receiving a Cal Grant award
pursuant to Chapter 1.7 (commencing with Section 69430) of Part
42 of Division 5 of Title 3 of the Education Code, any other grant,
or any fee waivers that may be provided by an institution of higher
education. The receipt of a Cal Grant award pursuant to Chapter
1.7 (commencing with Section 69430) of Part 42 of Division 5 of
Title 3 of the Education Code, any other grant, or any fee waivers
that may be provided by an institution of higher education shall
not preclude a dependent from receiving a scholarship provided
for by this section.

(g) As used in this section, “dependent” means the children
(natural or adopted) or spouse, at the time of the death or injury,
of the peace officer, law enforcement officer, or firefighter.

(h) Eligibility for a scholarship under this section shall be limited
to a person who demonstrates financial need as determined by the
Student Aid Commission pursuant to Article 1.5 (commencing
with Section 69503) of Chapter 2 of Part 42 of Division 5 of Title
3 of the Education Code. For purposes of determining financial
need, the proceeds of death benefits received by the dependent,
including, but not limited to, a continuation of income received
from the Public Employees’ Retirement System, the proceeds from
the federal Public Safety Officers’ Benefits Act, life insurance
policies, proceeds from Sections 4702 and 4703.5, any private
scholarship where receipt is predicated upon the recipient being
the survivor of a deceased public safety officer, the scholarship
awarded pursuant to Section 68120 of the Education Code, and
any interest received from these benefits, shall not be considered.

SEC. 144.  

Section 5502 of the Labor Code is amended to read:

5502.  

(a) Except as provided in subdivisions (b) and (d), the
hearing shall be held not less than 10 days, and not more than 60
days, after the date a declaration of readiness to proceed, on a form
prescribed by the appeals board, is filed. If a claim form has been
filed for an injury occurring on or after January 1, 1990, and before
January 1, 1994, an application for adjudication shall accompany
the declaration of readiness to proceed.

(b) The administrative director shall establish a priority calendar
for issues requiring an expedited hearing and decision. A hearing
shall be held and a determination as to the rights of the parties
shall be made and filed within 30 days after the declaration of
readiness to proceed is filed if the issues in dispute are any of the
following, provided that begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert an expedited hearing is requested
begin delete pursuant to paragraph (2) end delete , no other issue may be heard until the
medical provider network dispute is resolved:

begin delete

(A)

end delete

begin insert (1) end insert  The employee’s entitlement to medical treatment pursuant
to Section 4600, except for treatment issues determined pursuant
to Sections 4610 and 4610.5.

begin delete

(B)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  Whether the injured employee is required to obtain treatment
within a medical provider network.

begin delete

(C)

end delete

begin insert (3) end insert  A medical treatment appointment or medical-legal
examination.

begin delete

(D)

end delete

begin insert (4) end insert  The employee’s entitlement to, or the amount of, temporary
disability indemnity payments.

begin delete

(4)

end delete

begin insert (5) end insert  The employee’s entitlement to compensation from one or
more responsible employers when two or more employers dispute
liability as among themselves.

begin delete

(5)

end delete

begin insert (6) end insert  Any other issues requiring an expedited hearing and
determination as prescribed in rules and regulations of the
administrative director.

(c) The administrative director shall establish a priority
conference calendar for cases in which the employee is represented
by an attorney and the issues in dispute are employment or injury
arising out of employment or in the course of employment. The
conference shall be conducted by a workers’ compensation
administrative law judge within 30 days after the declaration of
readiness to proceed. If the dispute cannot be resolved at the
conference, a trial shall be set as expeditiously as possible, unless
good cause is shown why discovery is not complete, in which case
status conferences shall be held at regular intervals. The case shall
be set for trial when discovery is complete, or when the workers’
compensation administrative law judge determines that the parties
have had sufficient time in which to complete reasonable discovery.
A determination as to the rights of the parties shall be made and
filed within 30 days after the trial.

(d) (1) In all cases, a mandatory settlement conference, except
a lien conference or a mandatory settlement lien conference, shall
be conducted not less than 10 days, and not more than 30 days,
after the filing of a declaration of readiness to proceed. If the
dispute is not resolved, the regular hearing, except a lien trial, shall
be held within 75 days after the declaration of readiness to proceed
is filed.

(2) The settlement conference shall be conducted by a workers’
compensation administrative law judge or by a referee who is
eligible to be a workers’ compensation administrative law judge
or eligible to be an arbitrator under Section 5270.5. At the
mandatory settlement conference, the referee or workers’
compensation administrative law judge shall have the authority to
resolve the dispute, including the authority to approve a
compromise and release or issue a stipulated finding and award,
and if the dispute cannot be resolved, to frame the issues and
stipulations for trial. The appeals board shall adopt any regulations
needed to implement this subdivision. The presiding workers’
compensation administrative law judge shall supervise settlement
conference referees in the performance of their judicial functions
under this subdivision.

(3) If the claim is not resolved at the mandatory settlement
conference, the parties shall file a pretrial conference statement
noting the specific issues in dispute, each party’s proposed
permanent disability rating, and listing the exhibits, and disclosing
witnesses. Discovery shall close on the date of the mandatory
settlement conference. Evidence not disclosed or obtained
thereafter shall not be admissible unless the proponent of the
evidence can demonstrate that it was not available or could not
have been discovered by the exercise of due diligence prior to the
settlement conference.

(e) In cases involving the Director of Industrial Relations in his
or her capacity as administrator of the Uninsured Employers Fund,
this section shall not apply unless proof of service, as specified in
paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of Section 3716, has been filed
with the appeals board and provided to the Director of Industrial
Relations, valid jurisdiction has been established over the employer,
and the fund has been joined.

(f) Except as provided in subdivision (a) and in Section 4065,
the provisions of this section shall apply irrespective of the date
of injury.

SEC. 145.  

Section 136.2 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

136.2.  

(a) Except as provided in subdivision (c), upon a good
cause belief that harm to, or intimidation or dissuasion of, a victim
or witness has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur, a court
with jurisdiction over a criminal matter may issue orders begin insert , end insert including,
but not limited to, the following:

(1) An order issued pursuant to Section 6320 of the Family
Code.

(2) An order that a defendant shall not violate any provision of
Section 136.1.

(3) An order that a person before the court other than a
defendant, including, but not limited to, a subpoenaed witness or
other person entering the courtroom of the court, shall not violate
any provisions of Section 136.1.

(4) An order that a person described in this section shall have
no communication whatsoever with a specified witness or a victim,
except through an attorney under reasonable restrictions that the
court may impose.

(5) An order calling for a hearing to determine if an order as
described in paragraphs (1) to (4), inclusive, should be issued.

(6) (A) An order that a particular law enforcement agency
within the jurisdiction of the court provide protection for a victim
or a witness, or both, or for immediate family members of a victim
or a witness who reside in the same household as the victim or
witness or within reasonable proximity of the victim’s or witness’
household, as determined by the court. The order shall not be made
without the consent of the law enforcement agency except for
limited and specified periods of time and upon an express finding
by the court of a clear and present danger of harm to the victim or
witness or immediate family members of the victim or witness.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family
members” include the spouse, children, or parents of the victim
or witness.

(7) (A) An order protecting victims of violent crime from all
contact by the defendant, or contact, with the intent to annoy,
harass, threaten, or commit acts of violence, by the defendant. The
court or its designee shall transmit orders made under this
paragraph to law enforcement personnel within one business day
of the issuance, modification, extension, or termination of the
order, pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 6380 of the Family
Code. It is the responsibility of the court to transmit the
modification, extension, or termination orders made under this
paragraph to the same agency that entered the original protective
order into the Domestic Violence Restraining Order System.

(B) (i) If a court does not issue an order pursuant to
subparagraph (A) in a case in which the defendant is charged with
a crime of domestic violence as defined in Section 13700, the court
on its own motion shall consider issuing a protective order upon
a good cause belief that harm to, or intimidation or dissuasion of,
a victim or witness has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur,
that provides as follows:

(I) The defendant shall not own, possess, purchase, receive, or
attempt to purchase or receive, a firearm while the protective order
is in effect.

(II) The defendant shall relinquish any firearms that he or she
owns or possesses pursuant to Section 527.9 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(ii) Every person who owns, possesses, purchases, or receives,
or attempts to purchase or receive, a firearm while this protective
order is in effect is punishable pursuant to Section 29825.

(C) An order issued, modified, extended, or terminated by a
court pursuant to this paragraph shall be issued on forms adopted
by the Judicial Council begin delete of California end delete and that have been approved
by the Department of Justice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section
6380 of the Family Code. However, the fact that an order issued
by a court pursuant to this section was not issued on forms adopted
by the Judicial Council and approved by the Department of Justice
shall not, in and of itself, make the order unenforceable.

(D) A protective order under this paragraph may require the
defendant to be placed on electronic monitoring if the local
government, with the concurrence of the county sheriff or the chief
probation officer with jurisdiction, adopts a policy to authorize
electronic monitoring of defendants and specifies the agency with
jurisdiction for this purpose. If the court determines that the
defendant has the ability to pay for the monitoring program, the
court shall order the defendant to pay for the monitoring. If the
court determines that the defendant does not have the ability to
pay for the electronic monitoring, the court may order electronic
monitoring to be paid for by the local government that adopted
the policy to authorize electronic monitoring. The duration of
electronic monitoring shall not exceed one year from the date the
order is issued. At no time shall the electronic monitoring be in
place if the protective order is not in place.

(b) A person violating an order made pursuant to paragraphs
(1) to (7), inclusive, of subdivision (a) may be punished for any
substantive offense described in Section 136.1, or for a contempt
of the court making the order. A finding of contempt shall not be
a bar to prosecution for a violation of Section 136.1. However, a
person so held in contempt shall be entitled to credit for punishment
imposed therein against a sentence imposed upon conviction of
an offense described in Section 136.1. A conviction or acquittal
for a substantive offense under Section 136.1 shall be a bar to a
subsequent punishment for contempt arising out of the same act.

(c) (1) Notwithstanding subdivisions (a) and (e), an emergency
protective order issued pursuant to Chapter 2 (commencing with
Section 6250) of Part 3 of Division 10 of the Family Code or
Section 646.91 of begin delete the Penal Code end delete begin insert this code end insert shall have precedence
in enforcement over any other restraining or protective order,
provided begin insert that end insert the emergency protective order meets all of the
following requirements:

(A) The emergency protective order is issued to protect one or
more individuals who are already protected persons under another
restraining or protective order.

(B) The emergency protective order restrains the individual who
is the restrained person in the other restraining or protective order
specified in subparagraph (A).

(C) The provisions of the emergency protective order are more
restrictive in relation to the restrained person than are the provisions
of the other restraining or protective order specified in
subparagraph (A).

(2) An emergency protective order that meets the requirements
of paragraph (1) shall have precedence in enforcement over the
provisions of any other restraining or protective order only with
respect to those provisions of the emergency protective order that
are more restrictive in relation to the restrained person.

(d) (1) A person subject to a protective order issued under this
section shall not own, possess, purchase, receive, or attempt to
purchase or receive a firearm while the protective order is in effect.

(2) The court shall order a person subject to a protective order
issued under this section to relinquish any firearms he or she owns
or possesses pursuant to Section 527.9 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(3) A person who owns, possesses, purchases or receives, or
attempts to purchase or receive a firearm while the protective order
is in effect is punishable pursuant to Section 29825.

(e) (1) In all cases where the defendant is charged with a crime
of domestic violence, as defined in Section 13700, the court shall
consider issuing the above-described orders on its own motion.
All interested parties shall receive a copy of those orders. In order
to facilitate this, the court’s records of all criminal cases involving
domestic violence shall be marked to clearly alert the court to this
issue.

(2) In those cases in which a complaint, information, or
indictment charging a crime of domestic violence, as defined in
Section 13700, has been issued, a restraining order or protective
order against the defendant issued by the criminal court in that
case has precedence in enforcement over a civil court order against
the defendant, unless a court issues an emergency protective order
pursuant to Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 6250) of Part 3
of Division 10 of the Family Code or Section 646.91 of begin delete the Penal
Code end delete begin insert this code end insert , in which case the emergency protective order shall
have precedence in enforcement over any other restraining or
protective order, provided begin insert that end insert the emergency protective order
meets the following requirements:

(A) The emergency protective order is issued to protect one or
more individuals who are already protected persons under another
restraining or protective order.

(B) The emergency protective order restrains the individual who
is the restrained person in the other restraining or protective order
specified in subparagraph (A).

(C) The provisions of the emergency protective order are more
restrictive in relation to the restrained person than are the provisions
of the other restraining or protective order specified in
subparagraph (A).

(3) Custody and visitation with respect to the defendant and his
or her minor children may be ordered by a family or juvenile court
consistent with the protocol established pursuant to subdivision
(f), but if ordered after a criminal protective order has been issued
pursuant to this section, the custody and visitation order shall make
reference to, and acknowledge the precedence of enforcement of,
an appropriate criminal protective order. On or before July 1, 2006,
the Judicial Council shall modify the criminal and civil court forms
consistent with this subdivision.

(f) On or before January 1, 2003, the Judicial Council shall
promulgate a protocol, for adoption by each local court in
substantially similar terms, to provide for the timely coordination
of all orders against the same defendant and in favor of the same
named victim or victims. The protocol shall include, but shall not
be limited to, mechanisms for assuring appropriate communication
and information sharing between criminal, family, and juvenile
courts concerning orders and cases that involve the same parties,
and shall permit a family or juvenile court order to coexist with a
criminal court protective order subject to the following conditions:

(1) An order that permits contact between the restrained person
and his or her children shall provide for the safe exchange of the
children and shall not contain language either printed or
handwritten that violates a “no contact order” issued by a criminal
court.

(2) Safety of all parties shall be the courts’ paramount concern.
The family or juvenile court shall specify the time, day, place, and
manner of transfer of the child, as provided in Section 3100 of the
Family Code.

(g) On or before January 1, 2003, the Judicial Council shall
modify the criminal and civil court protective order forms
consistent with this section.

(h) In any case in which a complaint, information, or indictment
charging a crime of domestic violence, as defined in Section 13700,
has been filed, the court may consider, in determining whether
good cause exists to issue an order under paragraph (1) of
subdivision (a), the underlying nature of the offense charged, and
the information provided to the court pursuant to Section 273.75.

(i) (1) In all cases in which a criminal defendant has been
convicted of a crime of domestic violence as defined in Section
13700, the court, at the time of sentencing, shall consider issuing
an order restraining the defendant from any contact with the victim.
The order may be valid for up to 10 years, as determined by the
court. This protective order may be issued by the court regardless
of whether the defendant is sentenced to the state prison or a county
jail, or whether imposition of sentence is suspended and the
defendant is placed on probation. It is the intent of the Legislature
in enacting this subdivision that the duration of any restraining
order issued by the court be based upon the seriousness of the facts
before the court, the probability of future violations, and the safety
of the victim and his or her immediate family.

(2) An order under this subdivision may include provisions for
electronic monitoring if the local government, upon receiving the
concurrence of the county sheriff or the chief probation officer
with jurisdiction, adopts a policy authorizing electronic monitoring
of defendants and specifies the agency with jurisdiction for this
purpose. If the court determines that the defendant has the ability
to pay for the monitoring program, the court shall order the
defendant to pay for the monitoring. If the court determines that
the defendant does not have the ability to pay for the electronic
monitoring, the court may order the electronic monitoring to be
paid for by the local government that adopted the policy authorizing
electronic monitoring. The duration of the electronic monitoring
shall not exceed one year from the date the order is issued.

(j) For purposes of this section, “local government” means the
county that has jurisdiction over the protective order.

SEC. 146.  

Section 289.6 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

289.6.  

(a) (1) An employee or officer of a public entity health
facility, or an employee, officer, or agent of a private person or
entity that provides a health facility or staff for a health facility
under contract with a public entity, who engages in sexual activity
with a consenting adult who is confined in a health facility is guilty
of a public offense. As used in this paragraph, “health facility”
means a health facility as defined in subdivisions (b), (e), (g), (h),
and (j) of, and subparagraph (C) of paragraph (2) of subdivision
(i) of, Section 1250 of the Health and Safety Code, in which the
victim has been confined involuntarily.

(2) An employee or officer of a public entity detention facility,
or an employee, officer, begin insert or end insert agent of a private person or entity that
provides a detention facility or staff for a detention facility, a
person or agent of a public or private entity under contract with a
detention facility, a volunteer of a private or public entity detention
facility, or a peace officer who engages in sexual activity with a
consenting adult who is confined in a detention facility is guilty
of a public offense.

(3) An employee with a department, board, or authority under
the begin delete California end delete Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation or a
facility under contract with a department, board, or authority under
the begin delete California end delete Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, who,
during the course of his or her employment directly provides
treatment, care, control, or supervision of inmates, wards, or
parolees, and who engages in sexual activity with a consenting
adult who is an inmate, ward, or parolee, is guilty of a public
offense.

(b) As used in this section, the term “public entity” means the
state, begin insert the end insert federal government, a city, a county, a city and county,
a joint county jail district, or any entity created as a result of a joint
powers agreement between two or more public entities.

(c) As used in this section, the term “detention facility” means:

(1) A prison, jail, camp, or other correctional facility used for
the confinement of adults or both adults and minors.

(2) A building or facility used for the confinement of adults or
adults and minors pursuant to a contract with a public entity.

(3) A room that is used for holding persons for interviews,
interrogations, or investigations and that is separate from a jail or
located in the administrative area of a law enforcement facility.

(4) A vehicle used to transport confined persons during their
period of confinement, including transporting a person after he or
she has been arrested but has not been booked.

(5) A court holding facility located within or adjacent to a court
building that is used for the confinement of persons for the purpose
of court appearances.

(d) As used in this section, “sexual activity” means:

(1) Sexual intercourse.

(2) Sodomy, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 286.

(3) Oral copulation, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section
288a.

(4) Sexual penetration, as defined in subdivision (k) of Section
289.

(5) The rubbing or touching of the breasts or sexual organs of
another, or of oneself in the presence of and with knowledge of
another, with the intent of arousing, appealing to, or gratifying the
lust, passions, or sexual desires of oneself or another.

(e) Consent by a confined person or parolee to sexual activity
proscribed by this section is not a defense to a criminal prosecution
for violation of this section.

(f) This section does not apply to sexual activity between
consenting adults that occurs during an overnight conjugal visit
that takes place pursuant to a court order or with the written
approval of an authorized representative of the public entity that
operates or contracts for the operation of the detention facility
where the conjugal visit takes place, to physical contact or
penetration made pursuant to a lawful search, or bona fide medical
examinations or treatments, including clinical treatments.

(g) Any violation of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a), or a
violation of paragraph (2) or (3) of subdivision (a) as described in
paragraph (5) of subdivision (d), is a misdemeanor.

(h) Any violation of paragraph (2) or (3) of subdivision (a), as
described in paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) of subdivision (d), shall
be punished by imprisonment in a county jail not exceeding one
year, or in the state prison, or by a fine of not more than ten
thousand dollars ($10,000) or by both that fine and imprisonment.

(i) Any person previously convicted of a violation of this section
shall, upon a subsequent violation, be guilty of a felony.

(j) Anyone who is convicted of a felony violation of this section
who is employed by a department, board, or authority within the
begin delete Youth and Adult Correctional Agency end delete begin insert Department of Corrections
and Rehabilitation end insert shall be terminated in accordance with the State
Civil Service Act (Part 2 (commencing with Section 18500) of
Division 5 of Title 2 of the Government Code). Anyone who has
been convicted of a felony violation of this section shall not be
eligible to be hired or reinstated by a department, board, or
authority within the begin delete Youth and Adult Correctional Agency end delete
begin insert Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation end insert .

SEC. 147.  

Section 496a of the Penal Code is amended to read:

496a.  

(a) Every person who begin delete , being end delete begin insert is end insert a dealer in or collector
of junk, metals or secondhand materials, or the agent, employee,
or representative of such dealer or collector, begin insert and who end insert buys or
receives any wire, cable, copper, lead, solder, mercury, iron or
brass which he or she knows or reasonably should know is
ordinarily used by or ordinarily belongs to a railroad or other
transportation, telephone, telegraph, gas, water or electric light
company begin insert , end insert or begin insert a end insert county, city, city and county or other political
subdivision of this state engaged in furnishing public utility service begin insert , end insert
without using due diligence to ascertain that the person selling or
delivering the same has a legal right to do so, is guilty of criminally
receiving that property, and shall be punished by imprisonment in
a county jail for not more than one year, or by imprisonment
pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section 1170, or by a fine of not
more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or by both that fine and
imprisonment.

(b) Any person begin delete buying or receiving end delete begin insert who buys or receives end insert
material pursuant to subdivision (a) shall obtain evidence of his
or her identity from the seller including, but not limited to, that
person’s full name, signature, address, driver’s license number,
begin insert and end insert vehicle license number, and the license number of the vehicle
delivering the material.

(c) The record of the transaction shall include an appropriate
description of the material purchased and the record shall be
maintained pursuant to Section 21607 of the Business and
Professions Code.

SEC. 148.  

Section 781 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

781.  

Except as provided in Section 923, when a public offense
is committed in part in one jurisdictional territory and in part in
another begin delete , end delete jurisdictional territory begin insert , end insert or the acts or effects thereof
constituting or requisite to the consummation of the offense occur
in two or more jurisdictional territories, the jurisdiction for the
offense is in any competent court within either jurisdictional
territory.

SEC. 149.  

Section 830.41 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

830.41.  

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the City
of Tulelake, California begin insert , end insert is authorized to enter into a mutual aid
agreement with the City of Malin, Oregon, for the purpose of
permitting their police departments to provide mutual aid to each
other when necessary. Before the effective date of the agreement,
the agreement shall be reviewed and approved by the
Commissioner of the California Highway Patrol.

SEC. 150.  

Section 830.55 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

830.55.  

(a) (1) As used in this section, a correctional officer
is a peace officer, employed by a city, county, or city and county
begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert operates a facility described in Section 2910.5 of this
code or Section 1753.3 of the Welfare and Institutions Code or
facilities operated by counties pursuant to Section 6241 or 6242
of this code under contract with the Department of Corrections
and Rehabilitation or the Division of Juvenile begin delete Facilities end delete begin insert Justice end insert
within the department, who has the authority and responsibility
for maintaining custody of specified state prison inmates or wards,
and who performs tasks related to the operation of a detention
facility used for the detention of persons who have violated parole
or are awaiting parole back into the community or, upon court
order, either for their own safekeeping or for the specific purpose
of serving a sentence therein.

(2) As used in this section, a correctional officer is also a peace
officer, employed by a city, county, or city and county begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert
operates a facility described in Section 4115.55, who has the
authority and responsibility for maintaining custody of inmates
sentenced to or housed in that facility, and who performs tasks
related to the operation of that facility.

(b) A correctional officer shall have no right to carry or possess
firearms in the performance of his or her prescribed duties, except,
under the direction of the superintendent of the facility, while
engaged in transporting prisoners, guarding hospitalized prisoners,
or suppressing riots, lynchings, escapes, or rescues in or about a
detention facility established pursuant to Section 2910.5 or 4115.55
of this code or Section 1753.3 of the Welfare and Institutions Code.

(c) Each person described in this section as a correctional officer,
within 90 days following the date of the initial assignment to that
position, shall satisfactorily complete the training course specified
in Section 832. In addition, each person designated as a correctional
officer, within one year following the date of the initial assignment
as an officer, shall have satisfactorily met the minimum selection
and training standards prescribed by the Board of State and
Community Corrections pursuant to Section 6035. Persons
designated as correctional officers, before the expiration of the
90-day and one-year periods described in this subdivision, who
have not yet completed the required training, may perform the
duties of a correctional officer only while under the direct
supervision of a correctional officer who has completed the training
required in this section, and shall not carry or possess firearms in
the performance of their prescribed duties.

(d) This section shall not be construed to confer any authority
upon a correctional officer except while on duty.

(e) A correctional officer may use reasonable force in
establishing and maintaining custody of persons delivered to him
or her by a law enforcement officer, may make arrests for
misdemeanors and felonies within the local detention facility
pursuant to a duly issued warrant, and may make warrantless arrests
pursuant to Section 836.5 only during the duration of his or her
job.

SEC. 151.  

Section 1001.20 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

1001.20.  

As used in this chapter:

(a) “Cognitive Developmental Disability” means any of the
following:

(1) “Intellectual disability” means a condition of significantly
subaverage general intellectual functioning existing concurrently
with deficits in adaptive behavior and manifested during the
developmental period.

(2) “Autism” means a diagnosed condition of markedly
abnormal or impaired development in social interaction, in
communication, or in both, with a markedly restricted repertoire
of activity and interests.

(3) Disabling conditions found to be closely related to
intellectual disability or autism, or that require treatment similar
to that required for individuals with intellectual disability or autism,
and that would qualify an individual for services provided under
the Lanterman Developmental Disabilities Services Act.

(b) “Diversion-related treatment and habilitation” means, but
is not limited to, specialized services or special adaptations of
generic services, directed toward the alleviation of cognitive
developmental disability or toward social, personal, physical, or
economic habilitation or rehabilitation of an individual with a
cognitive developmental disability, and includes, but is not limited
to, diagnosis, evaluation, treatment, personal care, day care,
domiciliary care, special living arrangements, physical,
occupational, and speech therapy, training, education, sheltered
employment, mental health services, recreation, counseling of the
individual with this disability and of his or her family, protective
and other social and sociolegal services, information and referral
services, follow-along services, and transportation services
necessary to begin delete assure end delete begin insert ensure end insert delivery of services to persons with
cognitive developmental disabilities.

(c) “Regional center” means a regional center for the
developmentally disabled established under the Lanterman
Developmental Disabilities Services Act that is organized as a
private nonprofit community agency to plan, purchase, and
coordinate the delivery of services that cannot be provided by state
agencies to developmentally disabled persons residing in a
particular geographic catchment area, and that is licensed and
funded by the State Department of Developmental Services.

(d) “Director of a regional center” means the executive director
of a regional center for the developmentally disabled or his or her
designee.

(e) “Agency” means the prosecutor, the probation department,
and the regional center involved in a particular defendant’s case.

(f) “Dual agency diversion” means a treatment and habilitation
program developed with court approval by the regional center,
administered jointly by the regional center and by the probation
department, that is individually tailored to the needs of the
defendant as derived from the defendant’s individual program plan
pursuant to Section 4646 of the Welfare and Institutions Code,
and that includes, but is not limited to, treatment specifically
addressed to the criminal offense charged, for a specified period
of time as prescribed in Section 1001.28.

(g) “Single agency diversion” means a treatment and habilitation
program developed with court approval by the regional center,
administered solely by the regional center without involvement
by the probation department, that is individually tailored to the
needs of the defendant as derived from the defendant’s individual
program plan pursuant to Section 4646 of the Welfare and
Institutions Code, and that includes, but is not limited to, treatment
specifically addressed to the criminal offense charged, for a
specified period of time as prescribed in Section 1001.28.

SEC. 152.  

Section 1170 of the Penal Code, as amended by
Section 2 of Chapter 828 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended to
read:

1170.  

(a) (1) The Legislature finds and declares that the
purpose of imprisonment for crime is punishment. This purpose
is best served by terms proportionate to the seriousness of the
offense with provision for uniformity in the sentences of offenders
committing the same offense under similar circumstances. The
Legislature further finds and declares that the elimination of
disparity and the provision of uniformity of sentences can best be
achieved by determinate sentences fixed by statute in proportion
to the seriousness of the offense as determined by the Legislature
to be imposed by the court with specified discretion.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Legislature further finds
and declares that programs should be available for inmates,
including, but not limited to, educational programs, that are
designed to prepare nonviolent felony offenders for successful
reentry into the community. The Legislature encourages the
development of policies and programs designed to educate and
rehabilitate nonviolent felony offenders. In implementing this
section, the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation is
encouraged to give priority enrollment in programs to promote
successful return to the community to an inmate with a short
remaining term of commitment and a release date that would allow
him or her adequate time to complete the program.

(3) In any case in which the punishment prescribed by statute
for a person convicted of a public offense is a term of imprisonment
in the state prison of any specification of three time periods, the
court shall sentence the defendant to one of the terms of
imprisonment specified unless the convicted person is given any
other disposition provided by law, including a fine, jail, probation,
or the suspension of imposition or execution of sentence or is
sentenced pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 1168 because he
or she had committed his or her crime prior to July 1, 1977. In
sentencing the convicted person, the court shall apply the
sentencing rules of the Judicial Council. The court, unless it
determines that there are circumstances in mitigation of the
punishment prescribed, shall also impose any other term that it is
required by law to impose as an additional term. Nothing in this
article shall affect any provision of law that imposes the death
penalty, that authorizes or restricts the granting of probation or
suspending the execution or imposition of sentence, or expressly
provides for imprisonment in the state prison for life, except as
provided in paragraph (2) of subdivision (d). In any case in which
the amount of preimprisonment credit under Section 2900.5 or any
other provision of law is equal to or exceeds any sentence imposed
pursuant to this chapter, the entire sentence shall be deemed to
have been served and the defendant shall not be actually delivered
to the custody of the secretary. The court shall advise the defendant
that he or she shall serve a period of parole and order the defendant
to report to the parole office closest to the defendant’s last legal
residence, unless the in-custody credits equal the total sentence,
including both confinement time and the period of parole. The
sentence shall be deemed a separate prior prison term under Section
667.5, and a copy of the judgment and other necessary
documentation shall be forwarded to the secretary.

(b) When a judgment of imprisonment is to be imposed and the
statute specifies three possible terms, the court shall order
imposition of the middle term, unless there are circumstances in
aggravation or mitigation of the crime. At least four days prior to
the time set for imposition of judgment, either party or the victim,
or the family of the victim if the victim is deceased, may submit
a statement in aggravation or mitigation to dispute facts in the
record or the probation officer’s report, or to present additional
facts. In determining whether there are circumstances that justify
imposition of the upper or lower term, the court may consider the
record in the case, the probation officer’s report, other reports,
including reports received pursuant to Section 1203.03, and
statements in aggravation or mitigation submitted by the
prosecution, the defendant, or the victim, or the family of the victim
if the victim is deceased, and any further evidence introduced at
the sentencing hearing. The court shall set forth on the record the
facts and reasons for imposing the upper or lower term. The court
may not impose an upper term by using the fact of any
enhancement upon which sentence is imposed under any provision
of law. A term of imprisonment shall not be specified if imposition
of sentence is suspended.

(c) The court shall state the reasons for its sentence choice on
the record at the time of sentencing. The court shall also inform
the defendant that as part of the sentence after expiration of the
term he or she may be on parole for a period as provided in Section
3000.

(d) (1) When a defendant subject to this section or subdivision
(b) of Section 1168 has been sentenced to be imprisoned in the
state prison and has been committed to the custody of the secretary,
the court may, within 120 days of the date of commitment on its
own motion, or at any time upon the recommendation of the
secretary or the Board of Parole Hearings, recall the sentence and
commitment previously ordered and resentence the defendant in
the same manner as if he or she had not previously been sentenced,
provided the new sentence, if any, is no greater than the initial
sentence. The court resentencing under this subdivision shall apply
the sentencing rules of the Judicial Council so as to eliminate
disparity of sentences and to promote uniformity of sentencing.
Credit shall be given for time served.

(2) (A) (i) When a defendant who was under 18 years of age
at the time of the commission of the offense for which the
defendant was sentenced to imprisonment for life without the
possibility of parole has served at least 15 years of that sentence,
the defendant may submit to the sentencing court a petition for
recall and resentencing.

(ii) Notwithstanding clause (i), this paragraph shall not apply
to defendants sentenced to life without parole for an offense where
the defendant tortured, as described in Section 206, his or her
victim or the victim was a public safety official, including any law
enforcement personnel mentioned in Chapter 4.5 (commencing
with Section 830) of Title 3, or any firefighter as described in
Section 245.1, as well as any other officer in any segment of law
enforcement who is employed by the federal government, the state,
or any of its political subdivisions.

(B) The defendant shall file the original petition with the
sentencing court. A copy of the petition shall be served on the
agency that prosecuted the case. The petition shall include the
defendant’s statement that he or she was under 18 years of age at
the time of the crime and was sentenced to life in prison without
the possibility of parole, the defendant’s statement describing his
or her remorse and work towards rehabilitation, and the defendant’s
statement that one of the following is true:

(i) The defendant was convicted pursuant to felony murder or
aiding and abetting murder provisions of law.

(ii) The defendant does not have juvenile felony adjudications
for assault or other felony crimes with a significant potential for
personal harm to victims prior to the offense for which the sentence
is being considered for recall.

(iii) The defendant committed the offense with at least one adult
codefendant.

(iv) The defendant has performed acts that tend to indicate
rehabilitation or the potential for rehabilitation, including, but not
limited to, availing himself or herself of rehabilitative, educational,
or vocational programs, if those programs have been available at
his or her classification level and facility, using self-study for
self-improvement, or showing evidence of remorse.

(C) If any of the information required in subparagraph (B) is
missing from the petition, or if proof of service on the prosecuting
agency is not provided, the court shall return the petition to the
defendant and advise the defendant that the matter cannot be
considered without the missing information.

(D) A reply to the petition, if any, shall be filed with the court
within 60 days of the date on which the prosecuting agency was
served with the petition, unless a continuance is granted for good
cause.

(E) If the court finds by a preponderance of the evidence that
the statements in the petition are true, the court shall hold a hearing
to consider whether to recall the sentence and commitment
previously ordered and to resentence the defendant in the same
manner as if the defendant had not previously been sentenced,
provided that the new sentence, if any, is not greater than the initial
sentence. Victims, or victim family members if the victim is
deceased, shall retain the rights to participate in the hearing.

(F) The factors that the court may consider when determining
whether to recall and resentence include, but are not limited to,
the following:

(i) The defendant was convicted pursuant to felony murder or
aiding and abetting murder provisions of law.

(ii) The defendant does not have juvenile felony adjudications
for assault or other felony crimes with a significant potential for
personal harm to victims prior to the offense for which the sentence
is being considered for recall.

(iii) The defendant committed the offense with at least one adult
codefendant.

(iv) Prior to the offense for which the sentence is being
considered for recall, the defendant had insufficient adult support
or supervision and had suffered from psychological or physical
trauma, or significant stress.

(v) The defendant suffers from cognitive limitations due to
mental illness, developmental disabilities, or other factors that did
not constitute a defense, but influenced the defendant’s
involvement in the offense.

(vi) The defendant has performed acts that tend to indicate
rehabilitation or the potential for rehabilitation, including, but not
limited to, availing himself or herself of rehabilitative, educational,
or vocational programs, if those programs have been available at
his or her classification level and facility, using self-study for
self-improvement, or showing evidence of remorse.

(vii) The defendant has maintained family ties or connections
with others through letter writing, calls, or visits, or has eliminated
contact with individuals outside of prison who are currently
involved with crime.

(viii) The defendant has had no disciplinary actions for violent
activities in the last five years in which the defendant was
determined to be the aggressor.

(G) The court shall have the discretion to recall the sentence
and commitment previously ordered and to resentence the
defendant in the same manner as if the defendant had not
previously been sentenced, provided that the new sentence, if any,
is not greater than the initial sentence. The discretion of the court
shall be exercised in consideration of the criteria in subparagraph
(B). Victims, or victim family members if the victim is deceased,
shall be notified of the resentencing hearing and shall retain their
rights to participate in the hearing.

(H) If the sentence is not recalled, the defendant may submit
another petition for recall and resentencing to the sentencing court
when the defendant has been committed to the custody of the
department for at least 20 years. If recall and resentencing is not
granted under that petition, the defendant may file another petition
after having served 24 years. The final petition may be submitted,
and the response to that petition shall be determined, during the
25th year of the defendant’s sentence.

(I) In addition to the criteria in subparagraph (F), the court may
consider any other criteria that the court deems relevant to its
decision, so long as the court identifies them on the record,
provides a statement of reasons for adopting them, and states why
the defendant does or does not satisfy the criteria.

(J) This subdivision shall have retroactive application.

(e) (1) Notwithstanding any other law and consistent with
paragraph (1) of subdivision (a), if the secretary or the Board of
Parole Hearings or both determine that a prisoner satisfies the
criteria set forth in paragraph (2), the secretary or the board may
recommend to the court that the prisoner’s sentence be recalled.

(2) The court shall have the discretion to resentence or recall if
the court finds that the facts described in subparagraphs (A) and
(B) or subparagraphs (B) and (C) exist:

(A) The prisoner is terminally ill with an incurable condition
caused by an illness or disease that would produce death within
six months, as determined by a physician employed by the
department.

(B) The conditions under which the prisoner would be released
or receive treatment do not pose a threat to public safety.

(C) The prisoner is permanently medically incapacitated with
a medical condition that renders him or her permanently unable
to perform activities of basic daily living, and results in the prisoner
requiring 24-hour total care, including, but not limited to, coma,
persistent vegetative state, brain death, ventilator-dependency, loss
of control of muscular or neurological function, and that
incapacitation did not exist at the time of the original sentencing.

The Board of Parole Hearings shall make findings pursuant to
this subdivision before making a recommendation for resentence
or recall to the court. This subdivision does not apply to a prisoner
sentenced to death or a term of life without the possibility of parole.

(3) Within 10 days of receipt of a positive recommendation by
the secretary or the board, the court shall hold a hearing to consider
whether the prisoner’s sentence should be recalled.

(4) Any physician employed by the department who determines
that a prisoner has six months or less to live shall notify the chief
medical officer of the prognosis. If the chief medical officer
concurs with the prognosis, he or she shall notify the warden.
Within 48 hours of receiving notification, the warden or the
warden’s representative shall notify the prisoner of the recall and
resentencing procedures, and shall arrange for the prisoner to
designate a family member or other outside agent to be notified
as to the prisoner’s medical condition and prognosis, and as to the
recall and resentencing procedures. If the inmate is deemed
mentally unfit, the warden or the warden’s representative shall
contact the inmate’s emergency contact and provide the information
described in paragraph (2).

(5) The warden or the warden’s representative shall provide the
prisoner and his or her family member, agent, or emergency
contact, as described in paragraph (4), updated information
throughout the recall and resentencing process with regard to the
prisoner’s medical condition and the status of the prisoner’s recall
and resentencing proceedings.

(6) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, the
prisoner or his or her family member or designee may
independently request consideration for recall and resentencing
by contacting the chief medical officer at the prison or the
secretary. Upon receipt of the request, the chief medical officer
and the warden or the warden’s representative shall follow the
procedures described in paragraph (4). If the secretary determines
that the prisoner satisfies the criteria set forth in paragraph (2), the
secretary or board may recommend to the court that the prisoner’s
sentence be recalled. The secretary shall submit a recommendation
for release within 30 days in the case of inmates sentenced to
determinate terms and, in the case of inmates sentenced to
indeterminate terms, the secretary shall make a recommendation
to the Board of Parole Hearings with respect to the inmates who
have applied under this section. The board shall consider this
information and make an independent judgment pursuant to
paragraph (2) and make findings related thereto before rejecting
the request or making a recommendation to the court. This action
shall be taken at the next lawfully noticed board meeting.

(7) Any recommendation for recall submitted to the court by
the secretary or the Board of Parole Hearings shall include one or
more medical evaluations, a postrelease plan, and findings pursuant
to paragraph (2).

(8) If possible, the matter shall be heard before the same judge
of the court who sentenced the prisoner.

(9) If the court grants the recall and resentencing application,
the prisoner shall be released by the department within 48 hours
of receipt of the court’s order, unless a longer time period is agreed
to by the inmate. At the time of release, the warden or the warden’s
representative shall ensure that the prisoner has each of the
following in his or her possession: a discharge medical summary,
full medical records, state identification, parole medications, and
all property belonging to the prisoner. After discharge, any
additional records shall be sent to the prisoner’s forwarding
address.

(10) The secretary shall issue a directive to medical and
correctional staff employed by the department that details the
guidelines and procedures for initiating a recall and resentencing
procedure. The directive shall clearly state that any prisoner who
is given a prognosis of six months or less to live is eligible for
recall and resentencing consideration, and that recall and
resentencing procedures shall be initiated upon that prognosis.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, for
purposes of paragraph (3) of subdivision (h), any allegation that
a defendant is eligible for state prison due to a prior or current
conviction, sentence enhancement, or because he or she is required
to register as a sex offender shall not be subject to dismissal
pursuant to Section 1385.

(g) A sentence to state prison for a determinate term for which
only one term is specified, is a sentence to state prison under this
section.

(h) (1) Except as provided in paragraph (3), a felony punishable
pursuant to this subdivision where the term is not specified in the
underlying offense shall be punishable by a term of imprisonment
in a county jail for 16 months, or two or three years.

(2) Except as provided in paragraph (3), a felony punishable
pursuant to this subdivision shall be punishable by imprisonment
in a county jail for the term described in the underlying offense.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), where the defendant
(A) has a prior or current felony conviction for a serious felony
described in subdivision (c) of Section 1192.7 or a prior or current
conviction for a violent felony described in subdivision (c) of
Section 667.5, (B) has a prior felony conviction in another
jurisdiction for an offense that has all the elements of a serious
felony described in subdivision (c) of Section 1192.7 or a violent
felony described in subdivision (c) of Section 667.5, (C) is required
to register as a sex offender pursuant to Chapter 5.5 (commencing
with Section 290) of Title 9 of Part 1, or (D) is convicted of a crime
and as part of the sentence an enhancement pursuant to Section
186.11 is imposed, an executed sentence for a felony punishable
pursuant to this subdivision shall be served in state prison.

(4)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert subdivision begin delete shall be construed to end delete begin insert does
not end insert prevent other dispositions authorized by law, including pretrial
diversion, deferred entry of judgment, or an order granting
probation pursuant to Section 1203.1.

(5) The court, when imposing a sentence pursuant to paragraph
(1) or (2) of this subdivision, may commit the defendant to county
jail as follows:

(A) For a full term in custody as determined in accordance with
the applicable sentencing law.

(B) (i) For a term as determined in accordance with the
applicable sentencing law, but suspend execution of a concluding
portion of the term selected in the court’s discretion, during which
time the defendant shall be supervised by the county probation
officer in accordance with the terms, conditions, and procedures
generally applicable to persons placed on probation, for the
remaining unserved portion of the sentence imposed by the court.
The period of supervision shall be mandatory, and may not be
earlier terminated except by court order. Any proceeding to revoke
or modify mandatory supervision under this subparagraph shall
be conducted pursuant to either subdivisions (a) and (b) of Section
1203.2 or Section 1203.3. During the period when the defendant
is under such supervision, unless in actual custody related to the
sentence imposed by the court, the defendant shall be entitled to
only actual time credit against the term of imprisonment imposed
by the court. Any time period begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert is suspended because a
person has absconded shall not be credited toward the period of
supervision.

(ii) The portion of a defendant’s sentenced term during which
time he or she is supervised by the county probation officer
pursuant to this subparagraph shall be known as mandatory
supervision.

(6) The sentencing changes made by the act that added this
subdivision shall be applied prospectively to any person sentenced
on or after October 1, 2011.

(i) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2014.

SEC. 153.  

Section 1203.097 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

1203.097.  

(a) If a person is granted probation for a crime in
which the victim is a person defined in Section 6211 of the Family
Code, the terms of probation shall include all of the following:

(1) A minimum period of probation of 36 months, which may
include a period of summary probation as appropriate.

(2) A criminal court protective order protecting the victim from
further acts of violence, threats, stalking, sexual abuse, and
harassment, and, if appropriate, containing residence exclusion or
stay-away conditions.

(3) Notice to the victim of the disposition of the case.

(4) Booking the defendant within one week of sentencing if the
defendant has not already been booked.

(5) (A) A minimum payment by the defendant of five hundred
dollars ($500) to be disbursed as specified in this paragraph. If,
after a hearing in open court, the court finds that the defendant
does not have the ability to pay, the court may reduce or waive
this fee. If the court exercises its discretion to reduce or waive the
fee, it shall state the reason on the record.

(B) Two-thirds of the moneys deposited with the county
treasurer pursuant to this section shall be retained by counties and
deposited in the domestic violence programs special fund created
pursuant to Section 18305 of the Welfare and Institutions Code,
to be expended for the purposes of Chapter 5 (commencing with
Section 18290) of Part 6 of Division 9 of the Welfare and
Institutions Code. The remainder shall be transferred, once a month,
to the Controller for deposit in equal amounts in the Domestic
Violence Restraining Order Reimbursement Fund and in the
Domestic Violence Training and Education Fund, which are hereby
created, in an amount equal to one-third of funds collected during
the preceding month. Moneys deposited into these funds pursuant
to this section shall be available upon appropriation by the
Legislature and shall be distributed each fiscal year as follows:

(i) Funds from the Domestic Violence Restraining Order
Reimbursement Fund shall be distributed to local law enforcement
or other criminal justice agencies for state-mandated local costs
resulting from the notification requirements set forth in subdivision
(b) of Section 6380 of the Family Code, based on the annual
notification from the Department of Justice of the number of
restraining orders issued and registered in the state domestic
violence restraining order registry maintained by the Department
of Justice, for the development and maintenance of the domestic
violence restraining order databank system.

(ii) Funds from the Domestic Violence Training and Education
Fund shall support a statewide training and education program to
increase public awareness of domestic violence and to improve
the scope and quality of services provided to the victims of
domestic violence. Grants to support this program shall be awarded
on a competitive basis and be administered by the State Department
of Public Health, in consultation with the statewide domestic
violence coalition, which is eligible to receive funding under this
section.

(6) Successful completion of a batterer’s program, as defined
in subdivision (c), or if none is available, another appropriate
counseling program designated by the court, for a period not less
than one year with periodic progress reports by the program to the
court every three months or less and weekly sessions of a minimum
of two hours class time duration. The defendant shall attend
consecutive weekly sessions, unless granted an excused absence
for good cause by the program for no more than three individual
sessions during the entire program, and shall complete the program
within 18 months, unless, after a hearing, the court finds good
cause to modify the requirements of consecutive attendance or
completion within 18 months.

(7) (A) (i) The court shall order the defendant to comply with
all probation requirements, including the requirements to attend
counseling, keep all program appointments, and pay program fees
based upon the ability to pay.

(ii) The terms of probation for offenders shall not be lifted until
all reasonable fees due to the counseling program have been paid
in full, but in no case shall probation be extended beyond the term
provided in subdivision (a) of Section 1203.1. If the court finds
that the defendant does not have the ability to pay the fees based
on the defendant’s changed circumstances, the court may reduce
or waive the fees.

(B) Upon request by the batterer’s program, the court shall
provide the defendant’s arrest report, prior incidents of violence,
and treatment history to the program.

(8) The court also shall order the defendant to perform a
specified amount of appropriate community service, as designated
by the court. The defendant shall present the court with proof of
completion of community service and the court shall determine if
the community service has been satisfactorily completed. If
sufficient staff and resources are available, the community service
shall be performed under the jurisdiction of the local agency
overseeing a community service program.

(9) If the program finds that the defendant is unsuitable, the
program shall immediately contact the probation department or
the court. The probation department or court shall either recalendar
the case for hearing or refer the defendant to an appropriate
alternative batterer’s program.

(10) (A) Upon recommendation of the program, a court shall
require a defendant to participate in additional sessions throughout
the probationary period, unless it finds that it is not in the interests
of justice to do so, states its reasons on the record, and enters them
into the minutes. In deciding whether the defendant would benefit
from more sessions, the court shall consider whether any of the
following conditions exists:

(i) The defendant has been violence free for a minimum of six
months.

(ii) The defendant has cooperated and participated in the
batterer’s program.

(iii) The defendant demonstrates an understanding of and
practices positive conflict resolution skills.

(iv) The defendant blames, degrades, or has committed acts that
dehumanize the victim or puts at risk the victim’s safety, including,
but not limited to, molesting, stalking, striking, attacking,
threatening, sexually assaulting, or battering the victim.

(v) The defendant demonstrates an understanding that the use
of coercion or violent behavior to maintain dominance is
unacceptable in an intimate relationship.

(vi) The defendant has made threats to harm anyone in any
manner.

(vii) The defendant has complied with applicable requirements
under paragraph (6) of subdivision (c) or subparagraph (C) to
receive alcohol counseling, drug counseling, or both.

(viii) The defendant demonstrates acceptance of responsibility
for the abusive behavior perpetrated against the victim.

(B) The program shall immediately report any violation of the
terms of the protective order, including any new acts of violence
or failure to comply with the program requirements, to the court,
the prosecutor, and, if formal probation has been ordered, to the
probation department. The probationer shall file proof of
enrollment in a batterer’s program with the court within 30 days
of conviction.

(C) Concurrent with other requirements under this section, in
addition to, and not in lieu of, the batterer’s program, and unless
prohibited by the referring court, the probation department or the
court may make provisions for a defendant to use his or her
resources to enroll in a chemical dependency program or to enter
voluntarily a licensed chemical dependency recovery hospital or
residential treatment program that has a valid license issued by the
state to provide alcohol or drug services to receive program
participation credit, as determined by the court. The probation
department shall document evidence of this hospital or residential
treatment participation in the defendant’s program file.

(11) The conditions of probation may include, in lieu of a fine,
but not in lieu of the fund payment required under paragraph (5),
one or more of the following requirements:

(A) That the defendant make payments to a battered women’s
shelter, up to a maximum of five thousand dollars ($5,000).

(B) That the defendant reimburse the victim for reasonable
expenses that the court finds are the direct result of the defendant’s
offense.

For any order to pay a fine, to make payments to a battered
women’s shelter, or to pay restitution as a condition of probation
under this subdivision, the court shall make a determination of the
defendant’s ability to pay. Determination of a defendant’s ability
to pay may include his or her future earning capacity. A defendant
shall bear the burden of demonstrating lack of his or her ability to
pay. Express findings by the court as to the factors bearing on the
amount of the fine shall not be required. In no event shall any order
to make payments to a battered women’s shelter be made if it
would impair the ability of the defendant to pay direct restitution
to the victim or court-ordered child support. When the injury to a
married person is caused, in whole or in part, by the criminal acts
of his or her spouse in violation of this section, the community
property shall not be used to discharge the liability of the offending
spouse for restitution to the injured spouse, as required by Section
1203.04, as operative on or before August 2, 1995, or Section
1202.4, or to a shelter for costs with regard to the injured spouse,
until all separate property of the offending spouse is exhausted.

(12) If it appears to the prosecuting attorney, the court, or the
probation department that the defendant is performing
unsatisfactorily in the assigned program, is not benefiting from
counseling, or has engaged in criminal conduct, upon request of
the probation officer, the prosecuting attorney, or on its own
motion, the court, as a priority calendar item, shall hold a hearing
to determine whether further sentencing should proceed. The court
may consider factors, including, but not limited to, any violence
by the defendant against the former or a new victim while on
probation and noncompliance with any other specific condition of
probation. If the court finds that the defendant is not performing
satisfactorily in the assigned program, is not benefiting from the
program, has not complied with a condition of probation, or has
engaged in criminal conduct, the court shall terminate the
defendant’s participation in the program and shall proceed with
further sentencing.

(b) If a person is granted formal probation for a crime in which
the victim is a person defined in Section 6211 of the Family Code,
in addition to the terms specified in subdivision (a), all of the
following shall apply:

(1) The probation department shall make an investigation and
take into consideration the defendant’s age, medical history,
employment and service records, educational background,
community and family ties, prior incidents of violence, police
report, treatment history, if any, demonstrable motivation, and
other mitigating factors in determining which batterer’s program
would be appropriate for the defendant. This information shall be
provided to the batterer’s program if it is requested. The probation
department shall also determine which community programs the
defendant would benefit from and which of those programs would
accept the defendant. The probation department shall report its
findings and recommendations to the court.

(2) The court shall advise the defendant that the failure to report
to the probation department for the initial investigation, as directed
by the court, or the failure to enroll in a specified program, as
directed by the court or the probation department, shall result in
possible further incarceration. The court, in the interests of justice,
may relieve the defendant from the prohibition set forth in this
subdivision based upon the defendant’s mistake or excusable
neglect. Application for this relief shall be filed within 20 court
days of the missed deadline. This time limitation may not be
extended. A copy of any application for relief shall be served on
the office of the prosecuting attorney.

(3) After the court orders the defendant to a batterer’s program,
the probation department shall conduct an initial assessment of
the defendant, including, but not limited to, all of the following:

(A) Social, economic, and family background.

(B) Education.

(C) Vocational achievements.

(D) Criminal history.

(E) Medical history.

(F) Substance abuse history.

(G) Consultation with the probation officer.

(H) Verbal consultation with the victim, only if the victim
desires to participate.

(I) Assessment of the future probability of the defendant
committing murder.

(4) The probation department shall attempt to notify the victim
regarding the requirements for the defendant’s participation in the
batterer’s program, as well as regarding available victim resources.
The victim also shall be informed that attendance in any program
does not guarantee that an abuser will not be violent.

(c) The court or the probation department shall refer defendants
only to batterer’s programs that follow standards outlined in
paragraph (1), which may include, but are not limited to, lectures,
classes, group discussions, and counseling. The probation
department shall design and implement an approval and renewal
process for batterer’s programs and shall solicit input from criminal
justice agencies and domestic violence victim advocacy programs.

(1) The goal of a batterer’s program under this section shall be
to stop domestic violence. A batterer’s program shall consist of
the following components:

(A) Strategies to hold the defendant accountable for the violence
in a relationship, including, but not limited to, providing the
defendant with a written statement that the defendant shall be held
accountable for acts or threats of domestic violence.

(B) A requirement that the defendant participate in ongoing
same-gender group sessions.

(C) An initial intake that provides written definitions to the
defendant of physical, emotional, sexual, economic, and verbal
abuse, and the techniques for stopping these types of abuse.

(D) Procedures to inform the victim regarding the requirements
for the defendant’s participation in the intervention program as
well as regarding available victim resources. The victim also shall
be informed that attendance in any program does not guarantee
that an abuser will not be violent.

(E) A requirement that the defendant attend group sessions free
of chemical influence.

(F) Educational programming that examines, at a minimum,
gender roles, socialization, the nature of violence, the dynamics
of power and control, and the effects of abuse on children and
others.

(G) A requirement that excludes any couple counseling or family
counseling, or both.

(H) Procedures that give the program the right to assess whether
or not the defendant would benefit from the program and to refuse
to enroll the defendant if it is determined that the defendant would
not benefit from the program, so long as the refusal is not because
of the defendant’s inability to pay. If possible, the program shall
suggest an appropriate alternative program.

(I) Program staff who, to the extent possible, have specific
knowledge regarding, but not limited to, spousal abuse, child abuse,
sexual abuse, substance abuse, the dynamics of violence and abuse,
the law, and procedures of the legal system.

(J) Program staff who are encouraged to utilize the expertise,
training, and assistance of local domestic violence centers.

(K) A requirement that the defendant enter into a written
agreement with the program, which shall include an outline of the
contents of the program, the attendance requirements, the
requirement to attend group sessions free of chemical influence,
and a statement that the defendant may be removed from the
program if it is determined that the defendant is not benefiting
from the program or is disruptive to the program.

(L) A requirement that the defendant sign a confidentiality
statement prohibiting disclosure of any information obtained
through participating in the program or during group sessions
regarding other participants in the program.

(M) Program content that provides cultural and ethnic
sensitivity.

(N) A requirement of a written referral from the court or
probation department prior to permitting the defendant to enroll
in the program. The written referral shall state the number of
minimum sessions required by the court.

(O) Procedures for submitting to the probation department all
of the following uniform written responses:

(i) Proof of enrollment, to be submitted to the court and the
probation department and to include the fee determined to be
charged to the defendant, based upon the ability to pay, for each
session.

(ii) Periodic progress reports that include attendance, fee
payment history, and program compliance.

(iii) Final evaluation that includes the program’s evaluation of
the defendant’s progress, using the criteria set forth in subparagraph
(A) of paragraph (10) of subdivision (a) and recommendation for
either successful or unsuccessful termination or continuation in
the program.

(P) A sliding fee schedule based on the defendant’s ability to
pay. The batterer’s program shall develop and utilize a sliding fee
scale that recognizes both the defendant’s ability to pay and the
necessity of programs to meet overhead expenses. An indigent
defendant may negotiate a deferred payment schedule, but shall
pay a nominal fee, if the defendant has the ability to pay the
nominal fee. Upon a hearing and a finding by the court that the
defendant does not have the financial ability to pay the nominal
fee, the court shall waive this fee. The payment of the fee shall be
made a condition of probation if the court determines the defendant
has the present ability to pay the fee. The fee shall be paid during
the term of probation unless the program sets other conditions.
The acceptance policies shall be in accordance with the scaled fee
system.

(2) The court shall refer persons only to batterer’s programs
that have been approved by the probation department pursuant to
paragraph (5). The probation department shall do both of the
following:

(A) Provide for the issuance of a provisional approval, provided
that the applicant is in substantial compliance with applicable laws
and regulations and an urgent need for approval exists. A
provisional approval shall be considered an authorization to provide
services and shall not be considered a vested right.

(B) If the probation department determines that a program is
not in compliance with standards set by the department, the
department shall provide written notice of the noncompliant areas
to the program. The program shall submit a written plan of
corrections within 14 days from the date of the written notice on
noncompliance. A plan of correction shall include, but not be
limited to, a description of each corrective action and timeframe
for implementation. The department shall review and approve all
or any part of the plan of correction and notify the program of
approval or disapproval in writing. If the program fails to submit
a plan of correction or fails to implement the approved plan of
correction, the department shall consider whether to revoke or
suspend approval and, upon revoking or suspending approval, shall
have the option to cease referrals of defendants under this section.

(3) No program, regardless of its source of funding, shall be
approved unless it meets all of the following standards:

(A) The establishment of guidelines and criteria for education
services, including standards of services that may include lectures,
classes, and group discussions.

(B) Supervision of the defendant for the purpose of evaluating
the person’s progress in the program.

(C) Adequate reporting requirements to ensure that all persons
who, after being ordered to attend and complete a program, may
be identified for either failure to enroll in, or failure to successfully
complete, the program or for the successful completion of the
program as ordered. The program shall notify the court and the
probation department, in writing, within the period of time and in
the manner specified by the court of any person who fails to
complete the program. Notification shall be given if the program
determines that the defendant is performing unsatisfactorily or if
the defendant is not benefiting from the education, treatment, or
counseling.

(D) No victim shall be compelled to participate in a program
or counseling, and no program may condition a defendant’s
enrollment on participation by the victim.

(4) In making referrals of indigent defendants to approved
batterer’s programs, the probation department shall apportion these
referrals evenly among the approved programs.

(5) The probation department shall have the sole authority to
approve a batterer’s program for probation. The program shall be
required to obtain only one approval but shall renew that approval
annually.

(A) The procedure for the approval of a new or existing program
shall include all of the following:

(i) The completion of a written application containing necessary
and pertinent information describing the applicant program.

(ii) The demonstration by the program that it possesses adequate
administrative and operational capability to operate a batterer’s
treatment program. The program shall provide documentation to
prove that the program has conducted batterer’s programs for at
least one year prior to application. This requirement may be waived
under subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) if there is no existing
batterer’s program in the city, county, or city and county.

(iii) The onsite review of the program, including monitoring of
a session to determine that the program adheres to applicable
statutes and regulations.

(iv) The payment of the approval fee.

(B) The probation department shall fix a fee for approval not
to exceed two hundred fifty dollars ($250) and for approval renewal
not to exceed two hundred fifty dollars ($250) every year in an
amount sufficient to cover its costs in administering the approval
process under this section. No fee shall be charged for the approval
of local governmental entities.

(C) The probation department has the sole authority to approve
the issuance, denial, suspension, or revocation of approval and to
cease new enrollments or referrals to a batterer’s program under
this section. The probation department shall review information
relative to a program’s performance or failure to adhere to
standards, or both. The probation department may suspend or
revoke an approval issued under this subdivision or deny an
application to renew an approval or to modify the terms and
conditions of approval, based on grounds established by probation,
including, but not limited to, either of the following:

(i) Violation of this section by any person holding approval or
by a program employee in a program under this section.

(ii) Misrepresentation of any material fact in obtaining the
approval.

(6) For defendants who are chronic users or serious abusers of
drugs or alcohol, standard components in the program shall include
concurrent counseling for substance abuse and violent behavior,
and in appropriate cases, detoxification and abstinence from the
abused substance.

(7) The program shall conduct an exit conference that assesses
the defendant’s progress during his or her participation in the
batterer’s program.

(d) An act or omission relating to the approval of a batterer’s
treatment begin delete programs end delete begin insert program end insert under paragraph (5) of subdivision
(c) is a discretionary act pursuant to Section 820.2 of the
Government Code.

SEC. 154.  

Section 1230 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

1230.  

(a) Each county is hereby authorized to establish in each
county treasury a Community Corrections Performance Incentives
Fund (CCPIF), to receive all amounts allocated to that county for
purposes of implementing this chapter.

(b) In any fiscal year for which a county receives moneys to be
expended for the implementation of this chapter, the moneys,
including any interest, shall be made available to the CPO of that
county, within 30 days of the deposit of those moneys into the
fund, for the implementation of the community corrections program
authorized by this chapter.

(1) The community corrections program shall be developed and
implemented by probation and advised by a local Community
Corrections Partnership.

(2) The local Community Corrections Partnership shall be
chaired by the CPO and comprised of the following membership:

(A) The presiding judge of the superior court, or his or her
designee.

(B) A county supervisor or the chief administrative officer for
the county or a designee of the board of supervisors.

(C) The district attorney.

(D) The public defender.

(E) The sheriff.

(F) A chief of police.

(G) The head of the county department of social services.

(H) The head of the county department of mental health.

(I) The head of the county department of employment.

(J) The head of the county alcohol and substance abuse begin delete programs end delete
begin insert program end insert .

(K) The head of the county office of education.

(L) A representative from a community-based organization with
experience in successfully providing rehabilitative services to
persons who have been convicted of a criminal offense.

(M) An individual who represents the interests of victims.

(3) Funds allocated to probation pursuant to this act shall be
used to provide supervision and rehabilitative services for adult
felony offenders subject to probation, and shall be spent on
evidence-based community corrections practices and programs,
as defined in subdivision (d) of Section 1229, which may include,
but are not limited to, the following:

(A) Implementing and expanding evidence-based risk and needs
assessments.

(B) Implementing and expanding intermediate sanctions that
include, but are not limited to, electronic monitoring, mandatory
community service, home detention, day reporting, restorative
justice programs, work furlough programs, and incarceration in
county jail for up to 90 days.

(C) Providing more intensive probation supervision.

(D) Expanding the availability of evidence-based rehabilitation
programs including, but not limited to, drug and alcohol treatment,
mental health treatment, anger management, cognitive behavior
programs, and job training and employment services.

(E) Evaluating the effectiveness of rehabilitation and supervision
programs and ensuring program fidelity.

(4) The CPO shall have discretion to spend funds on any of the
above practices and programs consistent with this act but, at a
minimum, shall devote at least 5 percent of all funding received
to evaluate the effectiveness of those programs and practices
implemented with the funds provided pursuant to this chapter. A
CPO may petition the Administrative Office of the Courts to have
this restriction waived, and the Administrative Office of the Courts
shall have the authority to grant such a petition, if the CPO can
demonstrate that the department is already devoting sufficient
funds to the evaluation of these programs and practices.

(5) Each probation department receiving funds under this chapter
shall maintain a complete and accurate accounting of all funds
received pursuant to this chapter.

SEC. 155.  

The heading of Title 4.5 (commencing with Section
13600) of Part 4 of the Penal Code, as amended by Section 7 of
Chapter 136 of the Statutes of 2011, is repealed.

begin delete

 

Title 4.5.  CORRECTIONS STANDARD AUTHORITY

 

end delete

SEC. 156.  

Section 1370.1 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

1370.1.  

(a) (1) (A) If the defendant is found mentally
competent, the criminal process shall resume, the trial on the
offense charged shall proceed, and judgment may be pronounced.

(B) If the defendant is found mentally incompetent and is
developmentally disabled, the trial or judgment shall be suspended
until the defendant becomes mentally competent.

(i) Except as provided in clause (ii) or (iii), the court shall
consider a recommendation for placement, which recommendation
shall be made to the court by the director of a regional center or
designee. In the meantime, the court shall order that the mentally
incompetent defendant be delivered by the sheriff or other person
designated by the court to a state hospital or developmental center
for the care and treatment of the developmentally disabled or any
other available residential facility approved by the director of a
regional center for the developmentally disabled established under
Division 4.5 (commencing with Section 4500) of the Welfare and
Institutions Code as will promote the defendant’s speedy attainment
of mental competence, or be placed on outpatient status pursuant
to the provisions of Section 1370.4 and Title 15 (commencing with
Section 1600) begin delete of Part 2 end delete .

(ii) However, if the action against the defendant who has been
found mentally incompetent is on a complaint charging a felony
offense specified in Section 290, the prosecutor shall determine
whether the defendant previously has been found mentally
incompetent to stand trial pursuant to this chapter on a charge of
a Section 290 offense, or whether the defendant is currently the
subject of a pending Section 1368 proceeding arising out of a
charge of a Section 290 offense. If either determination is made,
the prosecutor shall so notify the court and defendant in writing.
After this notification, and opportunity for hearing, the court shall
order that the defendant be delivered by the sheriff to a state
hospital or other secure treatment facility for the care and treatment
of the developmentally disabled unless the court makes specific
findings on the record that an alternative placement would provide
more appropriate treatment for the defendant and would not pose
a danger to the health and safety of others.

(iii) If the action against the defendant who has been found
mentally incompetent is on a complaint charging a felony offense
specified in Section 290 and the defendant has been denied bail
pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 12 of Article I of the
California Constitution because the court has found, based upon
clear and convincing evidence, a substantial likelihood that the
person’s release would result in great bodily harm to others, the
court shall order that the defendant be delivered by the sheriff to
a state hospital for the care and treatment of the developmentally
disabled unless the court makes specific findings on the record
that an alternative placement would provide more appropriate
treatment for the defendant and would not pose a danger to the
health and safety of others.

(iv) The clerk of the court shall notify the Department of Justice
in writing of any finding of mental incompetence with respect to
a defendant who is subject to clause (ii) or (iii) for inclusion in his
or her state summary criminal history information.

(C) Upon becoming competent, the court shall order that the
defendant be returned to the committing court pursuant to the
procedures set forth in paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section
1372 or by another person designated by the court. The court shall
further determine conditions under which the person may be absent
from the placement for medical treatment, social visits, and other
similar activities. Required levels of supervision and security for
these activities shall be specified.

(D) The court shall transmit a copy of its order to the regional
center director or designee and to the Director of Developmental
Services.

(E) A defendant charged with a violent felony may not be placed
in a facility or delivered to a state hospital, developmental center,
or residential facility pursuant to this subdivision unless the facility,
state hospital, developmental center, or residential facility has a
secured perimeter or a locked and controlled treatment facility,
and the judge determines that the public safety will be protected.

(F) For purposes of this paragraph, “violent felony” means an
offense specified in subdivision (c) of Section 667.5.

(G) A defendant charged with a violent felony may be placed
on outpatient status, as specified in Section 1370.4 or 1600, only
if the court finds that the placement will not pose a danger to the
health or safety of others.

(H) As used in this section, “developmental disability” means
a disability that originates before an individual attains 18 years of
age, continues, or can be expected to continue, indefinitely and
constitutes a substantial handicap for the individual, and shall not
include other handicapping conditions that are solely physical in
nature. As defined by the Director of Developmental Services, in
consultation with the Superintendent of Public Instruction, this
term shall include intellectual disability, cerebral palsy, epilepsy,
and autism. This term shall also include handicapping conditions
found to be closely related to intellectual disability or to require
treatment similar to that required for individuals with an intellectual
disability, but shall not include other handicapping conditions that
are solely physical in nature.

(2) Prior to making the order directing that the defendant be
confined in a state hospital, developmental center, or other
residential facility, or be placed on outpatient status, the court shall
order the regional center director or designee to evaluate the
defendant and to submit to the court within 15 judicial days of the
order a written recommendation as to whether the defendant should
be committed to a state hospital or developmental center or to any
other available residential facility approved by the regional center
director. A person shall not be admitted to a state hospital,
developmental center, or other residential facility or accepted for
outpatient status under Section 1370.4 without having been
evaluated by the regional center director or designee.

(3) When the court orders that the defendant be confined in a
state hospital or other secure treatment facility pursuant to clause
(ii) or (iii) of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1), the court shall
provide copies of the following documents which shall be taken
with the defendant to the state hospital or other secure treatment
facility where the defendant is to be confined:

(A) State summary criminal history information.

(B) Any arrest reports prepared by the police department or
other law enforcement agency.

(C) Records of a finding of mental incompetence pursuant to
this chapter arising out of a complaint charging a felony offense
specified in Section 290 or a pending Section 1368 proceeding
arising out of a charge of a Section 290 offense.

(4) When the defendant is committed to a residential facility
pursuant to clause (i) of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) or the
court makes the findings specified in clause (ii) or (iii) of
subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) to assign the defendant to a
facility other than a state hospital or other secure treatment facility,
the court shall order that notice be given to the appropriate law
enforcement agency or agencies having local jurisdiction at the
site of the placement facility of a finding of mental incompetence
pursuant to this chapter arising out of a charge of a Section 290
offense.

(5) (A) If the defendant is committed or transferred to a state
hospital or developmental center pursuant to this section, the court
may, upon receiving the written recommendation of the executive
director of the state hospital or developmental center and the
regional center director that the defendant be transferred to a
residential facility approved by the regional center director, order
the defendant transferred to that facility. If the defendant is
committed or transferred to a residential facility approved by the
regional center director, the court may, upon receiving the written
recommendation of the regional center director, transfer the
defendant to a state hospital or developmental center or to another
residential facility approved by the regional center director.

In the event of dismissal of the criminal charges before the
defendant recovers competence, the person shall be subject to the
applicable provisions of the Lanterman-Petris-Short Act (Part 1
(commencing with Section 5000) of Division 5 of the Welfare and
Institutions Code) or to commitment or detention pursuant to a
petition filed pursuant to Section 6502 of the Welfare and
Institutions Code.

The defendant or prosecuting attorney may contest either kind
of order of transfer by filing a petition with the court for a hearing,
which shall be held if the court determines that sufficient grounds
exist. At the hearing, the prosecuting attorney or the defendant
may present evidence bearing on the order of transfer. The court
shall use the same standards as used in conducting probation
revocation hearings pursuant to Section 1203.2.

Prior to making an order for transfer under this section, the court
shall notify the defendant, the attorney of record for the defendant,
the prosecuting attorney, and the regional center director or
designee.

(B) If the defendant is committed to a state hospital or secure
treatment facility pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of subparagraph
(B) of paragraph (1) and is subsequently transferred to another
facility, copies of the documents specified in paragraph (3) shall
be taken with the defendant to the new facility. The transferring
facility shall also notify the appropriate law enforcement agency
or agencies having local jurisdiction at the site of the new facility
that the defendant is a person subject to clause (ii) or (iii) of
subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1).

(b) (1) Within 90 days of admission of a person committed
pursuant to subdivision (a), the executive director or designee of
the state hospital, developmental center, or other facility to which
the defendant is committed, or the outpatient supervisor where the
defendant is placed on outpatient status, shall make a written report
to the committing court and the regional center director or a
designee concerning the defendant’s progress toward becoming
mentally competent. If the defendant has not become mentally
competent, but the report discloses a substantial likelihood the
defendant will become mentally competent within the next 90
days, the court may order that the defendant shall remain in the
state hospital, developmental center, or other facility or on
outpatient status for that period of time. Within 150 days of an
admission made pursuant to subdivision (a) or if the defendant
becomes mentally competent, the executive director or designee
of the hospital or developmental center or person in charge of the
facility or the outpatient supervisor shall report to the court and
the regional center director or his or her designee regarding the
defendant’s progress toward becoming mentally competent. The
court shall provide to the prosecutor and defense counsel copies
of all reports under this section. If the report indicates that there
is no substantial likelihood that the defendant has become mentally
competent, the committing court shall order the defendant to be
returned to the court for proceedings pursuant to paragraph (2) of
subdivision (c). The court shall transmit a copy of its order to the
regional center director or designee and to the executive director
of the developmental center.

(2) A defendant who has been committed or has been on
outpatient status for 18 months, and is still hospitalized or on
outpatient status begin insert , end insert shall be returned to the committing court where
a hearing shall be held pursuant to the procedures set forth in
Section 1369. The court shall transmit a copy of its order to the
regional center director or designee and the executive director of
the developmental center.

(3) If it is determined by the court that no treatment for the
defendant’s mental impairment is being conducted, the defendant
shall be returned to the committing court. A copy of this order
shall be sent to the regional center director or designee and to the
executive director of the developmental center.

(4) At each review by the court specified in this subdivision,
the court shall determine if the security level of housing and
treatment is appropriate and may make an order in accordance
with its determination.

(c) (1) (A) At the end of three years from the date of
commitment or a period of commitment equal to the maximum
term of imprisonment provided by law for the most serious offense
charged in the information, indictment, or misdemeanor complaint,
whichever is shorter, a defendant who has not become mentally
competent shall be returned to the committing court.

(B) The court shall notify the regional center director or designee
and the executive director of the developmental center of that
return and of any resulting court orders.

(2) In the event of dismissal of the criminal charges before the
defendant becomes mentally competent, the defendant shall be
subject to the applicable provisions of the Lanterman-Petris-Short
Act (Part 1 (commencing with Section 5000) of Division 5 of the
Welfare and Institutions Code), or to commitment and detention
pursuant to a petition filed pursuant to Section 6502 of the Welfare
and Institutions Code. If it is found that the person is not subject
to commitment or detention pursuant to the applicable provision
of the Lanterman-Petris-Short Act (Part 1 (commencing with
Section 5000) of Division 5 of the Welfare and Institutions Code)
or to commitment or detention pursuant to a petition filed pursuant
to Section 6502 of the Welfare and Institutions Code, the individual
shall not be subject to further confinement pursuant to this article
and the criminal action remains subject to dismissal pursuant to
Section 1385. The court shall notify the regional center director
and the executive director of the developmental center of any
dismissal.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the
criminal action remains subject to dismissal pursuant to Section
1385. If at any time prior to the maximum period of time allowed
for proceedings under this article, the regional center director
concludes that the behavior of the defendant related to the
defendant’s criminal offense has been eliminated during time spent
in court-ordered programs, the court may, upon recommendation
of the regional center director, dismiss the criminal charges. The
court shall transmit a copy of any order of dismissal to the regional
center director and to the executive director of the developmental
center.

(e) For the purpose of this section, “secure treatment facility”
shall not include, except for state mental hospitals, state
developmental centers, and correctional treatment facilities, a
facility licensed pursuant to Chapter 2 (commencing with Section
1250) of, Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 1500) of, or Chapter
3.2 (commencing with Section 1569) of, Division 2 of the Health
and Safety Code, or a community board and care facility.

SEC. 157.  

Section 2602 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

2602.  

(a) Except as provided in subdivision (b), no person
sentenced to imprisonment or housed in a state prison shall be
administered any psychiatric medication without his or her prior
informed consent.

(b) If a psychiatrist determines that an inmate should be treated
with psychiatric medication, but the inmate does not consent, the
inmate may be involuntarily treated with the medication. Treatment
may be given on either a nonemergency basis as provided in
subdivision (c), or on an emergency or interim basis as provided
in subdivision (d).

(c) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation may seek
to initiate involuntary medication on a nonemergency basis only
if all of the following conditions have been met:

(1) A psychiatrist has determined that the inmate has a serious
mental disorder.

(2) A psychiatrist has determined that, as a result of that mental
disorder, the inmate is gravely disabled and does not have the
capacity to refuse treatment with psychiatric medications or is a
danger to self or others.

(3) A psychiatrist has prescribed one or more psychiatric
medications for the treatment of the inmate’s disorder, has
considered the risks, benefits, and treatment alternatives to
involuntary medication, and has determined that the treatment
alternatives to involuntary medication are unlikely to meet the
needs of the patient.

(4) The inmate has been advised of the risks and benefits of,
and treatment alternatives to, the psychiatric medication and refuses
or is unable to consent to the administration of the medication.

(5) The inmate is provided a hearing before an administrative
law judge.

(6) The inmate is provided counsel at least 21 days prior to the
hearing, unless emergency or interim medication is being
administered pursuant to subdivision (d), in which case the inmate
would receive expedited access to counsel. The hearing shall be
held not more than 30 days after the filing of the notice with the
Office of Administrative Hearings, unless counsel for the inmate
agrees to extend the date of the hearing.

(7) The inmate and counsel are provided with written notice of
the hearing at least 21 days prior to the hearing, unless emergency
or interim medication is being administered pursuant to subdivision
(d), in which case the inmate would receive an expedited hearing.
The written notice shall do all of the following:

(A) Set forth the diagnosis, the factual basis for the diagnosis,
the basis upon which psychiatric medication is recommended, the
expected benefits of the medication, any potential side effects and
risks to the inmate from the medication, and any alternatives to
treatment with the medication.

(B) Advise the inmate of the right to be present at the hearing,
the right to be represented by counsel at all stages of the
proceedings, the right to present evidence, and the right to
cross-examine witnesses. Counsel for the inmate shall have access
to all medical records and files of the inmate, but shall not have
access to the confidential section of the inmate’s central file which
contains materials unrelated to medical treatment.

(C) Inform the inmate of his or her right to contest the finding
of an administrative law judge authorizing treatment with
involuntary medication by filing a petition for writ of
administrative mandamus pursuant to Section 1094.5 of the Code
of Civil Procedure, and his or her right to file a petition for writ
of habeas corpus with respect to any decision of the Department
of Corrections and Rehabilitation to continue treatment with
involuntary medication after the administrative law judge has
authorized treatment with involuntary medication.

(8) An administrative law judge determines by clear and
convincing evidence that the inmate has a mental illness or
disorder, that as a result of that illness the inmate is gravely
disabled and lacks the capacity to consent to or refuse treatment
with psychiatric medications or is a danger to self or others if not
medicated, that there is no less intrusive alternative to involuntary
medication, and that the medication is in the inmate’s best medical
interest. Failure of the department to provide timely or adequate
notice pursuant to this section shall be excused only upon a
showing of good cause and the absence of prejudice to the inmate.
In making this determination, the administrative law judge may
consider factors begin insert , end insert including, but not limited to, the ability of the
inmate’s counsel to adequately prepare the case and to confer with
the inmate, the continuity of care, and, if applicable, the need for
protection of the inmate or institutional staff that would be
compromised by a procedural default.

(9) The historical course of the inmate’s mental disorder, as
determined by available relevant information about the course of
the inmate’s mental disorder, shall be considered when it has direct
bearing on the determination of whether the inmate is a danger to
self or others, or is gravely disabled and incompetent to refuse
medication as the result of a mental disorder.

(10) An inmate is entitled to file one motion for reconsideration
following a determination that he or she may receive involuntary
medication, and may seek a hearing to present new evidence, upon
good cause shown.

(d)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete is intended to end delete begin insert does not end insert prohibit
a physician from taking appropriate action in an emergency. An
emergency exists when there is a sudden and marked change in
an inmate’s mental condition so that action is immediately
necessary for the preservation of life or the prevention of serious
bodily harm to the inmate or others, and it is impractical, due to
the seriousness of the emergency, to first obtain informed consent.
If psychiatric medication is administered during an emergency,
the medication shall only be that which is required to treat the
emergency condition and shall be administered for only so long
as the emergency continues to exist. If the Department of
Corrections and Rehabilitation’s clinicians identify a situation that
jeopardizes the inmate’s health or well-being as the result of a
serious mental illness, and necessitates the continuation of
medication beyond the initial 72 hours pending the full mental
health hearing, the department shall give notice to the inmate and
his or her counsel of the department’s intention to seek an ex parte
order to allow the continuance of medication pending the full
hearing. The notice shall be served upon the inmate and counsel
at the same time the inmate is given the written notice that the
involuntary medication proceedings are being initiated and is
appointed counsel as provided in subdivision (c). The order may
be issued ex parte upon a showing that in the absence of the
medication the emergency conditions are likely to recur. The
request for an ex parte order shall be supported by an affidavit
from the psychiatrist showing specific facts. The inmate and the
inmate’s appointed counsel shall have two business days to respond
to the department’s ex parte request to continue interim medication,
and may present facts supported by an affidavit in opposition to
the department’s request. An administrative law judge shall review
the ex parte request and shall have three business days to determine
the merits of the department’s request for an ex parte order. If an
order is issued, the psychiatrist may continue the administration
of the medication until the hearing described in paragraph (5) of
subdivision (c) is held.

(1) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation shall file
with the Office of Administrative Hearings, and serve on the inmate
and his or her counsel, the written notice described in paragraph
(7) of subdivision (c) within 72 hours of commencing medication
pursuant to this subdivision, unless either of the following occurs:

(A) The inmate gives informed consent to continue the
medication.

(B) A psychiatrist determines that the psychiatric medication
is not necessary and administration of the medication is
discontinued.

(2) If medication is being administered pursuant to this
subdivision, the hearing described in paragraph (5) of subdivision
(c) shall commence within 21 days of the filing and service of the
notice, unless counsel for an inmate agrees to a different period
of time.

(3) With the exception of the timeline provisions specified in
paragraphs (1) and (2) for providing notice and commencement
of the hearing pursuant to the conditions specified in this
subdivision, the inmate shall be entitled to and be given the same
due process protections as specified in subdivision (c). The
department shall prove the same elements supporting the
involuntary administration of psychiatric medication and the
administrative law judge shall be required to make the same
findings described in subdivision (c).

(e) The determination that an inmate may receive involuntary
medication shall be valid for one year from the date of the
determination, regardless of whether the inmate subsequently gives
his or her informed consent.

(f) If a determination has been made to involuntarily medicate
an inmate pursuant to subdivision (c) or (d), the medication shall
be discontinued one year after the date of that determination, unless
the inmate gives his or her informed consent to the administration
of the medication, or unless a new determination is made pursuant
to the procedures set forth in subdivision (g).

(g) To renew an existing order allowing involuntary medication,
the department shall file with the Office of Administrative
Hearings, and shall serve on the inmate and his or her counsel, a
written notice indicating the department’s intent to renew the
existing involuntary medication order.

(1) The request to renew the order shall be filed and served no
later than 21 days prior to the expiration of the current order
authorizing involuntary medication.

(2) The inmate shall be entitled to, and shall be given, the same
due process protections as specified in subdivision (c).

(3) Renewal orders shall be valid for one year from the date of
the hearing.

(4) An order renewing an existing order shall be granted based
on clear and convincing evidence that the inmate has a serious
mental disorder that requires treatment with psychiatric medication,
and that, but for the medication, the inmate would revert to the
behavior that was the basis for the prior order authorizing
involuntary medication, coupled with evidence that the inmate
lacks insight regarding his or her need for the medication, such
that it is unlikely that the inmate would be able to manage his or
her own medication and treatment regimen. No new acts need be
alleged or proven.

(5) If the department wishes to add a basis to an existing order,
the department shall give the inmate and the inmate’s counsel
notice in advance of the hearing via a renewal notice or
supplemental petition. Within the renewal notice or supplemental
petition, begin delete as described in subdivision (g), end delete the department shall
specify what additional basis is being alleged and what qualifying
conduct within the past year supports that additional basis. The
department shall prove the additional basis and conduct by clear
and convincing evidence at a hearing as specified in subdivision
(c).

(6) The hearing on any petition to renew an order for involuntary
medication shall be conducted prior to the expiration of the current
order.

(h) Pursuant to Section 5058, the Department of Corrections
and Rehabilitation shall adopt regulations to fully implement this
section.

(i) In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this
section and the Administrative Procedure Act (Chapter 4.5
(commencing with Section 11400) of Part 1 of Division 3 of the
Government Code), this section shall control.

SEC. 158.  

Section 3000.08 of the Penal Code, as amended by
Section 35 of Chapter 43 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended to
read:

3000.08.  

(a) Persons released from state prison prior to or on
or after July 1, 2013, after serving a prison term or, whose sentence
has been deemed served pursuant to Section 2900.5, for any of the
following crimes shall be subject to parole supervision by the
Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation and the jurisdiction
of the court in the county where the parolee is released or resides
for the purpose of hearing petitions to revoke parole and impose
a term of custody:

(1) A serious felony as described in subdivision (c) of Section
1192.7.

(2) A violent felony as described in subdivision (c) of Section
667.5.

(3) A crime for which the person was sentenced pursuant to
paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of Section 667 or paragraph (2)
of subdivision (c) of Section 1170.12.

(4) Any crime where the person eligible for release from prison
is classified as a High Risk Sex Offender.

(5) Any crime where the person is required, as a condition of
parole, to undergo treatment by the begin insert State end insert Department of begin delete Mental
Health end delete begin insert State Hospitals end insert pursuant to Section 2962.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, all other
offenders released from prison shall be placed on postrelease
supervision pursuant to Title 2.05 (commencing with Section
3450).

(c) At any time during the period of parole of a person subject
to this section, if any parole agent or peace officer has probable
cause to believe that the parolee is violating any term or condition
of his or her parole, the agent or officer may, without warrant or
other process and at any time until the final disposition of the case,
arrest the person and bring him or her before the court, or the court
may, in its discretion, issue a warrant for that person’s arrest
pursuant to Section 1203.2.

(d) Upon review of the alleged violation and a finding of good
cause that the parolee has committed a violation of law or violated
his or her conditions of parole, the supervising parole agency may
impose additional and appropriate conditions of supervision,
including rehabilitation and treatment services and appropriate
incentives for compliance, and impose immediate, structured, and
intermediate sanctions for parole violations, including flash
incarceration in a county jail. Periods of “flash incarceration,” as
defined in subdivision (e) begin insert , end insert are encouraged as one method of
punishment for violations of a parolee’s conditions of parole.
Nothing in this section is intended to preclude referrals to a reentry
court pursuant to Section 3015.

(e) “Flash incarceration” is a period of detention in county jail
due to a violation of a parolee’s conditions of parole. The length
of the detention period can range between one and 10 consecutive
days. Shorter, but if necessary more frequent, periods of detention
for violations of a parolee’s conditions of parole shall appropriately
punish a parolee while preventing the disruption in a work or home
establishment that typically arises from longer periods of detention.

(f) If the supervising parole agency has determined, following
application of its assessment processes, that intermediate sanctions
up to and including flash incarceration are not appropriate, the
supervising parole agency shall, pursuant to Section 1203.2,
petition the court in the county in which the parolee is being
supervised to revoke parole. At any point during the process
initiated pursuant to this section, a parolee may waive, in writing,
his or her right to counsel, admit the parole violation, waive a court
hearing, and accept the proposed parole modification or revocation.
The petition shall include a written report that contains additional
information regarding the petition, including the relevant terms
and conditions of parole, the circumstances of the alleged
underlying violation, the history and background of the parolee,
and any recommendations. The Judicial Council shall adopt forms
and rules of court to establish uniform statewide procedures to
implement this subdivision, including the minimum contents of
supervision agency reports. Upon a finding that the person has
violated the conditions of parole, the court shall have authority to
do any of the following:

(1) Return the person to parole supervision with modifications
of conditions, if appropriate, including a period of incarceration
in begin insert a end insert county jail.

(2) Revoke parole and order the person to confinement in begin delete the end delete
begin insert a end insert county jail.

(3) Refer the person to a reentry court pursuant to Section 3015
or other evidence-based program in the court’s discretion.

(g) Confinement pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of
subdivision (f) shall not exceed a period of 180 days in begin delete the end delete begin insert a end insert county
jail.

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, in any case
where Section 3000.1 or paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) of Section
3000 applies to a person who is on parole and the court determines
that the person has committed a violation of law or violated his or
her conditions of parole, the person on parole shall be remanded
to the custody of the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation
and the jurisdiction of the Board of Parole Hearings for the purpose
of future parole consideration.

(i) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), any of the following persons
released from state prison shall be subject to the jurisdiction of,
and parole supervision by, the Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation for a period of parole up to three years or the parole
term the person was subject to at the time of the commission of
the offense, whichever is greater:

(1) The person is required to register as a sex offender pursuant
to Chapter 5.5 (commencing with Section 290) of Title 9 of Part
1, and was subject to a period of parole exceeding three years at
the time he or she committed a felony for which begin delete they were end delete begin insert he or
she was end insert convicted and subsequently sentenced to state prison.

(2) The person was subject to parole for life pursuant to Section
3000.1 at the time of the commission of the offense that resulted
in a conviction and state prison sentence.

(j) Parolees subject to this section who have a pending
adjudication for a parole violation on July 1, 2013, shall be subject
to the jurisdiction of the Board of Parole Hearings. Parole
revocation proceedings conducted by the Board of Parole Hearings
prior to July 1, 2013, if reopened on or after July 1, 2013, shall be
subject to the jurisdiction of the Board of Parole Hearings.

(k) Except as described in subdivision (c), any person who is
convicted of a felony that requires community supervision and
who still has a period of state parole to serve shall discharge from
state parole at the time of release to community supervision.

(l) This section shall become operative on July 1, 2013.

SEC. 159.  

Section 3060.7 of the Penal Code, as added by
Section 48 of Chapter 43 of the Statutes of 2012, is amended to
read:

3060.7.  

(a) (1) Notwithstanding any other law, the supervising
parole agency shall notify any person released on parole or
postrelease community supervision pursuant to Title 2.05
(commencing with Section 3450) of Part 3 who has been classified
by the Department of Corrections begin insert end insert begin insert and Rehabilitation end insert as included
within the highest control or risk classification that he or she shall
be required to report to his or her assigned parole officer or
designated local supervising agency within two days of release
from the state prison.

(2) This section shall not prohibit the supervising parole agency
or local supervising agency from requiring any person released on
parole or postrelease community supervision to report to his or
her assigned parole officer within a time period that is less than
two days from the time of release.

(b) The supervising parole agency, within 24 hours of a parolee’s
failure to report as required by this section, shall issue a written
order suspending the parole of that parolee, pending a hearing
before the Board of Parole Hearings or the court, as applicable,
and shall request that a warrant be issued for the parolee’s arrest
pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 3000.08.

(c) Upon the issuance of an arrest warrant for a parolee who
has been classified within the highest control or risk classification,
the assigned parole officer shall continue to carry the parolee on
his or her regular caseload and shall continue to search for the
parolee’s whereabouts.

(d) With regard to any inmate subject to this section, the
Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation shall release an
inmate sentenced prior to begin delete the effective date of this section end delete begin insert June
27, 2012, end insert one or two days before his or her scheduled release date
if the inmate’s release date falls on the day before a holiday or
weekend.

(e) With regard to any inmate subject to this section, the
Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation shall release an
inmate one or two days after his or her scheduled release date if
the release date falls on the day before a holiday or weekend.

(f) This section shall become operative on July 1, 2013.

SEC. 160.  

Section 4024.2 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

4024.2.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other law, the board of
supervisors of any county may authorize the sheriff or other official
in charge of county correctional facilities to offer a voluntary
program under which any person committed to the facility may
participate in a work release program pursuant to criteria described
in subdivision (b), in which one day of participation will be in lieu
of one day of confinement.

(b) The criteria for a work release program are the following:

(1) The work release program shall consist of any of the
following:

(A) Manual labor to improve or maintain levees or public
facilities, including, but not limited to, streets, parks, and schools.

(B) Manual labor in support of nonprofit organizations, as
approved by the sheriff or other official in charge of the
correctional facilities. As a condition of assigning participants of
a work release program to perform manual labor in support of
nonprofit organizations pursuant to this section, the board of
supervisors shall obtain workers’ compensation insurance which
shall be adequate to cover work-related injuries incurred by those
participants, in accordance with Section 3363.5 of the Labor Code.

(C) Performance of graffiti cleanup for local governmental
entities, including participation in a graffiti abatement program as
defined in subdivision (f) of Section 594, as approved by the sheriff
or other official in charge of the correctional facilities.

(D) Performance of weed and rubbish abatement on public and
private property pursuant to Chapter 13 (commencing with Section
39501) of begin insert Part 2 of end insert Division 3 of Title 4 of the Government Code,
or Part 5 (commencing with Section 14875) or Part 6 (commencing
with Section 14930) of Division 12 of the Health and Safety Code,
as approved by the sheriff or other official in charge of the
correctional facilities.

(E) Performance of house repairs or yard services for senior
citizens and the performance of repairs to senior centers through
contact with local senior service organizations, as approved by the
sheriff or other official in charge of the correctional facilities.
Where a work release participant has been assigned to this task,
the sheriff or other official shall agree upon in advance with the
senior service organization about the type of services to be rendered
by the participant and the extent of contact permitted between the
recipients of these services and the participant.

(F) Any person who is not able to perform manual labor as
specified in this paragraph because of a medical condition, physical
disability, or age, may participate in a work release program
involving any other type of public sector work that is designated
and approved by the sheriff or other official in charge of county
correctional facilities.

(2) The sheriff or other official may permit a participant in a
work release program to receive work release credit for documented
participation in educational programs, vocational programs,
substance abuse programs, life skills programs, or parenting
programs. Participation in these programs shall be considered in
lieu of performing labor in a work release program, with eight
work-related hours to equal begin delete to end delete one day of custody credit.

(3) The work release program shall be under the direction of a
responsible person appointed by the sheriff or other official in
charge.

(4) The hours of labor to be performed pursuant to this section
shall be uniform for all persons committed to a facility in a county
and may be determined by the sheriff or other official in charge
of county correctional facilities, and each day shall be a minimum
of 8 and a maximum of 10 hours, in accordance with the normal
working hours of county employees assigned to supervise the
programs. However, reasonable accommodation may be made for
participation in a program under paragraph (2).

As used in this section, “nonprofit organizations” means
organizations established or operated for the benefit of the public
or in support of a significant public interest, as set forth in Section
501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Organizations established
or operated for the primary purpose of benefiting their own
memberships are begin delete specifically end delete excluded.

(c) The board of supervisors may prescribe reasonable rules and
regulations under which a work release program is operated and
may provide that participants wear clothing of a distinctive
character while performing the work. As a condition of
participating in a work release program, a person shall give his or
her promise to appear for work or assigned activity by signing a
notice to appear before the sheriff or at the education, vocational,
or substance abuse program at a time and place specified in the
notice and shall sign an agreement that the sheriff may immediately
retake the person into custody to serve the balance of his or her
sentence if the person fails to appear for the program at the time
and place agreed to, does not perform the work or activity assigned,
or for any other reason is no longer a fit subject for release under
this section. A copy of the notice shall be delivered to the person
and a copy shall be retained by the sheriff. Any person who
willfully violates his or her written promise to appear at the time
and place specified in the notice is guilty of a misdemeanor.

Whenever a peace officer has reasonable cause to believe the
person has failed to appear at the time and place specified in the
notice or fails to appear or work at the time and place agreed to or
has failed to perform the work assigned, the peace officer may,
without a warrant, retake the person into custody, or the court may
issue an arrest warrant for the retaking of the person into custody,
to complete the remainder of the original sentence. A peace officer
may not retake a person into custody under this subdivision,
without a warrant for arrest, unless the officer has a written order
to do so, signed by the sheriff or other person in charge of the
program, that describes with particularity the person to be retaken.

(d)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall be construed to end delete begin insert does not end insert
require the sheriff or other official in charge to assign a person to
a program pursuant to this section if it appears from the record
that the person has refused to satisfactorily perform as assigned
or has not satisfactorily complied with the reasonable rules and
regulations governing the assignment or any other order of the
court.

A person shall be eligible for work release under this section
only if the sheriff or other official in charge concludes that the
person is a fit subject therefor.

(e) The board of supervisors may prescribe a program
administrative fee, not to exceed the pro rata cost of administration,
to be paid by each person according to his or her ability to pay.

SEC. 161.  

Section 4115.55 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

4115.55.  

(a) Upon agreement with the sheriff or director of
the county department of corrections, a board of supervisors may
enter into a contract with other public agencies to provide housing
for inmates sentenced to county jail in community correctional
facilities created pursuant to begin delete Chapter 7 end delete begin insert Article 1.5 end insert (commencing
with Section 2910) begin insert of Chapter 7 end insert of Title 1 or Chapter 9.5
(commencing with Section 6250) of Title 7.

(b) Facilities operated pursuant to agreements entered into under
subdivision begin delete (a)shall end delete begin insert (a) shall end insert comply with the minimum standards
for local detention facilities as provided by Chapter 1 (commencing
with Section 3000) of Division 3 of Title 15 of the California Code
of Regulations.

SEC. 162.  

Section 5072 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

5072.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the
Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation and the State
Department of Health Care Services may develop a process to
maximize federal financial participation for the provision of acute
inpatient hospital services rendered to individuals who, but for
their institutional status as inmates, are otherwise eligible for
Medi-Cal pursuant to Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 14000)
of Part 3 of Division 9 of the Welfare and Institutions Code or begin insert a end insert
Low Income Health Program (LIHP) pursuant to Part 3.6
(commencing with Section 15909) of Division 9 of the Welfare
and Institutions Code.

(b) Federal reimbursement for acute inpatient hospital services
for inmates enrolled in Medi-Cal shall occur through the State
Department of Health Care Services and federal reimbursement
for acute inpatient hospital services for inmates not enrolled in
Medi-Cal but who are eligible for a LIHP shall occur through a
county LIHP.

(c) (1) The Secretary of the Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation, in conjunction with the State Department of Health
Care Services, shall develop a process to claim federal financial
participation and to reimburse the Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation for the federal share of the allowable Medicaid cost
provision of acute inpatient hospital services rendered to inmates
according to this section and for any administrative costs incurred
in support of those services.

(2) Public or community hospitals shall invoice the Department
of Corrections and Rehabilitation to obtain reimbursement for
acute inpatient hospital services in accordance with contracted
rates of reimbursement, or if no contract is in place, the rates
pursuant to Section 5023.5. The Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation shall reimburse a public or community hospital for
the delivery of acute inpatient hospital services rendered to an
inmate pursuant to this section. For individuals eligible for
Medi-Cal pursuant to this section, the Department of Corrections
and Rehabilitation shall submit a quarterly invoice to the State
Department of Health Care Services for claiming federal
participation at the Medi-Cal rate for acute inpatient hospital
services. For enrollees in the LIHP, the Department of Corrections
and Rehabilitation shall submit a quarterly invoice to the county
of last legal residence pursuant to Section 14053.7 of the Welfare
and Institutions Code. The county shall submit the invoice to the
State Department of Health Care Services for claiming federal
financial participation for acute inpatient hospital services for
individuals made eligible pursuant to this section, pursuant to
Section 14053.7 of the Welfare and Institutions Code, and pursuant
to the process developed in subdivision (b). The State Department
of Health Care Services shall claim federal participation for eligible
services for LIHP enrolled inmates at the rate paid by the
Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. The State
Department of Health Care Services and counties shall remit funds
received for federal participation to the Department of Corrections
and Rehabilitation for allowable costs incurred as a result of
delivering acute inpatient hospital services allowable under this
section.

(3) The county LIHPs shall not experience any additional net
expenditures of county funds due to the provision of services under
this section.

(4) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation shall
reimburse the State Department of Health Care Services and
counties for administrative costs that are not reimbursed by the
federal government.

(5) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation shall
reimburse the State Department of Health Care Services for any
disallowance that is required to be returned to the Centers for
Medicare and Medicaid Services for any litigation costs incurred
due to the implementation of this section.

(d) (1) The state shall indemnify and hold harmless participating
entities that operate a LIHP, including all counties, and all counties
that operate in a consortium that participates as a LIHP, against
any and all losses, including, but not limited to, claims, demands,
liabilities, court costs, judgments, or obligations, due to the
implementation of this section as directed by the secretary and the
State Department of Health Care Services.

(2) The State Department of Health Care Services may at its
discretion require a county, as a condition of participation as a
LIHP, to enroll an eligible inmate into its LIHP if the county is
the inmate’s county of last legal residence.

(3) The county LIHPs shall be held harmless by the state for
any disallowance or deferral if federal action is taken due to the
implementation of this section in accord with the state’s policies,
directions, and requirements.

(e) (1) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, in
conjunction with the State Department of Health Care Services,
shall develop a process to facilitate eligibility determinations for
individuals who may be eligible for Medi-Cal or a LIHP pursuant
to this section and Section 14053.7 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code.

(2) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation shall
assist inmates in completing either the Medi-Cal or LIHP
application as appropriate and shall forward that application to the
State Department of Health Care Services for processing.

(3) Notwithstanding any other state law, and only to the extent
that federal law allows and federal financial participation is
available, for the limited purpose of implementing this section,
the department or its designee is authorized to act on behalf of an
inmate for purposes of applying for or determinations of Medi-Cal
or LIHP eligibility.

(f) (1)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall be interpreted to end delete begin insert does
not end insert restrict or limit the eligibility or alter county responsibility for
payment of any service delivered to a parolee who has been
released from detention or incarceration and now resides in a
county that participates in the LIHP. If otherwise eligible for the
county’s LIHP, the LIHP shall enroll the parolee.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), at the option of the state,
for enrolled parolees who have been released from detention or
incarceration and now reside in a county that participates in a
LIHP, the LIHP shall reimburse providers for the delivery of
services which are otherwise the responsibility of the state to
provide. Payment for these medical services, including both the
state and federal shares of reimbursement, shall be included as
part of the reimbursement process described in paragraph (1) of
subdivision (c).

(3) Enrollment of individuals in a LIHP under this subdivision
shall be subject to any enrollment limitations described in
subdivision begin delete (g) end delete begin insert (h) end insert of Section 15910 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code.

(g) The department shall be responsible to the LIHP for the
nonfederal share of any reimbursement made for the provision of
acute inpatient hospital services rendered to inmates pursuant to
this section.

(h) Reimbursement pursuant to this section shall be limited to
those acute inpatient hospital services for which federal financial
participation pursuant to Title XIX of the federal Social Security
Act is allowed.

(i) This section shall have no force or effect if there is a final
judicial determination made by any state or federal court that is
not appealed, or by a court of appellate jurisdiction that is not
further appealed, in any action by any party, or a final
determination by the administrator of the federal Centers for
Medicare and Medicaid Services, that limits or affects the
department’s authority to select the hospitals used to provide
inpatient hospital services to inmates.

(j) It is the intent of the Legislature that the implementation of
this section will result in state General Fund savings for the funding
of acute inpatient hospital services provided to inmates along with
any related administrative costs.

(k) Any agreements entered into under this section for Medi-Cal
or a LIHP to provide for reimbursement of acute inpatient hospital
services and administrative expenditures as described in
subdivision (c) shall not be subject to Part 2 (commencing with
Section 10100) of Division 2 of the Public Contract Code.

(l) This section shall be implemented in a manner that is
consistent with federal Medicaid law and regulations. The Director
of the State Department of Health Care Services shall seek any
federal approvals necessary for the implementation of this section.
This section shall be implemented only when and to the extent that
any necessary federal approval is obtained, and only to the extent
that existing levels of federal financial participation are not
otherwise jeopardized.

(m) To the extent that the Director of the State Department of
Health Care Services determines that existing levels of federal
financial participation are jeopardized, this section shall no longer
be implemented.

(n) Notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
the State Department of Health Care Services may, without taking
any further regulatory action, implement this section by means of
all-county letters, provider bulletins, facility letters, or similar
instructions.

(o) For purposes of this section, the following terms have the
following meanings:

(1) The term “county of last legal residence” means the county
in which the inmate resided at the time of arrest that resulted in
conviction and incarceration in a state prison facility.

(2) The term “inmate” means an adult who is involuntarily
residing in a state prison facility operated, administered, or
regulated, directly or indirectly, by the department.

(3) During the existence of the receivership established in United
States District Court for the Northern District of California, Case
No. CO1-1351 begin delete THE end delete begin insert TEH end insert , Plata v. Schwarzenegger, references in
this section to the “secretary” shall mean the receiver appointed
in that action, who shall implement portions of this section that
would otherwise be within the secretary’s responsibility.

SEC. 163.  

Section 6030 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

6030.  

(a) The Board of State and Community Corrections shall
establish minimum standards for local correctional facilities. The
board shall review those standards biennially and make any
appropriate revisions.

(b) The standards shall include, but not be limited to, the
following areas: health and sanitary conditions, fire and life safety,
security, rehabilitation programs, recreation, treatment of persons
confined in local correctional facilities, and personnel training.

(c) The standards shall require that at least one person on duty
at the facility is knowledgeable in the area of fire and life safety
procedures.

(d) The standards shall also include requirements relating to the
acquisition, storage, labeling, packaging, and dispensing of drugs.

(e) The standards shall require that inmates who are received
by the facility while they are pregnant be notified, orally or in
writing, of and provided all of the following:

(1) A balanced, nutritious diet approved by a doctor.

(2) Prenatal and post partum information and health care,
including, but not limited to, access to necessary vitamins as
recommended by a doctor.

(3) Information pertaining to childbirth education and infant
care.

(4) A dental cleaning while in a state facility.

(f) The standards shall provide that a woman known to be
pregnant or in recovery after delivery shall not be restrained, except
as provided in Section 3407. The board shall develop standards
regarding the restraint of pregnant women at the next biennial
review of the standards after the enactment of the act amending
this subdivision and shall review the individual begin delete facilities’ end delete begin insert facility’s end insert
compliance with the standards.

(g) In establishing minimum standards, the board shall seek the
advice of the following:

(1) For health and sanitary conditions:

The State Department of Public Health, physicians, psychiatrists,
local public health officials, and other interested persons.

(2) For fire and life safety:

The State Fire Marshal, local fire officials, and other interested
persons.

(3) For security, rehabilitation programs, recreation, and
treatment of persons confined in correctional facilities:

The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, state and
local juvenile justice commissions, state and local correctional
officials, experts in criminology and penology, and other interested
persons.

(4) For personnel training:

The Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training,
psychiatrists, experts in criminology and penology, the Department
of Corrections and Rehabilitation, state and local correctional
officials, and other interested persons.

(5) For female inmates and pregnant inmates in local adult and
juvenile facilities:

The California State Sheriffs’ Association and Chief Probation
Officers’ Association of California, and other interested persons.

SEC. 164.  

Section 11165.7 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

11165.7.  

(a) As used in this article, “mandated reporter” is
defined as any of the following:

(1) A teacher.

(2) An instructional aide.

(3) A teacher’s aide or teacher’s assistant employed by a public
or private school.

(4) A classified employee of a public school.

(5) An administrative officer or supervisor of child welfare and
attendance, or a certificated pupil personnel employee of a public
or private school.

(6) An administrator of a public or private day camp.

(7) An administrator or employee of a public or private youth
center, youth recreation program, or youth organization.

(8) An administrator or employee of a public or private
organization whose duties require direct contact and supervision
of children.

(9) An employee of a county office of education or the State
Department of Education whose duties bring the employee into
contact with children on a regular basis.

(10) A licensee, an administrator, or an employee of a licensed
community care or child day care facility.

(11) A Head Start program teacher.

(12) A licensing worker or licensing evaluator employed by a
licensing agency, as defined in Section 11165.11.

(13) A public assistance worker.

(14) An employee of a child care institution, including, but not
limited to, foster parents, group home personnel, and personnel of
residential care facilities.

(15) A social worker, probation officer, or parole officer.

(16) An employee of a school district police or security
department.

(17) A person who is an administrator or presenter of, or a
counselor in, a child abuse prevention program in a public or
private school.

(18) A district attorney investigator, inspector, or local child
support agency caseworker, unless the investigator, inspector, or
caseworker is working with an attorney appointed pursuant to
Section 317 of the Welfare and Institutions Code to represent a
minor.

(19) A peace officer, as defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing
with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2, who is not otherwise
described in this section.

(20) A firefighter, except for volunteer firefighters.

(21) A physician and surgeon, psychiatrist, psychologist, dentist,
resident, intern, podiatrist, chiropractor, licensed nurse, dental
hygienist, optometrist, marriage and family therapist, clinical social
worker, professional clinical counselor, or any other person who
is currently licensed under Division 2 (commencing with Section
500) of the Business and Professions Code.

(22) An emergency medical technician I or II, paramedic, or
other person certified pursuant to Division 2.5 (commencing with
Section 1797) of the Health and Safety Code.

(23) A psychological assistant registered pursuant to Section
2913 of the Business and Professions Code.

(24) A marriage and family therapist trainee, as defined in
subdivision (c) of Section 4980.03 of the Business and Professions
Code.

(25) An unlicensed marriage and family therapist intern
registered under Section 4980.44 of the Business and Professions
Code.

(26) A state or county public health employee who treats a minor
for venereal disease or any other condition.

(27) A coroner.

(28) A medical examiner or other person who performs
autopsies.

(29) A commercial film and photographic print or image
processor as specified in subdivision (e) of Section 11166. As used
in this article, “commercial film and photographic print or image
processor” means a person who develops exposed photographic
film into negatives, slides, or prints, or who makes prints from
negatives or slides, or who prepares, publishes, produces, develops,
duplicates, or prints any representation of information, data, or an
image, including, but not limited to, any film, filmstrip, photograph,
negative, slide, photocopy, videotape, video laser begin delete disk end delete begin insert disc end insert ,
computer hardware, computer software, computer floppy disk,
data storage medium, CD-ROM, computer-generated equipment,
or computer-generated image, for compensation. The term includes
any employee of that person; it does not include a person who
develops film or makes prints or images for a public agency.

(30) A child visitation monitor. As used in this article, “child
visitation monitor” means a person who, for financial
compensation, acts as a monitor of a visit between a child and
another person when the monitoring of that visit has been ordered
by a court of law.

(31) An animal control officer or humane society officer. For
the purposes of this article, the following terms have the following
meanings:

(A) “Animal control officer” means a person employed by a
city, county, or city and county for the purpose of enforcing animal
control laws or regulations.

(B) “Humane society officer” means a person appointed or
employed by a public or private entity as a humane officer who is
qualified pursuant to Section 14502 or 14503 of the Corporations
Code.

(32) A clergy member, as specified in subdivision (d) of Section
11166. As used in this article, “clergy member” means a priest,
minister, rabbi, religious practitioner, or similar functionary of a
church, temple, or recognized denomination or organization.

(33) Any custodian of records of a clergy member, as specified
in this section and subdivision (d) of Section 11166.

(34) An employee of any police department, county sheriff’s
department, county probation department, or county welfare
department.

(35) An employee or volunteer of a Court Appointed Special
Advocate program, as defined in Rule 5.655 of the California Rules
of Court.

(36) A custodial officer, as defined in Section 831.5.

(37) A person providing services to a minor child under Section
12300 or 12300.1 of the Welfare and Institutions Code.

(38) An alcohol and drug counselor. As used in this article, an
“alcohol and drug counselor” is a person providing counseling,
therapy, or other clinical services for a state licensed or certified
drug, alcohol, or drug and alcohol treatment program. However,
alcohol or drug abuse, or both alcohol and drug abuse, is not, in
and of itself, a sufficient basis for reporting child abuse or neglect.

(39) A clinical counselor trainee, as defined in subdivision (g)
of Section 4999.12 of the Business and Professions Code.

(40) A clinical counselor intern registered under Section 4999.42
of the Business and Professions Code.

(41) An employee or administrator of a public or private
postsecondary institution, whose duties bring the administrator or
employee into contact with children on a regular basis, or who
supervises those whose duties bring the administrator or employee
into contact with children on a regular basis, as to child abuse or
neglect occurring on that institution’s premises or at an official
activity of, or program conducted by, the institution. Nothing in
this paragraph shall be construed as altering the lawyer-client
privilege as set forth in Article 3 (commencing with Section 950)
of Chapter 4 of Division 8 of the Evidence Code.

(42) An athletic coach, athletic administrator, or athletic director
employed by any public or private school that provides any
combination of instruction for kindergarten, or grades 1 to 12,
inclusive.

(43) (A) A commercial computer technician as specified in
subdivision (e) of Section 11166. As used in this article,
“commercial computer technician” means a person who works for
a company that is in the business of repairing, installing, or
otherwise servicing a computer or computer component, including,
but not limited to, a computer part, device, memory storage or
recording mechanism, auxiliary storage recording or memory
capacity, or any other material relating to the operation and
maintenance of a computer or computer network system, for a fee.
An employer who provides an electronic communications service
or a remote computing service to the public shall be deemed to
comply with this article if that employer complies with Section
2258A of Title 18 of the United States Code.

(B) An employer of a commercial computer technician may
implement internal procedures for facilitating reporting consistent
with this article. These procedures may direct employees who are
mandated reporters under this paragraph to report materials
described in subdivision (e) of Section 11166 to an employee who
is designated by the employer to receive the reports. An employee
who is designated to receive reports under this subparagraph shall
be a commercial computer technician for purposes of this article.
A commercial computer technician who makes a report to the
designated employee pursuant to this subparagraph shall be deemed
to have complied with the requirements of this article and shall be
subject to the protections afforded to mandated reporters, including,
but not limited to, those protections afforded by Section 11172.

(44) Any athletic coach, including, but not limited to, an
assistant coach or a graduate assistant involved in coaching, at
public or private postsecondary institutions.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (35) of subdivision (a),
volunteers of public or private organizations whose duties require
direct contact with and supervision of children are not mandated
reporters but are encouraged to obtain training in the identification
and reporting of child abuse and neglect and are further encouraged
to report known or suspected instances of child abuse or neglect
to an agency specified in Section 11165.9.

(c) Employers are strongly encouraged to provide their
employees who are mandated reporters with training in the duties
imposed by this article. This training shall include training in child
abuse and neglect identification and training in child abuse and
neglect reporting. Whether or not employers provide their
employees with training in child abuse and neglect identification
and reporting, the employers shall provide their employees who
are mandated reporters with the statement required pursuant to
subdivision (a) of Section 11166.5.

(d) School districts that do not train their employees specified
in subdivision (a) in the duties of mandated reporters under the
child abuse reporting laws shall report to the State Department of
Education the reasons why this training is not provided.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided, the absence of
training shall not excuse a mandated reporter from the duties
imposed by this article.

(f) Public and private organizations are encouraged to provide
their volunteers whose duties require direct contact with and
supervision of children with training in the identification and
reporting of child abuse and neglect.

SEC. 165.  

Section 11166 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

11166.  

(a) Except as provided in subdivision (d), and in
Section 11166.05, a mandated reporter shall make a report to an
agency specified in Section 11165.9 whenever the mandated
reporter, in his or her professional capacity or within the scope of
his or her employment, has knowledge of or observes a child whom
the mandated reporter knows or reasonably suspects has been the
victim of child abuse or neglect. The mandated reporter shall make
an initial report by telephone to the agency immediately or as soon
as is practicably possible, and shall prepare and send, fax, or
electronically transmit a written followup report within 36 hours
of receiving the information concerning the incident. The mandated
reporter may include with the report any nonprivileged
documentary evidence the mandated reporter possesses relating
to the incident.

(1) For purposes of this article, “reasonable suspicion” means
that it is objectively reasonable for a person to entertain a suspicion,
based upon facts that could cause a reasonable person in a like
position, drawing, when appropriate, on his or her training and
experience, to suspect child abuse or neglect. “Reasonable
suspicion” does not require certainty that child abuse or neglect
has occurred nor does it require a specific medical indication of
child abuse or neglect; any “reasonable suspicion” is sufficient.
For purposes of this article, the pregnancy of a minor does not, in
and of itself, constitute a basis for a reasonable suspicion of sexual
abuse.

(2) The agency shall be notified and a report shall be prepared
and sent, faxed, or electronically transmitted even if the child has
expired, regardless of whether or not the possible abuse was a
factor contributing to the death, and even if suspected child abuse
was discovered during an autopsy.

(3)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert report made by a mandated reporter pursuant to this
section shall be known as a mandated report.

(b) If begin insert , end insert after reasonable efforts begin insert , end insert a mandated reporter is unable to
submit an initial report by telephone, he or she shall immediately
or as soon as is practicably possible, by fax or electronic
transmission, make a one-time automated written report on the
form prescribed by the Department of Justice, and shall also be
available to respond to a telephone followup call by the agency
with which he or she filed the report. A mandated reporter who
files a one-time automated written report because he or she was
unable to submit an initial report by telephone is not required to
submit a written followup report.

(1) The one-time automated written report form prescribed by
the Department of Justice shall be clearly identifiable so that it is
not mistaken for a standard written followup report. In addition,
the automated one-time report shall contain a section that allows
the mandated reporter to state the reason the initial telephone call
was not able to be completed. The reason for the submission of
the one-time automated written report in lieu of the procedure
prescribed in subdivision (a) shall be captured in the Child Welfare
Services/Case Management System (CWS/CMS). The department
shall work with stakeholders to modify reporting forms and the
CWS/CMS as is necessary to accommodate the changes enacted
by these provisions.

(2) This subdivision shall not become operative until the
CWS/CMS is updated to capture the information prescribed in this
subdivision.

(3) This subdivision shall become inoperative three years after
this subdivision becomes operative or on January 1, 2009,
whichever occurs first.

(4) On the inoperative date of these provisions, a report shall
be submitted to the counties and the Legislature by the State
Department of Social Services that reflects the data collected from
automated one-time reports indicating the reasons stated as to why
the automated one-time report was filed in lieu of the initial
telephone report.

(5) Nothing in this section shall supersede the requirement that
a mandated reporter first attempt to make a report via telephone,
or that agencies specified in Section 11165.9 accept reports from
mandated reporters and other persons as required.

(c)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert mandated reporter who fails to report an incident of
known or reasonably suspected child abuse or neglect as required
by this section is guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by up to six
months confinement in a county jail or by a fine of one thousand
dollars ($1,000) or by both that imprisonment and fine. If a
mandated reporter intentionally conceals his or her failure to report
an incident known by the mandated reporter to be abuse or severe
neglect under this section, the failure to report is a continuing
offense until an agency specified in Section 11165.9 discovers the
offense.

(d) (1) A clergy member who acquires knowledge or a
reasonable suspicion of child abuse or neglect during a penitential
communication is not subject to subdivision (a). For the purposes
of this subdivision, “penitential communication” means a
communication, intended to be in confidence, including, but not
limited to, a sacramental confession, made to a clergy member
who, in the course of the discipline or practice of his or her church,
denomination, or organization, is authorized or accustomed to hear
those communications, and under the discipline, tenets, customs,
or practices of his or her church, denomination, or organization,
has a duty to keep those communications secret.

(2) Nothing in this subdivision shall be construed to modify or
limit a clergy member’s duty to report known or suspected child
abuse or neglect when the clergy member is acting in some other
capacity that would otherwise make the clergy member a mandated
reporter.

(3) (A) On or before January 1, 2004, a clergy member or any
custodian of records for the clergy member may report to an agency
specified in Section 11165.9 that the clergy member or any
custodian of records for the clergy member, prior to January 1,
1997, in his or her professional capacity or within the scope of his
or her employment, other than during a penitential communication,
acquired knowledge or had a reasonable suspicion that a child had
been the victim of sexual abuse that the clergy member or any
custodian of records for the clergy member did not previously
report the abuse to an agency specified in Section 11165.9. The
provisions of Section 11172 shall apply to all reports made pursuant
to this paragraph.

(B) This paragraph shall apply even if the victim of the known
or suspected abuse has reached the age of majority by the time the
required report is made.

(C) The local law enforcement agency shall have jurisdiction
to investigate any report of child abuse made pursuant to this
paragraph even if the report is made after the victim has reached
the age of majority.

(e) (1)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert commercial film, photographic print, or image
processor who has knowledge of or observes, within the scope of
his or her professional capacity or employment, any film,
photograph, videotape, negative, slide, or any representation of
information, data, or an image, including, but not limited to, any
film, filmstrip, photograph, negative, slide, photocopy, videotape,
video laser disc, computer hardware, computer software, computer
floppy disk, data storage medium, CD-ROM, computer-generated
equipment, or computer-generated image depicting a child under
16 years of age engaged in an act of sexual conduct, shall begin insert , end insert
immediately begin delete , end delete or as soon as begin delete practically end delete begin insert practicably end insert possible,
telephonically report the instance of suspected abuse to the law
enforcement agency located in the county in which the images are
seen. Within 36 hours of receiving the information concerning the
incident, the reporter shall prepare and send, fax, or electronically
transmit a written followup report of the incident with a copy of
the image or material attached.

(2)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert commercial computer technician who has knowledge
of or observes, within the scope of his or her professional capacity
or employment, any representation of information, data, or an
image, including, but not limited begin delete , end delete to begin insert , end insert any computer hardware,
computer software, computer file, computer floppy disk, data
storage medium, CD-ROM, computer-generated equipment, or
computer-generated image that is retrievable in perceivable form
and that is intentionally saved, transmitted, or organized on an
electronic medium, depicting a child under 16 years of age engaged
in an act of sexual conduct, shall immediately, or as soon as
practicably possible, telephonically report the instance of suspected
abuse to the law enforcement agency located in the county in which
the images or material are seen. As soon as practicably possible
after receiving the information concerning the incident, the reporter
shall prepare and send, fax, or electronically transmit a written
followup report of the incident with a brief description of the
images or materials.

(3) For purposes of this article, “commercial computer
technician” includes an employee designated by an employer to
receive reports pursuant to an established reporting process
authorized by subparagraph (B) of paragraph begin delete (41) end delete begin insert (43) end insert of
subdivision (a) of Section 11165.7.

(4) As used in this subdivision, “electronic medium” includes,
but is not limited to, a recording, CD-ROM, magnetic disk memory,
magnetic tape memory, CD, DVD, thumbdrive, or any other
computer hardware or media.

(5) As used in this subdivision, “sexual conduct” means any of
the following:

(A) Sexual intercourse, including genital-genital, oral-genital,
anal-genital, or oral-anal, whether between persons of the same or
opposite sex or between humans and animals.

(B) Penetration of the vagina or rectum by any object.

(C) Masturbation for the purpose of sexual stimulation of the
viewer.

(D) Sadomasochistic abuse for the purpose of sexual stimulation
of the viewer.

(E) Exhibition of the genitals, pubic, or rectal areas of begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert
person for the purpose of sexual stimulation of the viewer.

(f) Any mandated reporter who knows or reasonably suspects
that the home or institution in which a child resides is unsuitable
for the child because of abuse or neglect of the child shall bring
the condition to the attention of the agency to which, and at the
same time as, he or she makes a report of the abuse or neglect
pursuant to subdivision (a).

(g)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert other person who has knowledge of or observes a
child whom he or she knows or reasonably suspects has been a
victim of child abuse or neglect may report the known or suspected
instance of child abuse or neglect to an agency specified in Section
11165.9. For purposes of this section, “any other person” includes
a mandated reporter who acts in his or her private capacity and
not in his or her professional capacity or within the scope of his
or her employment.

(h) When two or more persons, who are required to report,
jointly have knowledge of a known or suspected instance of child
abuse or neglect, and when there is agreement among them, the
telephone report may be made by a member of the team selected
by mutual agreement and a single report may be made and signed
by the selected member of the reporting team. Any member who
has knowledge that the member designated to report has failed to
do so shall thereafter make the report.

(i) (1) The reporting duties under this section are individual,
and no supervisor or administrator may impede or inhibit the
reporting duties, and no person making a report shall be subject
to any sanction for making the report. However, internal procedures
to facilitate reporting and apprise supervisors and administrators
of reports may be established provided that they are not inconsistent
with this article.

(2) The internal procedures shall not require any employee
required to make reports pursuant to this article to disclose his or
her identity to the employer.

(3) Reporting the information regarding a case of possible child
abuse or neglect to an employer, supervisor, school principal,
school counselor, coworker, or other person shall not be a substitute
for making a mandated report to an agency specified in Section
11165.9.

(j) A county probation or welfare department shall immediately,
or as soon as practicably possible, report by telephone, fax, or
electronic transmission to the law enforcement agency having
jurisdiction over the case, to the agency given the responsibility
for investigation of cases under Section 300 of the Welfare and
Institutions Code, and to the district attorney’s office every known
or suspected instance of child abuse or neglect, as defined in
Section 11165.6, except acts or omissions coming within
subdivision (b) of Section 11165.2, or reports made pursuant to
Section 11165.13 based on risk to a child which relates solely to
the inability of the parent to provide the child with regular care
due to the parent’s substance abuse, which shall be reported only
to the county welfare or probation department. A county probation
or welfare department also shall send, fax, or electronically transmit
a written report thereof within 36 hours of receiving the information
concerning the incident to any agency to which it makes a
telephone report under this subdivision.

(k) A law enforcement agency shall immediately, or as soon as
practicably possible, report by telephone, fax, or electronic
transmission to the agency given responsibility for investigation
of cases under Section 300 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
and to the district attorney’s office every known or suspected
instance of child abuse or neglect reported to it, except acts or
omissions coming within subdivision (b) of Section 11165.2, which
shall be reported only to the county welfare or probation
department. A law enforcement agency shall report to the county
welfare or probation department every known or suspected instance
of child abuse or neglect reported to it which is alleged to have
occurred as a result of the action of a person responsible for the
child’s welfare, or as the result of the failure of a person responsible
for the child’s welfare to adequately protect the minor from abuse
when the person responsible for the child’s welfare knew or
reasonably should have known that the minor was in danger of
abuse. A law enforcement agency also shall send, fax, or
electronically transmit a written report thereof within 36 hours of
receiving the information concerning the incident to any agency
to which it makes a telephone report under this subdivision.

SEC. 166.  

Section 12022 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

12022.  

(a) (1) Except as provided in subdivisions (c) and (d),
begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person who is armed with a firearm in the commission of a
felony or attempted felony shall be punished by an additional and
consecutive term of imprisonment pursuant to subdivision (h) of
Section 1170 for one year, unless the arming is an element of that
offense. This additional term shall apply to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person who is a
principal in the commission of a felony or attempted felony if one
or more of the principals is armed with a firearm, whether or not
the person is personally armed with a firearm.

(2) Except as provided in subdivision (c), and notwithstanding
subdivision (d), if the firearm is an assault weapon, as defined in
Section 30510 or Section 30515, or a machinegun, as defined in
Section 16880, or a .50 BMG rifle, as defined in Section 30530,
the additional and consecutive term described in this subdivision
shall be three years imprisonment pursuant to subdivision (h) of
Section 1170 whether or not the arming is an element of the offense
of which the person was convicted. The additional term provided
in this paragraph shall apply to any person who is a principal in
the commission of a felony or attempted felony if one or more of
the principals is armed with an assault weapon begin delete or end delete begin insert , end insert machinegun,
or a .50 BMG rifle, whether or not the person is personally armed
with an assault weapon begin delete or end delete begin insert , end insert machinegun, or a .50 BMG rifle.

(b) (1)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert person who personally uses a deadly or dangerous
weapon in the commission of a felony or attempted felony shall
be punished by an additional and consecutive term of imprisonment
begin delete pursuant end delete in the state prison for one year, unless use of a deadly or
dangerous weapon is an element of that offense.

(2) If the person described in paragraph (1) has been convicted
of carjacking or attempted carjacking, the additional term shall be
in the state prison for one, two, or three years.

(3) When a person is found to have personally used a deadly or
dangerous weapon in the commission of a felony or attempted
felony as provided in this subdivision and the weapon is owned
by that person, the court shall order that the weapon be deemed a
nuisance and disposed of in the manner provided in Sections 18000
and 18005.

(c) Notwithstanding the enhancement set forth in subdivision
(a), begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person who is personally armed with a firearm in the
commission of a violation or attempted violation of Section 11351,
11351.5, 11352, 11366.5, 11366.6, 11378, 11378.5, 11379,
11379.5, or 11379.6 of the Health and Safety Code begin delete , end delete shall be
punished by an additional and consecutive term of imprisonment
pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section 1170 for three, four, or five
years.

(d) Notwithstanding the enhancement set forth in subdivision
(a), begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person who is not personally armed with a firearm who,
knowing that another principal is personally armed with a firearm,
is a principal in the commission of an offense or attempted offense
specified in subdivision (c), shall be punished by an additional and
consecutive term of imprisonment pursuant to subdivision (h) of
Section 1170 for one, two, or three years.

(e) For purposes of imposing an enhancement under Section
1170.1, the enhancements under this section shall count as begin delete one, end delete begin insert a end insert
single enhancement.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the court may
strike the additional punishment for the enhancements provided
in subdivision (c) or (d) in an unusual case where the interests of
justice would best be served, if the court specifies on the record
and enters into the minutes the circumstances indicating that the
interests of justice would best be served by that disposition.

SEC. 167.  

Section 12022.1 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

12022.1.  

(a) For the purposes of this section only:

(1) “Primary offense” means a felony offense for which a person
has been released from custody on bail or on his or her own
recognizance prior to the judgment becoming final, including the
disposition of any appeal, or for which release on bail or his or her
own recognizance has been revoked. In cases where the court has
granted a stay of execution of a county jail commitment or state
prison commitment, “primary offense” also means a felony offense
for which a person is out of custody during the period of time
between the pronouncement of judgment and the time the person
actually surrenders into custody or is otherwise returned to custody.

(2) “Secondary offense” means a felony offense alleged to have
been committed while the person is released from custody for a
primary offense.

(b) Any person arrested for a secondary offense begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert was
alleged to have been committed while that person was released
from custody on a primary offense shall be subject to a penalty
enhancement of an additional two years begin insert , end insert which shall be served
consecutive to any other term imposed by the court.

(c) The enhancement allegation provided in subdivision (b)
shall be pleaded in the information or indictment which alleges
the secondary offense, or in the information or indictment of the
primary offense if a conviction has already occurred in the
secondary offense, and shall be proved as provided by law. The
enhancement allegation may be pleaded in a complaint but need
not be proved at the preliminary hearing or grand jury hearing.

(d) Whenever there is a conviction for the secondary offense
and the enhancement is proved, and the person is sentenced on the
secondary offense prior to the conviction of the primary offense,
the imposition of the enhancement shall be stayed pending
imposition of the sentence for the primary offense. The stay shall
be lifted by the court hearing the primary offense at the time of
sentencing for that offense and shall be recorded in the abstract of
judgment. If the person is acquitted of the primary offense the stay
shall be permanent.

(e) If the person is convicted of a felony for the primary offense,
is sentenced to state prison for the primary offense, and is convicted
of a felony for the secondary offense, any sentence for the
secondary offense shall be consecutive to the primary sentence
and the aggregate term shall be served in the state prison, even if
the term for the secondary offense specifies imprisonment in county
jail pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section 1170.

(f) If the person is convicted of a felony for the primary offense,
is granted probation for the primary offense, and is convicted of
a felony for the secondary offense, any sentence for the secondary
offense shall be enhanced as provided in subdivision (b).

(g) If the primary offense conviction is reversed on appeal, the
enhancement shall be suspended pending retrial of that felony.
Upon retrial and reconviction, the enhancement shall be reimposed.
If the person is no longer in custody for the secondary offense
upon reconviction of the primary offense, the court may, at its
discretion, reimpose the enhancement and order him or her
recommitted to custody.

SEC. 168.  

Section 10295.6 of the Public Contract Code is
amended to read:

10295.6.  

Sections 10295 and 10297 do not apply to any contract
entered into by the Department of Water Resources under Part 3
(commencing with Section 11100) of Division 6 or Chapter 8
(commencing with Section 12930) of Part 6 of Division 6 of the
Water Code for the acquisition, sale, or transmission of power, or
for services to facilitate begin delete such end delete begin insert those end insert activities.

SEC. 169.  

Section 20651.7 of the Public Contract Code is
amended to read:

20651.7.  

(a) For the purposes of bid evaluation and selection
pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 20651, when a community
college district determines that it can expect long-term savings
through the use of life-cycle cost methodology, the use of more
sustainable goods and materials, and reduced administrative costs,
the community college district may provide for the selection of
the lowest responsible bidder on the basis of best value pursuant
to policies and procedures adopted by the governing board in
accordance with this section.

(b) For purposes of this section, “best value” means the most
advantageous balance of price, quality, service, performance, and
other elements, as defined by the governing board, achieved
through methods in accordance with this section and determined
by objective performance criteria that may include price, features,
long-term functionality, life-cycle costs, overall sustainability, and
required services.

(c) A community college district shall consider all of the
following when adopting best value policies pursuant to subdivision
(a):

(1) Price and service level proposals that reduce the district’s
overall operating costs, including end-of-life expenditures and
impact.

(2) Equipment, services, supplies, and materials standards that
support the community college district’s strategic acquisition and
management program direction.

(3) A procedure for protest and resolution.

(d) A community college district may consider any of the
following factors if adopting policies and procedures pursuant to
subdivision (c):

(1) The total cost to the community college district of its
purchase, use, and consumption of equipment, supplies, and
materials.

(2) The operational cost or benefit incurred by the community
college district as a result of a contract award.

(3) The added value to the community college district, as defined
in the request for proposal, of vendor-added services.

(4) The quality and effectiveness of equipment, supplies,
materials, and services.

(5) The reliability of delivery and installation schedules.

(6) The terms and conditions of product warranties and vendor
guarantees.

(7) The financial stability of the vendor.

(8) The vendor’s quality assurance program.

(9) The vendor’s experience with the provisions of equipment,
supplies, materials, and services within the institutional
marketplace.

(10) The consistency of the vendor’s proposed equipment,
supplies, materials, and services with the district’s overall supplies
and materials procurement program.

(11) The economic benefits to the local community, including,
but not limited to, job creation and retention.

(12) The environmental benefits to the local community.

(e) A community college district awarding a contract under this
section shall award a contract to the lowest responsible bidder
whose proposal is determined, in writing by the community college
district, to be the best value to the community college district based
solely on the criteria set forth in the request for proposal.

(f) The governing board of a community college district shall
issue a written notice of intent to award supporting its contract
award and stating in detail the basis of the award. The notice of
the intent to award and the contract file must be sufficient to satisfy
an external audit.

(g) The governing board of a community college district shall
publicly announce its award, identifying the bidder to which the
award is made, the price proposal of the contractor awarded the
contract, and the overall combined rating on the request for
proposal evaluation factors. The announcement shall also include
the ranking of the contractor awarded the contract in relation to
all other responsive bidders and their respective price proposals
and summary of the rationale for the contract award.

(h) The community college district shall ensure that all
businesses have a fair and equitable opportunity to compete for,
and participate in, district contracts and shall also ensure that
discrimination, as described in subdivision (e) of Section 12751.3
of the Public Utilities Code, in the award and performance of
contracts does not occur.

(i) (1) If a community college district elects to purchase
equipment, materials, supplies, and services by contract, let in
accordance with this section, the community college district shall
submit the following information to the Chancellor of the
California Community Colleges on or before January 1, 2016:

(A) The community college district’s policies adopted pursuant
to subdivision (a).

(B) An annual list of district procurements for contracts with a
brief description of the contract, the winning bid, the cost, and if
the contract was done under best value acquisition policies.

(C) For a contract awarded under the best value acquisition
policies, the bid announcement announcing the bidder to which
the award was made, including that bidder’s scoring rating
compared to other bidders, the winning contractor’s price proposal,
the overall combined rating on the request for proposal evaluation
factors, a description of the products, commodities, or services
sought, and a summary of the rationale for the contract award.

(D) For each contract awarded using the best value acquisition
policies at least one bid award announcement for a comparably
priced contract using the traditional lowest responsible bidder
process that specifies the bidder to which the contract was awarded,
begin delete and end delete the amount of the award, and the request for bid for that
contract that includes a description of the products, commodities,
or services sought for at least one comparably sized contract, to
the best value contract being let, awarded pursuant to the traditional
lowest responsible bidder process including contracts awarded by
the district in the three years prior to the adoption of best value
acquisition policies by the district.

(E) For contracts awarded using best value, a summary of any
additional economic benefit other than the price of the contract
obtained, including an explanation of whether these benefits were
realized as expected.

(F) The total number of bid protests or protests concerning an
aspect of the solicitation, bid, or award of the agreement since the
district adopted policies pursuant to subdivision (a) and the number
of those protests that occurred under best value.

(G) A description of any written bid protest or protests
concerning an aspect of the solicitation, bid, or award of the
agreement including the resolution of the protest for any contract
submitted pursuant to this section.

(2) The Legislative Analyst shall request the chancellor to
provide the information specified in paragraph (1) to the Legislative
Analyst on or before July 1, 2016. On or before February 1, 2017,
the Legislative Analyst shall report to the Legislature on the use
of competitive means for obtaining best value procurement by
community college districts. The Legislative Analyst shall use the
information provided by the chancellor to report all of the
following:

(A) A summary of the overall benefits of best value acquisition.

(B) A comparison of the overall cost of contracts let under best
value acquisition pursuant to this section to similar contracts let
under traditional low bid procurement practices.

(C) An assessment of any benefits or disadvantages of best value
procurement practices as compared to bids awarded to the lowest
responsible bidder.

(D) An assessment of whether the use of best value procurement
has led to a difference in the number of disputes as compared to
contracts awarded using the traditional lowest responsible bidder
method.

(E) An assessment of the policies adopted by the community
college districts pursuant to subdivision (a) as well as an assessment
of the overall performance criteria used to evaluate the bids and
the effectiveness of the methodology.

(F) Recommendations as to whether the best value at lowest
cost acquisition procurement authority should be continued.

(j) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2018,
and as of that date is repealed.

SEC. 170.  

Section 4629.5 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

4629.5.  

(a) (1) On and after January 1, 2013, there is hereby
imposed an assessment on a person who purchases a lumber
product or an engineered wood product for the storage, use, or
other consumption in this state, at the rate of 1 percent of the sales
price.

(2) A retailer shall charge the person the amount of the
assessment as a charge that is separate from, and not included in,
any other fee, charge, or other amount paid by the purchaser.

(3) The retailer shall collect the assessment from the person at
the time of sale, and may retain an amount equal to the amount of
reimbursement, as determined by the State Board of Equalization
pursuant to regulations, for any costs associated with the collection
of the assessment, to be taken on the first return or next consecutive
returns until the entire reimbursement amount is retained. For
purposes of this paragraph, the State Board of Equalization may
adopt emergency regulations pursuant to Section 11346.1 of the
Government Code. The adoption of any regulation pursuant to this
paragraph shall be deemed to be an emergency and necessary for
the immediate preservation of the public peace, health, and safety,
and general welfare.

(b) The retailer shall separately state the amount of the
assessment imposed under this section on the sales receipt given
by the retailer to the person at the time of sale.

(c) The State Board of Equalization shall administer and collect
the assessment imposed by this section pursuant to the Fee
Collection Procedures Law (Part 30 (commencing with Section
55001) of Division 2 of the Revenue and Taxation Code) with
those changes as may be necessary to conform to the provisions
of this article. For purposes of this section, the references in the
Fee Collection Procedures Law to “fee” shall include the
assessment imposed by this section.

(d) (1) The assessment is required to be collected by a retailer
and any amount unreturned to the person who paid an amount in
excess of the assessment, but was collected from the person under
the representation by the retailer that it was owed as an assessment,
constitutes debts owed by the retailer to this state.

(2) Every person who purchases a lumber product or an
engineered wood product for storage, use, or other consumption
in this state is liable for the assessment until it has been paid to
this state, except that payment to a retailer relieves the person from
further liability for the assessment. Any assessment collected from
a person that has not been remitted to the State Board of
Equalization shall be a debt owed to the state by the retailer
required to collect and remit the assessment. Nothing in this part
shall impose any obligation upon a retailer to take any legal action
to enforce the collection of the assessment imposed by this section.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (3) of subdivision (a), the
State Board of Equalization may prescribe, adopt, and enforce
regulations relating to the administration and enforcement of this
section, including, but not limited to, collections, reporting, refunds,
and appeals.

(f) (1) The assessment imposed by this section is due and
payable to the State Board of Equalization quarterly on or before
the last day of the month next succeeding each quarterly period.

(2) On or before the last day of the month following each
quarterly period, a return for the preceding quarterly period shall
be filed with the State Board of Equalization using electronic
media, in the form prescribed by the State Board of Equalization.
Returns shall be authenticated in a form or pursuant to methods,
as prescribed by the State Board of Equalization.

(g) For purposes of this section, all of the following shall apply:

(1) “Purchase” has the same meaning as that term is defined in
Section 6010 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(2) “Retailer” has the same meaning as that term is defined in
Section 6015 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(3) “Sales price” has the same meaning as that term is defined
in Section 6011 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(4) “Storage” has the same meaning as that term is defined in
Section 6008 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(5) “Use” has the same meaning as that term is defined in
Section 6009 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(h) (1) Every person required to pay the assessment imposed
under this article shall register with the State Board of Equalization.
Every application for registration shall be made in a form
prescribed by the State Board of Equalization and shall set forth
the name under which the applicant transacts or intends to transact
business, the location of his or her place or places of business, and
such other information as the State Board of Equalization may
require. An application for registration shall be authenticated in a
form or pursuant to methods as may be prescribed by the State
Board of Equalization.

(2) An application for registration filed pursuant to this section
may be filed using electronic media as prescribed by the State
Board of Equalization.

(3) Electronic media includes, but is not limited to, computer
modem, magnetic media, optical begin delete disk end delete begin insert disc end insert , facsimile machine, or
telephone.

SEC. 171.  

Section 4629.9 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

4629.9.  

(a)   On or before January 10, 2013, and on each January
10 thereafter in conjunction with the 2014-15 Governor’s Budget
and begin delete Governors’ Budgets end delete begin insert each Governor’s Budget end insert thereafter, the
Secretary of the Natural Resources Agency, in consultation with
the Secretary for Environmental Protection, shall submit to the
Joint Legislative Budget Committee a report on the activities of
all state departments, agencies, and boards relating to forest and
timberland regulation. This report shall include, at a minimum, all
of the following:

(1) A listing, by organization, of the proposed total costs
associated with the review, approval, and inspection of timber
harvest plans and associated permits.

(2) The number of timber harvest plans, and acreage covered
by the plans, reviewed in the 2011-12 fiscal year, or the most
recent fiscal year.

(3) To the extent feasible, a listing of activities, personnel, and
funding, by department, for the forest practice program for
2012-13, or the most recent fiscal year, and the preceding 10 fiscal
years.

(4) The number of staff in each organization dedicated fully or
partially to (A) review of timber harvest plans, and (B) other
forestry-related activities, by geographical location in the state.

(5) The costs of other forestry-related activities undertaken.

(6) A summary of any process improvements identified by the
administration as part of ongoing review of the timber harvest
process, including data and technology improvement needs.

(7) Workload analysis for the forest practice program in each
organization.

(8) In order to assess efficiencies in the program and the
effectiveness of spending, a set of measures for, and a plan for
collection of data on, the program, including, but not limited to:

(A) The number of timber harvest plans reviewed.

(B) Average time for plan review.

(C) Number of field inspections per inspector.

(D) Number of acres under active plans.

(E) Number of violations.

(F) Evaluating ecological performance.

(b) A report required to be submitted pursuant to subdivision
(a) shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the
Government Code.

SEC. 172.  

Section 6224.5 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

6224.5.  

(a) If, as of January 1, 2013, a person is in violation
of subdivision (a) of Section 6224.3, that person shall not be subject
to a penalty pursuant to that section, if the person, on or before
July 1, 2013, remedies the violation or submits to the commission
a completed lease application, including the payment of all fees
and costs. The remedy may include, but is not limited to, entering
into an appropriate lease with the commission or adequately
removing the structure or facility.

(b) A person shall not be subject to a penalty or order pursuant
to Section 6224.3, if the person submits a notice to the commission
that a structure or facility owned by that person is potentially in
violation of subdivision (a) of Section 6224.3 and the person,
within six months from the date the notice is received by the
commission, remedies the violation or submits to the commission
a completed lease application, including the payment of all fees
and costs. This subdivision shall apply only if the potential violator
submits a notice to the commission before the commission
otherwise receives notice or information regarding the potential
violation, or takes action against the violator.

(c) If any pole, conduit, cable, wire, pipeline, or associated
appurtenance that is owned by an electrical corporation, as defined
in Section 218 of the Public Utilities Code begin insert , end insert or a gas corporation,
as defined in Section 222 of the Public Utilities Code, violates
subdivision (a) of Section 6224.3, and the electrical or gas
corporation can demonstrate that it has not received actual notice
that it does not have adequate existing land rights for its structure
or facility located on land under the commission’s jurisdiction, the
electrical or gas corporation shall not be subject to a penalty or
order pursuant to Section 6224.3 if the electrical or gas corporation
remedies the violation or submits to the commission a completed
lease application, including the payment of all fees and costs, or
files with a court of competent jurisdiction a motion to perfect a
prescriptive easement within six months from the date the violation
is reported or the mistake is discovered.

(d) The commission may adopt regulations necessary or useful
to carry out this section and Sections 6224.3 and 6224.4.

SEC. 173.  

Section 21080.37 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

21080.37.  

(a) This division does not apply to a project or an
activity to repair, maintain, or make minor alterations to an existing
roadway if all of the following conditions are met:

(1) The project is carried out by a city or county with a
population of less than 100,000 persons to improve public safety.

(2) (A) The project does not cross a waterway.

(B) For purposes of the paragraph, “waterway” means a bay,
estuary, lake, pond, river, slough, or a perennial, intermittent, or
ephemeral stream, lake, or estuarine-marine shoreline.

(3) The project involves negligible or no expansion of an
existing use beyond that existing at the time of the lead agency’s
determination.

(4) The roadway is not a state roadway.

(5) (A) The site of the project does not contain wetlands or
riparian areas and does not have significant value as a wildlife
habitat, and the project does not harm any species protected by the
federal Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. Sec. 1531 et
seq.), the Native Plant Protection Act (Chapter 10 (commencing
with Section 1900) of Division 2 of the Fish and Game Code), or
the California Endangered Species Act (Chapter 1.5 (commencing
with Section 2050) of Division 3 of the Fish and Game Code), and
the project does not cause the destruction or removal of any species
protected by a local ordinance.

(B) For the purposes of this paragraph:

(i) “Riparian areas” mean those areas transitional between
terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems and that are distinguished by
gradients in biophysical conditions, ecological processes, and biota.
A riparian area is an area through which surface and subsurface
hydrology connect waterbodies with their adjacent uplands. A
riparian area includes those portions of terrestrial ecosystems that
significantly influence exchanges of energy and matter with aquatic
ecosystems. A riparian area is adjacent to perennial, intermittent,
and ephemeral streams, lakes, and estuarine-marine shorelines.

(ii) “Significant value as a wildlife habitat” includes wildlife
habitat of national, statewide, regional, or local importance; habitat
for species protected by the federal Endangered Species Act of
1973 (16 U.S.C. Sec. 1531, et seq.), the California Endangered
Species Act (Chapter 1.5 (commencing with Section 2050) of
Division 3 of the Fish and Game Code), or the Native Plant
Protection Act (Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 1900) of
Division 2 of the Fish and Game Code); habitat identified as
candidate, fully protected, sensitive, or species of special status
by local, state, or federal agencies; or habitat essential to the
movement of resident or migratory wildlife.

(iii) “Wetlands” has the same meaning as in the United States
Fish and Wildlife Service Manual, Part 660 FW 2 (June 21, 1993).

(iv) “Wildlife habitat” means the ecological communities upon
which wild animals, birds, plants, fish, amphibians, and
invertebrates depend for their conservation and protection.

(6) The project does not impact cultural resources.

(7) The roadway does not affect scenic resources, as provided
pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 21084.

(b) Prior to determining that a project is exempt pursuant to this
section, the lead agency shall do both of the following:

(1) Include measures in the project to mitigate potential
vehicular traffic and safety impacts and bicycle and pedestrian
safety impacts.

(2) Hold a noticed public hearing on the project to hear and
respond to public comments. The hearing on the project may be
conducted with another noticed lead agency public hearing.
Publication of the notice shall be no fewer times than required by
Section 6061 of the Government Code, by the public agency in a
newspaper of general circulation in the area.

(c) For purposes of this section, “roadway” means a roadway
as defined pursuant to Section 530 of the Vehicle Code and the
previously graded and maintained shoulder that is within a roadway
right-of-way of no more than five feet from the edge of the
roadway.

(d) Whenever a local agency determines that a project is not
subject to this division pursuant to this section, and it approves or
determines to begin delete or end delete carry out that project, the local agency shall file
a notice with the Office of Planning and Research, and with the
county clerk in the county in which the project will be located in
the manner specified in subdivisions (b) and (c) of Section 21152.

(e) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2016,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2016, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 174.  

Section 21080.5 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

21080.5.  

(a) Except as provided in Section 21158.1, when the
regulatory program of a state agency requires a plan or other written
documentation containing environmental information and
complying with paragraph (3) of subdivision (d) to be submitted
in support of an activity listed in subdivision (b), the plan or other
written documentation may be submitted in lieu of the
environmental impact report required by this division if the
Secretary of the Resources Agency has certified the regulatory
program pursuant to this section.

(b) This section applies only to regulatory programs or portions
thereof that involve either of the following:

(1) The issuance to a person of a lease, permit, license,
certificate, or other entitlement for use.

(2) The adoption or approval of standards, rules, regulations,
or plans for use in the regulatory program.

(c) A regulatory program certified pursuant to this section is
exempt from Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 21100), Chapter
4 (commencing with Section 21150), and Section 21167, except
as provided in Article 2 (commencing with Section 21157) of
Chapter 4.5.

(d) To qualify for certification pursuant to this section, a
regulatory program shall require the utilization of an
interdisciplinary approach that will ensure the integrated use of
the natural and social sciences in decisionmaking and that shall
meet all of the following criteria:

(1) The enabling legislation of the regulatory program does both
of the following:

(A) Includes protection of the environment among its principal
purposes.

(B) Contains authority for the administering agency to adopt
rules and regulations for the protection of the environment, guided
by standards set forth in the enabling legislation.

(2) The rules and regulations adopted by the administering
agency for the regulatory program do all of the following:

(A) Require that an activity will not be approved or adopted as
proposed if there are feasible alternatives or feasible mitigation
measures available that would substantially lessen a significant
adverse effect that the activity may have on the environment.

(B) Include guidelines for the orderly evaluation of proposed
activities and the preparation of the plan or other written
documentation in a manner consistent with the environmental
protection purposes of the regulatory program.

(C) Require the administering agency to consult with all public
agencies that have jurisdiction, by law, with respect to the proposed
activity.

(D) Require that final action on the proposed activity include
the written responses of the issuing authority to significant
environmental points raised during the evaluation process.

(E) Require the filing of a notice of the decision by the
administering agency on the proposed activity with the Secretary
of the Resources Agency. Those notices shall be available for
public inspection, and a list of the notices shall be posted on a
weekly basis in the Office of the Resources Agency. Each list shall
remain posted for a period of 30 days.

(F) Require notice of the filing of the plan or other written
documentation to be made to the public and to a person who
requests, in writing, notification. The notification shall be made
in a manner that will provide the public or a person requesting
notification with sufficient time to review and comment on the
filing.

(3) The plan or other written documentation required by the
regulatory program does both of the following:

(A) Includes a description of the proposed activity with
alternatives to the activity, and mitigation measures to minimize
any significant adverse effect on the environment of the activity.

(B) Is available for a reasonable time for review and comment
by other public agencies and the general public.

(e) (1) The Secretary of the Resources Agency shall certify a
regulatory program that the secretary determines meets all the
qualifications for certification set forth in this section, and withdraw
certification on determination that the regulatory program has been
altered so that it no longer meets those qualifications. Certification
and withdrawal of certification shall occur only after compliance
with Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of
Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code.

(2) In determining whether or not a regulatory program meets
the qualifications for certification set forth in this section, the
inquiry of the secretary shall extend only to the question of whether
the regulatory program meets the generic requirements of
subdivision (d). The inquiry may not extend to individual decisions
to be reached under the regulatory program, including the nature
of specific alternatives or mitigation measures that might be
proposed to lessen any significant adverse effect on the
environment of the activity.

(3) If the secretary determines that the regulatory program
submitted for certification does not meet the qualifications for
certification set forth in this section, the secretary shall adopt
findings setting forth the reasons for the determination.

(f) After a regulatory program has been certified pursuant to
this section, a proposed change in the program that could affect
compliance with the qualifications for certification specified in
subdivision (d) may be submitted to the Secretary of the Resources
Agency for review and comment. The scope of the secretary’s
review shall extend only to the question of whether the regulatory
program meets the generic requirements of subdivision (d). The
review may not extend to individual decisions to be reached under
the regulatory program, including specific alternatives or mitigation
measures that might be proposed to lessen any significant adverse
effect on the environment of the activity. The secretary shall have
30 days from the date of receipt of the proposed change to notify
the state agency whether the proposed change will alter the
regulatory program so that it no longer meets the qualification for
certification established in this section and will result in a
withdrawal of certification as provided in this section.

(g) An action or proceeding to attack, review, set aside, void,
or annul a determination or decision of a state agency approving
or adopting a proposed activity under a regulatory program that
has been certified pursuant to this section on the basis that the plan
or other written documentation prepared pursuant to paragraph (3)
of subdivision (d) does not comply with this section shall be
commenced not later than 30 days from the date of the filing of
notice of the approval or adoption of the activity.

(h) (1) An action or proceeding to attack, review, set aside,
void, or annul a determination of the Secretary of the Resources
Agency to certify a regulatory program pursuant to this section on
the basis that the regulatory program does not comply with this
section shall be commenced within 30 days from the date of
certification by the secretary.

(2) In an action brought pursuant to paragraph (1), the inquiry
shall extend only to whether there was a prejudicial abuse of
discretion by the secretary. Abuse of discretion is established if
the secretary has not proceeded in a manner required by law or if
the determination is not supported by substantial evidence.

(i) For purposes of this section, a county agricultural
commissioner is a state agency.

(j) For purposes of this section, an air quality management
district or air pollution control district is a state agency, except
that the approval, if any, by a district of a nonattainment area plan
is subject to this section only if, and to the extent that, the approval
adopts or amends rules or regulations.

(k) (1) The secretary, by July 1, 2004, shall develop a protocol
for reviewing the prospective application of certified regulatory
programs to evaluate the consistency of those programs with the
requirements of this division. Following the completion of the
development of the protocol, the secretary shall provide a report
to the Senate Committee on Environmental Quality and the
Assembly Committee on Natural Resources regarding the need
for a grant of additional statutory authority authorizing the secretary
to undertake a review of the certified regulatory programs.

(2) The secretary may update the protocol, and may update the
report provided to the legislative committees pursuant to paragraph
(1) and provide, in compliance with Section 9795 of the
Government Code, the updated report to those committees if
additional statutory authority is needed.

(3) The secretary shall provide a significant opportunity for
public participation in developing or updating the protocol
described in paragraph (1) or (2) begin insert , end insert including, but not limited to, at
least two public meetings with interested parties. A notice of each
meeting shall be provided at least 10 days prior to the meeting to
a person who files a written request for a notice with the agency
and to the Senate Committee on Environmental Quality and the
Assembly Committee on Natural Resources.

SEC. 175.  

Section 21084 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

21084.  

(a) The guidelines prepared and adopted pursuant to
Section 21083 shall include a list of classes of projects that have
been determined not to have a significant effect on the environment
and that shall be exempt from this division. In adopting the
guidelines, the Secretary of the Natural Resources Agency shall
make a finding that the listed classes of projects referred to in this
section do not have a significant effect on the environment.

(b) A project’s greenhouse gas emissions shall not, in and of
themselves, be deemed to cause an exemption adopted pursuant
to subdivision (a) to be inapplicable if the project complies with
all applicable regulations or requirements adopted to implement
statewide, regional, or local plans consistent with Section 15183.5
of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations.

(c) A project that may result in damage to scenic resources,
including, but not limited to, trees, historic buildings, rock
outcroppings, or similar resources, within a highway designated
as an official state scenic highway, pursuant to Article 2.5
(commencing with Section 260) of Chapter 2 of Division 1 of the
Streets and Highways Code, shall not be exempted from this
division pursuant to subdivision (a). This subdivision does not
apply to improvements as mitigation for a project for which a
negative declaration has been approved or an environmental impact
report has been certified.

(d) A project located on a site that is included on any list
compiled pursuant to Section 65962.5 of the Government Code
shall not be exempted from this division pursuant to subdivision
(a).

(e) A project that may cause a substantial adverse change in the
significance of begin delete an end delete begin insert a end insert historical resource, as specified in Section
21084.1, shall not be exempted from this division pursuant to
subdivision (a).

SEC. 176.  

Section 72410 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

72410.  

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires, the
definitions set forth in this section govern this division.

(b) “Board” means the State Water Resources Control Board.

(c) “Commission” means the State Lands Commission.

(d) “Graywater” means drainage from dishwasher, shower,
laundry, bath, and washbasin drains, but does not include drainage
from toilets, urinals, hospitals, or cargo spaces.

(e) “Hazardous waste” has the meaning set forth in Section
25117 of the Health and Safety Code, but does not include sewage.

(f) “Large passenger vessel” or “vessel” means a vessel of 300
gross registered tons or greater that is engaged in the carrying of
passengers for hire, excluding all of the following vessels:

(1) Vessels without berths or overnight accommodations for
passengers.

(2) Noncommercial vessels, warships, vessels operated by
nonprofit entities as determined by the Internal Revenue Service,
and vessels operated by the state, the United States, or a foreign
government.

(3) Oceangoing ships, as defined in subdivision (j).

(g) “Marine waters of the state” means waters within the area
bounded by the mean high tide line to the three-mile state waters
limit, from the Oregon border to the Mexican border.

(h) “Marine sanctuary” means marine waters of the state in the
Channel Islands National Marine Sanctuary, Cordell Bank National
Marine Sanctuary, Gulf of the Farallones National Marine
Sanctuary, or Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary.

(i) “Medical waste” means medical waste subject to regulation
pursuant to Part 14 (commencing with Section 117600) of Division
104 of the Health and Safety Code.

(j) “Oceangoing ship” means a private, commercial, government,
or military vessel of 300 gross registered tons or more calling on
California ports or places.

(k) “Oil” has the meaning set forth in Section 8750.

(l) “Oily bilgewater” includes bilgewater that contains used
lubrication oils, oil sludge and slops, fuel and oil sludge, used oil,
used fuel and fuel filters, and oily waste.

(m) “Operator” has the meaning set forth in Section 651 of the
Harbors and Navigation Code.

(n) “Other waste” means photography laboratory chemicals,
dry cleaning chemicals, or medical waste.

(o) “Owner” has the meaning set forth in Section 651 of the
Harbors and Navigation Code.

(p) “Release” means discharging or disposing of wastes into
the environment.

(q) “Sewage” has the meaning set forth in Section 775.5 of the
Harbors and Navigation Code, including material that has been
collected or treated through a marine sanitation device as that term
is used in Section 312 of the begin insert federal end insert Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C.
Sec. 1322) or material that is a byproduct of sewage treatment.

(r) “Sewage sludge” has the meaning set forth in Section 122.2
of Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(s) “Sufficient holding tank capacity” means a holding tank of
sufficient capacity to contain sewage and graywater while the
oceangoing ship is within the marine waters of the state.

(t) “Waste” means hazardous waste and other waste.

SEC. 177.  

Section 2827.10 of the Public Utilities Code is
amended to read:

2827.10.  

(a) As used in this section, the following terms have
the following meanings:

(1) “Electrical corporation” means an electrical corporation, as
defined in Section 218.

(2) “Eligible fuel cell electrical generating facility” means a
facility that includes the following:

(A) Integrated powerplant systems containing a stack, tubular
array, or other functionally similar configuration used to
electrochemically convert fuel to electric energy.

(B) An inverter and fuel processing system where necessary.

(C) Other plant equipment, including heat recovery equipment,
necessary to support the plant’s operation or its energy conversion.

(3) (A) “Eligible fuel cell customer-generator” means a
customer of an electrical corporation that meets all the following
criteria:

(i) Uses a fuel cell electrical generating facility with a capacity
of not more than one megawatt that is located on or adjacent to
the customer’s owned, leased, or rented premises, is interconnected
and operates in parallel with the electrical grid while the grid is
operational or in a grid independent mode when the grid is
nonoperational, and is sized to offset part or all of the eligible fuel
cell customer-generator’s own electrical requirements.

(ii) Is the recipient of local, state, or federal funds, or who
self-finances projects designed to encourage the development of
eligible fuel cell electrical generating facilities.

(iii) Uses technology the commission has determined will
achieve reductions in emissions of greenhouse gases pursuant to
subdivision (b), and meets the emission requirements for eligibility
for funding set forth in subdivision (c), of Section 379.6.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph, a person or entity is a
customer of the electrical corporation if the customer is physically
located within the service territory of the electrical corporation
and receives bundled service, distribution service, or transmission
service from the electrical corporation.

(4) “Net energy metering” means measuring the difference
between the electricity supplied through the electrical grid and the
difference between the electricity generated by an eligible fuel cell
electrical generating facility and fed back to the electrical grid over
a 12-month period as described in subdivision (e). Net energy
metering shall be accomplished using a time-of-use meter capable
of registering the flow of electricity in two directions. If the existing
electrical meter of an eligible fuel cell customer-generator is not
capable of measuring the flow of electricity in two directions, the
eligible fuel cell customer-generator shall be responsible for all
expenses involved in purchasing and installing a meter that is able
to measure electricity flow in two directions. If an additional meter
or meters are installed, the net energy metering calculation shall
yield a result identical to that of a time-of-use meter.

(b) (1) Every electrical corporation, not later than March 1,
2004, shall file with the commission a standard tariff providing
for net energy metering for eligible fuel cell customer-generators,
consistent with this section. Subject to the limitation in subdivision
(f), every electrical corporation shall make this tariff available to
eligible fuel cell customer-generators upon request, on a
first-come-first-served basis, until the total cumulative rated
generating capacity of the eligible fuel cell electrical generating
facilities receiving service pursuant to the tariff reaches a level
equal to its proportionate share of a statewide limitation of 500
megawatts cumulative rated generation capacity served under this
section. The proportionate share shall be calculated based on the
ratio of the electrical corporation’s peak demand compared to the
total statewide peak demand.

(2) To continue the growth of the market for onsite begin delete electric end delete
begin insert electrical end insert generation using fuel cells, the commission may review
and incrementally raise the limitation established in paragraph (1)
on the total cumulative rated generating capacity of the eligible
fuel cell electrical generating facilities receiving service pursuant
to the tariff in paragraph (1).

(c) In determining the eligibility for the cumulative rated
generating capacity within an electrical corporation’s service
territory, preference shall be given to facilities that, at the time of
installation, are located in a community with significant exposure
to air contaminants or localized air contaminants, or both,
including, but not limited to, communities of minority populations
or low-income populations, or both, based on the ambient air
quality standards established pursuant to Section 39607 of the
Health and Safety Code.

(d) (1) Each net energy metering contract or tariff shall be
identical, with respect to rate structure, all retail rate components,
and any monthly charges, to the contract or tariff to which the
customer would be assigned if the customer was not an eligible
fuel cell customer-generator. Any new or additional demand
charge, standby charge, customer charge, minimum monthly
charge, interconnection charge, or other charge that would increase
an eligible fuel cell customer-generator’s costs beyond those of
other customers in the rate class to which the eligible fuel cell
customer-generator would otherwise be assigned are contrary to
the intent of the Legislature in enacting this section, and may not
form a part of net energy metering tariffs.

(2) The commission shall authorize an electrical corporation to
charge a fuel cell customer-generator a fee based on the cost to
the utility associated with providing interconnection inspection
services for that fuel cell customer-generator.

(e) The net metering calculation shall be made by measuring
the difference between the electricity supplied to the eligible fuel
cell customer-generator and the electricity generated by the eligible
fuel cell customer-generator and fed back to the electrical grid
over a 12-month period. The following rules shall apply to the
annualized metering calculation:

(1) The eligible fuel cell customer-generator shall, at the end
of each 12-month period following the date of final interconnection
of the eligible fuel cell electrical generating facility with an
electrical corporation, and at each anniversary date thereafter, be
billed for electricity used during that period. The electrical
corporation shall determine if the eligible fuel cell
customer-generator was a net consumer or a net producer of
electricity during that period. For purposes of determining if the
eligible fuel cell customer-generator was a net consumer or a net
producer of electricity during that period, the electrical corporation
shall aggregate the electrical load of the meters located on the
property where the eligible fuel cell electrical begin delete generation end delete begin insert generating end insert
facility is located and on all property adjacent or contiguous to the
property on which the facility is located, if those properties are
solely owned, leased, or rented by the eligible fuel cell
customer-generator. Each aggregated account shall be billed and
measured according to a time-of-use rate schedule.

(2) At the end of each 12-month period, where the electricity
supplied during the period by the electrical corporation exceeds
the electricity generated by the eligible fuel cell customer-generator
during that same period, the eligible fuel cell customer-generator
is a net electricity consumer and the electrical corporation shall
be owed compensation for the eligible fuel cell
customer-generator’s net kilowatthour consumption over that same
period. The compensation owed for the eligible fuel cell
customer-generator’s consumption shall be calculated as follows:

(A) The generation charges for any net monthly consumption
of electricity shall be calculated according to the terms of the tariff
to which the same customer would be assigned to or be eligible
for if the customer was not an eligible fuel cell customer-generator.
When the eligible fuel cell customer-generator is a net generator
during any discrete time-of-use period, the net kilowatthours
produced shall be valued at the same price per kilowatthour as the
electrical corporation would charge for retail kilowatthour sales
for generation, exclusive of any surcharges, during that same
time-of-use period. If the eligible fuel cell customer-generator’s
time-of-use electrical meter is unable to measure the flow of
electricity in two directions, paragraph (4) of subdivision (a) shall
apply. All other charges, other than generation charges, shall be
calculated in accordance with the eligible fuel cell
customer-generator’s applicable tariff and based on the total
kilowatthours delivered by the electrical corporation to the eligible
fuel cell customer-generator. To the extent that charges for
transmission and distribution services are recovered through
demand charges in any particular month, no standby reservation
charges shall apply in that monthly billing cycle.

(B) The net balance of moneys owed shall be paid in accordance
with the electrical corporation’s normal billing cycle.

(3) At the end of each 12-month period, where the electricity
generated by the eligible fuel cell customer-generator during the
12-month period exceeds the electricity supplied by the electrical
corporation during that same period, the eligible fuel cell
customer-generator is a net electricity producer and the electrical
corporation shall retain any excess kilowatthours generated during
the prior 12-month period. The eligible fuel cell customer-generator
shall not be owed any compensation for those excess kilowatthours.

(4) If an eligible fuel cell customer-generator terminates service
with the electrical corporation, the electrical corporation shall
reconcile the eligible fuel cell customer-generator’s consumption
and production of electricity during any 12-month period.

(f) No fuel cell electrical generating facility shall be eligible for
the tariff unless it commences operation prior to January 1, 2015,
unless a later enacted statute, that is chaptered before January 1,
2015, extends this eligibility commencement date. The tariff shall
remain in effect for an eligible fuel cell electrical generating facility
that commences operation pursuant to the tariff prior to January
1, 2015. A fuel cell customer-generator shall be eligible for the
tariff established pursuant to this section only for the operating
life of the eligible fuel cell electrical generating facility.

SEC. 178.  

Section 2862 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

2862.  

The Legislature finds and declares all of the following:

(a) California is heavily dependent on natural gas, importing
more than 80 percent of the natural gas it consumes.

(b) Rising worldwide demand for natural gas and a shrinking
supply create rising and unstable prices that can harm California
consumers and the economy.

(c) Natural gas is a fossil fuel and a major source of global
warming pollution and the pollutants that cause air pollution,
including smog.

(d) California’s growing population and economy will put a
strain on energy supplies and threaten the ability of the state to
meet its global warming goals unless specific steps are taken to
reduce demand and generate energy cleanly and efficiently.

(e) Water heating for domestic and industrial use relies almost
entirely on natural gas and accounts for a significant percentage
of the state’s natural gas consumption.

(f) Solar water heating systems represent the largest untapped
natural gas saving potential remaining in California.

(g) In addition to financial and energy savings, solar water
heating systems can help protect against future gas and electricity
shortages and reduce our dependence on foreign sources of energy.

(h) Solar water heating systems can also help preserve the
environment and protect public health by reducing air pollution,
including carbon dioxide, a leading global warming gas, and
nitrogen oxide, a precursor to smog.

(i) Growing demand for these technologies will create jobs in
California as well as promote greater energy independence, protect
consumers from rising energy costs, and result in cleaner air.

(j) It is in the interest of the State of California to promote solar
water heating systems and other technologies that directly reduce
demand for natural gas in homes and businesses.

(k) It is the intent of the Legislature to build a mainstream
market for solar water heating systems that directly reduces demand
for natural gas in homes, businesses, schools, nonprofit, and
government buildings. Toward that end, it is the goal of this article
to install at least 200,000 solar water heating systems on homes,
businesses, and other buildings or facilities of eligible customer
classes throughout the state by 2017, thereby lowering prices and
creating a self-sufficient market that will sustain itself beyond the
life of this program.

(l) It is the intent of the Legislature that the solar water heating
system incentives created by begin delete the end delete begin insert this end insert article should be a
cost-effective investment by gas customers. Gas customers will
recoup the cost of their investment through lower prices as a result
of avoiding purchases of natural gas.

(m) It is the intent of the Legislature that this article will
encourage the cost-effective deployment of solar heating systems
in both residential and commercial markets and in each end-use
application sector in a balanced manner. It is the intent of the
Legislature that the commission monitor and adjust incentives
created by begin delete the end delete begin insert this end insert article so that they are cost-effective investments
sufficient to significantly increase markets and promote market
transformation. It is the intent of the Legislature that the
commission ensure that increased, uniform growth in each market
sector is achieved through program incentives or structure
adjustments that prevent overutilization of program resources by
any single sector.

SEC. 179.  

Section 5142 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

5142.  

(a) Except as provided in Section 5133, a household
goods carrier in compliance with this chapter has a lien on used
household goods and personal effects to secure payment of the
amount specified in subdivision (b) for transportation and
additional services ordered by the consignor. A lien does not attach
to food, medicine, or medical devices, items used to treat or assist
an individual with a disability, or items used for the care of a minor
child.

(b) (1) The amount secured by the lien is the maximum total
dollar amount for the transportation of the household goods and
personal effects and any additional services (including any bona
fide change order permitted under the commission’s tariffs) that
is set forth clearly and conspicuously in writing adjacent to the
space reserved for the signature of the consignor and that is agreed
to by the consignor before any goods or personal effects are moved
from their location or any additional services are performed.

(2) The dollar amount for the transportation of household goods
and personal effects and additional services may not be preprinted
on any form, shall be just and reasonable, and shall be established
in good faith by the household goods carrier based on the specific
circumstances of the services to be performed.

(c) Upon tender to the household goods carrier of the amount
specified in subdivision (b), the lien is extinguished, and the
household goods carrier shall release all household goods and
personal effects to the consignee.

(d) A household goods carrier may enforce the lien on household
goods and personal effects provided in this section except as to
any goods that the carrier voluntarily delivers or unjustifiably
refuses to deliver. The lien shall be enforced in the manner
provided in this section and Chapter 6 (commencing with Section
9601) of Division 9 of the Commercial Code for the enforcement
of a security interest in consumer goods in a consumer transaction.
To the extent of any conflict between this section and that Chapter
6, this section shall prevail. Every act required in connection with
enforcing the lien shall be performed in good faith and in a
commercially reasonable manner.

(e) The household goods carrier shall provide a notification of
disposition at least 30 days prior to any disposition to each
consignor and consignee by personal delivery, or in the alternative,
by first-class and certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt
requested, at the address last known by the carrier and at the
destination address, and by electronic mail if an electronic mail
address is known to the carrier. If any of the required recipients
of notice are married to each other, and according to the carrier’s
records, reside at the same address, one notice addressed to both
shall be sufficient. Within 14 days after a disposition, the carrier
shall provide to the consignors any surplus funds from the
disposition and an accounting, without charge, of the proceeds of
the disposition.

(f) Any person having possession or control of household goods
or personal effects, who knows, or through the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the household goods carrier has
been tendered the amount specified in subdivision (b), shall release
the household goods and personal effects to the consignor or
consignee, upon the request of the consignor or consignee. If the
person fails to release the household goods and personal effects
to the consignor or consignee, any peace officer, as defined in
subdivision (c) of Section 5133, may take custody of the household
goods and personal effects and release them to the consignor or
consignee.

(g) This section shall not affect any rights, if any, of a household
goods carrier to claim additional amounts, on an unsecured basis,
or of a consignor or consignee to make or contest any claim, and
tender of payment of the amount specified in subdivision (b) is
not a waiver of claims by the consignor or consignee.

(h) Any person injured by a violation of this section may bring
an action for the recovery of the greater of one thousand dollars
($1,000) or actual damages, injunctive or other equitable relief,
reasonable attorney’s fees and costs, and exemplary damages of
not less than three times the amount of actual damages for a willful
violation.

(i) Any waiver of this section shall be void and unenforceable.

(j) Notwithstanding any other law, this section exclusively
establishes and provides for a household goods carrier’s lien on
used household goods and personal effects to secure payment for
transportation and additional services ordered by the consignor.

(k) For purposes of this section, the following terms have the
following begin delete meaning end delete begin insert meanings end insert :

(1) “Consignor” means the person named in the bill of lading
as the person from whom the household goods and personal effects
have been received for shipment and that person’s agent.

(2) “Consignee” means the person named in the bill of lading
to whom or to whose order the household goods carrier is required
to make delivery as provided in the bill of lading and that person’s
agent.

(l) Any document required by this section may be in an
electronic form, if agreed upon by the carrier and the customer.

SEC. 180.  

Section 5143 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

5143.  

(a) For purposes of this section, the following terms
have the following begin delete meaning end delete begin insert meanings end insert :

(1) “Consignor” means the person named in the bill of lading
as the person from whom the household goods and personal effects
have been received for shipment and that person’s agent.

(2) “Consignee” means the person named in the bill of lading
to whom or to whose order the household goods carrier is required
to make delivery as provided in the bill of lading and that person’s
agent.

(b) Any household goods carrier engaged in the business of
transportation of used household goods and personal effects by
motor vehicle over any public highway in this state shall provide
each consignor with a completed copy of the notice set forth in
this section. The notice shall be printed in at least 12-point type,
except the title and first two paragraphs which shall be printed in
boldface type, and provided to each consignor at least three days
prior to the date scheduled for the transportation of household
goods or personal effects. If the consignor requests services on a
date that is less than three days before the scheduled date for
transportation of the household goods or personal effects, the
carrier shall provide the notice as soon as practicable, but in no
event may the carrier commence any services until the consignor
has signed and received a signed copy of the notice. The carrier
shall obtain sufficient information from the consignor to fill out
the form and shall include the correct maximum amount and a
sufficient description of services that will be performed. The carrier
shall retain a copy of the notice, signed by the cosignor, for at least
three years from the date the notice was signed by the cosignor.

(c) Any waiver of the requirements of this section is void and
unenforceable.

(d) The “Not To Exceed” amount set forth in the notice and the
agreement between the household goods carrier and the consignor
shall be the maximum total dollar amount for which the consignor
may be liable for the transportation of household goods and
personal effects and any additional services ordered by the
consignor (including any bona fide change order permitted under
the commission’s rules and tariffs) and agreed to by the consignor
before any goods or personal effects are moved from their location
or any other services are performed.

(e) A household goods carrier may provide the notice set forth
in this section either as a separate document or by including it as
the centerfold of the informational booklet that the household
goods carrier is required to provide the consignor under the
commission’s tariffs. If the household goods carrier provides the
notice as part of the informational booklet, the booklet shall contain
a tab that extends beyond the edge of the booklet at the place where
the notice is included. The statement “Important Notice” shall be
printed on the tab in at least 12-point boldface type. In addition,
the statement “Customer Must Read And Sign The Important
Notice In The Middle Of This Booklet Before A Move Can Begin”
shall be set forth in 14-point boldface type on the front cover of
the booklet.

(f) The notice provided the consignor shall be in the following
form:

“IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT YOUR MOVE

“IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT YOU ONLY AGREE TO A
“NOT TO EXCEED” AMOUNT THAT YOU THINK IS A
PROPER AND REASONABLE FEE FOR THE SERVICES YOU
ARE REQUESTING. THE “NOT TO EXCEED” AMOUNT THIS
MOVER IS REQUESTING IS $______________________ to
perform the following services:
_____________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________.

 

“IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE “NOT TO EXCEED”
AMOUNT LISTED OR THE DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES,
YOU HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE THE MOVER’S
SERVICE AT NO CHARGE TO YOU.
“If you request additional or different services at the time of the
move, you may be asked to complete a Change Order which will
set forth your agreement to pay for additional fees for those newly
requested services. If you agree to the additional charges on that
Change Order, those charges may be added to the “NOT TO
EXCEED” amount set forth above. If you do not agree to the
amounts listed in the Change Order, you should not sign it and
may refuse the mover’s services.

“A mover cannot refuse to release your goods once you have paid
the “NOT TO EXCEED” amount for the transportation of your
goods and personal effects and any additional services that you
have agreed to in writing. The “NOT TO EXCEED” amount must
be reasonable.

“A mover cannot, under any circumstances, withhold food,
medicine, medical devices, items to treat or assist a disabled person,
or items used for care of a minor child. An unlicensed mover has
no right to withhold your goods for any reason including claims
that you have not adequately paid for services rendered.

“For additional information or to confirm whether a mover is
licensed by the California Public Utilities Commission, please call
the Public Utilities Commission toll free at:

 

. insert toll-free number

“I have completed this form and provided the consumer (shipper) with a copy of this notice. “Signed ___________________________Dated____________________

“I have been provided with a copy of this form. “Signed ___________________________Dated___________________”

 

(g) Any document required by this section may be in an
electronic form, if agreed upon by the carrier and the customer.

SEC. 181.  

Section 9506 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

9506.  

(a) A local publicly owned electric utility shall report
to the Energy Commission regarding the energy storage system
procurement targets and policies adopted by the governing board
pursuant to paragraph (2) of, and report any modifications made
to those targets as a result of a reevaluation undertaken pursuant
to paragraph (3) of begin delete , end delete subdivision (b) of Section 2836.

(b) By January 1, 2017, a local publicly owned electric utility
shall submit a report to the Energy Commission demonstrating
that it has complied with the energy storage system procurement
targets and policies adopted by the governing board pursuant to
subdivision (b) of Section 2836.

(c) By January 1, 2021, a local publicly owned electric utility
shall submit a report to the Energy Commission demonstrating
that it has complied with the energy storage system procurement
targets and policies adopted by the governing board pursuant to
subdivision (b) of Section 2836.

(d) The Energy Commission shall ensure that a copy of each
report or plan required by subdivisions (b) and (c), with any
confidential information redacted, is available on the Energy
Commission’s Internet Web site, or on an Internet Web site
maintained by the local publicly owned electric utility that can be
accessed from the Energy Commission’s Internet Web site.

(e) A summary of the reports required by this section shall be
included as part of each integrated energy policy report required
pursuant to Section 25302 begin insert of the Public Resources Code end insert .

SEC. 182.  

Section 185035 of the Public Utilities Code is
amended to read:

185035.  

(a) The authority shall establish an independent peer
review group for the purpose of reviewing the planning,
engineering, financing, and other elements of the authority’s plans
and issuing an analysis of appropriateness and accuracy of the
authority’s assumptions and an analysis of the viability of the
authority’s financing plan, including the funding plan for each
corridor required pursuant to subdivision begin delete (b) end delete begin insert (c) end insert of Section 2704.08
of the Streets and Highways Code.

(b) The peer review group shall include all of the following:

(1) Two individuals with experience in the construction or
operation of high-speed trains in Europe, Asia, or both, designated
by the Treasurer.

(2) Two individuals, one with experience in engineering and
construction of high-speed trains and one with experience in project
finance, designated by the Controller.

(3) One representative from a financial services or financial
consulting firm who shall not have been a contractor or
subcontractor of the authority for the previous three years,
designated by the Director of Finance.

(4) One representative with experience in environmental
planning, designated by the Secretary of Business, Transportation
and Housing.

(5) Two expert representatives from agencies providing intercity
or commuter passenger train services in California, designated by
the Secretary of Business, Transportation and Housing.

(c) The peer review group shall evaluate the authority’s funding
plans and prepare its independent judgment as to the feasibility
and reasonableness of the plans, appropriateness of assumptions,
analyses, and estimates, and any other observations or evaluations
it deems necessary.

(d) The authority shall provide the peer review group any and
all information that the peer review group may request to carry
out its responsibilities.

(e) The peer review group shall report its findings and
conclusions to the Legislature no later than 60 days after receiving
the plans.

SEC. 183.  

Section 2188.6 of the Revenue and Taxation Code,
as amended by Section 79 of Chapter 181 of the Statutes of 2012,
is amended to read:

2188.6.  

(a) Unless a request for exemption has been recorded
pursuant to subdivision (d), prior to the creation of a condominium
as defined in Section 783 of the Civil Code, the county assessor
may separately assess each individual unit which is shown on the
condominium plan of a proposed condominium project when all
of the following documents have been recorded as required by
law:

(1) A subdivision final map or parcel map, as described in
Sections 66434 and 66445, respectively, of the Government Code.

(2) A condominium plan, as defined in Section 4120 of the Civil
Code.

(3) A declaration, as defined begin insert in end insert Section 4135 of the Civil Code.

(b) The tax due on each individual unit shall constitute a lien
solely on that unit.

(c) The lien created pursuant to this section shall be a lien on
an undivided interest in a portion of real property coupled with a
separate interest in space called a unit as described in Section 4125
of the Civil Code.

(d) The record owner of the real property may record with the
condominium plan a request that the real property be exempt from
separate assessment pursuant to this section. If a request for
exemption is recorded, separate assessment of a condominium unit
shall be made only in accordance with Section 2188.3.

(e) This section shall become operative on January 1, 1990, and
shall apply to condominium projects for which a condominium
plan is recorded after that date.

SEC. 184.  

Section 7285.3 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

7285.3.  

begin delete Except as provided in Sections 7251.3 and 7251.4, the end delete
begin insert The end insert combined rate of all taxes imposed in any county pursuant to
this chapter and pursuant to Part 1.6 (commencing with Section
7251) shall not exceed the rate specified in Section 7251.1.

SEC. 185.  

Section 17276.20 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

17276.20.  

Except as provided in Sections 17276.1, 17276.2,
17276.4, 17276.5, 17276.6, and 17276.7, the deduction provided
by Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to net
operating loss deduction, shall be modified as follows:

(a) (1) Net operating losses attributable to taxable years
beginning before January 1, 1987, shall not be allowed.

(2) A net operating loss shall not be carried forward to any
taxable year beginning before January 1, 1987.

(b) (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), the
provisions of Section 172(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code,
relating to amount of carrybacks and carryovers, shall be modified
so that the applicable percentage of the entire amount of the net
operating loss for any taxable year shall be eligible for carryover
to any subsequent taxable year. For purposes of this subdivision,
the applicable percentage shall be:

(A) Fifty percent for any taxable year beginning before January
1, 2000.

(B) Fifty-five percent for any taxable year beginning on or after
January 1, 2000, and before January 1, 2002.

(C) Sixty percent for any taxable year beginning on or after
January 1, 2002, and before January 1, 2004.

(D) One hundred percent for any taxable year beginning on or
after January 1, 2004.

(2) In the case of a taxpayer who has a net operating loss in any
taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, and who
operates a new business during that taxable year, each of the
following shall apply to each loss incurred during the first three
taxable years of operating the new business:

(A) If the net operating loss is equal to or less than the net loss
from the new business, 100 percent of the net operating loss shall
be carried forward as provided in subdivision (d).

(B) If the net operating loss is greater than the net loss from the
new business, the net operating loss shall be carried over as
follows:

(i) With respect to an amount equal to the net loss from the new
business, 100 percent of that amount shall be carried forward as
provided in subdivision (d).

(ii) With respect to the portion of the net operating loss that
exceeds the net loss from the new business, the applicable
percentage of that amount shall be carried forward as provided in
subdivision (d).

(C) For purposes of Section 172(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code, the amount described in clause (ii) of subparagraph (B) shall
be absorbed before the amount described in clause (i) of
subparagraph (B).

(3) In the case of a taxpayer who has a net operating loss in any
taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, and who
operates an eligible small business during that taxable year, each
of the following shall apply:

(A) If the net operating loss is equal to or less than the net loss
from the eligible small business, 100 percent of the net operating
loss shall be carried forward to the taxable years specified in
subdivision (d).

(B) If the net operating loss is greater than the net loss from the
eligible small business, the net operating loss shall be carried over
as follows:

(i) With respect to an amount equal to the net loss from the
eligible small business, 100 percent of that amount shall be carried
forward as provided in subdivision (d).

(ii) With respect to that portion of the net operating loss that
exceeds the net loss from the eligible small business, the applicable
percentage of that amount shall be carried forward as provided in
subdivision (d).

(C) For purposes of Section 172(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code, the amount described in clause (ii) of subparagraph (B) shall
be absorbed before the amount described in clause (i) of
subparagraph (B).

(4) In the case of a taxpayer who has a net operating loss in a
taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, and who
operates a business that qualifies as both a new business and an
eligible small business under this section, that business shall be
treated as a new business for the first three taxable years of the
new business.

(5) In the case of a taxpayer who has a net operating loss in a
taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, and who
operates more than one business, and more than one of those
businesses qualifies as either a new business or an eligible small
business under this section, paragraph (2) shall be applied first,
except that if there is any remaining portion of the net operating
loss after application of clause (i) of subparagraph (B) of that
paragraph, paragraph (3) shall be applied to the remaining portion
of the net operating loss as though that remaining portion of the
net operating loss constituted the entire net operating loss.

(6) For purposes of this section, the term “net loss” means the
amount of net loss after application of Sections 465 and 469 of the
Internal Revenue Code.

(c) Section 172(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
years to which the loss may be carried, is modified as follows:

(1) Net operating loss carrybacks shall not be allowed for any
net operating losses attributable to taxable years beginning before
January 1, 2013.

(2) A net operating loss attributable to taxable years beginning
on or after January 1, 2013, shall be a net operating loss carryback
to each of the two taxable years preceding the taxable year of the
loss in lieu of the number of years provided therein.

(A) For a net operating loss attributable to a taxable year
beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and before January 1, 2014,
the amount of carryback to any taxable year shall not exceed 50
percent of the net operating loss.

(B) For a net operating loss attributable to a taxable year
beginning on or after January 1, 2014, and before January 1, 2015,
the amount of carryback to any taxable year shall not exceed 75
percent of the net operating loss.

(C) For a net operating loss attributable to a taxable year
beginning on or after January 1, 2015, the amount of carryback to
any taxable year shall not exceed 100 percent of the net operating
loss.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), Section 172(b)(1)(B) of the
Internal Revenue Code, relating to special rules for begin delete REITs end delete begin insert REIT’s end insert ,
and Section 172(b)(1)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating
to excess interest loss, and Section 172(h) of the Internal Revenue
Code, relating to corporate equity reduction interest losses, shall
apply as provided.

(4) A net operating loss carryback shall not be carried back to
any taxable year beginning before January 1, 2011.

(d) (1) (A) For a net operating loss for any taxable year
beginning on or after January 1, 1987, and before January 1, 2000,
Section 172(b)(1)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code is modified
to substitute “five taxable years” in lieu of “20 taxable years”
except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (2) and (3).

(B) For a net operating loss for any taxable year beginning on
or after January 1, 2000, and before January 1, 2008, Section
172(b)(1)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code is modified to
substitute “10 taxable years” in lieu of “20 taxable years.”

(2) For any taxable year beginning before January 1, 2000, in
the case of a “new business,” the “five taxable years” in paragraph
(1) shall be modified to read as follows:

(A) “Eight taxable years” for a net operating loss attributable
to the first taxable year of that new business.

(B) “Seven taxable years” for a net operating loss attributable
to the second taxable year of that new business.

(C) “Six taxable years” for a net operating loss attributable to
the third taxable year of that new business.

(3) For any carryover of a net operating loss for which a
deduction is denied by Section 17276.3, the carryover period
specified in this subdivision shall be extended as follows:

(A) By one year for a net operating loss attributable to taxable
years beginning in 1991.

(B) By two years for a net operating loss attributable to taxable
years beginning prior to January 1, 1991.

(4) The net operating loss attributable to taxable years beginning
on or after January 1, 1987, and before January 1, 1994, shall be
a net operating loss carryover to each of the 10 taxable years
following the year of the loss if it is incurred by a taxpayer that is
under the jurisdiction of the court in a Title 11 or similar case at
any time during the income year. The loss carryover provided in
the preceding sentence shall not apply to any loss incurred after
the date the taxpayer is no longer under the jurisdiction of the court
in a Title 11 or similar case.

(e) For purposes of this section:

(1) “Eligible small business” means any trade or business that
has gross receipts, less returns and allowances, of less than one
million dollars ($1,000,000) during the taxable year.

(2) Except as provided in subdivision (f), “new business” means
any trade or business activity that is first commenced in this state
on or after January 1, 1994.

(3) “Title 11 or similar case” shall have the same meaning as
in Section 368(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(4) In the case of any trade or business activity conducted by a
partnership or “S” corporation paragraphs (1) and (2) shall be
applied to the partnership or “S” corporation.

(f) For purposes of this section, in determining whether a trade
or business activity qualifies as a new business under paragraph
(2) of subdivision (e), the following rules shall apply:

(1) In any case where a taxpayer purchases or otherwise acquires
all or any portion of the assets of an existing trade or business
(irrespective of the form of entity) that is doing business in this
state (within the meaning of Section 23101), the trade or business
thereafter conducted by the taxpayer (or any related person) shall
not be treated as a new business if the aggregate fair market value
of the acquired assets (including real, personal, tangible, and
intangible property) used by the taxpayer (or any related person)
in the conduct of its trade or business exceeds 20 percent of the
aggregate fair market value of the total assets of the trade or
business being conducted by the taxpayer (or any related person).
For purposes of this paragraph only, the following rules shall apply:

(A) The determination of the relative fair market values of the
acquired assets and the total assets shall be made as of the last day
of the first taxable year in which the taxpayer (or any related
person) first uses any of the acquired trade or business assets in
its business activity.

(B) Any acquired assets that constituted property described in
Section 1221(1) of the Internal Revenue Code in the hands of the
transferor shall not be treated as assets acquired from an existing
trade or business, unless those assets also constitute property
described in Section 1221(1) of the Internal Revenue Code in the
hands of the acquiring taxpayer (or related person).

(2) In any case where a taxpayer (or any related person) is
engaged in one or more trade or business activities in this state, or
has been engaged in one or more trade or business activities in this
state within the preceding 36 months (“prior trade or business
activity”), and thereafter commences an additional trade or business
activity in this state, the additional trade or business activity shall
only be treated as a new business if the additional trade or business
activity is classified under a different division of the Standard
Industrial Classification (SIC) Manual published by the United
States Office of Management and Budget, 1987 edition, than are
any of the taxpayer’s (or any related person’s) current or prior
trade or business activities.

(3) In any case where a taxpayer, including all related persons,
is engaged in trade or business activities wholly outside of this
state and the taxpayer first commences doing business in this state
(within the meaning of Section 23101) after December 31, 1993
(other than by purchase or other acquisition described in paragraph
(1)), the trade or business activity shall be treated as a new business
under paragraph (2) of subdivision (e).

(4) In any case where the legal form under which a trade or
business activity is being conducted is changed, the change in form
shall be disregarded and the determination of whether the trade or
business activity is a new business shall be made by treating the
taxpayer as having purchased or otherwise acquired all or any
portion of the assets of an existing trade or business under the rules
of paragraph (1) begin delete of this subdivision end delete .

(5) “Related person” shall mean any person that is related to
the taxpayer under either Section 267 or 318 of the Internal
Revenue Code.

(6) “Acquire” shall include any gift, inheritance, transfer incident
to divorce, or any other transfer, whether or not for consideration.

(7) (A) For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 1997,
the term “new business” shall include any taxpayer that is engaged
in biopharmaceutical activities or other biotechnology activities
that are described in Codes 2833 to 2836, inclusive, of the Standard
Industrial Classification (SIC) Manual published by the United
States Office of Management and Budget, 1987 edition, and as
further amended, and that has not received regulatory approval for
any product from the begin delete United States end delete Food and Drug Administration.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph:

(i) “Biopharmaceutical activities” means those activities that
use organisms or materials derived from organisms, and their
cellular, subcellular, or molecular components, in order to provide
pharmaceutical products for human or animal therapeutics and
diagnostics. Biopharmaceutical activities make use of living
organisms to make commercial products, as opposed to
pharmaceutical activities that make use of chemical compounds
to produce commercial products.

(ii) “Other biotechnology activities” means activities consisting
of the application of recombinant DNA technology to produce
commercial products, as well as activities regarding pharmaceutical
delivery systems designed to provide a measure of control over
the rate, duration, and site of pharmaceutical delivery.

(g) In computing the modifications under Section 172(d)(2) of
the Internal Revenue Code, relating to capital gains and losses of
taxpayers other than corporations, the exclusion provided by
Section 18152.5 shall not be allowed.

(h) Notwithstanding any provisions of this section to the
contrary, a deduction shall be allowed to a “qualified taxpayer” as
provided in Sections 17276.1, 17276.2, 17276.4, 17276.5, 17276.6,
and 17276.7.

(i) The Franchise Tax Board may prescribe appropriate
regulations to carry out the purposes of this section, including any
regulations necessary to prevent the avoidance of the purposes of
this section through begin delete splitups end delete begin insert split-ups end insert , shell corporations,
partnerships, tiered ownership structures, or otherwise.

(j) The Franchise Tax Board may reclassify any net operating
loss carryover determined under either paragraph (2) or (3) of
subdivision (b) as a net operating loss carryover under paragraph
(1) of subdivision (b) upon a showing that the reclassification is
necessary to prevent evasion of the purposes of this section.

(k) Except as otherwise provided, the amendments made by
Chapter 107 of the Statutes of 2000 shall apply to net operating
losses for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2000.

SEC. 186.  

Section 18152.5 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

18152.5.  

(a) For purposes of this part, gross income shall not
include 50 percent of any gain from the sale or exchange of
qualified small business stock held for more than five years.

(b) (1) If the taxpayer has eligible gain for the taxable year
from one or more dispositions of stock issued by any corporation,
the aggregate amount of the gain from dispositions of stock issued
by the corporation which may be taken into account under
subdivision (a) for the taxable year shall not exceed the greater of
either of the following:

(A) Ten million dollars ($10,000,000) reduced by the aggregate
amount of eligible gain taken into account by the taxpayer under
subdivision (a) for prior taxable years and attributable to
dispositions of stock issued by the corporation.

(B) Ten times the aggregate adjusted bases of qualified small
business stock issued by the corporation and disposed of by the
taxpayer during the taxable year. For purposes of begin insert this end insert subparagraph
begin delete (B) end delete , the adjusted basis of any stock shall be determined without
regard to any addition to basis after the date on which the stock
was originally issued.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision, the term “eligible gain”
means any gain from the sale or exchange of qualified small
business stock held for more than five years.

(3) (A) In the case of a married individual filing a separate
return, subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) shall be applied by
substituting five million dollars ($5,000,000) for ten million dollars
($10,000,000).

(B) In the case of a married taxpayer filing a joint return, the
amount of gain taken into account under subdivision (a) shall be
allocated equally between the spouses for purposes of applying
this subdivision to subsequent taxable years.

(C) For purposes of this subdivision, marital status shall be
determined under Section 7703 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(c) For purposes of this section:

(1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the term
“qualified small business stock” means any stock in a C corporation
which is originally issued after August 10, 1993, if both of the
following apply:

(A) As of the date of issuance, the corporation is a qualified
small business.

(B) Except as provided in subdivisions (f) and (h), the stock is
acquired by the taxpayer at its original issue (directly or through
an underwriter) in either of the following manners:

(i) In exchange for money or other property (not including
stock).

(ii) As compensation for services provided to the corporation
(other than services performed as an underwriter of the stock).

(2) (A) Stock in a corporation shall not be treated as qualified
small business stock unless, during substantially all of the
taxpayer’s holding period for the stock, the corporation meets the
active business requirements of subdivision (e) and the corporation
is a C corporation.

(B) (i) Notwithstanding subdivision (e), a corporation shall be
treated as meeting the active business requirements of subdivision
(e) for any period during which the corporation qualifies as a
specialized small business investment company.

(ii) For purposes of clause (i), the term “specialized small
business investment company” means any eligible corporation (as
defined in paragraph (4) of subdivision (e)) that is licensed to
operate under begin insert former end insert Section 301(d) of the begin insert federal end insert Small Business
Investment Act of 1958 (as in effect on May 13, 1993).

(3) (A) Stock acquired by the taxpayer shall not be treated as
qualified small business stock if, at any time during the four-year
period beginning on the date two years before the issuance of the
stock, the corporation issuing the stock purchased (directly or
indirectly) any of its stock from the taxpayer or from a related
person (within the meaning of Section 267(b) or 707(b)) to the
taxpayer.

(B) Stock issued by a corporation shall not be treated as qualified
small business stock if, during the two-year period beginning on
the date one year before the issuance of the stock, the corporation
made one or more purchases of its stock with an aggregate value
(as of the time of the respective purchases) exceeding 5 percent
of the aggregate value of all of its stock as of the beginning of the
two-year period.

(C) If any transaction is treated under Section 304(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code as a distribution in redemption of the stock
of any corporation, for purposes of subparagraphs (A) and (B), the
corporation shall be treated as purchasing an amount of its stock
equal to the amount treated as a distribution in redemption of the
stock of the corporation under Section 304(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code.

(d) For purposes of this section:

(1) The term “qualified small business” means any domestic
corporation (as defined in Section 7701(a)(4) of the Internal
Revenue Code) which is a C corporation if all of the following
apply:

(A) The aggregate gross assets of the corporation (or any
predecessor thereof) at all times on or after July 1, 1993, and before
the issuance did not exceed fifty million dollars ($50,000,000).

(B) The aggregate gross assets of the corporation immediately
after the issuance (determined by taking into account amounts
received in the issuance) do not exceed fifty million dollars
($50,000,000).

(C) At least 80 percent of the corporation’s payroll, as measured
by total dollar value, is attributable to employment located within
California.

(D) The corporation agrees to submit those reports to the
Franchise Tax Board and to shareholders as the Franchise Tax
Board may require to carry out the purposes of this section.

(2) (A) For purposes of paragraph (1), the term “aggregate
gross assets” means the amount of cash and the aggregate adjusted
basis of other property held by the corporation.

(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the adjusted basis of any
property contributed to the corporation (or other property with a
basis determined in whole or in part by reference to the adjusted
basis of property so contributed) shall be determined as if the basis
of the property contributed to the corporation immediately after
the contribution was equal to its fair market value as of the time
of the contribution.

(3) (A) All corporations which are members of the same
parent-subsidiary controlled group shall be treated as one
corporation for purposes of this subdivision.

(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term
“parent-subsidiary controlled group” means any controlled group
of corporations as defined in Section 1563(a)(1) of the Internal
Revenue Code, except that both of the following shall apply:

(i) “More than 50 percent” shall be substituted for “at least 80
percent” each place it appears in Section 1563(a)(1) of the Internal
Revenue Code.

(ii) Section 1563(a)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code shall not
apply.

(e) (1) For purposes of paragraph (2) of subdivision (c), the
requirements of this subdivision are met by a corporation for any
period if during that period both of the following apply:

(A) At least 80 percent (by value) of the assets of the corporation
are used by the corporation in the active conduct of one or more
qualified trades or businesses in California.

(B) The corporation is an eligible corporation.

(2) For purposes of paragraph (1), if, in connection with any
future qualified trade or business, a corporation is engaged in:

(A) Startup activities described in Section 195(c)(1)(A) of the
Internal Revenue Code,

(B) Activities resulting in the payment or incurring of
expenditures which may be treated as research and experimental
expenditures under Section 174 of the Internal Revenue Code, or

(C) Activities with respect to in-house research expenses
described in Section begin delete 41(b)(4) end delete begin insert 41(b)(2) end insert of the Internal Revenue
Code, then assets used in those activities shall be treated as used
in the active conduct of a qualified trade or business. Any
determination under this paragraph shall be made without regard
to whether a corporation has any gross income from those activities
at the time of the determination.

(3) For purposes of this subdivision, the term “qualified trade
or business” means any trade or business other than any of the
following:

(A) Any trade or business involving the performance of services
in the fields of health, law, engineering, architecture, accounting,
actuarial science, performing arts, consulting, athletics, financial
services, brokerage services, or any trade or business where the
principal asset of the trade or business is the reputation or skill of
one or more of its employees.

(B) Any banking, insurance, financing, leasing, investing, or
similar business.

(C) Any farming business (including the business of raising or
harvesting trees).

(D) Any business involving the production or extraction of
products of a character with respect to which a deduction is
allowable under Section 613 or 613A of the Internal Revenue
Code.

(E) Any business of operating a hotel, motel, restaurant, or
similar business.

(4) For purposes of this subdivision, the term “eligible
corporation” means any domestic corporation, except that the term
shall not include any of the following:

(A) A DISC or former DISC.

(B) A corporation with respect to which an election under
Section 936 of the Internal Revenue Code is in effect or which has
a direct or indirect subsidiary with respect to which the election
is in effect.

(C) A regulated investment company, real estate investment
trust (REIT), or real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC).

(D) A cooperative.

(5) (A) For purposes of this subdivision, stock and debt in any
subsidiary corporation shall be disregarded and the parent
corporation shall be deemed to own its ratable share of the
subsidiary’s assets, and to conduct its ratable share of the
subsidiary’s activities.

(B) A corporation shall be treated as failing to meet the
requirements of paragraph (1) for any period during which more
than 10 percent of the value of its assets (in excess of liabilities)
consists of stock or securities in other corporations which are not
subsidiaries of the corporation (other than assets described in
paragraph (6)).

(C) For purposes of this paragraph, a corporation shall be
considered a subsidiary if the parent owns more than 50 percent
of the combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to
vote, or more than 50 percent in value of all outstanding stock, of
the corporation.

(6) For purposes of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1), the
following assets shall be treated as used in the active conduct of
a qualified trade or business:

(A) Assets that are held as a part of the reasonably required
working capital needs of a qualified trade or business of the
corporation.

(B) Assets that are held for investment and are reasonably
expected to be used within two years to finance research and
experimentation in a qualified trade or business or increases in
working capital needs of a qualified trade or business. For periods
after the corporation has been in existence for at least two years,
in no event may more than 50 percent of the assets of the
corporation qualify as used in the active conduct of a qualified
trade or business by reason of this paragraph.

(7) A corporation shall not be treated as meeting the
requirements of paragraph (1) for any period during which more
than 10 percent of the total value of its assets consists of real
property that is not used in the active conduct of a qualified trade
or business. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the ownership
of, dealing in, or renting of, real property shall not be treated as
the active conduct of a qualified trade or business.

(8) For purposes of paragraph (1), rights to computer software
that produces active business computer software royalties (within
the meaning of Section 543(d)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code)
shall be treated as an asset used in the active conduct of a trade or
business.

(9) A corporation shall not be treated as meeting the
requirements of paragraph (1) for any period during which more
than 20 percent of the corporation’s total payroll expense is
attributable to employment located outside of California.

(f) If any stock in a corporation is acquired solely through the
conversion of other stock in the corporation that is qualified small
business stock in the hands of the taxpayer, both of the following
shall apply:

(1) The stock so acquired shall be treated as qualified small
business stock in the hands of the taxpayer.

(2) The stock so acquired shall be treated as having been held
during the period during which the converted stock was held.

(g) (1) If any amount included in gross income by reason of
holding an interest in a pass-through entity meets the requirements
of paragraph (2), then both of the following shall apply:

(A) The amount shall be treated as gain described in subdivision
(a).

(B) For purposes of applying subdivision (b), the amount shall
be treated as gain from a disposition of stock in the corporation
issuing the stock disposed of by the pass-through entity and the
taxpayer’s proportionate share of the adjusted basis of the
pass-through entity in the stock shall be taken into account.

(2) An amount meets the requirements of this paragraph if both
of the following apply:

(A) The amount is attributable to gain on the sale or exchange
by the pass-through entity of stock that is qualified small business
stock in the hands of the entity (determined by treating the entity
as an individual) and that was held by that entity for more than
five years.

(B) The amount is includable in the gross income of the taxpayer
by reason of the holding of an interest in the entity that was held
by the taxpayer on the date on which the pass-through entity
acquired the stock and at all times thereafter before the disposition
of the stock by the pass-through entity.

(3) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any amount to the extent
the amount exceeds the amount to which paragraph (1) would have
applied if the amount was determined by reference to the interest
the taxpayer held in the pass-through entity on the date the qualified
small business stock was acquired.

(4) For purposes of this subdivision, the term “pass-through
entity” means any of the following:

(A) Any partnership.

(B) Any S corporation.

(C) Any regulated investment company.

(D) Any common trust fund.

(h) For purposes of this section:

(1) In the case of a transfer described in paragraph (2), the
transferee shall be treated as meeting both of the following:

(A) Having acquired the stock in the same manner as the
transferor.

(B) Having held the stock during any continuous period
immediately preceding the transfer during which it was held (or
treated as held under this subdivision) by the transferor.

(2) A transfer is described in this subdivision if the transfer is
any of the following:

(A) By gift.

(B) At death.

(C) From a partnership to a partner of stock with respect to
which requirements similar to the requirements of subdivision (g)
are met at the time of the transfer (without regard to the five-year
holding period requirement).

(3) Rules similar to the rules of Section 1244(d)(2) of the
Internal Revenue Code shall apply for purposes of this section.

(4) (A) In the case of a transaction described in Section 351 of
the Internal Revenue Code or a reorganization described in Section
368 of the Internal Revenue Code, if qualified small business stock
is exchanged for other stock that would not qualify as qualified
small business stock but for this subparagraph, the other stock
shall be treated as qualified small business stock acquired on the
date on which the exchanged stock was acquired.

(B) This section shall apply to gain from the sale or exchange
of stock treated as qualified small business stock by reason of
subparagraph (A) only to the extent of the gain that would have
been recognized at the time of the transfer described in
subparagraph (A) if Section 351 or 368 of the Internal Revenue
Code had not applied at that time. The preceding sentence shall
not apply if the stock that is treated as qualified small business
stock by reason of subparagraph (A) is issued by a corporation
that (as of the time of the transfer described in subparagraph (A))
is a qualified small business.

(C) For purposes of this paragraph, stock treated as qualified
small business stock under subparagraph (A) shall be so treated
for subsequent transactions or reorganizations, except that the
limitation of subparagraph (B) shall be applied as of the time of
the first transfer to which the limitation applied (determined after
the application of the second sentence of subparagraph (B)).

(D) In the case of a transaction described in Section 351 of the
Internal Revenue Code, this paragraph shall apply only if
immediately after the transaction the corporation issuing the stock
owns directly or indirectly stock representing control (within the
meaning of Section 368(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) of the
corporation whose stock was exchanged.

(i) For purposes of this section:

(1) In the case where the taxpayer transfers property (other than
money or stock) to a corporation in exchange for stock in the
corporation, both of the following shall apply:

(A) The stock shall be treated as having been acquired by the
taxpayer on the date of the exchange.

(B) The basis of the stock in the hands of the taxpayer shall in
no event be less than the fair market value of the property
exchanged.

(2) If the adjusted basis of any qualified small business stock
is adjusted by reason of any contribution to capital after the date
on which the stock was originally issued, in determining the
amount of the adjustment by reason of the contribution, the basis
of the contributed property shall in no event be treated as less than
its fair market value on the date of the contribution.

(j) (1) If the taxpayer has an offsetting short position with
respect to any qualified small business stock, subdivision (a) shall
not apply to any gain from the sale or exchange of the stock unless
both of the following apply:

(A) The stock was held by the taxpayer for more than five years
as of the first day on which there was such a short position.

(B) The taxpayer elects to recognize gain as if the stock was
sold on that first day for its fair market value.

(2) For purposes of paragraph (1), the taxpayer shall be treated
as having an offsetting short position with respect to any qualified
small business stock if any of the following apply:

(A) The taxpayer has made a short sale of substantially identical
property.

(B) The taxpayer has acquired an option to sell substantially
identical property at a fixed price.

(C) To the extent provided in regulations, the taxpayer has
entered into any other transaction that substantially reduces the
risk of loss from holding the qualified small business stock. For
purposes of the preceding sentence, any reference to the taxpayer
shall be treated as including a reference to any person who is
related (within the meaning of Section 267(b) or 707(b) of the
Internal Revenue Code) to the taxpayer.

(k) The Franchise Tax Board may prescribe those regulations
as may be appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section,
including regulations to prevent the avoidance of the purposes of
this section through begin delete splitups end delete begin insert split-ups end insert , shell corporations,
partnerships, or otherwise.

(l) It is the intent of the Legislature that, in construing this
section, any regulations that may be promulgated by the Secretary
of the Treasury under Section 1202(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code shall apply to the extent that those regulations do not conflict
with this section or with any regulations that may be promulgated
by the Franchise Tax Board.

SEC. 187.  

Section 18738 of the Revenue and Taxation Code,
as added by Section 1 of Chapter 228 of the Statutes of 2012, is
amended to read:

18738.  

(a) All moneys transferred to the California YMCA
Youth and Government Fund pursuant to Section 18736, upon
appropriation by the Legislature, shall be allocated as follows:

(1) To the Franchise Tax Board, the Controller, and the State
Department of Education for reimbursement of all costs incurred
by the Franchise Tax Board, the Controller, and the State
Department of Education in connection with their duties under
this article.

(2) The balance to the State Department of Education for
distribution as follows:

(A) If the California YMCA Youth and Government Fund
collects contributions of less than three hundred thousand dollars
($300,000), all funds shall be distributed to the California YMCA
Youth and Government Program.

(B) If the California YMCA Youth and Government Fund
collects begin delete donations end delete begin insert contributions end insert in excess of three hundred
thousand dollars ($300,000), the balance of the fund shall be
distributed as follows:

(i) To provide an annual grant of ten thousand dollars ($10,000)
to each of the following nonprofit civic youth organizations in
order to operate civic education and mock legislative programs:

(I) African American Leaders for Tomorrow Program.

(II) Asian Pacific Youth Leadership Project.

(III) Chicano Latino Youth Leadership Project.

(ii) (I) All remaining funds shall be distributed to the California
YMCA Youth and Government Program.

(II) The California YMCA Youth and Government Board of
Directors may award additional nonprofit civic youth organizations
a grant of up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) each in order to
operate civic education and mock legislative programs. Grants
shall be administered by the California YMCA Youth and
Government Board of Directors, who shall be responsible for
developing criteria, evaluating applications, and awarding grants
to eligible organizations.

(b) All moneys allocated pursuant to subdivision (a) begin delete of this
section end delete may be carried over from the year in which they were
received.

(c) Funds distributed to the California YMCA Youth and
Government Program, the African American Leaders for Tomorrow
Program, the Asian Pacific Youth Leadership Project, the Chicano
Latino Youth Leadership Project, and any other nonprofit civic
youth organizations awarded a grant pursuant to clause (i) of
subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) shall be used
to support program participation by underserved students and for
direct program-related expenses.

(d) The funds distributed to the California YMCA Youth and
Government Program by the State Department of Education shall
be used exclusively for program-related expenses.

SEC. 188.  

Section 23685 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

23685.  

(a) (1) For taxable years beginning on or after January
1, 2011, there shall be allowed to a qualified taxpayer a credit
against the “tax,” as defined in Section 23036, in an amount equal
to the applicable percentage, as specified in paragraph (4), of the
qualified expenditures for the production of a qualified motion
picture in California.

(2) The credit shall be allowed for the taxable year in which the
California Film Commission issues the credit certificate pursuant
to subdivision (g) for the qualified motion picture, and shall be for
the applicable percentage of all qualified expenditures paid or
incurred by the qualified taxpayer in all taxable years for that
qualified motion picture.

(3) The amount of the credit allowed to a qualified taxpayer
shall be limited to the amount specified in the credit certificate
issued to the qualified taxpayer by the California Film Commission
pursuant to subdivision (g).

(4) For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), the applicable
percentage shall be:

(A) Twenty percent of the qualified expenditures attributable
to the production of a qualified motion picture in California.

(B) Twenty-five percent of the qualified expenditures
attributable to the production of a qualified motion picture in
California where the qualified motion picture is a television series
that relocated to California or an independent film.

(b) For purposes of this section:

(1) “Ancillary product” means any article for sale to the public
that contains a portion of, or any element of, the qualified motion
picture.

(2) “Budget” means an estimate of all expenses paid or incurred
during the production period of a qualified motion picture. It shall
be the same budget used by the qualified taxpayer and production
company for all qualified motion picture purposes.

(3) “Clip use” means a use of any portion of a motion picture,
other than the qualified motion picture, used in the qualified motion
picture.

(4) “Credit certificate” means the certificate issued by the
California Film Commission pursuant to subparagraph (C) of
paragraph (2) of subdivision (g).

(5) (A) “Employee fringe benefits” means the amount allowable
as a deduction under this part to the qualified taxpayer involved
in the production of the qualified motion picture, exclusive of any
amounts contributed by employees, for any year during the
production period with respect to any of the following:

(i) Employer contributions under any pension, profit-sharing,
annuity, or similar plan.

(ii) Employer-provided coverage under any accident or health
plan for employees.

(iii) The employer’s cost of life or disability insurance provided
to employees.

(B) Any amount treated as wages under clause (i) of
subparagraph (A) of paragraph (18) shall not be taken into account
under this paragraph.

(6) “Independent film” means a motion picture with a minimum
budget of one million dollars ($1,000,000) and a maximum budget
of ten million dollars ($10,000,000) that is produced by a company
that is not publicly traded and publicly traded companies do not
own, directly or indirectly, more than 25 percent of the producing
company.

(7) “Licensing” means any grant of rights to distribute the
qualified motion picture, in whole or in part.

(8) “New use” means any use of a motion picture in a medium
other than the medium for which it was initially created.

(9) (A) “Postproduction” means the final activities in a qualified
motion picture’s production, including editing, foley recording,
automatic dialogue replacement, sound editing, scoring and music
editing, beginning and end credits, negative cutting, negative
processing and duplication, the addition of sound and visual effects,
soundmixing, film-to-tape transfers, encoding, and color correction.

(B) “Postproduction” does not include the manufacture or
shipping of release prints.

(10) “Preproduction” means the process of preparation for actual
physical production which begins after a qualified motion picture
has received a firm agreement of financial commitment, or is
greenlit, with, for example, the establishment of a dedicated
production office, the hiring of key crew members, and includes,
but is not limited to, activities that include location scouting and
execution of contracts with vendors of equipment and stage space.

(11) “Principal photography” means the phase of production
during which the motion picture is actually shot, as distinguished
from preproduction and postproduction.

(12) “Production period” means the period beginning with
preproduction and ending upon completion of postproduction.

(13) “Qualified entity” means a personal service corporation as
defined in Section 269A(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, a
payroll services corporation, or any entity receiving qualified wages
with respect to services performed by a qualified individual.

(14) (A) “Qualified individual” means any individual who
performs services during the production period in an activity related
to the production of a qualified motion picture.

(B) “Qualified individual” shall not include either of the
following:

(i) Any individual related to the qualified taxpayer as described
in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of Section 51(i)(1) of the Internal
Revenue Code.

(ii) Any 5-percent owner, as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B) of
the Internal Revenue Code, of the qualified taxpayer.

(15) (A) “Qualified motion picture” means a motion picture
that is produced for distribution to the general public, regardless
of medium begin insert , end insert that is one of the following:

(i) A feature with a minimum production budget of one million
dollars ($1,000,000) and a maximum production budget of
seventy-five million dollars ($75,000,000).

(ii) A movie of the week or miniseries with a minimum
production budget of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000).

(iii) A new television series produced in California with a
minimum production budget of one million dollars ($1,000,000)
licensed for original distribution on basic cable.

(iv) An independent film.

(v) A television series that relocated to California.

(B) To qualify as a “qualified motion picture,” all of the
following conditions shall be satisfied:

(i) At least 75 percent of the production days occur wholly in
California or 75 percent of the production budget is incurred for
payment for services performed within the state and the purchase
or rental of property used within the state.

(ii) Production of the qualified motion picture is completed
within 30 months from the date on which the qualified taxpayer’s
application is approved by the California Film Commission. For
purposes of this section, a qualified motion picture is “completed”
when the process of postproduction has been finished.

(iii) The copyright for the motion picture is registered with the
United States Copyright Office pursuant to Title 17 of the United
States Code.

(iv) Principal photography of the qualified motion picture
commences after the date on which the application is approved by
the California Film Commission, but no later than 180 days after
the date of that approval.

(C) For the purposes of subparagraph (A), in computing the
total wages paid or incurred for the production of a qualified
motion picture, all amounts paid or incurred by all persons or
entities that share in the costs of the qualified motion picture shall
be aggregated.

(D) “Qualified motion picture” shall not include commercial
advertising, music videos, a motion picture produced for private
noncommercial use, such as weddings, graduations, or as part of
an educational course and made by students, a news program,
current events or public events program, talk show, game show,
sporting event or activity, awards show, telethon or other
production that solicits funds, reality television program, clip-based
programming if more than 50 percent of the content is comprised
of licensed footage, documentaries, variety programs, daytime
dramas, strip shows, one-half hour (air time) episodic television
shows, or any production that falls within the recordkeeping
requirements of Section 2257 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

(16) “Qualified expenditures” means amounts paid or incurred
to purchase or lease tangible personal property used within this
state in the production of a qualified motion picture and payments,
including qualified wages, for services performed within this state
in the production of a qualified motion picture.

(17) (A) “Qualified taxpayer” means a taxpayer who has paid
or incurred qualified expenditures and has been issued a credit
certificate by the California Film Commission pursuant to
subdivision (g).

(B) (i) In the case of any pass-thru entity, the determination of
whether a taxpayer is a qualified taxpayer under this section shall
be made at the entity level and any credit under this section is not
allowed to the pass-thru entity, but shall be passed through to the
partners or shareholders in accordance with applicable provisions
of Part 10 (commencing with Section 17001) or Part 11
(commencing with Section 23001). For purposes of this paragraph,
“pass-thru entity” means any entity taxed as a partnership or “S”
corporation.

(ii) In the case of an “S” corporation, the credit allowed under
this section shall not be used by an “S” corporation as a credit
against a tax imposed under Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section
23800) of Part 11 of Division 2.

(18) (A) “Qualified wages” means all of the following:

(i) Any wages subject to withholding under Division 6
(commencing with Section 13000) of the Unemployment Insurance
Code that were paid or incurred by any taxpayer involved in the
production of a qualified motion picture with respect to a qualified
individual for services performed on the qualified motion picture
production within this state.

(ii) The portion of any employee fringe benefits paid or incurred
by any taxpayer involved in the production of the qualified motion
picture that are properly allocable to qualified wage amounts
described in clause (i).

(iii) Any payments made to a qualified entity for services
performed in this state by qualified individuals within the meaning
of paragraph (14).

(iv) Remuneration paid to an independent contractor who is a
qualified individual for services performed within this state by that
qualified individual.

(B) “Qualified wages” shall not include any of the following:

(i) Expenses, including wages, related to new use, reuse, clip
use, licensing, secondary markets, or residual compensation, or
the creation of any ancillary product, including, but not limited to,
a soundtrack album, toy, game, trailer, or teaser.

(ii) Expenses, including wages, paid or incurred with respect to
acquisition, development, turnaround, or any rights thereto.

(iii) Expenses, including wages, related to financing, overhead,
marketing, promotion, or distribution of a qualified motion picture.

(iv) Expenses, including wages, paid per person per qualified
motion picture for writers, directors, music directors, music
composers, music supervisors, producers, and performers, other
than background actors with no scripted lines.

(19) “Residual compensation” means supplemental
compensation paid at the time that a motion picture is exhibited
through new use, reuse, clip use, or in secondary markets, as
distinguished from payments made during production.

(20) “Reuse” means any use of a qualified motion picture in the
same medium for which it was created, following the initial use
in that medium.

(21) “Secondary markets” means media in which a qualified
motion picture is exhibited following the initial media in which it
is exhibited.

(22) “Television series that relocated to California” means a
television series, without regard to episode length or initial media
exhibition, that filmed all of its prior season or seasons outside of
California and for which the taxpayer certifies that the credit
provided pursuant to this section is the primary reason for
relocating to California.

(c) (1) Notwithstanding subdivision (i) of Section 23036, in
the case where the credit allowed by this section exceeds the
taxpayer’s tax liability computed under this part, a qualified
taxpayer may elect to assign any portion of the credit allowed
under this section to one or more affiliated corporations for each
taxable year in which the credit is allowed. For purposes of this
subdivision, “affiliated corporation” has the meaning provided in
subdivision (b) of Section 25110, as that section was amended by
Chapter 881 of the Statutes of 1993, as of the last day of the taxable
year in which the credit is allowed, except that “100 percent” is
substituted for “more than 50 percent” wherever it appears in the
section, and “voting common stock” is substituted for “voting
stock” wherever it appears in the section.

(2) The election provided in paragraph (1):

(A) May be based on any method selected by the qualified
taxpayer that originally receives the credit.

(B) Shall be irrevocable for the taxable year the credit is allowed,
once made.

(C) May be changed for any subsequent taxable year if the
election to make the assignment is expressly shown on each of the
returns of the qualified taxpayer and the qualified taxpayer’s
affiliated corporations that assign and receive the credits.

(D) Shall be reported to the Franchise Tax Board, in the form
and manner specified by the Franchise Tax Board, along with all
required information regarding the assignment of the credit,
including the corporation number, the federal employer
identification number, or other taxpayer identification number of
the assignee, and the amount of the credit assigned.

(3) (A) Notwithstanding any other law, a qualified taxpayer
may sell any credit allowed under this section that is attributable
to an independent film, as defined in paragraph (6) of subdivision
(b), to an unrelated party.

(B) The qualified taxpayer shall report to the Franchise Tax
Board prior to the sale of the credit, in the form and manner
specified by the Franchise Tax Board, all required information
regarding the purchase and sale of the credit, including the social
security or other taxpayer identification number of the unrelated
party to whom the credit has been sold, the face amount of the
credit sold, and the amount of consideration received by the
qualified taxpayer for the sale of the credit.

(4) In the case where the credit allowed under this section
exceeds the “tax,” the excess credit may be carried over to reduce
the “tax” in the following taxable year, and succeeding five taxable
years, if necessary, until the credit has been exhausted.

(5) A credit shall not be sold pursuant to this subdivision to
more than one taxpayer, nor may the credit be resold by the
unrelated party to another taxpayer or other party.

(6) A party that has been assigned or acquired tax credits under
this paragraph shall be subject to the requirements of this section.

(7) In no event may a qualified taxpayer assign or sell any tax
credit to the extent the tax credit allowed by this section is claimed
on any tax return of the qualified taxpayer.

(8) In the event that both the taxpayer originally allocated a
credit under this section by the California Film Commission and
a taxpayer to whom the credit has been sold both claim the same
amount of credit on their tax returns, the Franchise Tax Board may
disallow the credit of either taxpayer, so long as the statute of
limitations upon assessment remains open.

(9) Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of
Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code does not apply to
any standard, criterion, procedure, determination, rule, notice, or
guideline established or issued by the Franchise Tax Board
pursuant to this subdivision.

(10) Subdivision (i) of Section 23036 shall not apply to any
credit sold pursuant to this subdivision.

(11) For purposes of this subdivision:

(A) An affiliated corporation or corporations that are assigned
a credit pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be treated as a qualified
taxpayer pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (a).

(B) The unrelated party or parties that purchase a credit pursuant
to paragraph (3) shall be treated as a qualified taxpayer pursuant
to paragraph (1) of subdivision (a).

(d) No credit shall be allowed pursuant to this section unless
the qualified taxpayer provides the following to the California
Film Commission:

(1) Identification of each qualified individual.

(2) The specific start and end dates of production.

(3) The total wages paid.

(4) The amount of qualified wages paid to each qualified
individual.

(5) The copyright registration number, as reflected on the
certificate of registration issued under the authority of Section 410
of Title 17 of the United States Code, relating to registration of
claim and issuance of certificate. The registration number shall be
provided on the return claiming the credit.

(6) The total amounts paid or incurred to purchase or lease
tangible personal property used in the production of a qualified
motion picture.

(7) Information to substantiate its qualified expenditures.

(8) Information required by the California Film Commission
under regulations promulgated pursuant to subdivision (g)
necessary to verify the amount of credit claimed.

(e) The California Film Commission may prescribe rules and
regulations to carry out the purposes of this section including any
rules and regulations necessary to establish procedures, processes,
requirements, and rules identified in or required to implement this
section. The regulations shall include provisions to set aside a
percentage of annual credit allocations for independent films.

(f) If the qualified taxpayer fails to provide the copyright
registration number as required in paragraph (5) of subdivision
(d), the credit shall be disallowed and assessed and collected under
Section 19051 until the procedures are satisfied.

(g) For purposes of this section, the California Film Commission
shall do the following:

(1) On or after July 1, 2009, and before July 1, 2017, allocate
tax credits to applicants.

(A) Establish a procedure for applicants to file with the
California Film Commission a written application, on a form jointly
prescribed by the California Film Commission and the Franchise
Tax Board for the allocation of the tax credit. The application shall
include, but not be limited to, the following information:

(i) The budget for the motion picture production.

(ii) The number of production days.

(iii) A financing plan for the production.

(iv) The diversity of the workforce employed by the applicant,
including, but not limited to, the ethnic and racial makeup of the
individuals employed by the applicant during the production of
the qualified motion picture, to the extent possible.

(v) All members of a combined reporting group, if known at
the time of the application.

(vi) Financial information, if available, including, but not limited
to, the most recently produced balance sheets, annual statements
of profits and losses, audited or unaudited financial statements,
summary budget projections or results, or the functional equivalent
of these documents of a partnership or owner of a single member
limited liability company that is disregarded pursuant to Section
23038. The information provided pursuant to this clause shall be
confidential and shall not be subject to public disclosure.

(vii) The names of all partners in a partnership not publicly
traded or the names of all members of a limited liability company
classified as a partnership not publicly traded for California income
tax purposes that have a financial interest in the applicant’s
qualified motion picture. The information provided pursuant to
this clause shall be confidential and shall not be subject to public
disclosure.

(viii) Detailed narratives, for use only by the Legislative
Analyst’s Office in conducting a study of the effectiveness of this
credit, that describe the extent to which the credit is expected to
influence or affect filming and other business location decisions,
hiring decisions, salary decisions, and any other financial matters
of the applicant.

(ix) Any other information deemed relevant by the California
Film Commission or the Franchise Tax Board.

(B) Establish criteria, consistent with the requirements of this
section, for allocating tax credits.

(C) Determine and designate applicants who meet the
requirements of this section.

(D) Process and approve, or reject, all applications on a
first-come-first-served basis.

(E) Subject to the annual cap established as provided in
subdivision (i), allocate an aggregate amount of credits under this
section and Section 17053.85, and allocate any carryover of
unallocated credits from prior years.

(2) Certify tax credits allocated to qualified taxpayers.

(A) Establish a verification procedure for the amount of qualified
expenditures paid or incurred by the applicant, including, but not
limited to, updates to the information in subparagraph (A) of
paragraph (1) of subdivision (g).

(B) Establish audit requirements that must be satisfied before
a credit certificate may be issued by the California Film
Commission.

(C) (i) Establish a procedure for a qualified taxpayer to report
to the California Film Commission, prior to the issuance of a credit
certificate, the following information:

(I) If readily available, a list of the states, provinces, or other
jurisdictions in which any member of the applicant’s combined
reporting group in the same business unit as the qualified taxpayer
that, in the preceding calendar year, has produced a qualified
motion picture intended for release in the United States market.
For purposes of this clause, “qualified motion picture” shall not
include any episodes of a television series that were complete or
in production prior to July 1, 2009.

(II) Whether a qualified motion picture described in subclause
(I) was awarded any financial incentive by the state, province, or
other jurisdiction that was predicated on the performance of
primary principal photography or postproduction in that location.

(ii) The California Film Commission may provide that the report
required by this subparagraph be filed in a single report provided
on a calendar year basis for those qualified taxpayers that receive
multiple credit certificates in a calendar year.

(D) Issue a credit certificate to a qualified taxpayer upon
completion of the qualified motion picture reflecting the credit
amount allocated after qualified expenditures have been verified
under this section. The amount of credit shown in the credit
certificate shall not exceed the amount of credit allocated to that
qualified taxpayer pursuant to this section.

(3) Obtain, when possible, the following information from
applicants that do not receive an allocation of credit:

(A) Whether the qualified motion picture that was the subject
of the application was completed.

(B) If completed, in which state or foreign jurisdiction was the
primary principal photography completed.

(C) Whether the applicant received any financial incentives
from the state or foreign jurisdiction to make the qualified motion
picture in that location.

(4) Provide the Legislative Analyst’s Office, upon request, any
or all application materials or any other materials received from,
or submitted by, the applicants, in electronic format when available,
including, but not limited to, information provided pursuant to
clauses (i) to (ix), inclusive, of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1).

(5) The information provided to the California Film Commission
pursuant to this section shall constitute confidential tax information
for purposes of Article 2 (commencing with Section 19542) of
Chapter 7 of Part 10.2.

(h) (1) The California Film Commission shall annually provide
the Legislative Analyst’s Office, the Franchise Tax Board, and the
board with a list of qualified taxpayers and the tax credit amounts
allocated to each qualified taxpayer by the California Film
Commission. The list shall include the names and taxpayer
identification numbers, including taxpayer identification numbers
of each partner or shareholder, as applicable, of the qualified
taxpayer.

(2) (A) Notwithstanding paragraph (5) of subdivision (g), the
California Film Commission shall annually post on its Internet
Web site and make available for public release the following:

(i) A table which includes all of the following information: a
list of qualified taxpayers and the tax credit amounts allocated to
each qualified taxpayer by the California Film Commission, the
number of production days in California the qualified taxpayer
represented in its application would occur, the number of California
jobs that the qualified taxpayer represented in its application would
be directly created by the production, and the total amount of
qualified expenditures expected to be spent by the production.

(ii) A narrative staff summary describing the production of the
qualified taxpayer as well as background information regarding
the qualified taxpayer contained in the qualified taxpayer’s
application for the credit.

(B) Nothing in this subdivision shall be construed to make the
information submitted by an applicant for a tax credit under this
section a public record.

(i) (1) The aggregate amount of credits that may be allocated
in any fiscal year pursuant to this section and Section 17053.85
shall be an amount equal to the sum of all of the following:

(A) One hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) in credits for
the 2009-10 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter, through
and including the 2016-17 fiscal year.

(B) The unused allocation credit amount, if any, for the
preceding fiscal year.

(C) The amount of previously allocated credits not certified.

(2) If the amount of credits applied for in any particular fiscal
year exceeds the aggregate amount of tax credits authorized to be
allocated under this section, such excess shall be treated as having
been applied for on the first day of the subsequent fiscal year.
However, credits may not be allocated from a fiscal year other
than the fiscal year in which the credit was originally applied for
or the immediately succeeding fiscal year.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the California Film
Commission shall set aside up to ten million dollars ($10,000,000)
of tax credits each fiscal year for independent films allocated in
accordance with rules and regulations developed pursuant to
subdivision (e).

(4) Any act that reduces the amount that may be allocated
pursuant to paragraph (1) constitutes a change in state taxes for
the purpose of increasing revenues within the meaning of Section
3 of Article XIII A of the California Constitution and may be passed
by not less than two-thirds of all Members elected to each of the
two houses of the Legislature.

(j) The California Film Commission shall have the authority to
allocate tax credits in accordance with this section and in
accordance with any regulations prescribed pursuant to subdivision
(e) upon adoption.

SEC. 189.  

Section 24416.20 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

24416.20.  

Except as provided in Sections 24416.1, 24416.2,
24416.4, 24416.5, 24416.6, and 24416.7, a net operating loss
deduction shall be allowed in computing net income under Section
24341 and shall be determined in accordance with Section 172 of
the Internal Revenue Code, except as otherwise provided.

(a) (1) Net operating losses attributable to taxable years
beginning before January 1, 1987, shall not be allowed.

(2) A net operating loss shall not be carried forward to any
taxable year beginning before January 1, 1987.

(b) (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), the
provisions of Section 172(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code,
relating to amount of carrybacks and carryovers, shall be modified
so that the applicable percentage of the entire amount of the net
operating loss for any taxable year shall be eligible for carryover
to any subsequent taxable year. For purposes of this subdivision,
the applicable percentage shall be:

(A) Fifty percent for any taxable year beginning before January
1, 2000.

(B) Fifty-five percent for any taxable year beginning on or after
January 1, 2000, and before January 1, 2002.

(C) Sixty percent for any taxable year beginning on or after
January 1, 2002, and before January 1, 2004.

(D) One hundred percent for any taxable year beginning on or
after January 1, 2004.

(2) In the case of a taxpayer who has a net operating loss in any
taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, and who
operates a new business during that taxable year, each of the
following shall apply to each loss incurred during the first three
taxable years of operating the new business:

(A) If the net operating loss is equal to or less than the net loss
from the new business, 100 percent of the net operating loss shall
be carried forward as provided in subdivision (e).

(B) If the net operating loss is greater than the net loss from the
new business, the net operating loss shall be carried over as
follows:

(i) With respect to an amount equal to the net loss from the new
business, 100 percent of that amount shall be carried forward as
provided in subdivision (e).

(ii) With respect to the portion of the net operating loss that
exceeds the net loss from the new business, the applicable
percentage of that amount shall be carried forward as provided in
subdivision (d).

(C) For purposes of Section 172(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code, the amount described in clause (ii) of subparagraph (B) shall
be absorbed before the amount described in clause (i) of
subparagraph (B).

(3) In the case of a taxpayer who has a net operating loss in any
taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, and who
operates an eligible small business during that taxable year, each
of the following shall apply:

(A) If the net operating loss is equal to or less than the net loss
from the eligible small business, 100 percent of the net operating
loss shall be carried forward to the taxable years specified in
paragraph (1) of subdivision (e).

(B) If the net operating loss is greater than the net loss from the
eligible small business, the net operating loss shall be carried over
as follows:

(i) With respect to an amount equal to the net loss from the
eligible small business, 100 percent of that amount shall be carried
forward as provided in subdivision (e).

(ii) With respect to that portion of the net operating loss that
exceeds the net loss from the eligible small business, the applicable
percentage of that amount shall be carried forward as provided in
subdivision (e).

(C) For purposes of Section 172(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code, the amount described in clause (ii) of subparagraph (B) shall
be absorbed before the amount described in clause (i) of
subparagraph (B).

(4) In the case of a taxpayer who has a net operating loss in a
taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, and who
operates a business that qualifies as both a new business and an
eligible small business under this section, that business shall be
treated as a new business for the first three taxable years of the
new business.

(5) In the case of a taxpayer who has a net operating loss in a
taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, and who
operates more than one business, and more than one of those
businesses qualifies as either a new business or an eligible small
business under this section, paragraph (2) shall be applied first,
except that if there is any remaining portion of the net operating
loss after application of clause (i) of subparagraph (B) of paragraph
(2), paragraph (3) shall be applied to the remaining portion of the
net operating loss as though that remaining portion of the net
operating loss constituted the entire net operating loss.

(6) For purposes of this section, “net loss” means the amount
of net loss after application of Sections 465 and 469 of the Internal
Revenue Code.

(c) For any taxable year in which the taxpayer has in effect a
water’s-edge election under Section 25110, the deduction of a net
operating loss carryover shall be denied to the extent that the net
operating loss carryover was determined by taking into account
the income and factors of an affiliated corporation in a combined
report whose income and apportionment factors would not have
been taken into account if a water’s-edge election under Section
25110 had been in effect for the taxable year in which the loss was
incurred.

(d) Section 172(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
years to which the loss may be carried, is modified as follows:

(1) Net operating loss carrybacks shall not be allowed for any
net operating losses attributable to taxable years beginning before
January 1, 2013.

(2) A net operating loss attributable to taxable years beginning
on or after January 1, 2013, shall be a net operating loss carryback
to each of the two taxable years preceding the taxable year of the
loss in lieu of the number of years provided therein.

(A) For a net operating loss attributable to a taxable year
beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and before January 1, 2014,
the amount of carryback to any taxable year shall not exceed 50
percent of the net operating loss.

(B) For a net operating loss attributable to a taxable year
beginning on or after January 1, 2014, and before January 1, 2015,
the amount of carryback to any taxable year shall not exceed 75
percent of the net operating loss.

(C) For a net operating loss attributable to a taxable year
beginning on or after January 1, 2015, the amount of carryback to
any taxable year shall not exceed 100 percent of the net operating
loss.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), Section 172(b)(1)(B) of the
Internal Revenue Code, relating to special rules for begin delete REITs end delete begin insert REIT’s end insert ,
and Section 172(b)(1)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating
to excess interest loss, and Section 172(h) of the Internal Revenue
Code, relating to corporate equity reduction interest losses, shall
apply as provided.

(4) A net operating loss carryback shall not be carried back to
any taxable year beginning before January 1, 2011.

(e) (1) (A) For a net operating loss for any taxable year
beginning on or after January 1, 1987, and before January 1, 2000,
Section 172(b)(1)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code is modified
to substitute “five taxable years” in lieu of “20 years” except as
otherwise provided in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4).

(B) For a net operating loss for any income year beginning on
or after January 1, 2000, and before January 1, 2008, Section
172(b)(1)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code is modified to
substitute “10 taxable years” in lieu of “20 taxable years.”

(2) For any income year beginning before January 1, 2000, in
the case of a “new business,” the “five taxable years” referred to
in paragraph (1) shall be modified to read as follows:

(A) “Eight taxable years” for a net operating loss attributable
to the first taxable year of that new business.

(B) “Seven taxable years” for a net operating loss attributable
to the second taxable year of that new business.

(C) “Six taxable years” for a net operating loss attributable to
the third taxable year of that new business.

(3) For any carryover of a net operating loss for which a
deduction is denied by Section 24416.3, the carryover period
specified in this subdivision shall be extended as follows:

(A) By one year for a net operating loss attributable to taxable
years beginning in 1991.

(B) By two years for a net operating loss attributable to taxable
years beginning prior to January 1, 1991.

(4) The net operating loss attributable to taxable years beginning
on or after January 1, 1987, and before January 1, 1994, shall be
a net operating loss carryover to each of the 10 taxable years
following the year of the loss if it is incurred by a corporation that
was either of the following:

(A) Under the jurisdiction of the court in a Title 11 or similar
case at any time prior to January 1, 1994. The loss carryover
provided in the preceding sentence shall not apply to any loss
incurred in an income year after the taxable year during which the
corporation is no longer under the jurisdiction of the court in a
Title 11 or similar case.

(B) In receipt of assets acquired in a transaction that qualifies
as a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(G) of the
Internal Revenue Code.

(f) For purposes of this section:

(1) “Eligible small business” means any trade or business that
has gross receipts, less returns and allowances, of less than one
million dollars ($1,000,000) during the income year.

(2) Except as provided in subdivision (g), “new business” means
any trade or business activity that is first commenced in this state
on or after January 1, 1994.

(3) “Title 11 or similar case” shall have the same meaning as
in Section 368(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(4) In the case of any trade or business activity conducted by a
partnership or an “S” corporation, paragraphs (1) and (2) shall be
applied to the partnership or “S” corporation.

(g) For purposes of this section, in determining whether a trade
or business activity qualifies as a new business under paragraph
(2) of subdivision (e), the following rules shall apply:

(1) In any case where a taxpayer purchases or otherwise acquires
all or any portion of the assets of an existing trade or business
(irrespective of the form of entity) that is doing business in this
state (within the meaning of Section 23101), the trade or business
thereafter conducted by the taxpayer (or any related person) shall
not be treated as a new business if the aggregate fair market value
of the acquired assets (including real, personal, tangible, and
intangible property) used by the taxpayer (or any related person)
in the conduct of its trade or business exceeds 20 percent of the
aggregate fair market value of the total assets of the trade or
business being conducted by the taxpayer (or any related person).
For purposes of this paragraph only, the following rules shall apply:

(A) The determination of the relative fair market values of the
acquired assets and the total assets shall be made as of the last day
of the first taxable year in which the taxpayer (or any related
person) first uses any of the acquired trade or business assets in
its business activity.

(B) Any acquired assets that constituted property described in
Section 1221(1) of the Internal Revenue Code in the hands of the
transferor shall not be treated as assets acquired from an existing
trade or business, unless those assets also constitute property
described in Section 1221(1) of the Internal Revenue Code in the
hands of the acquiring taxpayer (or related person).

(2) In any case where a taxpayer (or any related person) is
engaged in one or more trade or business activities in this state, or
has been engaged in one or more trade or business activities in this
state within the preceding 36 months (“prior trade or business
activity”), and thereafter commences an additional trade or business
activity in this state, the additional trade or business activity shall
only be treated as a new business if the additional trade or business
activity is classified under a different division of the Standard
Industrial Classification (SIC) Manual published by the United
States Office of Management and Budget, 1987 edition, than are
any of the taxpayer’s (or any related person’s) current or prior
trade or business activities.

(3) In any case where a taxpayer, including all related persons,
is engaged in trade or business activities wholly outside of this
state and the taxpayer first commences doing business in this state
(within the meaning of Section 23101) after December 31, 1993
(other than by purchase or other acquisition described in paragraph
(1)), the trade or business activity shall be treated as a new business
under paragraph (2) of subdivision (e).

(4) In any case where the legal form under which a trade or
business activity is being conducted is changed, the change in form
shall be disregarded and the determination of whether the trade or
business activity is a new business shall be made by treating the
taxpayer as having purchased or otherwise acquired all or any
portion of the assets of an existing trade or business under the rules
of paragraph (1) begin delete of this subdivision end delete .

(5) “Related person” shall mean any person that is related to
the taxpayer under either Section 267 or 318 of the Internal
Revenue Code.

(6) “Acquire” shall include any transfer, whether or not for
consideration.

(7) (A) For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 1997,
the term “new business” shall include any taxpayer that is engaged
in biopharmaceutical activities or other biotechnology activities
that are described in Codes 2833 to 2836, inclusive, of the Standard
Industrial Classification (SIC) Manual published by the United
States Office of Management and Budget, 1987 edition, and as
further amended, and that has not received regulatory approval for
any product from the begin delete United States end delete Food and Drug Administration.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph:

(i) “Biopharmaceutical activities” means those activities that
use organisms or materials derived from organisms, and their
cellular, subcellular, or molecular components, in order to provide
pharmaceutical products for human or animal therapeutics and
diagnostics. Biopharmaceutical activities make use of living
organisms to make commercial products, as opposed to
pharmaceutical activities that make use of chemical compounds
to produce commercial products.

(ii) “Other biotechnology activities” means activities consisting
of the application of recombinant DNA technology to produce
commercial products, as well as activities regarding pharmaceutical
delivery systems designed to provide a measure of control over
the rate, duration, and site of pharmaceutical delivery.

(h) For purposes of corporations whose net income is determined
under Chapter 17 (commencing with Section 25101), Section
25108 shall apply to each of the following:

(1) The amount of net operating loss incurred in any taxable
year that may be carried forward to another taxable year.

(2) The amount of any loss carry forward that may be deducted
in any taxable year.

(i) The provisions of Section 172(b)(1)(D) of the Internal
Revenue Code, relating to bad debt losses of commercial banks,
shall not be applicable.

(j) The Franchise Tax Board may prescribe appropriate
regulations to carry out the purposes of this section, including any
regulations necessary to prevent the avoidance of the purposes of
this section through begin delete splitups end delete begin insert split-ups end insert , shell corporations,
partnerships, tiered ownership structures, or otherwise.

(k) The Franchise Tax Board may reclassify any net operating
loss carryover determined under either paragraph (2) or (3) of
subdivision (b) as a net operating loss carryover under paragraph
(1) of subdivision (b) upon a showing that the reclassification is
necessary to prevent evasion of the purposes of this section.

(l) Except as otherwise provided, the amendments made by
Chapter 107 of the Statutes of 2000 shall apply to net operating
losses for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2000.

SEC. 190.  

Section 24900 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended and renumbered to read:

begin delete 24900. end delete
begin insert 24452. end insert   

(a) The Franchise Tax Board may include in the gross
income of the taxpayer (or a member of the taxpayer’s combined
reporting group) in that taxable year the taxpayer’s pro rata share
(or the pro rata share of a member of the taxpayer’s combined
reporting group) of any of those insurers’ current earnings and
profits in that taxable year, but not to exceed an amount equal to
the specific insurer’s net income attributable to investment income
for that year minus that insurer’s net written premiums received
in that same taxable year, if all of the following apply:

(1) For any taxable year an insurer is a member of a taxpayer’s
commonly controlled group.

(2) The ratio of the five-year average net written premiums to
the five-year average total income of all insurers in the commonly
controlled group is equal to or less than 0.10 (or, for taxable years
beginning on or after January 1, 2008, 0.15).

(3) The accumulation of earnings and profits of the insurers in
the commonly controlled group had a substantial purpose of
avoidance of taxes on, according to, or measured by income, of
this state or any other state.

The amount so included shall be treated as a dividend received
from an insurance company during the taxable year, and to the
extent applicable, Section 24410 shall apply to that amount.

(b) If the insurer members of the commonly controlled group
constitute a predominantly captive insurance group (as defined in
paragraph (6) of subdivision (e)), then the ratio described in
subdivision (a) shall be 0.40.

(c) To the extent that amounts are included in the gross income
of a taxpayer (or a member of the taxpayer’s combined reporting
group) pursuant to subdivision (a), those amounts shall not again
be considered as investment income in the application of the ratio
described in paragraph (2) of subdivision (a).

(d) The amounts included in gross income under subdivision
(a) shall not again be included in gross income when subsequent
distributions are made to the taxpayer (or a member of the
taxpayer’s combined reporting group), or another taxpayer that
acquires an interest in the stock of the taxpayer (or a member of
the taxpayer’s combined reporting group with respect to which
subdivision (a) was applied), or any successor or assign of the
respective taxpayers (or a member of the taxpayer’s combined
reporting group) described in this subdivision. For purposes of
applying this subdivision, distributions from an insurer shall be
considered first made from amounts included under subdivision
(a).

(e) For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall
apply:

(1) Except as otherwise provided, the phrases “net written
premiums,” “five-year average net written premiums” and the
“five-year average total income” shall each have the same meaning,
respectively, as applicable for purposes of subdivision (c) of
Section 24410, whether or not a dividend is actually received from
any insurer member of the taxpayer’s commonly controlled group
in that taxable year.

(2) “Net income attributable to investment income” means net
income of the insurer multiplied by a ratio, the numerator of which
is the insurer’s gross investment income from interest, dividends
(other than dividends from members of the taxpayer’s commonly
controlled group), rent, and realized gains or losses, and the
denominator of which is the insurer’s gross income (other than
dividends from members of the taxpayer’s commonly controlled
group) from all sources. In the application of the preceding
sentence, if an insurer is required to file a Statutory Annual
Statement pursuant to the Annual Statement Instructions and
Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual promulgated by the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners, “net income”
means net income required to be reported in the insurer’s Statutory
Annual Statement.

(3) An insurer is any insurer within the meaning of Section 28
of Article XIII of the California Constitution, whether or not the
insurer is engaged in business in California.

(4) The phrase “commonly controlled group” shall have the
same meaning as that phrase has under Section 25105.

(5) The phrase “combined reporting group” means those
corporations whose income is required to be included in the same
combined report pursuant to Section 25101 or 25110.

(6) A “predominantly captive insurance group” means the
insurer members of a commonly controlled group where the
insurers receive more than 50 percent of their net written premiums
(without regard to the weighting factors in paragraph (1) of
subdivision (e) of Section 24410) from members of the commonly
controlled group or the ratios in clause (i) or clause (ii) of
subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of Section
24410 is greater than 50 percent. The provisions of paragraph (4)
of subdivision (d) of Section 24410 shall apply for purposes of
this paragraph.

(7) (A) The taxpayer’s “pro rata share” of the current earnings
and profits of an insurer member of a commonly controlled group
is the amount that would have been received as a dividend by the
taxpayer (or a member of the taxpayer’s combined reporting group)
if both of the following apply:

(i) The insurer had directly distributed its current earnings and
profits with respect to its stock held by the taxpayer (or member
of the taxpayer’s combined reporting group).

(ii) In the case of an insurer holding the stock of another insurer,
all other insurer members of the taxpayer’s commonly controlled
group had distributed the same current earnings and profits with
respect to their stock, in the same taxable year, until amounts were
received as a dividend by the taxpayer (or a member of the
taxpayer’s combined reporting group) from an insurer member of
the commonly controlled group.

(B) In the application of this section, amounts treated as a
dividend received by a partnership shall be considered a dividend
received by each partner that is a member of the commonly
controlled group, either directly or through a series of tiered
partnerships.

(f) The Franchise Tax Board may prescribe those regulations
that are appropriate to describe conditions under which the
accumulation of earnings and profits of those insurers described
in paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) do not have the substantial
purpose of avoidance of taxes on, according to, or measured by
income, of this state or any other state.

(g) If this section or any portion of this section is held invalid,
or the application of this section to any person or circumstance is
held invalid, that invalidity shall not affect other provisions of the
act adding this section, or the provisions of this section that are
severable.

SEC. 191.  

Section 1755 of the Unemployment Insurance Code
is amended to read:

1755.  

(a) If any person or employing unit is delinquent in the
payment of any contributions, penalties, or interest provided for
in this division, the director may, not later than three years after
the payment became delinquent or within 10 years after the last
entry of a judgment under Article 5 (commencing with Section
1815) or within 10 years after the last recording or filing of a notice
of state tax lien under Section 7171 of the Government Code,
collect the delinquency or enforce any liens by levy served either
personally or by first-class mail, to all persons having in their
possession or under their control any credits or personal property
belonging to the delinquent person or employing unit, or owing
any debts to the person or employing unit at the time of the receipt
of the notice of levy or coming into their possession or under their
control for the period of one year from the time of receipt of the
notice of levy. Any person upon whom a levy has been served
having in his or her possession or under his or her control any
credits or personal property belonging to the delinquent person or
employing unit or owing any debts to the person or employing
unit at the time of the receipt of the levy or coming into his or her
possession or under his or her control for the period of one year
from the time of receipt of the notice of levy, shall surrender the
credits or personal property to the director or pay to the director
the amount of any debt owing the delinquent employer within five
days of service of the levy, and shall surrender the credits or
personal property, or the amount of any debt owing to the
delinquent employer coming into his or her possession or under
his or her control within one year of receipt of the notice of levy
within five days of the date of coming into possession or control
of the credits or personal property, or the amount of any debt owing
to the delinquent employer is incurred. Any person in possession
of any credits or personal property or owing any debts to the
delinquent person or employing unit who surrenders the credits or
personal property or pays the debts owing the delinquent person
or employing unit shall be discharged from any obligation or
liability to the delinquent person or employing unit with respect
to the credits or personal property surrendered or debts paid to the
director.

(b) (1) If the levy is made on a deposit or credits or personal
property in the possession or under the control of a financial
institution begin insert , end insert the notice of levy shall be served on that financial
institution at the same location as legal process is required to be
served pursuant to Section 684.115 of the Code of Civil Procedure,
and the levy will apply to all credits or personal property in the
deposit account only at the time that notice of levy is received by
the financial institution.

(2) For purposes of this section:

(A) “Deposit account” has the same meaning as in paragraph
(29) of subdivision (a) of Section 9102 of the Commercial Code.

(B) “Financial institution” has the same meaning as in Section
481.113 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(C) “Legal process” has the same meaning as in Section 482.070
of the Code of Civil Procedure.

SEC. 192.  

Section 14211 of the Unemployment Insurance
Code is amended to read:

14211.  

(a) (1) Beginning program year 2012, an amount equal
to at least 25 percent of funds available under Title I of the federal
Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (Public Law 105-220) provided
to local workforce investment boards for adults and dislocated
workers shall be spent on workforce training programs. This
minimum may be met either by spending 25 percent of those base
formula funds on training or by combining a portion of those base
formula funds with leveraged funds as specified in subdivision
(b).

(2) Beginning program year 2016, an amount equal to at least
30 percent of funds available under Title I of the federal Workforce
Investment Act of 1998 (Public Law 105-220) provided to local
workforce investment boards for adults and dislocated workers
shall be spent on workforce training programs. This minimum may
be met either by spending 30 percent of those base formula funds
on training or by combining a portion of those base formula funds
with leveraged funds as specified in subdivision (b).

(3) Expenditures that shall count toward the minimum
percentage of funds shall include only training services as defined
in Section 2864(d)(4)(D) of Title 29 of the United States Code and
Sections 663.300 and 663.508 of Title 20 of the Code of Federal
Regulations, including all of the following:

(A) Occupational skills training, including training for
nontraditional employment.

(B) On-the-job training.

(C) Programs that combine workplace training with related
instruction, which may include cooperative education programs.

(D) Training programs operated by the private sector.

(E) Skill upgrading and retraining.

(F) Entrepreneurial training.

(G) Job readiness training.

(H) Adult education and literacy activities provided in
combination with services described in any of subparagraphs (A)
to (G), inclusive.

(I) Customized training conducted with a commitment by an
employer or group of employers to employ an individual upon
successful completion of the training.

(b) (1) Local workforce investment boards may receive a credit
of up to 10 percent of their adult and dislocated worker formula
fund base allocations for public education and training funds and
private resources from industry and from joint labor-management
trusts that are leveraged by a local workforce investment board
for training services described in paragraph (3) of subdivision (a).
This credit may be applied toward the minimum training
requirements in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (a).

(A) Leveraged funds that may be applied toward the credit
allowed by this subdivision shall only include the following:

(i) Federal Pell Grants established under Title IV of the begin insert federal end insert
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. Sec. 1070 et seq.).

(ii) Programs authorized by the begin insert federal end insert Workforce Investment
Act of 1998 (Public Law 105-220).

(iii) Trade adjustment assistance.

(iv) Department of Labor National Emergency Grants.

(v) Match funds from employers, industry, and industry
associations.

(vi) Match funds from joint labor-management trusts.

(vii) Employment training panel grants.

(B) Credit for leveraged funds shall only be given if the local
workforce investment board keeps records of all training
expenditures it chooses to apply to the credit. Training expenditures
may only be applied to the credit if the relevant training costs can
be independently verified by the Employment Development
Department and training participants must be coenrolled in the
federal Workforce Investment Act of 1998 performance monitoring
system.

(2) The use of leveraged funds to partially meet the training
requirements specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision
(a) is the prerogative of a local workforce investment board. Costs
arising from the recordkeeping required to demonstrate compliance
with the leveraging requirements of this subdivision are the
responsibility of the board.

(c) Beginning program year 2012, the Employment Development
Department shall calculate for each local workforce investment
board, within six months after the end of the second program year
of the two-year period of availability for expenditure of federal
Workforce Investment Act of 1998 funds, whether the local
workforce investment board met the requirements of subdivision
(a). The Employment Development Department shall provide to
each local workforce investment board its individual calculations
with respect to the expenditure requirements of subdivision (a).

(d) A local workforce investment area that does not meet the
requirements of subdivision (a) shall submit a corrective action
plan to the Employment Development Department that provides
reasons for not meeting the requirements and describes actions
taken to address the identified expenditure deficiencies. A local
workforce investment area shall provide a corrective action plan
to the Employment Development Department pursuant to this
section within 90 days of receiving the calculations described in
subdivision (c).

(e) For the purpose of this section, “program year” has the same
meaning as provided in Section 667.100 of Title 20 of the Code
of Federal Regulations.

SEC. 193.  

Section 11205 of the Vehicle Code, as amended by
Section 456 of Chapter 931 of the Statutes of 1998, is amended to
read:

11205.  

(a) The department shall publish semiannually, or more
often as necessary to serve the purposes of this act, a list of all
traffic violator schools which are licensed pursuant to this section.
The list shall identify classroom facilities within a judicial district
that are at a different location from a licensed school’s principal
facility. The department shall transmit the list to each municipal
court and to each superior court in a county in which there is no
municipal court, with a sufficient number of copies to allow the
courts to provide one copy to each person referred to a licensed
traffic violator school. The department shall, at least semiannually,
revise the list to ensure that each court has a current list of all
licensed traffic violator schools.

(b) Each licensed traffic violator school owner shall be permitted
one school name per judicial district.

(c) The referral list shall be organized alphabetically, in sections
for each county, and contain subsections for each judicial district
within the county. The order of the names within each judicial
district shall be random pursuant to a drawing or lottery conducted
by the department.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in subdivision (d) of Section
42005, the court shall use either the current referral list of traffic
violator schools published by the department when it orders a
person to complete a traffic violator school pursuant to subdivision
(a) or (b) of Section 42005 or, when a court utilizing a nonprofit
agency for traffic violator school administration and monitoring
services in which all traffic violator schools licensed by the
department are allowed the opportunity to participate, a statewide
referral list may be published by the nonprofit agency and
distributed by the court. The agency shall monitor each classroom
location situated within the judicial districts in which that agency
provides services to the courts and is represented on its referral
list. The monitoring shall occur at least once every 90 days with
reports forwarded to the department and the respective courts on
a monthly basis.

(e) The court may charge a traffic violator a fee to defray the
costs incurred by the agency for the monitoring reports and services
provided to the court. The court may delegate collection of the fee
to the agency. Fees shall be approved and regulated by the court.
Until December 31, 1996, the fee shall not exceed the actual cost
incurred by the agency or five dollars ($5), whichever is less.

begin delete

(f) If any provision of subdivision (d) or (e) of Section 11205,
as added by Section 4 of Assembly Bill 185 of the 1991-92 Regular
Session, or the application thereof to any person, is held to be
unconstitutional, that Section 11205 is repealed on the date the
decision of the court so holding becomes final, and on that date,
this section shall become operative.

end delete

SEC. 194.  

Section 12804.11 of the Vehicle Code is amended
to read:

12804.11.  

(a) To operate firefighting equipment, a driver,
including a tiller operator, is required to do either of the following:

(1) Obtain and maintain a firefighter endorsement issued by the
department and obtain and maintain a class C license as described
in Section 12804.9, a restricted class A license as described in
Section 12804.12, or a noncommercial class B license as described
in Section 12804.10.

(2) Obtain and maintain a class A or B license as described in
Section 12804.9 begin delete , end delete and, as appropriate, for the size and configuration
of the firefighting equipment operated.

(b) To qualify for a firefighter endorsement the driver shall do
all of the following:

(1) (A) Provide to the department proof of current employment
as a firefighter or registration as a volunteer firefighter with a fire
department and evidence of fire equipment operation training by
providing a letter begin delete , end delete or other indication begin delete , end delete from the chief of the fire
department begin delete , end delete or his or her designee.

(B) For purposes of this section, evidence of fire equipment
operation training means the applicant has successfully completed
Fire Apparatus Driver/Operator 1A taught by an instructor
registered with the Office of the State Fire Marshal or fire
department driver training that meets all of the following
requirements:

(i) Meets or exceeds the standards outlined in NFPA 1002,
Chapter 4 (2008 version) or the Fire Apparatus Driver/Operator
1A course adopted by the Office of the State Fire Marshal.

(ii) Prepares the applicant to safely operate the department’s
fire equipment that the applicant will be authorized to operate.

(iii) Includes a classroom (cognitive) portion of at least 16 hours.

(iv) Includes a manipulative portion of at least 14 hours, which
includes directly supervised behind-the-wheel driver training.

(C) Driver training shall be conducted by a person who is
registered with the Office of the State Fire Marshal to instruct begin insert a
Fire Apparatus end insert Driver/Operator 1A begin insert course end insert or a person who meets
all of the following criteria:

(i) Possesses a minimum of five years of fire service experience
as an emergency vehicle operator, three of which must be at the
rank of engineer or higher.

(ii) Possesses a valid California class A or B license or a class
A or B license restricted to the operation of firefighting equipment.

(iii) Is certified as a qualified training instructor or training
officer by the State of California, the federal government, or a
county training officers’ association.

(2) Pass the written firefighter examination developed by the
department with the cooperation of the begin insert Office of the end insert State Fire
begin delete Marshal’s office end delete begin insert Marshal end insert .

(3) Upon application and every two years thereafter, submit
medical information on a form approved by the department.

(c) There shall be no additional charge for adding a firefighter
endorsement to an original license or when renewing a license. To
add a firefighter endorsement to an existing license when not
renewing the license, the applicant shall pay the fee for a duplicate
license pursuant to Section 14901.

(d) (1) A driver of firefighting equipment is subject to the
requirements of subdivision (a) if both of the following conditions
exist:

(A) The equipment is operated by a person employed as a
firefighter by a federal or state agency, by a regularly organized
fire department of a city, county, city and county, or district, or by
a tribal fire department or registered as a volunteer member of a
regularly organized fire department having official recognition of
the city, county, city and county, or district in which the department
is located, or of a tribal fire department.

(B) The motor vehicle is used to travel to and from the scene
of begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert emergency situation, or to transport equipment used in
the control of begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert emergency situation, and which is owned,
leased, or rented by, or under the exclusive control of, a federal or
state agency, a regularly organized fire department of a city, county,
city and county, or district, a volunteer fire department having
official recognition of the city, county, city and county, or district
in which the department is located, or a tribal fire department.

(2) A driver of firefighting equipment is not required to obtain
and maintain a firefighter endorsement pursuant to paragraph (1)
of subdivision (a) if the driver is operating the firefighting
equipment for training purposes, during a nonemergency, while
under the direct supervision of a fire department employee who is
properly licensed to operate the equipment and is authorized by
the fire department to provide training.

(e) For purposes of this section, a tiller operator is the driver of
the rear free-axle portion of a ladder truck.

(f) For purposes of this section, “firefighting equipment” means
a motor vehicle, that meets the definition of a class A or class B
vehicle described in subdivision (b) of Section 12804.9, that is
used to travel to and from the scene of an emergency situation, or
to transport equipment used in the control of an emergency
situation, and that is owned, leased, or rented by, or under the
exclusive control of, a federal or state agency, a regularly organized
fire department of a city, county, city and county, or district, or a
volunteer fire department having official recognition of the city,
county, city and county, or district in which the department is
located.

(g) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of subdivision (a), a regularly
organized fire department, having official recognition of the city,
county, city and county, or district in which the department is
located, may require an employee or a volunteer of the fire
department who is a driver or operator of firefighting equipment
to hold a class A or B license.

(h) This section applies to a person hired by a fire department,
or to a person renewing a driver’s license, on or after January 1,
2011.

SEC. 195.  

Section 16028 of the Vehicle Code is amended to
read:

16028.  

(a) Upon the demand of a peace officer pursuant to
subdivision (b) or upon the demand of a peace officer or traffic
collision investigator pursuant to subdivision (c), every person
who drives a motor vehicle upon a highway shall provide evidence
of financial responsibility for the vehicle that is in effect at the
time the demand is made. The evidence of financial responsibility
may be provided using a mobile electronic device. However, a
peace officer shall not stop a vehicle for the sole purpose of
determining whether the vehicle is being driven in violation of this
subdivision.

(b) If a notice to appear is issued for any alleged violation of
this code, except a violation specified in Chapter 9 (commencing
with Section 22500) of Division 11 or any local ordinance adopted
pursuant to that chapter, the cited driver shall furnish written
evidence of financial responsibility or may provide electronic
verification of evidence of financial responsibility using a mobile
electronic device upon request of the peace officer issuing the
citation. The peace officer shall request and write the driver’s
evidence of financial responsibility on the notice to appear, except
when the peace officer is unable to write the driver’s evidence of
financial responsibility on the notice to appear due to an emergency
that requires his or her presence elsewhere. If the cited driver fails
to provide evidence of financial responsibility at the time the notice
to appear is issued, the peace officer may issue the driver a notice
to appear for violation of subdivision (a). The notice to appear for
violation of subdivision (a) shall be written on the same citation
form as the original violation.

(c) If a peace officer, or a regularly employed and salaried
employee of a city or county who has been trained as a traffic
collision investigator, is summoned to the scene of an accident
described in Section 16000, the driver of a motor vehicle that is
in any manner involved in the accident shall furnish written
evidence of financial responsibility or may provide electronic
verification of evidence of financial responsibility using a mobile
electronic device upon the request of the peace officer or traffic
collision investigator. If the driver fails to provide evidence of
financial responsibility when requested, the peace officer may
issue the driver a notice to appear for violation of this subdivision.
A traffic collision investigator may cause a notice to appear to be
issued for a violation of this subdivision, upon review of that
citation by a peace officer.

(d) (1) If, at the time a notice to appear for a violation of
subdivision (a) is issued, the person is driving a motor vehicle
owned or leased by the driver’s employer, and the vehicle is being
driven with the permission of the employer, this section shall apply
to the employer rather than the driver. In that case, a notice to
appear shall be issued to the employer rather than the driver, and
the driver may sign the notice on behalf of the employer.

(2) The driver shall notify the employer of the receipt of the
notice issued pursuant to paragraph (1) not later than five days
after receipt.

(e) A person issued a notice to appear for a violation of
subdivision (a) may personally appear before the clerk of the court,
as designated in the notice to appear, and provide written evidence
of financial responsibility in a form consistent with Section 16020,
showing that the driver was in compliance with that section at the
time the notice to appear for violating subdivision (a) was issued.
In lieu of the personal appearance, the person may submit by mail
to the court written evidence of having had financial responsibility
at the time the notice to appear was issued. Upon receipt by the
clerk of that written evidence of financial responsibility in a form
consistent with Section 16020, further proceedings on the notice
to appear for the violation of subdivision (a) shall be dismissed.

(f) For begin insert the end insert purposes of this section, “mobile electronic device”
means a portable computing and communication device that has
a display screen with touch input or a miniature keyboard.

(g) For the purposes of this section, when a person provides
evidence of financial responsibility using a mobile electronic device
to a peace officer, the peace officer shall only view the evidence
of financial responsibility and is prohibited from viewing any other
content on the mobile electronic device.

(h)  begin delete Whenever end delete begin insert If end insert a person presents a mobile electronic device
pursuant to this section, that person assumes all liability for any
damage to the mobile electronic device.

SEC. 196.  

Section 23612 of the Vehicle Code is amended to
read:

23612.  

(a) (1) (A) A person who drives a motor vehicle is
deemed to have given his or her consent to chemical testing of his
or her blood or breath for the purpose of determining the alcoholic
content of his or her blood, if lawfully arrested for an offense
allegedly committed in violation of Section 23140, 23152, or
23153. If a blood or breath test, or both, are unavailable, then
paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) applies.

(B) A person who drives a motor vehicle is deemed to have
given his or her consent to chemical testing of his or her blood for
the purpose of determining the drug content of his or her blood, if
lawfully arrested for an offense allegedly committed in violation
of Section 23140, 23152, or 23153. If a blood test is unavailable,
the person shall be deemed to have given his or her consent to
chemical testing of his or her urine and shall submit to a urine test.

(C) The testing shall be incidental to a lawful arrest and
administered at the direction of a peace officer having reasonable
cause to believe the person was driving a motor vehicle in violation
of Section 23140, 23152, or 23153.

(D) The person shall be told that his or her failure to submit to,
or the failure to complete, the required chemical testing will result
in a fine, mandatory imprisonment if the person is convicted of a
violation of Section 23152 or 23153, and (i) the suspension of the
person’s privilege to operate a motor vehicle for a period of one
year, (ii) the revocation of the person’s privilege to operate a motor
vehicle for a period of two years if the refusal occurs within 10
years of a separate violation of Section 23103 as specified in
Section 23103.5, or of Section 23140, 23152, or 23153 of this
code, or of Section 191.5 or subdivision (a) of Section 192.5 of
the Penal Code that resulted in a conviction, or if the person’s
privilege to operate a motor vehicle has been suspended or revoked
pursuant to Section 13353, 13353.1, or 13353.2 for an offense that
occurred on a separate occasion, or (iii) the revocation of the
person’s privilege to operate a motor vehicle for a period of three
years if the refusal occurs within 10 years of two or more separate
violations of Section 23103 as specified in Section 23103.5, or of
Section 23140, 23152, or 23153 of this code, or of Section 191.5
or subdivision (a) of Section 192.5 of the Penal Code, or any
combination thereof, that resulted in convictions, or if the person’s
privilege to operate a motor vehicle has been suspended or revoked
two or more times pursuant to Section 13353, 13353.1, or 13353.2
for offenses that occurred on separate occasions, or if there is any
combination of those convictions begin delete or end delete begin insert , end insert administrative suspensions begin insert , end insert
or revocations.

(2) (A) If the person is lawfully arrested for driving under the
influence of an alcoholic beverage, the person has the choice of
whether the test shall be of his or her blood or breath and the officer
shall advise the person that he or she has that choice. If the person
arrested either is incapable, or states that he or she is incapable,
of completing the chosen test, the person shall submit to the
remaining test. If a blood or breath test, or both, are unavailable,
then paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) applies.

(B) If the person is lawfully arrested for driving under the
influence of any drug or the combined influence of an alcoholic
beverage and any drug, the person has the choice of whether the
test shall be of his or her blood or breath, and the officer shall
advise the person that he or she has that choice.

(C) A person who chooses to submit to a breath test may also
be requested to submit to a blood test if the officer has reasonable
cause to believe that the person was driving under the influence
of a drug or the combined influence of an alcoholic beverage and
a drug and if the officer has a clear indication that a blood test will
reveal evidence of the person being under the influence. The officer
shall state in his or her report the facts upon which that belief and
that clear indication are based. The officer shall advise the person
that he or she is required to submit to an additional test. The person
shall submit to and complete a blood test. If the person arrested is
incapable of completing the blood test, the person shall submit to
and complete a urine test.

(3) If the person is lawfully arrested for an offense allegedly
committed in violation of Section 23140, 23152, or 23153, and,
because of the need for medical treatment, the person is first
transported to a medical facility where it is not feasible to
administer a particular test of, or to obtain a particular sample of,
the person’s blood or breath, the person has the choice of those
tests, including a urine test, that are available at the facility to
which that person has been transported. In that case, the officer
shall advise the person of those tests that are available at the
medical facility and that the person’s choice is limited to those
tests that are available.

(4) The officer shall also advise the person that he or she does
not have the right to have an attorney present before stating whether
he or she will submit to a test or tests, before deciding which test
or tests to take, or during administration of the test or tests chosen,
and that, in the event of refusal to submit to a test or tests, the
refusal may be used against him or her in a court of law.

(5) A person who is unconscious or otherwise in a condition
rendering him or her incapable of refusal is deemed not to have
withdrawn his or her consent and a test or tests may be
administered whether or not the person is told that his or her failure
to submit to, or the noncompletion of, the test or tests will result
in the suspension or revocation of his or her privilege to operate
a motor vehicle. A person who is dead is deemed not to have
withdrawn his or her consent and a test or tests may be
administered at the direction of a peace officer.

(b) A person who is afflicted with hemophilia is exempt from
the blood test required by this section, but shall submit to, and
complete, a urine test.

(c) A person who is afflicted with a heart condition and is using
an anticoagulant under the direction of a licensed physician and
surgeon is exempt from the blood test required by this section, but
shall submit to, and complete, a urine test.

(d) (1) A person lawfully arrested for an offense allegedly
committed while the person was driving a motor vehicle in
violation of Section 23140, 23152, or 23153 may request the
arresting officer to have a chemical test made of the arrested
person’s blood or breath for the purpose of determining the
alcoholic content of that person’s blood, and, if so requested, the
arresting officer shall have the test performed.

(2) If a blood or breath test is not available under subparagraph
(A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a), or under subparagraph (A)
of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a), or under paragraph (1) of this
subdivision, the person shall submit to the remaining test in order
to determine the percent, by weight, of alcohol in the person’s
blood. If both the blood and breath tests are unavailable, the person
shall be deemed to have given his or her consent to chemical testing
of his or her urine and shall submit to a urine test.

(e) If the person, who has been arrested for a violation of Section
23140, 23152, or 23153, refuses or fails to complete a chemical
test or tests, or requests that a blood or urine test be taken, the
peace officer, acting on behalf of the department, shall serve the
notice of the order of suspension or revocation of the person’s
privilege to operate a motor vehicle personally on the arrested
person. The notice shall be on a form provided by the department.

(f) If the peace officer serves the notice of the order of
suspension or revocation of the person’s privilege to operate a
motor vehicle, the peace officer shall take possession of all driver’s
licenses issued by this state that are held by the person. The
temporary driver’s license shall be an endorsement on the notice
of the order of suspension and shall be valid for 30 days from the
date of arrest.

(g) (1) The peace officer shall immediately forward a copy of
the completed notice of suspension or revocation form and any
driver’s license taken into possession under subdivision (f), with
the report required by Section 13380, to the department. If the
person submitted to a blood or urine test, the peace officer shall
forward the results immediately to the appropriate forensic
laboratory. The forensic laboratory shall forward the results of the
chemical tests to the department within 15 calendar days of the
date of the arrest.

(2) (A) Notwithstanding any other law, a document containing
data prepared and maintained in the governmental forensic
laboratory computerized database system that is electronically
transmitted or retrieved through public or private computer
networks to or by the department is the best available evidence of
the chemical test results in all administrative proceedings conducted
by the department. In addition, any other official record that is
maintained in the governmental forensic laboratory, relates to a
chemical test analysis prepared and maintained in the governmental
forensic laboratory computerized database system, and is
electronically transmitted and retrieved through a public or private
computer network to or by the department is admissible as evidence
in the department’s administrative proceedings. In order to be
admissible as evidence in administrative proceedings, a document
described in this subparagraph shall bear a certification by the
employee of the department who retrieved the document certifying
that the information was received or retrieved directly from the
computerized database system of a governmental forensic
laboratory and that the document accurately reflects the data
received or retrieved.

(B) Notwithstanding any other law, the failure of an employee
of the department to certify under subparagraph (A) is not a public
offense.

(h) A preliminary alcohol screening test that indicates the
presence or concentration of alcohol based on a breath sample in
order to establish reasonable cause to believe the person was
driving a vehicle in violation of Section 23140, 23152, or 23153
is a field sobriety test and may be used by an officer as a further
investigative tool.

(i) If the officer decides to use a preliminary alcohol screening
test, the officer shall advise the person that he or she is requesting
that person to take a preliminary alcohol screening test to assist
the officer in determining if that person is under the influence of
alcohol or drugs, or a combination of alcohol and drugs. The
person’s obligation to submit to a blood, breath, or urine test, as
required by this section, for the purpose of determining the alcohol
or drug content of that person’s blood, is not satisfied by the person
submitting to a preliminary alcohol screening test. The officer shall
advise the person of that fact and of the person’s right to refuse to
take the preliminary alcohol screening test.

begin delete

No reimbursement is required by this act pursuant to Section 6
of Article XIII B of the California Constitution because the only
costs that may be incurred by a local agency or school district will
be incurred because this act creates a new crime or infraction,
eliminates a crime or infraction, or changes the penalty for a crime
or infraction, within the meaning of Section 17556 of the
Government Code, or changes the definition of a crime within the
meaning of Section 6 of Article XIII B of the California
Constitution.

end delete

SEC. 197.  

Section 34510.5 of the Vehicle Code is amended to
read:

34510.5.  

(a) (1) A broker of construction trucking services,
as defined in Section 3322 of the Civil Code, shall not furnish
construction transportation services to any construction project
unless it has secured a surety bond of not less than fifteen thousand
dollars ($15,000) executed by an admitted surety insurer. The
surety bond shall ensure the payment of the claims of a contracted
motor carrier of property in dump truck equipment if the broker
fails to pay the contracted motor carrier within the time period
specified in paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 3322 of
the Civil Code.

(2) (A) A broker of construction trucking services annually
shall provide written evidence of the broker’s valid surety bond
to a third-party nonprofit organization that is related to the industry
and regularly maintains a published database of bonded brokers
or post a current copy of the surety bond on the broker’s Internet
Web site.

(B) When a copy of a surety bond is provided to a third-party
nonprofit organization, the broker shall notify the third-party
nonprofit organization if at any time the surety bond is cancelled
or expired. When a copy of the surety bond is posted on the
broker’s Internet Web site, the broker shall remove the begin insert copy of the end insert
surety bond from his or her begin insert Internet end insert Web site if at any time the
surety bond is cancelled or expired.

(C) A third-party nonprofit organization shall not charge a
broker for posting evidence of a valid surety bond or limit the
posting of the bond only to the organization’s members.

(D) A third-party nonprofit organization shall not be liable for
any damages caused by the publication of any information provided
pursuant to this paragraph that is erroneous or outdated.

(b)  A broker of construction trucking services shall not hire,
or otherwise engage the services of, a motor carrier of property to
furnish construction transportation services unless the broker
provides, prior to the commencement of work each calendar year,
written evidence of the broker’s valid surety bond to any person
that hires, or otherwise engages the services of, the broker to
furnish construction transportation services and also to the hired
motor carrier of property.

(c) A broker of construction trucking services who furnishes
construction transportation services in violation of this section is
guilty of a misdemeanor and subject to a fine of up to five thousand
dollars ($5,000).

(d) In any civil action brought against a broker of construction
trucking services by a motor carrier of property in dump truck
equipment with whom the broker contracted during any period of
time in which the broker did not have a surety bond in violation
of this section, the failure to have the bond shall create a rebuttable
presumption that the broker failed to pay to the motor carrier the
amount due and owing.

(e) For purposes of this section, “a broker of construction
trucking services” does not include a facility that meets all the
following requirements:

(1) Arranges for transportation services of its product.

(2) Primarily handles raw materials to produce a new product.

(3) Is a rock product operation (such as an “aggregate”
operation), a hot mixing asphalt plant, or a concrete, concrete
product, or Portland cement product manufacturing facility.

(4) Does not accept a fee for the arrangement.

(f) For the purposes of this section, “written evidence of the
broker’s valid surety bond” includes a copy of the surety bond, a
certificate of insurance, a continuation certificate, or other similar
documentation originally issued from the surety that includes the
surety’s and broker’s name, the bond number, and the effective
and expiration dates of the bond.

SEC. 198.  

Section 40000.20 of the Vehicle Code is amended
to read:

40000.20.  

A third or subsequent violation of Section 23225,
relating to the storage of an opened container of an alcoholic
beverage, or Section 23223, relating to the possession of an open
container of an alcoholic beverage, begin delete of end delete begin insert by end insert a driver of begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert vehicle
used to provide transportation services on a prearranged begin delete services end delete
begin insert basis end insert , operating under a valid certificate or permit pursuant to the
Passenger Charter-party Carriers’ Act (Chapter 8 (commencing
with Section 5351) of Division 2 of the Public Utilities Code), is
a misdemeanor.

SEC. 199.  

Section 85057.5 of the Water Code is amended to
read:

85057.5.  

(a) “Covered action” means a plan, program, or
project as defined pursuant to Section 21065 of the Public
Resources Code that meets all of the following conditions:

(1) Will occur, in whole or in part, within the boundaries of the
Delta or Suisun Marsh.

(2) Will be carried out, approved, or funded by the state or a
local public agency.

(3) Is covered by one or more provisions of the Delta Plan.

(4) Will have a significant impact on achievement of one or
both of the coequal goals or the implementation of
government-sponsored flood control programs to reduce risks to
people, property, and state interests in the Delta.

(b) “Covered action” does not include any of the following:

(1) A regulatory action of a state agency.

(2) Routine maintenance and operation of the State Water
Project or the federal Central Valley Project.

(3) Regional transportation plans prepared pursuant to Section
65080 of the Government Code.

(4) A plan, program, project, or activity within the secondary
zone of the Delta that the applicable metropolitan planning
organization pursuant to Section 65080 of the Government Code
has determined is consistent with either a sustainable communities
strategy or an alternative planning strategy that the State Air
Resources Board has determined would, if implemented, achieve
the greenhouse gas emission reduction targets established by that
board pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subdivision
(b) of Section 65080 of the Government Code. For purposes of
this paragraph, “consistent with” means consistent with the use
designation, density, building intensity, transportation plan, and
applicable policies specified for the area in the sustainable
communities strategy or the alternative planning strategy, as
applicable, and any infrastructure necessary to support the plan,
program, project, or activity.

(5) Routine maintenance and operation of a facility located, in
whole or in part, in the Delta, that is owned or operated by a local
public agency.

(6) A plan, program, project, or activity that occurs, in whole
or in part, in the Delta, if both of the following conditions are met:

(A) The plan, program, project, or activity is undertaken by a
local public agency that is located, in whole or in part, in the Delta.

(B) Either a notice of determination is filed, pursuant to Section
21152 of the Public Resources Code, for the plan, program, project,
or activity by, or the plan, program, project, or activity is fully
permitted by, September 30, 2009.

(7) (A) A project within the secondary zone, as defined pursuant
to Section 29731 of the Public Resources Code as of January 1,
2009, for which a notice of approval or determination pursuant to
Section 21152 of the Public Resources Code has been filed before
the date on which the Delta Plan becomes effective.

(B) A project for which a notice of approval or determination
is filed on or after the date on which the final Bay Delta
Conservation Plan becomes effective, and before the date on which
the Delta Plan becomes effective, is not a covered action but shall
be consistent with the Bay Delta Conservation Plan.

(C) Subparagraphs (A) and (B) do not apply to either of the
following:

(i) A project that is within a Restoration Opportunity Area as
shown in Figure 3.1 of Chapter 3: Draft Conservation Strategy of
the Bay Delta Conservation Plan, August 3, 2009, or as shown in
a final Bay Delta Conservation Plan.

(ii) A project that is within the alignment of a conveyance
facility as shown in Figures 1 to 5, inclusive, of the Final Draft
Initial Assessment of Dual Delta Water Conveyance Report, April
23, 2008, and in future revisions of this document by the
department.

(8) Leases approved by a special district if all of the following
apply:

(A) The uses proposed by the lease are authorized by the
applicable general plan and zoning ordinances of the city where
the special district is located.

(B) The uses proposed by the lease are approved by the city
where the special district is located and the city complies with
Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 85225) of Part 3, if
applicable, prior to approval of the lease by the special district.

(C) The special district complies with the California
Environmental Quality Act (Division 13 (commencing with Section
21000) of the Public Resources Code) prior to approving the lease.

(9) (A) Routine dredging activities that are necessary for
maintenance of facilities operated by a special district.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph, “routine dredging activities”
are limited to the following:

(i) Dredging to maintain the Stockton Deep Water Ship Channel
at a depth of 40 feet in the sediment trap at the confluence of the
San Joaquin River, between river mile 39.3 to river mile 40.2, and
to maintain the remaining Stockton Deep Water Ship Channel at
a depth of 35 feet plus two feet begin insert of end insert overdredge from river mile 35
to river mile 43.

(ii) Dredging designed to maintain the Sacramento Deep Water
Ship Channel at a depth of 30 feet plus begin delete 2 end delete begin insert two end insert feet of overdredge
from river mile 0.0 to river mile 30, and at a depth of 35 feet from
river mile 35 to river mile 43.

(C) Except as provided by this subdivision, it is the intent of
the Legislature that this exemption shall not be interpreted or
treated as changing or modifying current substantive and procedural
regulations applicable to the decision to approve dredging
operations.

(c) For purposes of this section, “special district” means the
Port of Stockton or the Port of West Sacramento.

(d) This section shall not be interpreted to authorize the
abrogation of a vested right whether created by statute or by
common law.

SEC. 200.  

Section 366.21 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

366.21.  

(a) Every hearing conducted by the juvenile court
reviewing the status of a dependent child shall be placed on the
appearance calendar. The court shall advise all persons present at
the hearing of the date of the future hearing and of their right to
be present and represented by counsel.

(b) Except as provided in Sections 294 and 295, notice of the
hearing shall be provided pursuant to Section 293.

(c) At least 10 calendar days prior to the hearing, the social
worker shall file a supplemental report with the court regarding
the services provided or offered to the parent or legal guardian to
enable him or her to assume custody and the efforts made to
achieve legal permanence for the child if efforts to reunify fail,
including, but not limited to, efforts to maintain relationships
between a child who is 10 years of age or older and has been in
out-of-home placement for six months or longer and individuals
who are important to the child, consistent with the child’s best
interests; the progress made; and, where relevant, the prognosis
for return of the child to the physical custody of his or her parent
or legal guardian; and shall make his or her recommendation for
disposition. If the child is a member of a sibling group described
in subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section
361.5, the report and recommendation may also take into account
those factors described in subdivision (e) relating to the child’s
sibling group. If the recommendation is not to return the child to
a parent or legal guardian, the report shall specify why the return
of the child would be detrimental to the child. The social worker
shall provide the parent or legal guardian, counsel for the child,
and any court-appointed child advocate with a copy of the report,
including his or her recommendation for disposition, at least 10
calendar days prior to the hearing. In the case of a child removed
from the physical custody of his or her parent or legal guardian,
the social worker shall, at least 10 calendar days prior to the
hearing, provide a summary of his or her recommendation for
disposition to any foster parents, relative caregivers, and certified
foster parents who have been approved for adoption by the State
Department of Social Services when it is acting as an adoption
agency or by a county adoption agency, community care facility,
or foster family agency having the physical custody of the child.
The social worker shall include a copy of the Judicial Council
Caregiver Information Form (JV-290) with the summary of
recommendations to the child’s foster parents, relative caregivers,
or foster parents approved for adoption, in the caregiver’s primary
language when available, along with information on how to file
the form with the court.

(d) Prior to any hearing involving a child in the physical custody
of a community care facility or a foster family agency that may
result in the return of the child to the physical custody of his or
her parent or legal guardian, or in adoption or the creation of a
legal guardianship, or in the case of an Indian child, in consultation
with the child’s tribe, tribal customary adoption, the facility or
agency shall file with the court a report, or a Judicial Council
Caregiver Information Form (JV-290), containing its
recommendation for disposition. Prior to the hearing involving a
child in the physical custody of a foster parent, a relative caregiver,
or a certified foster parent who has been approved for adoption by
the State Department of Social Services when it is acting as an
adoption agency or by a county adoption agency, the foster parent,
relative caregiver, or the certified foster parent who has been
approved for adoption by the State Department of Social Services
when it is acting as an adoption agency or by a county adoption
agency, may file with the court a report containing his or her
recommendation for disposition. The court shall consider the report
and recommendation filed pursuant to this subdivision prior to
determining any disposition.

(e) At the review hearing held six months after the initial
dispositional hearing, but no later than 12 months after the date
the child entered foster care as determined in Section 361.49,
whichever occurs earlier, after considering the admissible and
relevant evidence, the court shall order the return of the child to
the physical custody of his or her parent or legal guardian unless
the court finds, by a preponderance of the evidence, that the return
of the child to his or her parent or legal guardian would create a
substantial risk of detriment to the safety, protection, or physical
or emotional well-being of the child. The social worker shall have
the burden of establishing that detriment. At the hearing, the court
shall consider the criminal history, obtained pursuant to paragraph
(1) of subdivision (f) of Section 16504.5, of the parent or legal
guardian subsequent to the child’s removal to the extent that the
criminal record is substantially related to the welfare of the child
or the parent’s or guardian’s ability to exercise custody and control
regarding his or her child, provided the parent or legal guardian
agreed to submit fingerprint images to obtain criminal history
information as part of the case plan. The failure of the parent or
legal guardian to participate regularly and make substantive
progress in court-ordered treatment programs shall be prima facie
evidence that return would be detrimental. In making its
determination, the court shall review and consider the social
worker’s report and recommendations and the report and
recommendations of any child advocate appointed pursuant to
Section 356.5; and shall consider the efforts or progress, or both,
demonstrated by the parent or legal guardian and the extent to
which he or she availed himself or herself to services provided,
taking into account the particular barriers to an incarcerated,
institutionalized, detained, or deported parent’s or legal guardian’s
access to those court-mandated services and ability to maintain
contact with his or her child.

Regardless of whether the child is returned to a parent or legal
guardian, the court shall specify the factual basis for its conclusion
that the return would be detrimental or would not be detrimental.
The court also shall make appropriate findings pursuant to
subdivision (a) of Section 366; and, where relevant, shall order
any additional services reasonably believed to facilitate the return
of the child to the custody of his or her parent or legal guardian.
The court shall also inform the parent or legal guardian that if the
child cannot be returned home by the 12-month permanency
hearing, a proceeding pursuant to Section 366.26 may be instituted.
This section does not apply in a case where, pursuant to Section
361.5, the court has ordered that reunification services shall not
be provided.

If the child was under three years of age on the date of the initial
removal, or is a member of a sibling group described in
subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section
361.5, and the court finds by clear and convincing evidence that
the parent failed to participate regularly and make substantive
progress in a court-ordered treatment plan, the court may schedule
a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26 within 120 days. If, however,
the court finds there is a substantial probability that the child, who
was under three years of age on the date of initial removal or is a
member of a sibling group described in subparagraph (C) of
paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 361.5, may be returned
to his or her parent or legal guardian within six months or that
reasonable services have not been provided, the court shall continue
the case to the 12-month permanency hearing.

For the purpose of placing and maintaining a sibling group
together in a permanent home, the court, in making its
determination to schedule a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26
for some or all members of a sibling group, as described in
subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section
361.5, shall review and consider the social worker’s report and
recommendations. Factors the report shall address, and the court
shall consider, may include, but need not be limited to, whether
the sibling group was removed from parental care as a group, the
closeness and strength of the sibling bond, the ages of the siblings,
the appropriateness of maintaining the sibling group together, the
detriment to the child if sibling ties are not maintained, the
likelihood of finding a permanent home for the sibling group,
whether the sibling group is currently placed together in a
preadoptive home or has a concurrent plan goal of legal
permanency in the same home, the wishes of each child whose
age and physical and emotional condition permits a meaningful
response, and the best begin delete interest end delete begin insert interests end insert of each child in the sibling
group. The court shall specify the factual basis for its finding that
it is in the best begin delete interest end delete begin insert interests end insert of each child to schedule a hearing
pursuant to Section 366.26 begin delete in end delete begin insert within end insert 120 days for some or all of
the members of the sibling group.

If the child was removed initially under subdivision (g) of
Section 300 and the court finds by clear and convincing evidence
that the whereabouts of the parent are still unknown, or the parent
has failed to contact and visit the child, the court may schedule a
hearing pursuant to Section 366.26 within 120 days. The court
shall take into account any particular barriers to a parent’s ability
to maintain contact with his or her child due to the parent’s
incarceration, institutionalization, detention by the United States
Department of Homeland Security, or deportation. If the court
finds by clear and convincing evidence that the parent has been
convicted of a felony indicating parental unfitness, the court may
schedule a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26 within 120 days.

If the child had been placed under court supervision with a
previously noncustodial parent pursuant to Section 361.2, the court
shall determine whether supervision is still necessary. The court
may terminate supervision and transfer permanent custody to that
parent, as provided for by paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of
Section 361.2.

In all other cases, the court shall direct that any reunification
services previously ordered shall continue to be offered to the
parent or legal guardian pursuant to the time periods set forth in
subdivision (a) of Section 361.5, provided that the court may
modify the terms and conditions of those services.

If the child is not returned to his or her parent or legal guardian,
the court shall determine whether reasonable services that were
designed to aid the parent or legal guardian in overcoming the
problems that led to the initial removal and the continued custody
of the child have been provided or offered to the parent or legal
guardian. The court shall order that those services be initiated,
continued, or terminated.

(f) The permanency hearing shall be held no later than 12
months after the date the child entered foster care, as that date is
determined pursuant to Section 361.49. At the permanency hearing,
the court shall determine the permanent plan for the child, which
shall include a determination of whether the child will be returned
to the child’s home and, if so, when, within the time limits of
subdivision (a) of Section 361.5. After considering the relevant
and admissible evidence, the court shall order the return of the
child to the physical custody of his or her parent or legal guardian
unless the court finds, by a preponderance of the evidence, that
the return of the child to his or her parent or legal guardian would
create a substantial risk of detriment to the safety, protection, or
physical or emotional well-being of the child. The social worker
shall have the burden of establishing that detriment. At the
permanency hearing, the court shall consider the criminal history,
obtained pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (f) of Section
16504.5, of the parent or legal guardian subsequent to the child’s
removal to the extent that the criminal record is substantially related
to the welfare of the child or the parent’s or legal guardian’s ability
to exercise custody and control regarding his or her child, provided
that the parent or legal guardian agreed to submit fingerprint images
to obtain criminal history information as part of the case plan. The
court shall also determine whether reasonable services that were
designed to aid the parent or legal guardian to overcome the
problems that led to the initial removal and continued custody of
the child have been provided or offered to the parent or legal
guardian. For each youth 16 years of age and older, the court shall
also determine whether services have been made available to assist
him or her in making the transition from foster care to independent
living. The failure of the parent or legal guardian to participate
regularly and make substantive progress in court-ordered treatment
programs shall be prima facie evidence that return would be
detrimental. In making its determination, the court shall review
and consider the social worker’s report and recommendations and
the report and recommendations of any child advocate appointed
pursuant to Section 356.5, shall consider the efforts or progress,
or both, demonstrated by the parent or legal guardian and the extent
to which he or she availed himself or herself of services provided,
taking into account the particular barriers to an incarcerated,
institutionalized, detained, or deported parent’s or legal guardian’s
access to those court-mandated services and ability to maintain
contact with his or her child begin insert , end insert and shall make appropriate findings
pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 366.

Regardless of whether the child is returned to his or her parent
or legal guardian, the court shall specify the factual basis for its
decision. If the child is not returned to a parent or legal guardian,
the court shall specify the factual basis for its conclusion that the
return would be detrimental. The court also shall make a finding
pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 366. If the child is not
returned to his or her parent or legal guardian, the court shall
consider, and state for the record, in-state and out-of-state
placement options. If the child is placed out of the state, the court
shall make a determination whether the out-of-state placement
continues to be appropriate and in the best interests of the child.

(g) If the time period in which the court-ordered services were
provided has met or exceeded the time period set forth in
subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a)
of Section 361.5, as appropriate, and a child is not returned to the
custody of a parent or legal guardian at the permanency hearing
held pursuant to subdivision (f), the court shall do one of the
following:

(1) Continue the case for up to six months for a permanency
review hearing, provided that the hearing shall occur within 18
months of the date the child was originally taken from the physical
custody of his or her parent or legal guardian. The court shall
continue the case only if it finds that there is a substantial
probability that the child will be returned to the physical custody
of his or her parent or legal guardian and safely maintained in the
home within the extended period of time or that reasonable services
have not been provided to the parent or legal guardian. For the
purposes of this section, in order to find a substantial probability
that the child will be returned to the physical custody of his or her
parent or legal guardian and safely maintained in the home within
the extended period of time, the court shall be required to find all
of the following:

(A) That the parent or legal guardian has consistently and
regularly contacted and visited with the child.

(B) That the parent or legal guardian has made significant
progress in resolving problems that led to the child’s removal from
the home.

(C) The parent or legal guardian has demonstrated the capacity
and ability both to complete the objectives of his or her treatment
plan and to provide for the child’s safety, protection, physical and
emotional well-being, and special needs.

For purposes of this subdivision, the court’s decision to continue
the case based on a finding or substantial probability that the child
will be returned to the physical custody of his or her parent or legal
guardian is a compelling reason for determining that a hearing
held pursuant to Section 366.26 is not in the best interests of the
child.

The court shall inform the parent or legal guardian that if the
child cannot be returned home by the next permanency review
hearing, a proceeding pursuant to Section 366.26 may be instituted.
The court may not order that a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26
be held unless there is clear and convincing evidence that
reasonable services have been provided or offered to the parent or
legal guardian.

(2) Continue the case for up to six months for a permanency
review hearing, provided that the hearing shall occur within 18
months of the date the child was originally taken from the physical
custody of his or her parent or legal guardian, if the parent has
been arrested and issued an immigration hold, detained by the
United States Department of Homeland Security, or deported to
his or her country of origin, and the court determines either that
there is a substantial probability that the child will be returned to
the physical custody of his or her parent or legal guardian and
safely maintained in the home within the extended period of time
or that reasonable services have not been provided to the parent
or legal guardian.

(3) For purposes of paragraph (2), in order to find a substantial
probability that the child will be returned to the physical custody
of his or her parent or legal guardian and safely maintained in the
home within the extended period of time, the court must find all
of the following:

(A) The parent or legal guardian has consistently and regularly
contacted and visited with the child, taking into account any
particular barriers to a parent’s ability to maintain contact with his
or her child due to the parent’s arrest and receipt of an immigration
hold, detention by the United States Department of Homeland
Security, or deportation.

(B) The parent or legal guardian has made significant progress
in resolving the problems that led to the child’s removal from the
home.

(C) The parent or legal guardian has demonstrated the capacity
or ability both to complete the objectives of his or her treatment
plan and to provide for the child’s safety, protection, physical and
emotional well-being, and special needs.

(4) Order that a hearing be held within 120 days, pursuant to
Section 366.26, but only if the court does not continue the case to
the permanency planning review hearing and there is clear and
convincing evidence that reasonable services have been provided
or offered to the parents or legal guardians. On and after January
1, 2012, a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26 shall not be ordered
if the child is a nonminor dependent, unless the nonminor
dependent is an Indian child and tribal customary adoption is
recommended as the permanent plan.

(5) Order that the child remain in long-term foster care, but only
if the court finds by clear and convincing evidence, based upon
the evidence already presented to it, including a recommendation
by the State Department of Social Services when it is acting as an
adoption agency or by a county adoption agency, that there is a
compelling reason for determining that a hearing held pursuant to
Section 366.26 is not in the best begin delete interest end delete begin insert interests end insert of the child
because the child is not a proper subject for adoption and has no
one willing to accept legal guardianship. For purposes of this
section, a recommendation by the State Department of Social
Services when it is acting as an adoption agency or by a county
adoption agency that adoption is not in the best begin delete interest end delete begin insert interests end insert
of the child shall constitute a compelling reason for the court’s
determination. That recommendation shall be based on the present
circumstances of the child and shall not preclude a different
recommendation at a later date if the child’s circumstances change.
On and after January 1, 2012, the nonminor dependent’s legal
status as an adult is in and of itself a compelling reason not to hold
a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26. The court may order that a
nonminor dependent who otherwise is eligible pursuant to Section
11403 remain in a planned, permanent living arrangement.

If the court orders that a child who is 10 years of age or older
remain in long-term foster care, the court shall determine whether
the agency has made reasonable efforts to maintain the child’s
relationships with individuals other than the child’s siblings who
are important to the child, consistent with the child’s best interests,
and may make any appropriate order to ensure that those
relationships are maintained.

If the child is not returned to his or her parent or legal guardian,
the court shall consider, and state for the record, in-state and
out-of-state options for permanent placement. If the child is placed
out of the state, the court shall make a determination whether the
out-of-state placement continues to be appropriate and in the best
interests of the child.

(h) In any case in which the court orders that a hearing pursuant
to Section 366.26 shall be held, it shall also order the termination
of reunification services to the parent or legal guardian. The court
shall continue to permit the parent or legal guardian to visit the
child pending the hearing unless it finds that visitation would be
detrimental to the child. The court shall make any other appropriate
orders to enable the child to maintain relationships with individuals,
other than the child’s siblings, who are important to the child,
consistent with the child’s best interests. When the court orders a
termination of reunification services to the parent or legal guardian,
it shall also order that the child’s caregiver receive the child’s birth
certificate in accordance with Sections 16010.4 and 16010.5.
Additionally, when the court orders a termination of reunification
services to the parent or legal guardian, it shall order, when
appropriate, that a child who is 16 years of age or older receive
his or her birth certificate.

(i) (1) Whenever a court orders that a hearing pursuant to
Section 366.26, including, when, in consultation with the child’s
tribe, tribal customary adoption is recommended, shall be held, it
shall direct the agency supervising the child and the county
adoption agency, or the State Department of Social Services when
it is acting as an adoption agency, to prepare an assessment that
shall include:

(A) Current search efforts for an absent parent or parents or
legal guardians.

(B) A review of the amount of and nature of any contact between
the child and his or her parents or legal guardians and other
members of his or her extended family since the time of placement.
Although the extended family of each child shall be reviewed on
a case-by-case basis, “extended family” for the purpose of this
subparagraph shall include, but not be limited to, the child’s
siblings, grandparents, aunts, and uncles.

(C) An evaluation of the child’s medical, developmental,
scholastic, mental, and emotional status.

(D) A preliminary assessment of the eligibility and commitment
of any identified prospective adoptive parent or legal guardian,
including the prospective tribal customary adoptive parent,
particularly the caretaker, to include a social history including
screening for criminal records and prior referrals for child abuse
or neglect, the capability to meet the child’s needs, and the
understanding of the legal and financial rights and responsibilities
of adoption and guardianship. If a proposed guardian is a relative
of the minor, the assessment shall also consider, but need not be
limited to, all of the factors specified in subdivision (a) of Section
361.3 and in Section 361.4.

(E) The relationship of the child to any identified prospective
adoptive parent or legal guardian, the duration and character of
the relationship, the degree of attachment of the child to the
prospective relative guardian or adoptive parent, the relative’s or
adoptive parent’s strong commitment to caring permanently for
the child, the motivation for seeking adoption or guardianship, a
statement from the child concerning placement and the adoption
or guardianship, and whether the child, if over 12 years of age,
has been consulted about the proposed relative guardianship
arrangements, unless the child’s age or physical, emotional, or
other condition precludes his or her meaningful response, and if
so, a description of the condition.

(F) A description of efforts to be made to identify a prospective
adoptive parent or legal guardian, including, but not limited to,
child-specific recruitment and listing on an adoption exchange
within the state or out of the state.

(G) An analysis of the likelihood that the child will be adopted
if parental rights are terminated.

(H) In the case of an Indian child, in addition to subparagraphs
(A) to (G), inclusive, an assessment of the likelihood that the child
will be adopted, when, in consultation with the child’s tribe, a
tribal customary adoption, as defined in Section 366.24, is
recommended. If tribal customary adoption is recommended, the
assessment shall include an analysis of both of the following:

(i) Whether tribal customary adoption would or would not be
detrimental to the Indian child and the reasons for reaching that
conclusion.

(ii) Whether the Indian child cannot or should not be returned
to the home of the Indian parent or Indian custodian and the reasons
for reaching that conclusion.

(2) (A) A relative caregiver’s preference for legal guardianship
over adoption, if it is due to circumstances that do not include an
unwillingness to accept legal or financial responsibility for the
child, shall not constitute the sole basis for recommending removal
of the child from the relative caregiver for purposes of adoptive
placement.

(B) Regardless of his or her immigration status, a relative
caregiver shall be given information regarding the permanency
options of guardianship and adoption, including the long-term
benefits and consequences of each option, prior to establishing
legal guardianship or pursuing adoption. If the proposed permanent
plan is guardianship with an approved relative caregiver for a
minor eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP Program, as provided
for in Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385) of Chapter 2
of Part 3 of Division 9, the relative caregiver shall be informed
about the terms and conditions of the negotiated agreement
pursuant to Section 11387 and shall agree to its execution prior to
the hearing held pursuant to Section 366.26. A copy of the executed
negotiated agreement shall be attached to the assessment.

(j) If, at any hearing held pursuant to Section 366.26, a
guardianship is established for the minor with an approved relative
caregiver, and juvenile court dependency is subsequently
dismissed, the minor shall be eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP
Program, as provided for in Article 4.5 (commencing with Section
11360) or Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385), as
applicable, of Chapter 2 of Part 3 of Division 9.

(k) As used in this section, “relative” means an adult who is
related to the minor by blood, adoption, or affinity within the fifth
degree of kinship, including stepparents, stepsiblings, and all
relatives whose status is preceded by the words “great,”
“great-great,” or “grand,” or the spouse of any of those persons
even if the marriage was terminated by death or dissolution. If the
proposed permanent plan is guardianship with an approved relative
caregiver for a minor eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP Program,
as provided for in Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385)
of Chapter 2 of Part 3 of Division 9, “relative” as used in this
section has the same meaning as “relative” as defined in
subdivision (c) of Section 11391.

(l) For purposes of this section, evidence of any of the following
circumstances may not, in and of itself, be deemed a failure to
provide or offer reasonable services:

(1) The child has been placed with a foster family that is eligible
to adopt a child, or has been placed in a preadoptive home.

(2) The case plan includes services to make and finalize a
permanent placement for the child if efforts to reunify fail.

(3) Services to make and finalize a permanent placement for
the child, if efforts to reunify fail, are provided concurrently with
services to reunify the family.

(m) The implementation and operation of the amendments to
subdivisions (c) and (g) enacted at the 2005-06 Regular Session
shall be subject to appropriation through the budget process and
by phase, as provided in Section 366.35.

SEC. 201.  

Section 366.22 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

366.22.  

(a) When a case has been continued pursuant to
paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision (g) of Section 366.21, the
permanency review hearing shall occur within 18 months after the
date the child was originally removed from the physical custody
of his or her parent or legal guardian. After considering the
admissible and relevant evidence, the court shall order the return
of the child to the physical custody of his or her parent or legal
guardian unless the court finds, by a preponderance of the evidence,
that the return of the child to his or her parent or legal guardian
would create a substantial risk of detriment to the safety, protection,
or physical or emotional well-being of the child. The social worker
shall have the burden of establishing that detriment. At the
permanency review hearing, the court shall consider the criminal
history, obtained pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (f) of
Section 16504.5, of the parent or legal guardian subsequent to the
child’s removal, to the extent that the criminal record is
substantially related to the welfare of the child or the parent’s or
legal guardian’s ability to exercise custody and control regarding
his or her child, provided that the parent or legal guardian agreed
to submit fingerprint images to obtain criminal history information
as part of the case plan. The failure of the parent or legal guardian
to participate regularly and make substantive progress in
court-ordered treatment programs shall be prima facie evidence
that return would be detrimental. In making its determination, the
court shall review and consider the social worker’s report and
recommendations and the report and recommendations of any child
advocate appointed pursuant to Section 356.5; shall consider the
efforts or progress, or both, demonstrated by the parent or legal
guardian and the extent to which he or she availed himself or
herself of services provided, taking into account the particular
barriers of an incarcerated or institutionalized parent’s or legal
guardian’s access to those court-mandated services and ability to
maintain contact with his or her child; and shall make appropriate
findings pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 366.

Whether or not the child is returned to his or her parent or legal
guardian, the court shall specify the factual basis for its decision.
If the child is not returned to a parent or legal guardian, the court
shall specify the factual basis for its conclusion that return would
be detrimental. If the child is not returned to his or her parent or
legal guardian, the court shall consider, and state for the record,
in-state and out-of-state options for the child’s permanent
placement. If the child is placed out of the state, the court shall
make a determination whether the out-of-state placement continues
to be appropriate and in the best interests of the child.

Unless the conditions in subdivision (b) are met and the child is
not returned to a parent or legal guardian at the permanency review
hearing, the court shall order that a hearing be held pursuant to
Section 366.26 in order to determine whether adoption, or, in the
case of an Indian child, in consultation with the child’s tribe, tribal
customary adoption, guardianship, or long-term foster care is the
most appropriate plan for the child. On and after January 1, 2012,
a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26 shall not be ordered if the
child is a nonminor dependent, unless the nonminor dependent is
an Indian child, and tribal customary adoption is recommended as
the permanent plan. However, if the court finds by clear and
convincing evidence, based on the evidence already presented to
it, including a recommendation by the State Department of Social
Services when it is acting as an adoption agency or by a county
adoption agency, that there is a compelling reason, as described
in paragraph (5) of subdivision (g) of Section 366.21, for
determining that a hearing held under Section 366.26 is not in the
best begin delete interest end delete begin insert interests end insert of the child because the child is not a proper
subject for adoption and has no one willing to accept legal
guardianship, begin delete then end delete the court may, only under these circumstances,
order that the child remain in long-term foster care. On and after
January 1, 2012, the nonminor dependent’s legal status as an adult
is in and of itself a compelling reason not to hold a hearing pursuant
to Section 366.26. The court may order that a nonminor dependent
who otherwise is eligible pursuant to Section 11403 remain in a
planned, permanent living arrangement. If the court orders that a
child who is 10 years of age or older remain in long-term foster
care, the court shall determine whether the agency has made
reasonable efforts to maintain the child’s relationships with
individuals other than the child’s siblings who are important to the
child, consistent with the child’s best interests, and may make any
appropriate order to ensure that those relationships are maintained.
The hearing shall be held no later than 120 days from the date of
the permanency review hearing. The court shall also order
termination of reunification services to the parent or legal guardian.
The court shall continue to permit the parent or legal guardian to
visit the child unless it finds that visitation would be detrimental
to the child. The court shall determine whether reasonable services
have been offered or provided to the parent or legal guardian. For
purposes of this subdivision, evidence of any of the following
circumstances shall not, in and of themselves, be deemed a failure
to provide or offer reasonable services:

(1) The child has been placed with a foster family that is eligible
to adopt a child, or has been placed in a preadoptive home.

(2) The case plan includes services to make and finalize a
permanent placement for the child if efforts to reunify fail.

(3) Services to make and finalize a permanent placement for
the child, if efforts to reunify fail, are provided concurrently with
services to reunify the family.

(b) If the child is not returned to a parent or legal guardian at
the permanency review hearing and the court determines by clear
and convincing evidence that the best interests of the child would
be met by the provision of additional reunification services to a
parent or legal guardian who is making significant and consistent
progress in a court-ordered residential substance abuse treatment
program, or a parent recently discharged from incarceration,
institutionalization, or the custody of the United States Department
of Homeland Security and making significant and consistent
progress in establishing a safe home for the child’s return, the court
may continue the case for up to six months for a subsequent
permanency review hearing, provided that the hearing shall occur
within 24 months of the date the child was originally taken from
the physical custody of his or her parent or legal guardian. The
court shall continue the case only if it finds that there is a
substantial probability that the child will be returned to the physical
custody of his or her parent or legal guardian and safely maintained
in the home within the extended period of time or that reasonable
services have not been provided to the parent or legal guardian.
For the purposes of this section, in order to find a substantial
probability that the child will be returned to the physical custody
of his or her parent or legal guardian and safely maintained in the
home within the extended period of time, the court shall be required
to find all of the following:

(1) That the parent or legal guardian has consistently and
regularly contacted and visited with the child.

(2) That the parent or legal guardian has made significant and
consistent progress in the prior 18 months in resolving problems
that led to the child’s removal from the home.

(3) The parent or legal guardian has demonstrated the capacity
and ability both to complete the objectives of his or her substance
abuse treatment plan as evidenced by reports from a substance
abuse provider as applicable, or complete a treatment plan
postdischarge from incarceration, institutionalization, or detention,
or following deportation to his or her country of origin and his or
her return to the United States, and to provide for the child’s safety,
protection, physical and emotional well-being, and special needs.

For purposes of this subdivision, the court’s decision to continue
the case based on a finding or substantial probability that the child
will be returned to the physical custody of his or her parent or legal
guardian is a compelling reason for determining that a hearing
held pursuant to Section 366.26 is not in the best interests of the
child.

The court shall inform the parent or legal guardian that if the
child cannot be returned home by the subsequent permanency
review hearing, a proceeding pursuant to Section 366.26 may be
instituted. The court may not order that a hearing pursuant to
Section 366.26 be held unless there is clear and convincing
evidence that reasonable services have been provided or offered
to the parent or legal guardian.

(c) (1) Whenever a court orders that a hearing pursuant to
Section 366.26, including when a tribal customary adoption is
recommended, shall be held, it shall direct the agency supervising
the child and the county adoption agency, or the State Department
of Social Services when it is acting as an adoption agency, to
prepare an assessment that shall include:

(A) Current search efforts for an absent parent or parents.

(B) A review of the amount of and nature of any contact between
the child and his or her parents and other members of his or her
extended family since the time of placement. Although the
extended family of each child shall be reviewed on a case-by-case
basis, “extended family” for the purposes of this subparagraph
shall include, but not be limited to, the child’s siblings,
grandparents, aunts, and uncles.

(C) An evaluation of the child’s medical, developmental,
scholastic, mental, and emotional status.

(D)  A preliminary assessment of the eligibility and commitment
of any identified prospective adoptive parent or legal guardian,
particularly the caretaker, to include a social history including
screening for criminal records and prior referrals for child abuse
or neglect, the capability to meet the child’s needs, and the
understanding of the legal and financial rights and responsibilities
of adoption and guardianship. If a proposed legal guardian is a
relative of the minor, the assessment shall also consider, but need
not be limited to, all of the factors specified in subdivision (a) of
Section 361.3 and Section 361.4.

(E) The relationship of the child to any identified prospective
adoptive parent or legal guardian, the duration and character of
the relationship, the degree of attachment of the child to the
prospective relative guardian or adoptive parent, the relative’s or
adoptive parent’s strong commitment to caring permanently for
the child, the motivation for seeking adoption or legal guardianship,
a statement from the child concerning placement and the adoption
or legal guardianship, and whether the child, if over 12 years of
age, has been consulted about the proposed relative guardianship
arrangements, unless the child’s age or physical, emotional, or
other condition precludes his or her meaningful response, and if
so, a description of the condition.

(F) An analysis of the likelihood that the child will be adopted
if parental rights are terminated.

(G) In the case of an Indian child, in addition to subparagraphs
(A) to (F), inclusive, an assessment of the likelihood that the child
will be adopted, when, in consultation with the child’s tribe, a
tribal customary adoption, as defined in Section 366.24, is
recommended. If tribal customary adoption is recommended, the
assessment shall include an analysis of both of the following:

(i) Whether tribal customary adoption would or would not be
detrimental to the Indian child and the reasons for reaching that
conclusion.

(ii) Whether the Indian child cannot or should not be returned
to the home of the Indian parent or Indian custodian and the reasons
for reaching that conclusion.

(2) (A) A relative caregiver’s preference for legal guardianship
over adoption, if it is due to circumstances that do not include an
unwillingness to accept legal or financial responsibility for the
child, shall not constitute the sole basis for recommending removal
of the child from the relative caregiver for purposes of adoptive
placement.

(B) Regardless of his or her immigration status, a relative
caregiver shall be given information regarding the permanency
options of guardianship and adoption, including the long-term
benefits and consequences of each option, prior to establishing
legal guardianship or pursuing adoption. If the proposed permanent
plan is guardianship with an approved relative caregiver for a
minor eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP Program, as provided
for in Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385) of Chapter 2
of Part 3 of Division 9, the relative caregiver shall be informed
about the terms and conditions of the negotiated agreement
pursuant to Section 11387 and shall agree to its execution prior to
the hearing held pursuant to Section 366.26. A copy of the executed
negotiated agreement shall be attached to the assessment.

(d) This section shall become operative January 1, 1999. If at
any hearing held pursuant to Section 366.26, a legal guardianship
is established for the minor with an approved relative caregiver,
and juvenile court dependency is subsequently dismissed, the minor
shall be eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP Program, as provided
for in Article 4.5 (commencing with Section 11360) or Article 4.7
(commencing with Section 11385), as applicable, of Chapter 2 of
Part 3 of Division 9.

(e) As used in this section, “relative” means an adult who is
related to the child by blood, adoption, or affinity within the fifth
degree of kinship, including stepparents, stepsiblings, and all
relatives whose status is preceded by the words “great,”
“great-great,” or “grand,” or the spouse of any of those persons
even if the marriage was terminated by death or dissolution. If the
proposed permanent plan is guardianship with an approved relative
caregiver for a minor eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP Program,
as provided for in Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385)
of Chapter 2 of Part 3 of Division 9, “relative” as used in this
section has the same meaning as “relative ” as defined in
subdivision (c) of Section 11391.

(f) The implementation and operation of the amendments to
subdivision (a) enacted at the 2005-06 Regular Session shall be
subject to appropriation through the budget process and by phase,
as provided in Section 366.35.

SEC. 202.  

Section 366.25 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

366.25.  

(a) (1) When a case has been continued pursuant to
subdivision (b) of Section 366.22, the subsequent permanency
review hearing shall occur within 24 months after the date the
child was originally removed from the physical custody of his or
her parent or legal guardian. After considering the relevant and
admissible evidence, the court shall order the return of the child
to the physical custody of his or her parent or legal guardian unless
the court finds, by a preponderance of the evidence, that the return
of the child to his or her parent or legal guardian would create a
substantial risk of detriment to the safety, protection, or physical
or emotional well-being of the child. The social worker shall have
the burden of establishing that detriment. At the subsequent
permanency review hearing, the court shall consider the criminal
history, obtained pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (f) of
Section 16504.5, of the parent or legal guardian subsequent to the
child’s removal to the extent that the criminal record is substantially
related to the welfare of the child or parent’s or legal guardian’s
ability to exercise custody and control regarding his or her child
provided that the parent or legal guardian agreed to submit
fingerprint images to obtain criminal history information as part
of the case plan. The failure of the parent or legal guardian to
participate regularly and make substantive progress in court-ordered
treatment programs shall be prima facie evidence that return would
be detrimental. In making its determination, the court shall review
and consider the social worker’s report and recommendations and
the report and recommendations of any child advocate appointed
pursuant to Section 356.5; shall consider the efforts or progress,
or both, demonstrated by the parent or legal guardian and the extent
to which he or she availed himself or herself of services provided;
and shall make appropriate findings pursuant to subdivision (a) of
Section 366.

(2) Whether or not the child is returned to his or her parent or
legal guardian, the court shall specify the factual basis for its
decision. If the child is not returned to a parent or legal guardian,
the court shall specify the factual basis for its conclusion that return
would be detrimental. If the child is not returned to his or her
begin delete parents end delete begin insert parent end insert or legal guardian, the court shall consider and state
for the record, in-state and out-of-state options for the child’s
permanent placement. If the child is placed out of the state, the
court shall make a determination whether the out-of-state placement
continues to be appropriate and in the best interests of the child.

(3) If the child is not returned to a parent or legal guardian at
the subsequent permanency review hearing, the court shall order
that a hearing be held pursuant to Section 366.26 in order to
determine whether adoption, or, in the case of an Indian child,
tribal customary adoption, guardianship, or long-term foster care
is the most appropriate plan for the child. On and after January 1,
2012, a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26 shall not be ordered if
the child is a nonminor dependent, unless the nonminor dependent
is an Indian child and tribal customary adoption is recommended
as the permanent plan. However, if the court finds by clear and
convincing evidence, based on the evidence already presented to
it, including a recommendation by the State Department of Social
Services when it is acting as an adoption agency or by a county
adoption agency, that there is a compelling reason, as described
in paragraph (5) of subdivision (g) of Section 366.21, for
determining that a hearing held under Section 366.26 is not in the
best interest of the child because the child is not a proper subject
for adoption or, in the case of an Indian child, tribal customary
adoption, and has no one willing to accept legal guardianship, then
the court may, only under these circumstances, order that the child
remain in long-term foster care. On and after January 1, 2012, the
nonminor dependent’s legal status as an adult is in and of itself a
compelling reason not to hold a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26.
The court may order that a nonminor dependent who otherwise is
eligible pursuant to Section 11403 remain in a planned, permanent
living arrangement. If the court orders that a child who is 10 years
of age or older remain in long-term foster care, the court shall
determine whether the agency has made reasonable efforts to
maintain the child’s relationships with individuals other than the
child’s siblings who are important to the child, consistent with the
child’s best interests, and may make any appropriate order to ensure
that those relationships are maintained. The hearing shall be held
no later than 120 days from the date of the subsequent permanency
review hearing. The court shall also order termination of
reunification services to the parent or legal guardian. The court
shall continue to permit the parent or legal guardian to visit the
child unless it finds that visitation would be detrimental to the
child. The court shall determine whether reasonable services have
been offered or provided to the parent or legal guardian. For
purposes of this begin delete subdivision end delete begin insert paragraph end insert , evidence of any of the
following circumstances shall not, in and of themselves, be deemed
a failure to provide or offer reasonable services:

(A) The child has been placed with a foster family that is eligible
to adopt a child, or has been placed in a preadoptive home.

(B) The case plan includes services to make and finalize a
permanent placement for the child if efforts to reunify fail.

(C) Services to make and finalize a permanent placement for
the child, if efforts to reunify fail, are provided concurrently with
services to reunify the family.

(b) (1) Whenever a court orders that a hearing pursuant to
Section 366.26 shall be held, it shall direct the agency supervising
the child and the county adoption agency, or the State Department
of Social Services when it is acting as an adoption agency, to
prepare an assessment that shall include:

(A) Current search efforts for an absent parent or parents.

(B) A review of the amount of, and nature of, any contact
between the child and his or her parents and other members of his
or her extended family since the time of placement. Although the
extended family of each child shall be reviewed on a case-by-case
basis, “extended family” for the purposes of this paragraph shall
include, but not be limited to, the child’s siblings, grandparents,
aunts, and uncles.

(C) An evaluation of the child’s medical, developmental,
scholastic, mental, and emotional status.

(D) A preliminary assessment of the eligibility and commitment
of any identified prospective adoptive parent or legal guardian,
including a prospective tribal customary adoptive parent,
particularly the caretaker, to include a social history including
screening for criminal records and prior referrals for child abuse
or neglect, the capability to meet the child’s needs, and the
understanding of the legal and financial rights and responsibilities
of adoption and guardianship. If a proposed legal guardian is a
relative of the minor, the assessment shall also consider, but need
not be limited to, all of the factors specified in subdivision (a) of
Section 361.3 and in Section 361.4.

(E) The relationship of the child to any identified prospective
adoptive parent or legal guardian, including a prospective tribal
customary adoptive parent, the duration and character of the
relationship, the degree of attachment of the child to the prospective
relative guardian or adoptive parent, the relative’s or adoptive
parent’s strong commitment to caring permanently for the child,
the motivation for seeking adoption or legal guardianship, a
statement from the child concerning placement and the adoption
or legal guardianship, and whether the child, if over 12 years of
age, has been consulted about the proposed relative guardianship
arrangements, unless the child’s age or physical, emotional, or
other condition precludes his or her meaningful response, and if
so, a description of the condition.

(F) An analysis of the likelihood that the child will be adopted
if parental rights are terminated.

(G) In the case of an Indian child, in addition to subparagraphs
(A) to (F), inclusive, an assessment of the likelihood that the child
will be adopted, when, in consultation with the child’s tribe, a
tribal customary adoption, as defined in Section 366.24, is
recommended. If tribal customary adoption is recommended, the
assessment shall include an analysis of both of the following:

(i) Whether tribal customary adoption would or would not be
detrimental to the Indian child and the reasons for reaching that
conclusion.

(ii) Whether the Indian child cannot or should not be returned
to the home of the Indian parent or Indian custodian and the reasons
for reaching that conclusion.

(2) (A) A relative caregiver’s preference for legal guardianship
over adoption, if it is due to circumstances that do not include an
unwillingness to accept legal or financial responsibility for the
child, shall not constitute the sole basis for recommending removal
of the child from the relative caregiver for purposes of adoptive
placement.

(B) Regardless of his or her immigration status, a relative
caregiver shall be given information regarding the permanency
options of guardianship and adoption, including the long-term
benefits and consequences of each option, prior to establishing
legal guardianship or pursuing adoption. If the proposed permanent
plan is guardianship with an approved relative caregiver for a
minor eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP Program, as provided
for in Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385) of Chapter 2
of Part 3 of Division 9, the relative caregiver shall be informed
about the terms and conditions of the negotiated agreement
pursuant to Section 11387 and shall agree to its execution prior to
the hearing held pursuant to Section 366.26. A copy of the executed
negotiated agreement shall be attached to the assessment.

(c) If, at any hearing held pursuant to Section 366.26, a
guardianship is established for the minor with an approved relative
caregiver, and juvenile court dependency is subsequently
dismissed, the minor shall be eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP
Program, as provided for in Article 4.5 (commencing with Section
11360) or Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385), as
applicable, of Chapter 2 of Part 3 of Division 9.

(d) As used in this section, “relative” means an adult who is
related to the minor by blood, adoption, or affinity within the fifth
degree of kinship, including stepparents, stepsiblings, and all
relatives whose status is preceded by the words “great,”
“great-great,” or “grand,” or the spouse of any of those persons
even if the marriage was terminated by death or dissolution. If the
proposed permanent plan is guardianship with an approved relative
caregiver for a minor eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP Program,
as provided in Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385) of
Chapter 2 of Part 3 of Division 9, “relative” as used in this section
has the same meaning as “relative” as defined in subdivision (c)
of Section 11391.

(e) The implementation and operation of subdivision (a) enacted
at the 2005-06 Regular Session shall be subject to appropriation
through the budget process and by phase, as provided in Section
366.35.

SEC. 203.  

Section 4141 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

4141.  

(a) (1) Each state hospital shall update its injury and
illness prevention plan at least once a year to include necessary
safeguards to prevent workplace safety hazards in connection with
workplace violence associated with patient assaults on employees.

(2) Updated injury and illness prevention plans shall address,
but shall not be limited to, all of the following:

(A) Control of physical access throughout the hospital and
grounds.

(B) Alarm systems.

(C) Presence of security personnel.

(D) Training.

(E) Buddy systems.

(F) Communication.

(G) Emergency responses.

(3) (A) The department shall submit the updated injury and
illness prevention plans to the Legislature every two years.

(B) (i) The requirement for submitting the updated injury and
illness prevention plans imposed pursuant to subparagraph (A) is
inoperative four years after the date the first report is due, pursuant
to Section 10231.5 of the Government Code.

(ii) Updated injury and illness prevention plans submitted
pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall be submitted in compliance
with Section 9795 of the Government Code.

(b) Each state hospital shall establish an injury and illness
prevention committee comprised of hospital management and
employees designated by the hospital’s director in consultation
with the employee bargaining units. The committee shall be
responsible for providing recommendations to the hospital director
for updates to the injury and illness prevention plan. The committee
shall meet at least four times per year.

(c) Each state hospital shall develop an incident reporting
procedure that can be used, at a minimum, to develop reports of
patient assaults on employees and assist the hospital in identifying
risks of patient assaults on employees. Data obtained from the
incident reporting procedures shall be accessible to begin delete staff . end delete begin insert staff. end insert
The incident reporting procedure shall be designed to provide
hospital management with immediate notification of reported
incidents. The hospital shall provide for timely and efficient
responses and investigations to incident reports made under the
incident reporting procedure. Incident reports shall also be
forwarded to the injury and illness prevention committee
established pursuant to subdivision (b).

SEC. 204.  

Section 4427.5 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

4427.5.  

(a) (1) A developmental center shall immediately
report the following incidents involving a resident to the local law
enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the city or county in
which the developmental center is located, regardless of whether
the Office of Protective Services has investigated the facts and
circumstances relating to the incident:

(A) A death.

(B) A sexual assault, as defined in Section 15610.63.

(C) An assault with a deadly weapon, as described in Section
245 of the Penal Code, by a nonresident of the developmental
center.

(D) An assault with force likely to produce great bodily injury,
as described in Section 245 of the Penal Code.

(E) An injury to the genitals when the cause of the injury is
undetermined.

(F) A broken bone begin delete , end delete when the cause of the break is undetermined.

(2) If the incident is reported to the law enforcement agency by
telephone, a written report of the incident shall also be submitted
to the agency, within two working days.

(3) The reporting requirements of this subdivision are in addition
to, and do not substitute for, the reporting requirements of
mandated reporters, and any other reporting and investigative
duties of the developmental center and the department as required
by law.

(4)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert subdivision begin delete shall be interpreted to end delete begin insert does
not end insert prevent the developmental center from reporting any other
criminal act constituting a danger to the health or safety of the
residents of the developmental center to the local law enforcement
agency.

(b) (1) The department shall report to the agency described in
subdivision (i) of Section 4900 any of the following incidents
involving a resident of a developmental center:

(A) Any unexpected or suspicious death, regardless of whether
the cause is immediately known.

(B) Any allegation of sexual assault, as defined in Section
15610.63, in which the alleged perpetrator is a developmental
center or department employee or contractor.

(C) Any report made to the local law enforcement agency in
the jurisdiction in which the facility is located that involves
physical abuse, as defined in Section 15610.63, in which a staff
member is implicated.

(2) A report pursuant to this subdivision shall be made no later
than the close of the first business day following the discovery of
the reportable incident.

(c) The department shall do both of the following:

(1) Annually provide written information to every developmental
center employee regarding all of the following:

(A) The statutory and departmental requirements for mandatory
reporting of suspected or known abuse.

(B) The rights and protections afforded to individuals’ reporting
of suspected or known abuse.

(C) The penalties for failure to report suspected or known abuse.

(D) The telephone numbers for reporting suspected or known
abuse or neglect to designated investigators of the department and
to local law enforcement agencies.

(2) On or before August 1, 2001, in consultation with employee
organizations, advocates, consumers, and family members, develop
a poster that encourages staff, residents, and visitors to report
suspected or known abuse and provides information on how to
make these reports.

SEC. 205.  

Section 4648 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

4648.  

In order to achieve the stated objectives of a consumer’s
individual program plan, the regional center shall conduct activities,
including, but not limited to, all of the following:

(a) Securing needed services and supports.

(1) It is the intent of the Legislature that services and supports
assist individuals with developmental disabilities in achieving the
greatest self-sufficiency possible and in exercising personal
choices. The regional center shall secure services and supports
that meet the needs of the consumer, as determined in the
consumer’s individual program plan, and within the context of the
individual program plan, the planning team shall give highest
preference to those services and supports which would allow
minors with developmental disabilities to live with their families,
adult persons with developmental disabilities to live as
independently as possible in the community, and that allow all
consumers to interact with persons without disabilities in positive,
meaningful ways.

(2) In implementing individual program plans, regional centers,
through the planning team, shall first consider services and supports
in natural community, home, work, and recreational settings.
Services and supports shall be flexible and individually tailored
to the consumer and, where appropriate, his or her family.

(3) A regional center may, pursuant to vendorization or a
contract, purchase services or supports for a consumer from any
individual or agency which the regional center and consumer or,
where appropriate, his or her parents, legal guardian, or
conservator, or authorized representatives, determines will best
accomplish all or any part of that consumer’s program plan.

(A) Vendorization or contracting is the process for identification,
selection, and utilization of service vendors or contractors, based
on the qualifications and other requirements necessary in order to
provide the service.

(B) A regional center may reimburse an individual or agency
for services or supports provided to a regional center consumer if
the individual or agency has a rate of payment for vendored or
contracted services established by the department, pursuant to this
division, and is providing services pursuant to an emergency
vendorization or has completed the vendorization procedures or
has entered into a contract with the regional center and continues
to comply with the vendorization or contracting requirements. The
director shall adopt regulations governing the vendorization process
to be utilized by the department, regional centers, vendors and the
individual or agency requesting vendorization.

(C) Regulations shall include, but not be limited to: the vendor
application process, and the basis for accepting or denying an
application; the qualification and requirements for each category
of services that may be provided to a regional center consumer
through a vendor; requirements for emergency vendorization;
procedures for termination of vendorization; the procedure for an
individual or an agency to appeal any vendorization decision made
by the department or regional center.

(D) A regional center may vendorize a licensed facility for
exclusive services to persons with developmental disabilities at a
capacity equal to or less than the facility’s licensed capacity. A
facility already licensed on January 1, 1999, shall continue to be
vendorized at their full licensed capacity until the facility agrees
to vendorization at a reduced capacity.

(E) Effective July 1, 2009, notwithstanding any other provision
of law or regulation to the contrary, a regional center shall not
newly vendor a State Department of Social Services licensed
24-hour residential care facility with a licensed capacity of 16 or
more beds, unless the facility qualifies for receipt of federal funds
under the Medicaid Program.

(4) Notwithstanding subparagraph (B), a regional center may
contract or issue a voucher for services and supports provided to
a consumer or family at a cost not to exceed the maximum rate of
payment for that service or support established by the department.
If a rate has not been established by the department, the regional
center may, for an interim period, contract for a specified service
or support with, and establish a rate of payment for, any provider
of the service or support necessary to implement a consumer’s
individual program plan. Contracts may be negotiated for a period
of up to three years, with annual review and subject to the
availability of funds.

(5) In order to ensure the maximum flexibility and availability
of appropriate services and supports for persons with
developmental disabilities, the department shall establish and
maintain an equitable system of payment to providers of services
and supports identified as necessary to the implementation of a
consumers’ individual program plan. The system of payment shall
include provision for a rate to ensure that the provider can meet
the special needs of consumers and provide quality services and
supports in the least restrictive setting as required by law.

(6) The regional center and the consumer, or where appropriate,
his or her parents, legal guardian, conservator, or authorized
representative, including those appointed pursuant to subdivision
(d) of Section 4548, subdivision (b) of Section 4701.6, or
subdivision (e) of Section 4705, shall, pursuant to the individual
program plan, consider all of the following when selecting a
provider of consumer services and supports:

(A) A provider’s ability to deliver quality services or supports
which can accomplish all or part of the consumer’s individual
program plan.

(B) A provider’s success in achieving the objectives set forth
in the individual program plan.

(C) Where appropriate, the existence of licensing, accreditation,
or professional certification.

(D) The cost of providing services or supports of comparable
quality by different providers, if available, shall be reviewed, and
the least costly available provider of comparable service, including
the cost of transportation, who is able to accomplish all or part of
the consumer’s individual program plan, consistent with the
particular needs of the consumer and family as identified in the
individual program plan, shall be selected. In determining the least
costly provider, the availability of federal financial participation
shall be considered. The consumer shall not be required to use the
least costly provider if it will result in the consumer moving from
an existing provider of services or supports to more restrictive or
less integrated services or supports.

(E) The consumer’s choice of providers, or, where appropriate,
the consumer’s parent’s, legal guardian’s, authorized
representative’s, or conservator’s choice of providers.

(7) No service or support provided by any agency or individual
shall be continued unless the consumer or, where appropriate, his
or her parents, legal guardian, or conservator, or authorized
representative, including those appointed pursuant to subdivision
(d) of Section 4548, subdivision (b) of Section 4701.6, or
subdivision (e) of Section 4705, is satisfied and the regional center
and the consumer or, when appropriate, the person’s parents or
legal guardian or conservator agree that planned services and
supports have been provided, and reasonable progress toward
objectives have been made.

(8) Regional center funds shall not be used to supplant the
budget of any agency which has a legal responsibility to serve all
members of the general public and is receiving public funds for
providing those services.

(9) (A) A regional center may, directly or through an agency
acting on behalf of the center, provide placement in, purchase of,
or follow-along services to persons with developmental disabilities
in, appropriate community living arrangements, including, but not
limited to, support service for consumers in homes they own or
lease, foster family placements, health care facilities, and licensed
community care facilities. In considering appropriate placement
alternatives for children with developmental disabilities, approval
by the child’s parent or guardian shall be obtained before placement
is made.

(B) Effective July 1, 2012, notwithstanding any other provision
of law or regulation to the contrary, a regional center shall not
purchase residential services from a State Department of Social
Services licensed 24-hour residential care facility with a licensed
capacity of 16 or more beds. This prohibition on regional center
purchase of residential services shall not apply to any of the
following:

(i) A residential facility with a licensed capacity of 16 or more
beds that has been approved to participate in the department’s
Home and Community Based Services Waiver or another existing
waiver program or certified to participate in the Medi-Cal program.

(ii) A residential facility service provider that has a written
agreement and specific plan prior to July 1, 2012, with the
vendoring regional center to downsize the existing facility by
transitioning its residential services to living arrangements of 15
beds or less or restructure the large facility to meet federal
Medicaid eligibility requirements on or before June 30, 2013.

(iii) A residential facility licensed as a mental health
rehabilitation center by the State Department of Mental Health or
successor agency under any of the following circumstances:

(I) The facility is eligible for Medicaid reimbursement.

(II) The facility has a department-approved plan in place by
June 30, 2013, to transition to a program structure eligible for
federal Medicaid funding, and this transition will be completed by
June 30, 2014. The department may grant an extension for the date
by which the transition will be completed if the facility
demonstrates that it has made significant progress toward transition,
and states with specificity the timeframe by which the transition
will be completed and the specified steps that will be taken to
accomplish the transition. A regional center may pay for the costs
of care and treatment of a consumer residing in the facility on June
30, 2012, until June 30, 2013, inclusive, and, if the facility has a
department-approved plan in place by June 30, 2013, may continue
to pay the costs under this subparagraph until June 30, 2014, or
until the end of any period during which the department has granted
an extension.

(III) There is an emergency circumstance in which the regional
center determines that it cannot locate alternate federally eligible
services to meet the consumer’s needs. Under such an emergency
circumstance, an assessment shall be completed by the regional
center as soon as possible and within 30 days of admission. An
individual program plan meeting shall be convened immediately
following the assessment to determine the services and supports
needed for stabilization and to develop a plan to transition the
consumer from the facility into the community. If transition is not
expected within 90 days of admission, an individual program plan
meeting shall be held to discuss the status of transition and to
determine if the consumer is still in need of placement in the
facility. Commencing October 1, 2012, this determination shall
be made after also considering resource options identified by the
statewide specialized resource service. If it is determined that
emergency services continue to be necessary, the regional center
shall submit an updated transition plan that can cover a period of
up to 90 days. In no event shall placements under these emergency
circumstances exceed 180 days.

(C) (i) Effective July 1, 2012, notwithstanding any other
provision of law or regulation to the contrary, a regional center
shall not purchase new residential services from institutions for
mental disease, as described in Part 5 (commencing with Section
5900) of Division 5, for which federal Medicaid funding is not
available.

(ii) The prohibition described in clause (i) shall not apply to
emergencies, as determined by the regional center, when a regional
center cannot locate alternate federally eligible services to meet
the consumer’s needs. As soon as possible within 30 days of
admission due to an emergency, an assessment shall be completed
by the regional center. An individual program plan meeting shall
be convened immediately following the assessment, to determine
the services and supports needed for stabilization and to develop
a plan to transition the consumer from the facility to the
community. If transition is not expected within 90 days of
admission, an emergency begin delete , end delete begin insert individual end insert program plan meeting shall
be held to discuss the status of transition and to determine if the
consumer is still in need of placement in the facility. If emergency
services continue to be necessary, the regional center shall submit
an updated transition plan to the department for an extension of
up to 90 days. Placement shall not exceed 180 days.

(iii) Regional centers shall complete a comprehensive
assessment of any consumer residing in an institution for mental
disease as of July 1, 2012, for which federal Medicaid funding is
not available. The comprehensive assessment shall be completed
prior to the consumer’s next scheduled individual program plan
meeting and shall include identification of the services and supports
needed and the timeline for identifying or developing those services
needed to transition the consumer back to the community. Effective
October 1, 2012, the regional center shall also consider resource
options identified by the statewide specialized resource service.
For each individual program plan meeting convened pursuant to
this subparagraph, the clients’ rights advocate for the regional
center shall be notified of the meeting and may participate in the
meeting unless the consumer objects on his or her own behalf.

(D) Each person with developmental disabilities placed by the
regional center in a community living arrangement shall have the
rights specified in this division. These rights shall be brought to
the person’s attention by any means necessary to reasonably
communicate these rights to each resident, provided that, at a
minimum, the Director of Developmental Services prepare,
provide, and require to be clearly posted in all residential facilities
and day programs a poster using simplified language and pictures
that is designed to be more understandable by persons with
cognitive disabilities and that the rights information shall also be
available through the regional center to each residential facility
and day program in alternative formats, including, but not limited
to, other languages, braille, and audio tapes, when necessary to
meet the communication needs of consumers.

(E) Consumers are eligible to receive supplemental services
including, but not limited to, additional staffing, pursuant to the
process described in subdivision (d) of Section 4646. Necessary
additional staffing that is not specifically included in the rates paid
to the service provider may be purchased by the regional center if
the additional staff are in excess of the amount required by
regulation and the individual’s planning team determines the
additional services are consistent with the provisions of the
individual program plan. Additional staff should be periodically
reviewed by the planning team for consistency with the individual
program plan objectives in order to determine if continued use of
the additional staff is necessary and appropriate and if the service
is producing outcomes consistent with the individual program plan.
Regional centers shall monitor programs to ensure that the
additional staff is being provided and utilized appropriately.

(10) Emergency and crisis intervention services including, but
not limited to, mental health services and behavior modification
services, may be provided, as needed, to maintain persons with
developmental disabilities in the living arrangement of their own
choice. Crisis services shall first be provided without disrupting a
person’s living arrangement. If crisis intervention services are
unsuccessful, emergency housing shall be available in the person’s
home community. If dislocation cannot be avoided, every effort
shall be made to return the person to his or her living arrangement
of choice, with all necessary supports, as soon as possible.

(11) Among other service and support options, planning teams
shall consider the use of paid roommates or neighbors, personal
assistance, technical and financial assistance, and all other service
and support options which would result in greater self-sufficiency
for the consumer and cost-effectiveness to the state.

(12) When facilitation as specified in an individual program
plan requires the services of an individual, the facilitator shall be
of the consumer’s choosing.

(13) The community support may be provided to assist
individuals with developmental disabilities to fully participate in
community and civic life, including, but not limited to, programs,
services, work opportunities, business, and activities available to
persons without disabilities. This facilitation shall include, but not
be limited to, any of the following:

(A) Outreach and education to programs and services within
the community.

(B) Direct support to individuals which would enable them to
more fully participate in their community.

(C) Developing unpaid natural supports when possible.

(14) When feasible and recommended by the individual program
planning team, for purposes of facilitating better and cost-effective
services for consumers or family members, technology, including
telecommunication technology, may be used in conjunction with
other services and supports. Technology in lieu of a consumer’s
in-person appearances at judicial proceedings or administrative
due process hearings may be used only if the consumer or, when
appropriate, the consumer’s parent, legal guardian, conservator,
or authorized representative, gives informed consent. Technology
may be used in lieu of, or in conjunction with, in-person training
for providers, as appropriate.

(15) Other services and supports may be provided as set forth
in Sections 4685, 4686, 4687, 4688, and 4689, when necessary.

(16) Notwithstanding any other provision of law or regulation
to the contrary, effective July 1, 2009, regional centers shall not
purchase experimental treatments, therapeutic services, or devices
that have not been clinically determined or scientifically proven
to be effective or safe or for which risks and complications are
unknown. Experimental treatments or therapeutic services include
experimental medical or nutritional therapy when the use of the
product for that purpose is not a general physician practice. For
regional center consumers receiving these services as part of their
individual program plan (IPP) or individualized family service
plan (IFSP) on July 1, 2009, this prohibition shall apply on August
1, 2009.

(b) (1) Advocacy for, and protection of, the civil, legal, and
service rights of persons with developmental disabilities as
established in this division.

(2) Whenever the advocacy efforts of a regional center to secure
or protect the civil, legal, or service rights of any of its consumers
prove ineffective, the regional center or the person with
developmental disabilities or his or her parents, legal guardian, or
other representative may request the area board to initiate action
under the provisions defining area board advocacy functions
established in this division.

(c) The regional center may assist consumers and families
directly, or through a provider, in identifying and building circles
of support within the community.

(d) In order to increase the quality of community services and
protect consumers, the regional center shall, when appropriate,
take either of the following actions:

(1) Identify services and supports that are ineffective or of poor
quality and provide or secure consultation, training, or technical
assistance services for any agency or individual provider to assist
that agency or individual provider in upgrading the quality of
services or supports.

(2) Identify providers of services or supports that may not be
in compliance with local, state, and federal statutes and regulations
and notify the appropriate licensing or regulatory authority, or
request the area board to investigate the possible noncompliance.

(e) When necessary to expand the availability of needed services
of good quality, a regional center may take actions that include,
but are not limited to, the following:

(1) Soliciting an individual or agency by requests for proposals
or other means, to provide needed services or supports not presently
available.

(2) Requesting funds from the Program Development Fund,
pursuant to Section 4677, or community placement plan funds
designated from that fund, to reimburse the startup costs needed
to initiate a new program of services and supports.

(3) Using creative and innovative service delivery models,
including, but not limited to, natural supports.

(f) Except in emergency situations, a regional center shall not
provide direct treatment and therapeutic services, but shall utilize
appropriate public and private community agencies and service
providers to obtain those services for its consumers.

(g) Where there are identified gaps in the system of services
and supports or where there are identified consumers for whom
no provider will provide services and supports contained in his or
her individual program plan, the department may provide the
services and supports directly.

(h) At least annually, regional centers shall provide the
consumer, his or her parents, legal guardian, conservator, or
authorized representative a statement of services and supports the
regional center purchased for the purpose of ensuring that they are
delivered. The statement shall include the type, unit, month, and
cost of services and supports purchased.

SEC. 206.  

Section 4684.53 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

4684.53.  

(a) The State Department of Developmental Services
and the State Department of Social Services shall jointly implement
a licensing program to provide special health care and intensive
support services to adults in homelike community settings.

(b) The program shall be implemented through approved
community placement plans begin insert , end insert as follows:

(1) For closure of Agnews Developmental Center, through the
following regional centers:

(A) The San Andreas Regional Center.

(B) The Regional Center of the East Bay.

(C) The Golden Gate Regional Center.

(2) All regional centers involved in the closure of the Lanterman
Developmental Center, as determined by the State Department of
Developmental Services.

(3) All regional centers transitioning developmental center
residents to placements in the community.

(c) Each ARFPSHN shall possess a community care facility
license issued pursuant to Article 9 (commencing with Section
1567.50) of Chapter 3 of Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code,
and shall be subject to the requirements of Chapter 1 (commencing
with Section 80000) of Division 6 of Title 22 of the California
Code of Regulations, except for Article 8 (commencing with
Section 80090).

(d) For purposes of this article, a health facility licensed pursuant
to subdivision (e) or (h) of Section 1250 begin insert of the Health and Safety
Code end insert may place its licensed bed capacity in voluntary suspension
for the purpose of licensing the facility to operate an ARFPSHN
if the facility is selected to participate pursuant to Section 4684.58.
Consistent with subdivision (a) of Section 4684.50, any facility
licensed pursuant to this section shall serve up to five adults. A
facility’s bed capacity shall not be placed in voluntary suspension
until all consumers residing in the facility under the license to be
suspended have been relocated. begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert consumer begin delete may end delete begin insert shall not end insert be
relocated unless it is reflected in the consumer’s individual program
plan developed pursuant to Sections 4646 and 4646.5.

(e) Each ARFPSHN begin delete shall be end delete begin insert is end insert subject to the requirements of
Subchapters 5 begin delete through 9 end delete begin insert to 9, inclusive, end insert of Chapter 1 of, and
Subchapters 2 and 4 of Chapter 3 of, Division 2 of Title 17 of the
California Code of Regulations.

(f) Each ARFPSHN shall ensure that an operable automatic fire
sprinkler system is installed and maintained.

(g) Each ARFPSHN shall have an operable automatic fire
sprinkler system that is approved by the State Fire Marshal and
that meets the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 13D
standard for the installation of sprinkler systems in single- and
two-family dwellings and manufactured homes. A local jurisdiction
shall not require a sprinkler system exceeding this standard by
amending the standard or by applying standards other than NFPA
13D. A public water agency shall not interpret this section as
changing the status of a facility from a residence entitled to
residential water rates, nor shall a new meter or larger connection
pipe be required of the facility.

(h) Each ARFPSHN shall provide an alternative power source
to operate all functions of the facility for a minimum of six hours
in the event the primary power source is interrupted. The alternative
power source shall comply with the manufacturer’s
recommendations for installation and operation. The alternative
power source shall be maintained in safe operating condition, and
shall be tested every 14 days under the full load condition for a
minimum of 10 minutes. Written records of inspection,
performance, exercising period, and repair of the alternative power
source shall be regularly maintained on the premises and available
for inspection by the State Department of Developmental Services.

SEC. 207.  

Section 4792.1 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is repealed.

begin delete

4792.1.  

(a) This section shall only be operative if the condition
set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 3.62 of the Budget Act of
2012 is satisfied. It is the intent of the Legislature for the
department to identify up to fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) in
General Fund savings from within the overall developmental
services system, including any savings or reductions within state
administrative support, operation of the developmental centers,
and operation of the regional centers, including administration and
the purchase of services where applicable.

(b) It is the intent of the Legislature to keep the reductions made
pursuant to this section as far away as feasible from consumer’s
direct needs, services, and supports, including health, safety, and
quality of life.

(c) A variety of strategies, including, but not limited to, all of
the following, may be used to achieve this reduction:

(1) Savings attributable to caseload adjustments, changes in
expenditure trends, unexpended contract funds, or other
administrative savings or restructuring.

(2) Savings attributable to the establishment of best practices
for the administrative management of regional centers and for
regional centers to use when purchasing services for consumers
and families. In order to achieve these savings, the department
shall review and submit to the Legislature best practices pursuant
to subdivisions (b) to (g), inclusive, of Section 4620.3. The
department shall submit the proposed best practices to the fiscal
and applicable policy committees of the Legislature. This
submission shall include a description of the process that was
followed to collaborate with system stakeholders, the anticipated
impact of the best practices coupled with prior reductions on
consumers, families, and providers, estimated cost savings
associated with each practice, and draft statutory language
necessary to implement the best practices. Consistent with
subdivision (h) of Section 4620.3, implementation of the best
practices shall take effect only upon subsequent legislative
enactment.

(d) The department shall consider input from stakeholders,
including consumers and family members, consumer-focused
advocacy groups, service provider representatives, regional center
representatives, developmental center representatives, other
stakeholders, and staff of the Legislature, to develop General Fund
savings proposals as necessary.

(e) If the condition set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 3.62
of the Budget Act of 2012 is satisfied, and the department is
directed to identify up to fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) in
General Fund savings from within the developmental services
system, any savings or reductions identified shall be reported to
the Joint Legislative Budget Committee within 10 days of the
reduction as directed by subdivision (e) of Section 3.62 of the
Budget Act of 2012.

end delete

SEC. 208.  

Section 5008 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

5008.  

Unless the context otherwise requires, the following
definitions shall govern the construction of this part:

(a) “Evaluation” consists of multidisciplinary professional
analyses of a person’s medical, psychological, educational, social,
financial, and legal conditions as may appear to constitute a
problem. Persons providing evaluation services shall be properly
qualified professionals and may be full-time employees of an
agency providing evaluation services or may be part-time
employees or may be employed on a contractual basis.

(b) “Court-ordered evaluation” means an evaluation ordered by
a superior court pursuant to Article 2 (commencing with Section
5200) or by a court pursuant to Article 3 (commencing with Section
5225) of Chapter 2.

(c) “Intensive treatment” consists of such hospital and other
services as may be indicated. Intensive treatment shall be provided
by properly qualified professionals and carried out in facilities
qualifying for reimbursement under the California Medical
Assistance Program (Medi-Cal) set forth in Chapter 7 (commencing
with Section 14000) of Part 3 of Division 9, or under Title XVIII
of the federal Social Security Act and regulations thereunder.
Intensive treatment may be provided in hospitals of the United
States government by properly qualified professionals. Nothing
in this part shall be construed to prohibit an intensive treatment
facility from also providing 72-hour treatment and evaluation.

(d) “Referral” is referral of persons by each agency or facility
providing intensive treatment or evaluation services to other
agencies or individuals. The purpose of referral shall be to provide
for continuity of care, and may include, but need not be limited
to, informing the person of available services, making appointments
on the person’s behalf, discussing the person’s problem with the
agency or individual to which the person has been referred,
appraising the outcome of referrals, and arranging for personal
escort and transportation when necessary. Referral shall be
considered complete when the agency or individual to whom the
person has been referred accepts responsibility for providing the
necessary services. All persons shall be advised of available precare
services which prevent initial recourse to hospital treatment or
aftercare services which support adjustment to community living
following hospital treatment. These services may be provided
through county welfare departments, begin insert the end insert State Department of State
Hospitals, Short-Doyle programs begin insert , end insert or other local agencies.

Each agency or facility providing evaluation services shall
maintain a current and comprehensive file of all community
services, both public and private. These files shall contain current
agreements with agencies or individuals accepting referrals, as
well as appraisals of the results of past referrals.

(e) “Crisis intervention” consists of an interview or series of
interviews within a brief period of time, conducted by qualified
professionals, and designed to alleviate personal or family
situations which present a serious and imminent threat to the health
or stability of the person or the family. The interview or interviews
may be conducted in the home of the person or family, or on an
inpatient or outpatient basis with such therapy, or other services,
as may be appropriate. Crisis intervention may, as appropriate,
include suicide prevention, psychiatric, welfare, psychological,
legal, or other social services.

(f) “Prepetition screening” is a screening of all petitions for
court-ordered evaluation as provided in Article 2 (commencing
with Section 5200) of Chapter 2, consisting of a professional
review of all petitions; an interview with the petitioner and,
whenever possible, the person alleged, as a result of mental
disorder, to be a danger to others, or to himself or herself, or to be
gravely disabled, to assess the problem and explain the petition;
when indicated, efforts to persuade the person to receive, on a
voluntary basis, comprehensive evaluation, crisis intervention,
referral, and other services specified in this part.

(g) “Conservatorship investigation” means investigation by an
agency appointed or designated by the governing body of cases in
which conservatorship is recommended pursuant to Chapter 3
(commencing with Section 5350).

(h) (1) For purposes of Article 1 (commencing with Section
5150), Article 2 (commencing with Section 5200), and Article 4
(commencing with Section 5250) of Chapter 2, and for the purposes
of Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 5350), “gravely disabled”
means either of the following:

(A) A condition in which a person, as a result of a mental
disorder, is unable to provide for his or her basic personal needs
for food, clothing, or shelter.

(B) A condition in which a person, has been found mentally
incompetent under Section 1370 of the Penal Code and all of the
following facts exist:

(i) The indictment or information pending against the defendant
at the time of commitment charges a felony involving death, great
bodily harm, or a serious threat to the physical well-being of
another person.

(ii) The indictment or information has not been dismissed.

(iii) As a result of mental disorder, the person is unable to
understand the nature and purpose of the proceedings taken against
him or her and to assist counsel in the conduct of his or her defense
in a rational manner.

(2) For purposes of Article 3 (commencing with Section 5225)
and Article 4 (commencing with Section 5250), of Chapter 2, and
for the purposes of Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 5350),
“gravely disabled” means a condition in which a person, as a result
of impairment by chronic alcoholism, is unable to provide for his
or her basic personal needs for food, clothing, or shelter.

(3) The term “gravely disabled” does not include mentally
retarded persons by reason of being mentally retarded alone.

(i) “Peace officer” means a duly sworn peace officer as that
term is defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of
Title 3 of Part 2 of the Penal Code who has completed the basic
training course established by the Commission on Peace Officer
Standards and Training, or any parole officer or probation officer
specified in Section 830.5 of the Penal Code when acting in relation
to cases for which he or she has a legally mandated responsibility.

(j) “Postcertification treatment” means an additional period of
treatment pursuant to Article 6 (commencing with Section 5300)
of Chapter 2.

(k) “Court,” unless otherwise specified, means a court of record.

(l) “Antipsychotic medication” means any medication
customarily prescribed for the treatment of symptoms of psychoses
and other severe mental and emotional disorders.

(m) “Emergency” means a situation in which action to impose
treatment over the person’s objection is immediately necessary
for the preservation of life or the prevention of serious bodily harm
to the patient or others, and it is impracticable to first gain consent.
It is not necessary for harm to take place or become unavoidable
prior to treatment.

SEC. 209.  

Section 5328.03 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

5328.03.  

(a) (1) Notwithstanding Section 5328 of this code,
Section 3025 of the Family Code, or paragraph (2) of subdivision
(c) of Section 56.11 of the Civil Code, a psychotherapist who
knows that a minor has been removed from the physical custody
of his or her parent or guardian pursuant to Article 6 (commencing
with Section 300) to Article 10 (commencing with Section 360),
inclusive, of Chapter 2 of Part 1 of Division 2 shall not release
mental health records of the minor patient and shall not disclose
mental health information about that minor patient based upon an
authorization to release those records or the information signed
by the minor’s parent or guardian. This restriction shall not apply
if the juvenile court has issued an order authorizing the parent or
guardian to sign an authorization for the release of the records or
information after finding that such an order would not be
detrimental to the minor patient.

(2) Notwithstanding Section 5328 of this code or Section 3025
of the Family Code, a psychotherapist who knows that a minor
has been removed from the physical custody of his or her parent
or guardian pursuant to Article 6 (commencing with Section 300)
to Article 10 (commencing with Section 360), inclusive, of Chapter
2 of Part 1 of Division 2 shall not allow the parent or guardian to
inspect or obtain copies of mental health records of the minor
patient. This restriction shall not apply if the juvenile court has
issued an order authorizing the parent or guardian to inspect or
obtain copies of the mental health records of the minor patient
after finding that such an order would not be detrimental to the
minor patient.

(b) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “Mental health records” means mental health records as
defined by subdivision (b) of Section 123105 of the Health and
Safety Code.

(2) “Psychotherapist” means a provider of health care as defined
in Section 1010 of the Evidence Code.

(c) (1) When the juvenile court has issued an order described
in paragraph (1) of subdivision (a), the parent or guardian seeking
the release of the minor’s mental health records or information
about the minor shall present a copy of the court order to the
psychotherapist before any records or information may be released
pursuant to the signed authorization.

(2) When the juvenile court has issued an order described in
paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) begin insert , end insert the parent or guardian seeking to
inspect or obtain copies of the mental health records of the minor
patient shall present a copy of the court order to the psychotherapist
and shall comply with subdivisions (a) and (b) of Section 123110
of the Health and Safety Code before the parent or guardian is
allowed to inspect or obtain copies of the mental health records of
the minor patient.

(d) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent or limit
a psychotherapist’s authority under subdivision (a) of Section
123115 of the Health and Safety Code to deny a parent’s or
guardian’s written request to inspect or obtain copies of the minor
patient’s mental health records, notwithstanding the fact that the
juvenile court has issued an order authorizing the parent or guardian
to sign an authorization for the release of the mental health records
or information about that minor patient, or to inspect or obtain
copies of the minor patient’s health records. Liability for a
psychotherapist’s decision not to release records, not to disclose
information about the minor patient, or not to allow the parent or
guardian to inspect or obtain copies of the mental health records
pursuant to the authority of subdivision (a) of Section 123115 of
the Health and Safety Code shall be governed by that section.

(e) Nothing in this section shall be construed to impose upon a
psychotherapist a duty to inquire or investigate whether a child
has been removed from the physical custody of his or her parent
or guardian pursuant to Article 6 (commencing with Section 300)
to Article 10 (commencing with Section 360), inclusive, of Chapter
2 of Part 1 of Division 2 when a parent or guardian presents the
minor’s psychotherapist with an order authorizing the parent or
guardian to sign an authorization for the release of information or
the mental health records regarding the minor patient or authorizing
the parent or guardian to inspect or obtain copies of the mental
health records of the minor patient.

SEC. 210.  

Section 6254 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

6254.  

Wherever provision is made in this code for an order of
commitment by a superior court, the order of commitment shall
be in substantially the following form:

 

In the Superior Court of the State of California For the County of ____
The People For the Best Interest and Protection of	⎫ ⎪ ⎪	Order for Care, Hospitalization or Commitment
as a    ,	⎪
	⎪
and Concerning     and	⎬ ⎪
, Respondents	⎪
	⎭
The petition dated ________, alleging that ________, having been presented to this court on the ________ day of ________, begin delete 19__ end delete begin insert 20 end insert begin insert __ end insert , and an order of detention issued thereon by a judge of the superior court of this county, and a return of the said order:  And it further appearing that the provisions of Sections 6250 to 6254, inclusive, of the Welfare and Institutions Code have been complied with;  And it further appearing that Dr. ________ and Dr. ________, two regularly appointed and qualified medical examiners of this county, have made a personal examination of the alleged ________, and have made and signed the certificate of the medical examiners, which certificate is attached hereto and made a part hereof;  Now therefore, after examination and certificate made as aforesaid the court is satisfied and believes that ________ is a ________ and is so ________.  It is ordered, adjudged and decreed:  That ________ is a ________ and that _he  * (a) Be cared for and detained in ________, a county psychiatric hospital, a community mental health service, or a licensed sanitarium or hospital for the care of the mentally disordered until the further order of the court, or  * (b) Be cared for at ________, until the further order of the court, or   * (c) Be committed to the State Department of State Hospitals for placement in a state hospital, or   * (d) Be committed to a facility of the begin delete Veterans Administration end delete begin insert Department of Veterans Affairs end insert or other agency of the United States, to wit: ________ at ________.  It is further ordered and directed that ________ of this county, take, convey and deliver ________ to the proper authorities of the hospital or establishment designated herein to be cared for as provided by law.
Dated this ________ day of ________, begin delete 19__ end delete begin insert 20__ end insert .
Judge of the Superior Court
* Strike out when not applicable.

 

SEC. 211.  

Section 7295 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

7295.  

(a) To ensure its safety and security, a state hospital that
is under the jurisdiction of the State Department of State Hospitals,
as listed in Section 4100, may develop a list of items that are
deemed contraband and prohibited on hospital grounds begin delete , end delete and control
and eliminate contraband on hospital grounds.

(b) The State Department of State Hospitals shall develop a list
of items that shall be deemed contraband at every state hospital.

(c) A state hospital shall form a contraband committee,
comprised of hospital management and employees designated by
the hospital’s director, to develop the list of contraband items. The
committee shall develop the list with the participation of patient
representatives, or the patient government of the hospital, if one
is available, and the Office of Patients’ Rights.

(d) Each begin delete hospital end delete begin insert hospital’s end insert list of contraband items developed
pursuant to subdivision (a), and the statewide list of contraband
items developed pursuant to subdivision (b) begin insert , end insert are subject to review
and approval by the Director of State Hospitals or his or her
designee.

(e) A list of contraband items developed pursuant to subdivision
(a) shall be updated and subject to review and approval by the
director of the department, or his or her designee, no less often
than every six months.

(f) If an item presents an emergent danger to the safety and
security of a facility, the item may be placed immediately on a
contraband list by the Director of State Hospitals or the executive
director of the state hospital, but this placement shall be reviewed
by the contraband committee, if applicable, and approved by the
Director of State Hospitals or his or her designee within six weeks.

(g) The lists of contraband items developed pursuant to this
section shall be posted prominently in every unit of the hospital
and throughout the hospital, and provided to a patient upon request.

(h) The lists of contraband items developed pursuant to this
section shall be posted on the hospital’s Internet Web site.

(i) For the purposes of this section, “contraband” means
materials, articles, or goods that a patient is prohibited from having
in his or her possession because the materials, articles, or goods
present a risk to the safety and security of the facility.

(j) Notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
the hospital and the department may implement, interpret, or make
specific this section without taking regulatory action.

SEC. 212.  

Section 12306 of the Welfare and Institutions Code,
as amended by Section 36 of Chapter 439 of the Statutes of 2012,
is amended to read:

12306.  

(a) The state and counties shall share the annual cost
of providing services under this article as specified in this section.

(b) Except as provided in subdivisions (c) and (d), the state shall
pay to each county, from the General Fund and any federal funds
received under Title XX of the federal Social Security Act available
for that purpose, 65 percent of the cost of providing services under
this article, and each county shall pay 35 percent of the cost of
providing those services.

(c) For services eligible for federal funding pursuant to Title
XIX of the federal Social Security Act under the Medi-Cal program
and, except as provided in subdivisions (b) and (d) begin insert , end insert the state shall
pay to each county, from the General Fund and any funds available
for that purpose begin insert , end insert 65 percent of the nonfederal cost of providing
services under this article, and each county shall pay 35 percent
of the nonfederal cost of providing those services.

(d) (1) For the period of July 1, 1992, to June 30, 1994,
inclusive, the state’s share of the cost of providing services under
this article shall be limited to the amount appropriated for that
purpose in the annual Budget Act.

(2) The department shall restore the funding reductions required
by subdivision (c) of Section 12301, fully or in part, as soon as
administratively practicable, if the amount appropriated from the
General Fund for the 1992-93 fiscal year under this article is
projected to exceed the sum of the General Fund expenditures
under Section 14132.95 and the actual General Fund expenditures
under this article for the 1992-93 fiscal year. The entire amount
of the excess shall be applied to the restoration. Services shall not
be restored under this paragraph until the Department of Finance
has determined that the restoration of services would result in no
additional costs to the state or to the counties relative to the
combined state appropriation and county matching funds for
in-home supportive services under this article in the 1992-93 fiscal
year.

(e)  This section shall become operative only if Chapter 45 of
the Statutes of 2012 is deemed inoperative pursuant to Section 15
of that chapter.

SEC. 213.  

Section 12306 of the Welfare and Institutions Code,
as amended by Section 37 of Chapter 439 of the Statutes of 2012,
is amended to read:

12306.  

(a) The state and counties shall share the annual cost
of providing services under this article as specified in this section.

(b) Except as provided in subdivisions (c) and (d), the state shall
pay to each county, from the General Fund and any federal funds
received under Title XX of the federal Social Security Act available
for that purpose, 65 percent of the cost of providing services under
this article, and each county shall pay 35 percent of the cost of
providing those services.

(c) For services eligible for federal funding pursuant to Title
XIX of the federal Social Security Act under the Medi-Cal program
and, except as provided in subdivisions (b) and (d) begin insert , end insert the state shall
pay to each county, from the General Fund and any funds available
for that purpose begin insert , end insert 65 percent of the nonfederal cost of providing
services under this article, and each county shall pay 35 percent
of the nonfederal cost of providing those services.

(d) (1) For the period of July 1, 1992, to June 30, 1994,
inclusive, the state’s share of the cost of providing services under
this article shall be limited to the amount appropriated for that
purpose in the annual Budget Act.

(2) The department shall restore the funding reductions required
by subdivision (c) of Section 12301, fully or in part, as soon as
administratively practicable, if the amount appropriated from the
General Fund for the 1992-93 fiscal year under this article is
projected to exceed the sum of the General Fund expenditures
under Section 14132.95 and the actual General Fund expenditures
under this article for the 1992-93 fiscal year. The entire amount
of the excess shall be applied to the restoration. Services shall not
be restored under this paragraph until the Department of Finance
has determined that the restoration of services would result in no
additional costs to the state or to the counties relative to the
combined state appropriation and county matching funds for
in-home supportive services under this article in the 1992-93 fiscal
year.

(e) For the period during which Section 12306.15 is operative,
each county’s share of the costs of providing services pursuant to
this article specified in subdivisions (b) and (c) shall remain, but
the County IHSS Maintenance of Effort pursuant to Section
12306.15 shall be in lieu of that share.

(f) This section shall become inoperative only if Chapter 45 of
the Statutes of 2012 is deemed inoperative pursuant to Section 15
of that chapter.

SEC. 214.  

Section 14005.27 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

14005.27.  

(a) Individuals enrolled in the Healthy Families
Program pursuant to Part 6.2 (commencing with Section 12693)
of Division 2 of the Insurance Code on begin delete the effective date of the
act that added this section end delete begin insert June 27, 2012, end insert and who are determined
eligible to receive benefits pursuant to subdivisions (a) and (b) of
Section 14005.26, shall be transitioned into Medi-Cal, pursuant
to this section.

(b) To the extent necessary and for the purposes of carrying out
the provisions of this section, in performing initial eligibility
determinations for children enrolled in the Healthy Families
Program pursuant to Part 6.2 (commencing with Section 12693)
of Division 2 of the Insurance Code, the department shall adopt
the option pursuant to Section 1902(e)(13) of the federal Social
Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1396a(e)(13)) to allow the department
or county human services departments to rely upon findings made
by the Managed Risk Medical Insurance Board (MRMIB)
regarding one or more components of eligibility. The department
shall seek federal approval of a state plan amendment to implement
this subdivision.

(c) To the extent necessary, the department shall seek federal
approval of a state plan amendment or a waiver to provide
presumptive eligibility for the optional targeted low-income
category of eligibility pursuant to Section 14005.26 for individuals
presumptively eligible for or enrolled in the Healthy Families
Program pursuant to Part 6.2 (commencing with Section 12693)
of Division 2 of the Insurance Code. The presumptive eligibility
shall be based upon the most recent information contained in the
individual’s Healthy Families Program file. The timeframe for the
presumptive eligibility shall begin no sooner than January 1, 2013,
and shall continue until a determination of Medi-Cal eligibility is
made, which determination shall be performed within one year of
the individual’s Healthy Families Program annual review date.

(d) (1) The California Health and Human Services Agency, in
consultation with the Managed Risk Medical Insurance Board, the
State Department of Health Care Services, the Department of
Managed Health Care, and diverse stakeholders groups, shall
provide the fiscal and policy committees of the Legislature with
a strategic plan for the transition of the Healthy Families Program
pursuant to this section by no later than October 1, 2012. This
strategic plan shall, at a minimum, address all of the following:

(A) State, county, and local administrative components which
facilitate a successful subscriber transition such as communication
and outreach to subscribers and applicants, eligibility processing,
enrollment, communication, and linkage with health plan providers,
payments of applicable premiums, and overall systems operation
functions.

(B) Methods and processes for diverse stakeholder engagement
throughout the entire transition, including all phases of the
transition.

(C) State monitoring of managed care health plans’ performance
and accountability for provision of services, and initial quality
indicators for children and adolescents transitioning to Medi-Cal.

(D) Health care and dental delivery system components such
as standards for informing and enrollment materials, network
adequacy, performance measures and metrics, fiscal solvency, and
related factors that ensure timely access to quality health and dental
care for children and adolescents transitioning to Medi-Cal.

(E) Inclusion of applicable operational steps, timelines, and key
milestones.

(F) A time certain for the transfer of the Healthy Families
Advisory Board, as described in Part 6.2 (commencing with Section
12693) of Division 2 of the Insurance Code, to the State
Department of Health Care Services.

(2) The intent of this strategic plan is to serve as an overall guide
for the development of each plan for each phase of this transition,
pursuant to paragraphs (1) to (8), inclusive, of subdivision (e), to
ensure clarity and consistency in approach and subscriber
continuity of care. This strategic plan may also be updated by the
California Health and Human Services Agency as applicable and
provided to the Legislature upon completion.

(e) (1) The department shall transition individuals from the
Healthy Families Program to the Medi-Cal program in four phases,
as follows:

(A) Phase 1. Individuals enrolled in a Healthy Families Program
health plan that is a Medi-Cal managed care health plan shall be
enrolled in the same plan no earlier than January 1, 2013, pursuant
to the requirements of this section and Section 14011.6, and to the
extent the individual is otherwise eligible under this chapter and
Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 14200).

(B) Phase 2. Individuals enrolled in a Healthy Families Program
managed care health plan that is a subcontractor of a Medi-Cal
managed health care plan, to the extent possible, shall be enrolled
into a Medi-Cal managed health care plan that includes the
individuals’ current plan pursuant to the requirements of this
section and Section 14011.6, and to the extent the individuals are
otherwise eligible under this chapter and Chapter 8 (commencing
with Section 14200). The transition of individuals described in
this subparagraph shall begin no earlier than April 1, 2013.

(C) Phase 3. Individuals enrolled in a Healthy Families Program
plan that is not a Medi-Cal managed care plan and does not contract
or subcontract with a Medi-Cal managed care plan shall be enrolled
in a Medi-Cal managed care plan in that county. Enrollment shall
include consideration of the individuals’ primary care providers
pursuant to the requirements of this section and Section 14011.6,
and to the extent the individuals are otherwise eligible under this
chapter and Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 14200). The
transition of individuals described in this subparagraph shall begin
no earlier than August 1, 2013.

(D) Phase 4.

(i) Individuals residing in a county that is not a Medi-Cal
managed care county shall be provided services under the Medi-Cal
fee-for-service delivery system, subject to clause (ii). The transition
of individuals described in this subparagraph shall begin no earlier
than September 1, 2013.

(ii) In the event the department creates a managed health care
system in the counties described in clause (i), individuals residing
in those counties shall be enrolled in managed health care plans
pursuant to this chapter and Chapter 8 (commencing with Section
14200).

(2) For the transition of individuals pursuant to subparagraphs
(A), (B), (C), and (D) of paragraph (1), implementation plans shall
be developed to ensure state and county systems readiness, health
plan network adequacy, and continuity of care with the goal of
ensuring there is no disruption of service and there is continued
access to coverage for all transitioning individuals. If an individual
is not retained with his or her current primary care provider, the
implementation plan shall require the managed care plan to report
to the department as to how continuity of care is being provided.
Transition of individuals described in subparagraphs (A), (B), (C),
and (D) of paragraph (1) shall not occur until 90 days after the
department has submitted an implementation plan to the fiscal and
policy committees of the Legislature. The implementation plans
shall include, but not be limited to, information on health and
dental plan network adequacy, continuity of care, eligibility and
enrollment requirements, consumer protections, and family
notifications.

(3) The following requirements shall be in place prior to
implementation of Phase 1, and shall be required for all phases of
the transition:

(A) Managed care plan performance measures shall be integrated
and coordinated with the Healthy Families Program performance
standards including, but not limited to, child-only Healthcare
Effectiveness Data and Information Set (HEDIS) measures, and
measures indicative of performance in serving children and
adolescents. These performance measures shall also be in
compliance with all performance requirements under the
Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2
(commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health and
Safety Code) and existing Medi-Cal managed care performance
measurements and standards as set forth in this chapter and Chapter
8 (commencing with Section 14200), Title 22 of the California
Code of Regulations, and all-plan letters, including, but not limited
to, network adequacy and linguistic services, and shall be met prior
to the transition of individuals pursuant to Phase 1.

(B) Medi-Cal managed care health plans shall allow enrollees
to remain with their current primary care provider. If an individual
does not remain with the current primary care provider, the plan
shall report to the department as to how continuity of care is being
provided.

(4) (A) As individuals are transitioned pursuant to
subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of paragraph (1), for
individuals residing in all counties except the Counties of
Sacramento and Los Angeles, their dental coverage shall transition
to fee-for-service dental coverage and may be provided by their
current provider if the provider is a Medi-Cal fee-for-service dental
provider.

(B) For individuals residing in the County of Sacramento, their
dental coverage shall continue to be provided by their current
dental managed care plan if their plan is a Medi-Cal dental
managed care plan. If their plan is not a Medi-Cal dental managed
care plan, they shall select a Medi-Cal dental managed care plan.
If they do not choose a Medi-Cal dental managed care plan, they
shall be assigned to a plan with preference to a plan with which
their current provider is a contracted provider. Any children in the
Healthy Families Program transitioned into Medi-Cal dental
managed care plans shall also have access to the beneficiary dental
exception process, pursuant to Section 14089.09. Further, the
Sacramento advisory committee, established pursuant to Section
14089.08, shall be consulted regarding the transition of children
in the Healthy Families Program into Medi-Cal dental managed
care plans.

(C) (i) For individuals residing in the County of Los Angeles,
for purposes of continuity of care, their dental coverage shall
continue to be provided by their current dental managed care plan
if that plan is a Medi-Cal dental managed care plan. If their plan
is not a Medi-Cal dental managed care plan, they may select a
Medi-Cal dental managed care plan or choose to move into
Medi-Cal fee-for-service dental coverage.

(ii) It is the intent of the Legislature that children transitioning
to Medi-Cal under this section have a choice in dental coverage,
as provided under existing law.

(5) Dental health plan performance measures and benchmarks
shall be in accordance with Section 14459.6.

(6) Medi-Cal managed care health and dental plans shall report
to the department, as frequently as specified by the department,
specified information pertaining to transition implementation,
enrollees, and providers, including, but not limited to, grievances
related to access to care, continuity of care requests and outcomes,
and changes to provider networks, including provider enrollment
and disenrollment changes. The plans shall report this information
by county, and in the format requested by the department.

(7) The department may develop supplemental implementation
plans to separately account for the transition of individuals from
the Healthy Families Program to specific Medi-Cal delivery
systems.

(8) The department shall consult with the Legislature and
stakeholders, including, but not limited to, consumers, families,
consumer advocates, counties, providers, and health and dental
plans, in the development of implementation plans described in
paragraph (3) for individuals who are transitioned to Medi-Cal in
Phase 2, Phase 3, and Phase 4, as described in subparagraphs (B),
(C), and (D) of paragraph (1).

(9) (A) The department shall consult and collaborate with the
Department of Managed Health Care in assessing Medi-Cal
managed care health plan network adequacy in accordance with
the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter
2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health
and Safety Code) for purposes of the developed transition plans
pursuant to paragraph (2) for each of the phases.

(B) For purposes of individuals transitioning in Phase 1, as
described in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1), network adequacy
shall be assessed as described in this paragraph and findings from
this assessment shall be provided to the fiscal and appropriate
policy committees of the Legislature 60 days prior to the effective
date of implementing this transition.

(10) The department shall provide monthly status reports to the
fiscal and policy committees of the Legislature on the transition
commencing no later than February 15, 2013. This monthly status
transition report shall include, but not be limited to, information
on health plan grievances related to access to care, continuity of
care requests and outcomes, changes to provider networks,
including provider enrollment and disenrollment changes, and
eligibility performance standards pursuant to subdivision begin delete (m) end delete begin insert (n) end insert .
A final comprehensive report shall be provided within 90 days
after completion of the last phase of transition.

(f) (1) The department and MRMIB shall work collaboratively
in the development of notices for individuals transitioned pursuant
to paragraph (1) of subdivision (e).

(2) The state shall provide written notice to individuals enrolled
in the Healthy Families Program of their transition to the Medi-Cal
program at least 60 days prior to the transition of individuals in
Phase 1, as described in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of
subdivision (e), and at least 90 days prior to transition of
individuals in Phases 2, 3, and 4, as described in subparagraphs
(B) begin delete and end delete begin insert , end insert (C), and (D) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (e).

(3) Notices developed pursuant to this subdivision shall ensure
individuals are informed regarding the transition, including, but
not limited to, how individuals’ systems of care may change, when
the changes will occur, and whom they can contact for assistance
when choosing a Medi-Cal managed care plan, if applicable,
including a toll-free telephone number, and with problems they
may encounter. The department shall consult with stakeholders
regarding notices developed pursuant to this subdivision. These
notices shall be developed using plain language, and written
translation of the notices shall be available for those who are
limited English proficient or non-English speaking in all Medi-Cal
threshold languages.

(4) The department shall designate department liaisons
responsible for the coordination of the Healthy Families Program
and may establish a children’s-focused section for this purpose
and to facilitate the provision of health care services for children
enrolled in Medi-Cal.

(5) The department shall provide a process for ongoing
stakeholder consultation and make information publicly available,
including the achievement of benchmarks, enrollment data,
utilization data, and quality measures.

(g) (1) In order to aid the transition of Healthy Families Program
enrollees, MRMIB, on the effective date of the act that added this
section and continuing through the completion of the transition of
Healthy Families Program enrollees to the Medi-Cal program,
shall begin requesting and collecting from health plans contracting
with MRMIB pursuant to Part 6.2 (commencing with Section
12693) of Division 2 of the Insurance Code, information about
each health plan’s provider network, including, but not limited to,
the primary care and all specialty care providers assigned to
individuals enrolled in the health plan. MRMIB shall obtain this
information in a manner that coincides with the transition activities
described in subdivision (d), and shall provide all of the collected
information to the department within 60 days of the department’s
request for this information to ensure timely transitions of the
Healthy Family Programs enrollees.

(2) The department shall analyze the existing Healthy Families
Program delivery system network and the Medi-Cal fee-for-service
provider networks, including, but not limited to, Medi-Cal dental
providers, to determine overlaps of the provider networks in each
county for which there are no Medi-Cal managed care plans or
dental managed care plans. To the extent there is a lack of existing
Medi-Cal fee-for-service providers available to serve the Healthy
Families Program enrollees, the department shall work with the
Healthy Families Program provider community to encourage
participation of those providers in the Medi-Cal program, and
develop a streamlined process to enroll them as Medi-Cal
providers.

(3) (A) MRMIB, within 60 days of a request by the department,
shall provide the department any data, information, or record
concerning the Healthy Families Program as is necessary to
implement the transition of enrollment required pursuant to this
section.

(B) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, all of the
following shall apply:

(i) The term “data, information, or record” shall include, but is
not limited to, personal information as defined in Section 1798.3
of the Civil Code.

(ii) Any data, information, or record shall be exempt from
disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Chapter 3.5
(commencing with Section 6250) of Division 7 begin insert of Title 1 end insert of the
Government Code) and any other law, to the same extent that it
was exempt from disclosure or privileged prior to the provision
of the data, information, or record to the department.

(iii) The provision of any such data, information, or record to
the department shall not constitute a waiver of any evidentiary
privilege or exemption from disclosure.

(iv) The department shall keep all data, information, or records
provided by MRMIB confidential to the full extent permitted by
law, including, but not limited to, the California Public Records
Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 6250) of Division 7
begin insert of Title 1 end insert of the Government Code), and consistent with MRMIB’s
contractual obligations to keep the data, information, or records
confidential.

(h) This section shall be implemented only to the extent that all
necessary federal approvals and waivers have been obtained and
the enhanced rate of federal financial participation under Title XXI
of the federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1397aa et seq.)
is available for targeted low-income children pursuant to that act.

(i) (1) The department shall exercise the option pursuant to
Section 1916A of the federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec.
1396o-1) to impose premiums for individuals described in
subdivision (a) of Section 14005.26 whose family income has been
determined to be above 150 percent and up to and including 200
percent of the federal poverty level, after application of the income
disregard pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 14005.26. The
department shall not impose premiums under this subdivision for
individuals described in subdivision (a) of Section 14005.26 whose
family income has been determined to be at or below 150 percent
of the federal poverty level, after application of the income
disregard pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 14005.26. The
department shall obtain federal approval for the implementation
of this subdivision.

(2) All premiums imposed under this section shall equal the
family contributions described in paragraph (2) of subdivision (d)
of Section 12693.43 of the Insurance Code and shall be reduced
in conformity with subdivisions (e) and (f) of Section 12693.43
of the Insurance Code.

(j) The department shall not enroll targeted low-income children
described in this section in the Medi-Cal program until all
necessary federal approvals and waivers have been obtained, or
no sooner than January 1, 2013.

(k) (1) To the extent the new budget methodology pursuant to
paragraph (6) of subdivision (a) of Section 14154 is not fully
operational, for the purposes of implementing this section, for
individuals described in subdivision (a) whose family income has
been determined to be at or below 150 percent of the federal
poverty level, as determined pursuant to subdivision (b), the
department shall utilize the budgeting methodology for this
population as contained in the November 2011 Medi-Cal Local
Assistance Estimate for Medi-Cal county administration costs for
eligibility operations.

(2) For purposes of implementing this section, the department
shall include in the Medi-Cal Local Assistance Estimate an amount
for Medi-Cal eligibility operations associated with the transfer of
Healthy Families Program enrollees eligible pursuant to subdivision
(a) of Section 14005.26 and whose family income is determined
to be above 150 percent and up to and including 200 percent of
the federal poverty level, after application of the income disregard
pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 14005.26. In developing an
estimate for this activity, the department shall consider the
projected number of final eligibility determinations each county
will process and projected county costs. Within 60 days of the
passage of the annual Budget Act, the department shall notify each
county of their allocation for this activity based upon the amount
allotted in the annual Budget Act for this purpose.

(l) When the new budget methodology pursuant to paragraph
(6) of subdivision (a) of Section 14154 is fully operational, the
new budget methodology shall be utilized to reimburse counties
for eligibility determinations made for individuals pursuant to this
section.

(m) Except as provided in subdivision (b), eligibility
determinations and annual redeterminations made pursuant to this
section shall be performed by county eligibility workers.

(n) In conducting the eligibility determinations for individuals
pursuant to this section and Section 14005.26, the following
reporting and performance standards shall apply to all counties:

(1) Counties shall report to the department, in a manner and for
a time period determined by the department, in consultation with
the County Welfare Directors Association, the number of
applications processed on a monthly basis, a breakout of the
applications based on income using the federal percentage of
poverty levels, the final disposition of each application, including
information on the approved Medi-Cal program, if applicable, and
the average number of days it took to make the final eligibility
determination for applications submitted directly to the county and
from the single point of entry (SPE).

(2) Notwithstanding any other law, the following performance
standards shall be applied to counties for eligibility determinations
for individuals eligible pursuant to this section:

(A) For children whose applications are received by the county
human services department from the SPE, the following standards
shall apply:

(i) Applications for children who are granted accelerated
enrollment by the SPE shall be processed according to the
timeframes specified in subdivision (d) of Section 14154.

(ii) Applications for children who are not granted accelerated
enrollment by the SPE due to the existence of an already active
Medi-Cal case shall be processed according to the timeframes
specified in subdivision (d) of Section 14154.

(iii) For applications for children who are not described in clause
(i) or (ii), 90 percent shall be processed within 10 working days
of being received, complete and without client errors.

(iv) If an application described in this section also contains
adults, and the adult applicants are required to submit additional
information beyond the information provided for the children, the
county shall process the eligibility for the child or children without
delay, consistent with this section while gathering the necessary
information to process eligibility for the adults.

(B) The department, in consultation with the County Welfare
Directors Association, shall develop reporting requirements for
the counties to provide regular data to the state regarding the
timeliness and outcomes of applications processed by the counties
that are received from the SPE.

(C) Performance thresholds and corrective action standards as
set forth in Section 14154 shall apply.

(D) For applications received directly into the county, these
applications shall be processed by the counties in accordance with
the performance standards established under subdivision (d) of
Section 14154.

(3) This subdivision shall be implemented no sooner than
January 1, 2013.

(4) Twelve months after implementation of this section pursuant
to subdivision (e), the department shall provide enrollment
information regarding individuals determined eligible pursuant to
subdivision (a) to the fiscal and appropriate policy committees of
the Legislature.

(o) (1) Notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
for purposes of this transition, the department, without taking any
further regulatory action, shall implement, interpret, or make
specific this section by means of all-county letters, plan letters,
plan or provider bulletins, or similar instructions until the time
regulations are adopted. It is the intent of the Legislature that the
department be allowed temporary authority as necessary to
implement program changes until completion of the regulatory
process.

(2) To the extent otherwise required by Chapter 3.5
(commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title
2 of the Government Code, the department shall adopt emergency
regulations implementing this section no later than July 1, 2014.
The department may thereafter readopt the emergency regulations
pursuant to that chapter. The adoption and readoption, by the
department, of regulations implementing this section shall be
deemed to be an emergency and necessary to avoid serious harm
to the public peace, health, safety, or general welfare for purposes
of Sections 11346.1 and 11349.6 of the Government Code, and
the department is hereby exempted from the requirement that it
describe facts showing the need for immediate action and from
review by the Office of Administrative Law.

(p) To implement this section, the department may enter into
and continue contracts with the Healthy Families Program
administrative vendor, for the purposes of implementing and
maintaining the necessary systems and activities for providing
health care coverage to optional targeted low-income children in
the Medi-Cal program for purposes of accelerated enrollment
application processing by single point of entry,
noneligibility-related case maintenance and premium collection,
maintenance of the Health-E-App Web portal, call center staffing
and operations, certified application assistant services, and
reporting capabilities. To further implement this section, the
department may also enter into a contract with the Health Care
Options Broker of the department for purposes of managed care
enrollment activities. The contracts entered into or amended under
this section may initially be completed on a noncompetitive bid
basis and are exempt from the Public Contract Code. Contracts
thereafter shall be entered into or amended on a competitive bid
basis and shall be subject to the Public Contract Code.

(q) (1) If at any time the director determines that this section
or any part of this section may jeopardize the state’s ability to
receive federal financial participation under the federal Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111-148), or any
amendment or extension of that act, or any additional federal funds
that the director, in consultation with the Department of Finance,
determines would be advantageous to the state, the director shall
give notice to the fiscal and policy committees of the Legislature
and to the Department of Finance. After giving notice, this section
or any part of this section shall become inoperative on the date
that the director executes a declaration stating that the department
has determined, in consultation with the Department of Finance,
that it is necessary to cease to implement this section or a part or
parts thereof in order to receive federal financial participation, any
increase in the federal medical assistance percentage available on
or after October 1, 2008, or any additional federal funds that the
director, in consultation with the Department of Finance, has
determined would be advantageous to the state.

(2) The director shall retain the declaration described in
paragraph (1), shall provide a copy of the declaration to the
Secretary of the State, the Secretary of the Senate, the Chief Clerk
of the Assembly, and the Legislative Counsel, and shall post the
declaration on the department’s Internet Web site.

(3) In the event that the director makes a determination under
paragraph (1) and this section ceases to be implemented, the
children shall be enrolled back into the Healthy Families Program.

SEC. 215.  

Section 14043.25 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code, as added by Section 8 of Chapter 797 of the Statutes of
2012, is amended to read:

14043.25.  

(a) The application form for enrollment, the provider
agreement, and all attachments or changes to either, shall be signed
under penalty of perjury.

(b) The department may require that the application form for
enrollment, the provider agreement, and all attachments or changes
to either, submitted by an applicant or provider licensed pursuant
to Division 2 (commencing with Section 500) of the Business and
Professions Code, the Osteopathic Initiative Act, or the
Chiropractic Initiative Act, be notarized.

(c) Application forms for enrollment, provider agreements, and
all attachments or changes to either, submitted by an applicant or
provider not subject to subdivision (b) shall be notarized. This
subdivision shall not apply with respect to providers under the
In-Home Supportive Services program.

(d) The department shall collect an application fee for
enrollment, including enrollment at a new location or a change in
location. The application fee shall not be collected from individual
physicians or nonphysician practitioners, from providers that are
enrolled in Medicare or another state’s Medicaid begin insert program end insert or
Children’s Health Insurance Program, from providers that submit
proof that they have paid the applicable fee to a Medicare
contractor or to another state’s Medicaid program, or pursuant to
an exemption or waiver pursuant to federal law. The application
fee collected shall be in the amount calculated by the federal
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services in effect for the
calendar year during which the application for enrollment is
received by the department.

(e) (1) This section shall become operative on the effective date
of the state plan amendment necessary to implement this section,
as stated in the declaration executed by the director pursuant to
paragraph (2).

(2) Upon approval of the state plan amendment necessary to
implement this section, the director shall execute a declaration, to
be retained by the director and posted on the department’s Internet
Web site, that states this approval has been obtained and the
effective date of the state plan amendment. The department shall
transmit a copy of the declaration to the Legislature.

SEC. 216.  

Section 14043.7 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code, as amended by Section 21 of Chapter 797 of the Statutes of
2012, is amended to read:

14043.7.  

(a) The department may make unannounced visits
to begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert applicant or to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert provider for the purpose of
determining whether enrollment, continued enrollment, or
certification is warranted, or as necessary for the administration
of the Medi-Cal program. At the time of the visit, the applicant or
provider shall be required to demonstrate an established place of
business appropriate and adequate for the services billed or claimed
to the Medi-Cal program, as relevant to his or her scope of practice,
as indicated by, but not limited to, the following:

(1) Being open and available to the general public.

(2) Having regularly established and posted business hours.

(3) Having adequate supplies in stock on the premises.

(4) Meeting all local laws and ordinances regarding business
licensing and operations.

(5) Having the necessary equipment and facilities to carry out
day-to-day business for his or her practice.

(b) An unannounced visit pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be
prohibited with respect to clinics licensed under Section 1204 of
the Health and Safety Code, clinics exempt from licensure under
Section 1206 of the Health and Safety Code, health facilities
licensed under Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 1250) of
Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code, and natural persons
licensed or certified under Division 2 (commencing with Section
500) of the Business and Professions Code, the Osteopathic
Initiative Act, or the Chiropractic Initiative Act, unless the
department has reason to believe that the provider will defraud or
abuse the Medi-Cal program or lacks the organizational or
administrative capacity to provide services under the program.

(c) Failure to remediate significant discrepancies in information
provided to the department by the provider or significant
discrepancies that are discovered as a result of an announced or
unannounced visit to a provider, for purposes of enrollment,
continued enrollment, or certification pursuant to subdivision (a)
shall make the provider subject to temporary suspension from the
Medi-Cal program, which shall include temporary deactivation of
the provider’s number, including all business addresses used by
the provider to obtain reimbursement from the Medi-Cal program.
The director shall notify in writing the provider of the temporary
suspension and deactivation of provider numbers, which shall take
effect 15 days from the date of the notification. Notwithstanding
Section 100171 of the Health and Safety Code, proceedings after
the imposition of sanctions in this begin delete paragraph end delete begin insert subdivision end insert shall be
in accordance with Section 14043.65.

(d) This section shall become inoperative on the effective date
of the necessary state plan amendment, as stated in the declaration
executed by the director pursuant to Section 14043.7 as added by
Section 22 of the act that added this subdivision, and is repealed
on the January 1 of the following year. The department shall post
the declaration on its Internet Web site and transmit a copy of the
declaration to the Legislature.

SEC. 217.  

Section 14043.7 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code, as added by Section 22 of Chapter 797 of the Statutes of
2012, is amended to read:

14043.7.  

(a) The department may make unannounced visits
to begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert applicant or to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert provider for the purpose of
determining whether enrollment, continued enrollment, or
certification is warranted, or as necessary for the administration
of the Medi-Cal program. If an unannounced site visit is conducted
by the department for any enrolled provider, the provider shall
permit access to any and all of their provider locations. If a provider
fails to permit access for any site visit, the application shall be
denied and the provider shall be subject to deactivation. At the
time of the visit, the applicant or provider shall be required to
demonstrate an established place of business appropriate and
adequate for the services billed or claimed to the Medi-Cal
program, as relevant to his or her scope of practice, as indicated
by, but not limited to, the following:

(1) Being open and available to the general public.

(2) Having regularly established and posted business hours.

(3) Having adequate supplies in stock on the premises.

(4) Meeting all local laws and ordinances regarding business
licensing and operations.

(5) Having the necessary equipment and facilities to carry out
day-to-day business for his or her practice.

(b) An unannounced visit pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be
prohibited with respect to clinics licensed under Section 1204 of
the Health and Safety Code, clinics exempt from licensure under
Section 1206 of the Health and Safety Code, health facilities
licensed under Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 1250) of
Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code, and natural persons
licensed or certified under Division 2 (commencing with Section
500) of the Business and Professions Code, the Osteopathic
Initiative Act, or the Chiropractic Initiative Act, unless the
department has reason to believe that the provider will defraud or
abuse the Medi-Cal program or lacks the organizational or
administrative capacity to provide services under the program.

(c) Failure to remediate significant discrepancies in information
provided to the department by the provider or significant
discrepancies that are discovered as a result of an announced or
unannounced visit to a provider, for purposes of enrollment,
continued enrollment, or certification pursuant to subdivision (a)
shall make the provider subject to temporary suspension from the
Medi-Cal program, which shall include temporary deactivation of
the provider’s number, including all business addresses used by
the provider to obtain reimbursement from the Medi-Cal program.
The director shall notify in writing the provider of the temporary
suspension and deactivation of provider numbers, which shall take
effect 15 days from the date of the notification. Notwithstanding
Section 100171 of the Health and Safety Code, proceedings after
the imposition of sanctions in this begin delete paragraph end delete begin insert subdivision end insert shall be
in accordance with Section 14043.65.

(d) (1) This section shall become operative on the effective
date of the state plan amendment necessary to implement this
section, as stated in the declaration executed by the director
pursuant to paragraph (2).

(2) Upon approval of the state plan amendment necessary to
implement this section under Section 455.416 of Title 42 of the
Code of Federal Regulations, the director shall execute a
declaration, to be retained by the director and posted on the
department’s Internet Web site, that states that this approval has
been obtained and the effective date of the state plan amendment.
The department shall transmit a copy of the declaration to the
Legislature.

SEC. 218.  

Section 14132.275 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

14132.275.  

(a) The department shall seek federal approval to
establish the demonstration project described in this section
pursuant to a Medicare or a Medicaid demonstration project or
waiver, or a combination thereof. Under a Medicare demonstration,
the department may contract with the federal Centers for Medicare
and Medicaid Services (CMS) and demonstration sites to operate
the Medicare and Medicaid benefits in a demonstration project
that is overseen by the state as a delegated Medicare benefit
administrator, and may enter into financing arrangements with
CMS to share in any Medicare program savings generated by the
demonstration project.

(b) After federal approval is obtained, the department shall
establish the demonstration project that enables dual eligible
beneficiaries to receive a continuum of services that maximizes
access to, and coordination of, benefits between the Medi-Cal and
Medicare programs and access to the continuum of long-term
services and supports and behavioral health services, including
mental health and substance use disorder treatment services. The
purpose of the demonstration project is to integrate services
authorized under the federal Medicaid Program (Title XIX of the
federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1396 et seq.)) and the
federal Medicare Program (Title XVIII of the federal Social
Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395 et seq.)). The demonstration
project may also include additional services as approved through
a demonstration project or waiver, or a combination thereof.

(c) For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall
apply:

(1) “Behavioral health” means Medi-Cal services provided
pursuant to Section 51341 of Title 22 of the California Code of
Regulations and Drug Medi-Cal substance abuse services provided
pursuant to Section 51341.1 of Title 22 of the California Code of
Regulations, and any mental health benefits available under the
Medicare Program.

(2) “Capitated payment model” means an agreement entered
into between CMS, the state, and a managed care health plan, in
which the managed care health plan receives a capitation payment
for the comprehensive, coordinated provision of Medi-Cal services
and benefits under Medicare Part C (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395w-21 et
seq.) and Medicare Part D (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395w-101 et seq.),
and CMS shares the savings with the state from improved provision
of Medi-Cal and Medicare services that reduces the cost of those
services. Medi-Cal services include long-term services and supports
as defined in Section 14186.1, behavioral health services, and any
additional services offered by the demonstration site.

(3) “Demonstration site” means a managed care health plan that
is selected to participate in the demonstration project under the
capitated payment model.

(4) “Dual eligible beneficiary” means an individual 21 years of
age or older who is enrolled for benefits under Medicare Part A
(42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395c et seq.) and Medicare Part B (42 U.S.C.
Sec. 1395j et seq.) and is eligible for medical assistance under the
Medi-Cal State Plan.

(d) No sooner than March 1, 2011, the department shall identify
health care models that may be included in the demonstration
project, shall develop a timeline and process for selecting,
financing, monitoring, and evaluating the demonstration sites, and
shall provide this timeline and process to the appropriate fiscal
and policy committees of the Legislature. The department may
implement these demonstration sites in phases.

(e) The department shall provide the fiscal and appropriate
policy committees of the Legislature with a copy of any report
submitted to CMS to meet the requirements under the
demonstration project.

(f) Goals for the demonstration project shall include all of the
following:

(1) Coordinate Medi-Cal and Medicare benefits across health
care settings and improve the continuity of care across acute care,
long-term care, behavioral health, including mental health and
substance use disorder services, and home- and community-based
services settings using a person-centered approach.

(2) Coordinate access to acute and long-term care services for
dual eligible beneficiaries.

(3) Maximize the ability of dual eligible beneficiaries to remain
in their homes and communities with appropriate services and
supports in lieu of institutional care.

(4) Increase the availability of and access to home- and
community-based services.

(5) Coordinate access to necessary and appropriate behavioral
health services, including mental health and substance use disorder
services.

(6) Improve the quality of care for dual eligible beneficiaries.

(7) Promote a system that is both sustainable and person and
family centered by providing dual eligible beneficiaries with timely
access to appropriate, coordinated health care services and
community resources that enable them to attain or maintain
personal health goals.

(g) No sooner than March 1, 2013, demonstration sites shall be
established in up to eight counties, and shall include at least one
county that provides Medi-Cal services via a two-plan model
pursuant to Article 2.7 (commencing with Section 14087.3) and
at least one county that provides Medi-Cal services under a county
organized health system pursuant to Article 2.8 (commencing with
Section 14087.5). The director shall consult with the Legislature,
CMS, and stakeholders when determining the implementation date
for this section. In determining the counties in which to establish
a demonstration site, the director shall consider the following:

(1) Local support for integrating medical care, long-term care,
and home- and community-based services networks.

(2) A local stakeholder process that includes health plans,
providers, mental health representatives, community programs,
consumers, designated representatives of in-home supportive
services personnel, and other interested stakeholders in the
development, implementation, and continued operation of the
demonstration site.

(h) In developing the process for selecting, financing,
monitoring, and evaluating the health care models for the
demonstration project, the department shall enter into a
memorandum of understanding with CMS. Upon completion, the
memorandum of understanding shall be provided to the fiscal and
appropriate policy committees of the Legislature and posted on
the department’s Internet Web site.

(i) The department shall negotiate the terms and conditions of
the memorandum of understanding, which shall address, but are
not limited to, the following:

(1) Reimbursement methods for a capitated payment model.
Under the capitated payment model, the demonstration sites shall
meet all of the following requirements:

(A) Have Medi-Cal managed care health plan and Medicare
dual eligible-special needs plan contract experience, or evidence
of the ability to meet these contracting requirements.

(B) Be in good financial standing and meet licensure
requirements under the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act
of 1975 (Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of Division
2 of the Health and Safety Code), except for county organized
health system plans that are exempt from licensure pursuant to
Section 14087.95.

(C) Meet quality measures, which may include Medi-Cal and
Medicare Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set
measures and other quality measures determined or developed by
the department or CMS.

(D) Demonstrate a local stakeholder process that includes dual
eligible beneficiaries, managed care health plans, providers, mental
health representatives, county health and human services agencies,
designated representatives of in-home supportive services
personnel, and other interested stakeholders that advise and consult
with the demonstration site in the development, implementation,
and continued operation of the demonstration project.

(E) Pay providers reimbursement rates sufficient to maintain
an adequate provider network and ensure access to care for
beneficiaries.

(F) Follow final policy guidance determined by CMS and the
department with regard to reimbursement rates for providers
pursuant to paragraphs (4) to (7), inclusive, of subdivision (o).

(G) To the extent permitted under the demonstration, pay
noncontracted hospitals prevailing Medicare fee-for-service rates
for traditionally Medicare covered benefits and prevailing Medi-Cal
fee-for-service rates for traditionally Medi-Cal covered benefits.

(2) Encounter data reporting requirements for both Medi-Cal
and Medicare services provided to beneficiaries enrolling in the
demonstration project.

(3) Quality assurance withholding from the demonstration site
payment, to be paid only if quality measures developed as part of
the memorandum of understanding and plan contracts are met.

(4) Provider network adequacy standards developed by the
department and CMS, in consultation with the Department of
Managed Health Care, the demonstration site, and stakeholders.

(5) Medicare and Medi-Cal appeals and hearing process.

(6) Unified marketing requirements and combined review
process by the department and CMS.

(7) Combined quality management and consolidated reporting
process by the department and CMS.

(8) Procedures related to combined federal and state contract
management to ensure access, quality, program integrity, and
financial solvency of the demonstration site.

(9) To the extent permissible under federal requirements,
implementation of the provisions of Sections 14182.16 and
14182.17 that are applicable to beneficiaries simultaneously eligible
for full-scope benefits under Medi-Cal and the Medicare Program.

(10) (A) In consultation with the hospital industry, CMS
approval to ensure that Medicare supplemental payments for direct
graduate medical education and Medicare add-on payments,
including indirect medical education and disproportionate share
hospital adjustments continue to be made available to hospitals
for services provided under the demonstration.

(B) The department shall seek CMS approval for CMS to
continue these payments either outside the capitation rates or, if
contained within the capitation rates, and to the extent permitted
under the demonstration project, shall require demonstration sites
to provide this reimbursement to hospitals.

(11) To the extent permitted under the demonstration project,
the default rate for non-contracting providers of physician services
shall be the prevailing Medicare fee schedule for services covered
by the Medicare program and the prevailing Medi-Cal fee schedule
for services covered by the Medi-Cal program.

(j) (1) The department shall comply with and enforce the terms
and conditions of the memorandum of understanding with CMS,
as specified in subdivision (i). To the extent that the terms and
conditions do not address the specific selection, financing,
monitoring, and evaluation criteria listed in subdivision (i), the
department:

(A) Shall require the demonstration site to do all of the
following:

(i) Comply with additional site readiness criteria specified by
the department.

(ii) Comply with long-term services and supports requirements
in accordance with Article 5.7 (commencing with Section 14186).

(iii) To the extent permissible under federal requirements,
comply with the provisions of Sections 14182.16 and 14182.17
that are applicable to beneficiaries simultaneously eligible for
full-scope benefits under both Medi-Cal and the Medicare Program.

(iv) Comply with all transition of care requirements for Medicare
Part D benefits as described in Chapters 6 and 14 of the Medicare
Managed Care Manual, published by CMS, including transition
timeframes, notices, and emergency supplies.

(B) May require the demonstration site to forgo charging
premiums, coinsurance, copayments, and deductibles for Medicare
Part C and Medicare Part D services.

(2) The department shall notify the Legislature within 30 days
of the implementation of each provision in paragraph (1).

(k) The director may enter into exclusive or nonexclusive
contracts on a bid or negotiated basis and may amend existing
managed care contracts to provide or arrange for services provided
under this section. Contracts entered into or amended pursuant to
this section shall be exempt from the provisions of Chapter 2
(commencing with Section 10290) of Part 2 of Division 2 of the
Public Contract Code and Chapter 6 (commencing with Section
14825) of Part 5.5 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government
Code.

(l) (1) (A) Except for the exemptions provided for in this
section, the department shall enroll dual eligible beneficiaries into
a demonstration site unless the beneficiary makes an affirmative
choice to opt out of enrollment or is already enrolled on or before
June 1, 2013, in a managed care organization licensed under the
Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2
(commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health and
Safety Code) that has previously contracted with the department
as a primary care case management plan pursuant to Article 2.9
(commencing with Section 14088) to provide services to
beneficiaries who are HIV positive or who have been diagnosed
with AIDS or in any entity with a contract with the department
pursuant to Chapter 8.75 (commencing with Section 14591).

(B) Dual eligible beneficiaries who opt out of enrollment into
a demonstration site may choose to remain enrolled in
fee-for-service Medicare or a Medicare Advantage plan for their
Medicare benefits, but shall be mandatorily enrolled into a
Medi-Cal managed care health plan pursuant to Section 14182.16,
except as exempted under subdivision (c) of Section 14182.16.

(C) (i) Persons meeting requirements for the Program of
All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE) pursuant to Chapter
8.75 (commencing with Section 14591) or a managed care
organization licensed under the Knox-Keene Health Care Service
Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340)
of Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code) that has previously
contracted with the department as a primary care case management
plan pursuant to Article 2.9 (commencing with Section 14088) begin delete of
Chapter 7 end delete to provide services to beneficiaries who are HIV positive
or who have been diagnosed with AIDS may select either of these
managed care health plans for their Medicare and Medi-Cal benefits
if one is available in that county.

(ii) In areas where a PACE plan is available, the PACE plan
shall be presented as an enrollment option, included in all
enrollment materials, enrollment assistance programs, and outreach
programs related to the demonstration project, and made available
to beneficiaries whenever enrollment choices and options are
presented. Persons meeting the age qualifications for PACE and
who choose PACE shall remain in the fee-for-service Medi-Cal
and Medicare programs, and shall not be assigned to a managed
care health plan for the lesser of 60 days or until they are assessed
for eligibility for PACE and determined not to be eligible for a
PACE plan. Persons enrolled in a PACE plan shall receive all
Medicare and Medi-Cal services from the PACE program pursuant
to the three-way agreement between the PACE program, the
department, and the begin insert federal end insert Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services.

(2) To the extent that federal approval is obtained, the
department may require that any beneficiary, upon enrollment in
a demonstration site, remain enrolled in the Medicare portion of
the demonstration project on a mandatory basis for six months
from the date of initial enrollment. After the sixth month, a dual
eligible beneficiary may elect to enroll in a different demonstration
site, a different Medicare Advantage plan, fee-for-service Medicare,
PACE, or a managed care organization licensed under the
Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2
(commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health and
Safety Code) that has previously contracted with the department
as a primary care case management plan pursuant to Article 2.9
(commencing with Section 14088) to provide services to
beneficiaries who are HIV positive or who have been diagnosed
with AIDS, for his or her Medicare benefits.

(A) During the six-month mandatory enrollment in a
demonstration site, a beneficiary may continue receiving services
from an out-of-network Medicare provider for primary and
specialty care services only if all of the following criteria are met:

(i) The dual eligible beneficiary demonstrates an existing
relationship with the provider prior to enrollment in a
demonstration site.

(ii) The provider is willing to accept payment from the
demonstration site based on the current Medicare fee schedule.

(iii) The demonstration site would not otherwise exclude the
provider from its provider network due to documented quality of
care concerns.

(B) The department shall develop a process to inform providers
and beneficiaries of the availability of continuity of services from
an existing provider and ensure that the beneficiary continues to
receive services without interruption.

(3) (A) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) begin delete of
subdivision (l) end delete , a dual eligible beneficiary shall be excluded from
enrollment in the demonstration project if the beneficiary meets
any of the following:

(i) The beneficiary has a prior diagnosis of end-stage renal
disease. This clause shall not apply to beneficiaries diagnosed with
end-stage renal disease subsequent to enrollment in the
demonstration project. The director may, with stakeholder input
and federal approval, authorize beneficiaries with a prior diagnosis
of end-stage renal disease in specified counties to voluntarily enroll
in the demonstration project.

(ii) The beneficiary has other health coverage, as defined in
paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) of Section 14182.16.

(iii) The beneficiary is enrolled in a home- and community-based
waiver that is a Medi-Cal benefit under Section 1915(c) of the
federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. begin delete 1396n et seq. end delete begin insert 1396n(c) end insert ),
except for persons enrolled in Multipurpose Senior Services
Program services.

(iv) The beneficiary is receiving services through a regional
center or state developmental center.

(v) The beneficiary resides in a geographic area or ZIP Code
not included in managed care, as determined by the department
and CMS.

(vi) The beneficiary resides in one of the Veterans’ Homes of
California, as described in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section
1010) of Division 5 of the Military and Veterans Code.

(B) (i) Beneficiaries who have been diagnosed with HIV/AIDS
may opt out of the demonstration project at the beginning of any
month. The State Department of Public Health may share relevant
data relating to a beneficiary’s enrollment in the AIDS Drug
Assistance Program with the department, and the department may
share relevant data relating to HIV-positive beneficiaries with the
State Department of Public Health.

(ii) The information provided by the State Department of Public
Health pursuant to this subparagraph shall not be further disclosed
by the State Department of Health Care Services, and shall be
subject to the confidentiality protections of subdivisions (d) and
(e) of Section 121025 of the Health and Safety Code, except this
information may be further disclosed as follows:

(I) To the person to whom the information pertains or the
designated representative of that person.

(II) To the Office of AIDS within the State Department of Public
Health.

(C) Beneficiaries who are Indians receiving Medi-Cal services
in accordance with Section 55110 of Title 22 of the California
Code of Regulations may opt out of the demonstration project at
the beginning of any month.

(D) The department, with stakeholder input, may exempt specific
categories of dual eligible beneficiaries from enrollment
requirements in this section based on extraordinary medical needs
of specific patient groups or to meet federal requirements.

(4) For the 2013 calendar year, the department shall offer federal
Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008
(Public Law 110-275) compliant contracts to existing Medicare
Advantage Special Needs Plans (D-SNP plans) to continue to
provide Medicare benefits to their enrollees in their service areas
as approved on January 1, 2012. In the 2013 calendar year,
beneficiaries in Medicare Advantage and D-SNP plans shall be
exempt from the enrollment provisions of subparagraph (A) of
paragraph (1), but may voluntarily choose to enroll in the
demonstration project. Enrollment into the demonstration project’s
managed care health plans shall be reassessed in 2014 depending
on federal reauthorization of the D-SNP model and the
department’s assessment of the demonstration plans.

(5) For the 2013 calendar year, demonstration sites shall not
offer to enroll dual eligible beneficiaries eligible for the
demonstration project into the demonstration site’s D-SNP.

(6) The department shall not terminate contracts in a
demonstration site with a managed care organization licensed
under the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975
(Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of
the Health and Safety Code) that has previously contracted with
the department as a primary care case management plan pursuant
to Article 2.9 (commencing with Section 14088) to provide services
to beneficiaries who are HIV positive beneficiaries or who have
been diagnosed with AIDS and with any entity with a contract
pursuant to Chapter 8.75 (commencing with Section 14591), except
as provided in the contract or pursuant to state or federal law.

(m) Notwithstanding Section 10231.5 of the Government Code,
the department shall conduct an evaluation, in partnership with
CMS, to assess outcomes and the experience of dual eligibles in
these demonstration sites and shall provide a report to the
Legislature after the first full year of demonstration operation, and
annually thereafter. A report submitted to the Legislature pursuant
to this subdivision shall be submitted in compliance with Section
9795 of the Government Code. The department shall consult with
stakeholders regarding the scope and structure of the evaluation.

(n) This section shall be implemented only if and to the extent
that federal financial participation or funding is available.

(o) It is the intent of the Legislature that:

(1) In order to maintain adequate provider networks,
demonstration sites shall reimburse providers at rates sufficient to
ensure access to care for beneficiaries.

(2) Savings under the demonstration project are intended to be
achieved through shifts in utilization, and not through reduced
reimbursement rates to providers.

(3) Reimbursement policies shall not prevent demonstration
sites and providers from entering into payment arrangements that
allow for the alignment of financial incentives and provide
opportunities for shared risk and shared savings in order to promote
appropriate utilization shifts, which encourage the use of home-
and community-based services and quality of care for dual eligible
beneficiaries enrolled in the demonstration sites.

(4) To the extent permitted under the demonstration project,
and to the extent that a public entity voluntarily provides an
intergovernmental transfer for this purpose, both of the following
shall apply:

(A) The department shall work with CMS in ensuring that the
capitation rates under the demonstration project are inclusive of
funding currently provided through certified public expenditures
supplemental payment programs that would otherwise be impacted
by the demonstration project.

(B) Demonstration sites shall pay to a public entity voluntarily
providing intergovernmental transfers that previously received
reimbursement under a certified public expenditures supplemental
payment program, rates that include the additional funding under
the capitation rates that are funded by the public entity’s
intergovernmental transfer.

(5) The department shall work with CMS in developing other
reimbursement policies and shall inform demonstration sites,
providers, and the Legislature of the final policy guidance.

(6) The department shall seek approval from CMS to permit
the provider payment requirements contained in subparagraph (G)
of paragraph (1) and paragraphs (10) and (11) of subdivision (i),
and Section 14132.276.

(7) Demonstration sites that contract with hospitals for hospital
services on a fee-for-service basis that otherwise would have been
traditionally Medicare services will achieve savings through
utilization changes and not by paying hospitals at rates lower than
prevailing Medicare fee-for-service rates.

(p) The department shall enter into an interagency agreement
with the Department of Managed Health Care to perform some or
all of the department’s oversight and readiness review activities
specified in this section. These activities may include providing
consumer assistance to beneficiaries affected by this section and
conducting financial audits, medical surveys, and a review of the
adequacy of provider networks of the managed care health plans
participating in this section. The interagency agreement shall be
updated, as necessary, on an annual basis in order to maintain
functional clarity regarding the roles and responsibilities of the
Department of Managed Health Care and the department. The
department shall not delegate its authority under this section as
the single state Medicaid agency to the Department of Managed
Health Care.

(q) (1) Beginning with the May Revision to the 2013-14
Governor’s Budget, and annually thereafter, the department shall
report to the Legislature on the enrollment status, quality measures,
and state costs of the actions taken pursuant to this section.

(2) (A) By January 1, 2013, or as soon thereafter as practicable,
the department shall develop, in consultation with CMS and
stakeholders, quality and fiscal measures for health plans to reflect
the short- and long-term results of the implementation of this
section. The department shall also develop quality thresholds and
milestones for these measures. The department shall update these
measures periodically to reflect changes in this program due to
implementation factors and the structure and design of the benefits
and services being coordinated by managed care health plans.

(B) The department shall require health plans to submit
Medicare and Medi-Cal data to determine the results of these
measures. If the department finds that a health plan is not in
compliance with one or more of the measures set forth in this
section, the health plan shall, within 60 days, submit a corrective
action plan to the department for approval. The corrective action
plan shall, at a minimum, include steps that the health plan shall
take to improve its performance based on the standard or standards
with which the health plan is out of compliance. The plan shall
establish interim benchmarks for improvement that shall be
expected to be met by the health plan in order to avoid a sanction
pursuant to Section 14304. Nothing in this subparagraph is intended
to limit Section 14304.

(C) The department shall publish the results of these measures,
including via posting on the department’s Internet Web site, on a
quarterly basis.

(r) Notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
the department may implement, interpret, or make specific this
section and any applicable federal waivers and state plan
amendments by means of all-county letters, plan letters, plan or
provider bulletins, or similar instructions, without taking regulatory
action. Prior to issuing any letter or similar instrument authorized
pursuant to this section, the department shall notify and consult
with stakeholders, including advocates, providers, and
beneficiaries. The department shall notify the appropriate policy
and fiscal committees of the Legislature of its intent to issue
instructions under this section at least five days in advance of the
issuance.

SEC. 219.  

Section 14132.276 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

14132.276.  

For nursing facility services provided under the
demonstration project as established in Section 14132.275, to the
extent these provisions are authorized under the memorandum of
understanding specified in subdivision (j) of Section 14132.275,
the following shall apply:

(a) The demonstration site shall not combine the rates of
payment for post-acute skilled and rehabilitation care provided by
a nursing facility and long-term and chronic care provided by a
nursing facility in order to establish a single payment rate for dual
eligible beneficiaries requiring skilled nursing services.

(b) The demonstration site shall pay nursing facilities providing
post-acute skilled and rehabilitation care or long-term and chronic
care rates that reflect the different level of services and intensity
required to provide these services.

(c) For the purposes of determining the appropriate rate for the
type of care identified in subdivision (b), the demonstration site
shall pay no less than the recognized rates under Medicare and
Medi-Cal for these service types.

(d) With respect to services under this section, the demonstration
site shall not offer, and the nursing facility shall not accept, any
discounts, rebates, or refunds as compensation or inducements for
the referral of patients or residents.

(e) It is the intent of the Legislature that savings under the
demonstration begin delete projects end delete begin insert project end insert be achieved through shifts in
utilization, and not through reduced reimbursement rates to
providers.

(f) In order to encourage quality improvement and promote
appropriate utilization incentives, including reduced
rehospitalization and shorter lengths of stay, for nursing facilities
providing the services under this section, the demonstration sites
may do any of the following:

(1) Utilize incentive or bonus payment programs that are in
addition to the rates identified in subdivisions (b) and (c).

(2) Opt to direct beneficiaries to facilities that demonstrate better
performance on quality or appropriate utilization factors.

SEC. 220.  

Section 14169.32 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

14169.32.  

(a) There shall be imposed on each general acute
care hospital that is not an exempt facility a quality assurance fee,
provided that a quality assurance fee under this article shall not be
imposed on a converted hospital.

(b) The quality assurance fee shall be computed starting on July
1, 2011, and continue through and including December 31, 2013.

(c) Subject to Section 14169.34, upon receipt of federal
approval, the following shall become operative:

(1) Within 10 business days following receipt of the notice of
federal approval from the federal government, the department shall
send notice to each hospital subject to the quality assurance fee,
and publish on its Internet Web site, the following information:

(A) The date that the state received notice of federal approval.

(B) The fee percentage for each subject fiscal year.

(2) The notice to each hospital subject to the quality assurance
fee shall also state the following:

(A) The aggregate quality assurance fee after the application of
the fee percentage for each subject fiscal year.

(B) The aggregate quality assurance fee.

(C) The amount of each payment due from the hospital with
respect to the aggregate quality assurance fee.

(D) The date on which each payment is due.

(3) The hospitals shall pay the aggregate quality assurance fee
after application of the fee percentage for all subject fiscal years
in 10 installments. The department shall establish the date that
each installment is due, provided that the first installment shall be
due no earlier than 20 days following the department sending the
notice pursuant to paragraph (1), and the installments shall be paid
at least one month apart, but if possible, the installments shall be
paid on a quarterly basis.

(4) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the
amount of each hospital’s aggregate quality assurance fee after
the application of the fee percentage for each subject fiscal year
that has not been paid by the hospital before December 15, 2013,
pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (8), shall be paid by the hospital
no later than December 15, 2013.

(5) (A) Notwithstanding subdivision (l) of Section 14169.31,
for the purpose of determining the installments under paragraph
(3), the department shall use an interim fee percentage as follows:

(i) One hundred percent for subject fiscal year 2011-12 until
the federal government has approved or disapproved additional
capitation payments described in Section 14169.5 for that subject
fiscal year.

(ii) One hundred percent for subject fiscal year 2012-13 until
the federal government has approved or disapproved additional
capitation payments described in Section 14169.5 for that subject
fiscal year.

(iii) Fifty percent for subject fiscal year 2013-14 until the federal
government has approved or disapproved additional capitation
payments described in Section 14169.5 for that subject fiscal year.

(B) The director may use a lower interim fee percentage for
each subject fiscal year under this paragraph as the director, in his
or her discretion, determines is reasonable in order to generate
sufficient but not excessive installment payments to make the
payments described in subdivision (b) of Section 14169.33.

(6) The director shall determine the final fee percentage for each
subject fiscal year within 15 days of the approval or disapproval,
in whole or in part, by the federal government of all changes to
the capitation rates of managed health care plans requested by the
department to implement Section 14169.5 for that subject fiscal
year, but in no event later than December 1, 2013. At the time the
director determines the final fee percentage for a subject fiscal
year, the director shall also determine the amount of future
installment payments of the quality assurance fee for each hospital
subject to the fee, if any are due. The amount of each future
installment payment shall be established by the director with the
objective that the total of the installment payments of the quality
assurance fee due from a hospital shall equal the director’s estimate
for each subject fiscal year for the hospital of the aggregate quality
assurance fee after the application of the fee percentage.

(7) The director, within 15 days of determining the final fee
percentage for a subject fiscal year pursuant to paragraph (6), shall
send notice to each hospital subject to the quality assurance fee of
the following information:

(A) The final fee percentage for each subject fiscal year for
which the final fee percentage has been determined.

(B) The fee percentage determined under paragraph (5) for each
subject fiscal year for which the final fee percentage has not been
determined.

(C) The aggregate quality assurance fee after application of the
fee percentage for each subject fiscal year.

(D) The director’s estimate of total quality assurance fee
payments due from the hospital under this article whether or not
paid. This amount shall be the sum of the aggregate quality
assurance fee after application of the fee percentage for each
subject fiscal year using the fee percentages contained in the notice.

(E) The total quality assurance fee payments that the hospital
has made under this article.

(F) The amount, if any, by which the total quality assurance fee
payments due from the hospital under this article as described in
subparagraph (C) exceed the total quality assurance fee payments
that the hospital has made under this article.

(G) The amount of each remaining installment of the quality
assurance fee, if any, due from the hospital and the date each
installment is due. This amount shall be the amount described in
subparagraph begin delete (E) end delete begin insert (F) end insert divided by the number of installment
payments remaining.

(8) Each hospital that is sent a notice under paragraph (7) shall
pay the additional installments of the quality assurance fee that
are due, if any, in the amounts and at the times set forth in the
notice unless superseded by a subsequent notice from the
department.

(9) The department shall refund to a hospital paying the quality
assurance fee the amount, if any, by which the total quality
assurance fee payments that the hospital has made under this article
for all subject fiscal years exceed the total quality assurance fee
payments due from the hospital under this article within 30 days
of the date on which the notice is sent to the hospital under
paragraph (7).

(d) The quality assurance fee, as paid pursuant to this section,
shall be paid by each hospital subject to the fee to the department
for deposit in the Hospital Quality Assurance Revenue Fund.
Deposits may be accepted at any time and will be credited toward
the program period.

(e) This section shall become inoperative if the federal Centers
for Medicare and Medicaid Services denies approval for, or does
not approve before July 1, 2014, the implementation of the quality
assurance fee pursuant to this article or the supplemental payments
to private hospitals described in Sections 14169.2 and 14169.3,
and either or both provisions cannot be modified by the department
pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section 14169.33 in order to meet
the requirements of federal law or to obtain federal approval.

(f) In no case shall the aggregate fees collected in a federal fiscal
year pursuant to this section, Section 14167.32, and Section
14168.32 exceed the maximum percentage of the annual aggregate
net patient revenue for hospitals subject to the fee that is prescribed
pursuant to federal law and regulations as necessary to preclude a
finding that an indirect guarantee has been created.

(g) (1) Interest shall be assessed on quality assurance fees not
paid on the date due at the greater of 10 percent per annum or the
rate at which the department assesses interest on Medi-Cal program
overpayments to hospitals that are not repaid when due. Interest
shall begin to accrue the day after the date the payment was due
and shall be deposited in the Hospital Quality Assurance Revenue
Fund.

(2) In the event that any fee payment is more than 60 days
overdue, a penalty equal to the interest charge described in
paragraph (1) shall be assessed and due for each month for which
the payment is not received after 60 days.

(h) When a hospital fails to pay all or part of the quality
assurance fee on or before the date that payment is due, the
department may immediately begin to deduct the unpaid assessment
and interest from any Medi-Cal payments owed to the hospital,
or, in accordance with Section 12419.5 of the Government Code,
from any other state payments owed to the hospital until the full
amount is recovered. All amounts, except penalties, deducted by
the department under this subdivision shall be deposited in the
Hospital Quality Assurance Revenue Fund. The remedy provided
to the department by this section is in addition to other remedies
available under law.

(i) The payment of the quality assurance fee shall not be
considered as an allowable cost for Medi-Cal cost reporting and
reimbursement purposes.

(j) The department shall work in consultation with the hospital
community to implement this article and Article 5.228
(commencing with Section 14169.1).

(k) This subdivision creates a contractually enforceable promise
on behalf of the state to use the proceeds of the quality assurance
fee, including any federal matching funds, solely and exclusively
for the purposes set forth in this article as they existed on begin delete the
effective date of this article end delete begin insert September 16, 2011 end insert , to limit the
amount of the proceeds of the quality assurance fee to be used to
pay for the health care coverage of children to the amounts
specified in this article, to limit any payments for the department’s
costs of administration to the amounts set forth in this article on
begin delete the effective date of this article end delete begin insert September 16, 2011 end insert , to maintain
and continue prior reimbursement levels as set forth in Section
14169.12 on begin delete the effective date of that article end delete begin insert September 16, 2011 end insert ,
and to otherwise comply with all its obligations set forth in Article
5.228 (commencing with Section 14169.1) and this article provided
that amendments that arise from, or have as a basis, a decision,
advice, or determination by the federal Centers for Medicare and
Medicaid Services relating to federal approval of the quality
assurance fee or the payments set forth in this article or Article
5.228 (commencing with Section 14169.1) shall control for the
purposes of this subdivision.

(l) (1) Effective January 1, 2014, the rates payable to hospitals
and managed health care plans under Medi-Cal shall be the rates
then payable without the supplemental and increased capitation
payments set forth in Article 5.228 (commencing with Section
14169.1).

(2) The supplemental payments and other payments under
Article 5.228 (commencing with Section 14169.1) shall be regarded
as quality assurance payments, the implementation or suspension
of which does not affect a determination of the adequacy of any
rates under federal law.

(m) (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the director may waive any
or all interest and penalties assessed under this article in the event
that the director determines, in his or her sole discretion, that the
hospital has demonstrated that imposition of the full quality
assurance fee on the timelines applicable under this article has a
high likelihood of creating a financial hardship for the hospital or
a significant danger of reducing the provision of needed health
care services.

(2) Waiver of some or all of the interest or penalties under this
subdivision shall be conditioned on the hospital’s agreement to
make fee payments, or to have the payments withheld from
payments otherwise due from the Medi-Cal program to the hospital,
on a schedule developed by the department that takes into account
the financial situation of the hospital and the potential impact on
services.

(3) A decision by the director under this subdivision begin delete shall end delete begin insert is end insert not
begin delete be end delete subject to judicial review.

(4) If fee payments are remitted to the department after the date
determined by the department to be the final date for calculating
the final supplemental payments under this article and Article
5.228 (commencing with Section 14169.1), the fee payments shall
be retained in the fund for purposes of funding supplemental
payments supported by a hospital quality assurance fee program
implemented under subsequent legislation, provided, however,
that if supplemental payments are not implemented under
subsequent legislation, then those fee payments shall be deposited
in the Distressed Hospital Fund.

(5) If during the implementation of this article, fee payments
that were due under Article 5.21 (commencing with Section
14167.1) and Article 5.22 (commencing with Section 14167.31),
or begin delete Article 5.226 (commencing with Section 14168.1) and end delete Article
5.227 (commencing with Section 14168.31), are remitted to the
department under a payment plan or for any other reason, and the
final date for calculating the final supplemental payments under
those articles has passed, begin delete then end delete those fee payments shall be
deposited in the fund to support the uses established by this article.

SEC. 221.  

Section 14182 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

14182.  

(a) (1) In furtherance of the waiver or demonstration
project developed pursuant to Section 14180, the department may
require seniors and persons with disabilities who do not have other
health coverage to be assigned as mandatory enrollees into new
or existing managed care health plans. To the extent that enrollment
is required by the department, an enrollee’s access to
fee-for-service Medi-Cal shall not be terminated until the enrollee
has been assigned to a managed care health plan.

(2) For purposes of this section:

(A) “Other health coverage” means health coverage providing
the same full or partial benefits as the Medi-Cal program, health
coverage under another state or federal medical care program, or
health coverage under contractual or legal entitlement, including,
but not limited to, a private group or indemnification insurance
program.

(B) “Managed care health plan” means an individual,
organization, or entity that enters into a contract with the
department pursuant to Article 2.7 (commencing with Section
14087.3), Article 2.81 (commencing with Section 14087.96),
Article 2.91 (commencing with Section 14089), or Chapter 8
(commencing with Section 14200).

(b) In exercising its authority pursuant to subdivision (a), the
department shall do all of the following:

(1) Assess and ensure the readiness of the managed care health
plans to address the unique needs of seniors or persons with
disabilities pursuant to the applicable readiness evaluation criteria
and requirements set forth in paragraphs (1) to (8), inclusive, of
subdivision (b) of Section 14087.48.

(2) Ensure the managed care health plans provide access to
providers that comply with applicable state and federal laws,
including, but not limited to, physical accessibility and the
provision of health plan information in alternative formats.

(3) Develop and implement an outreach and education program
for seniors and persons with disabilities, not currently enrolled in
Medi-Cal managed care, to inform them of their enrollment options
and rights under the demonstration project. Contingent upon
available private or public dollars other than moneys from the
General Fund, the department or its designated agent for enrollment
and outreach may partner or contract with community-based,
nonprofit consumer or health insurance assistance organizations
with expertise and experience in assisting seniors and persons with
disabilities in understanding their health care coverage options.
Contracts entered into or amended pursuant to this paragraph shall
be exempt from Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 10290) of
Part 2 of Division 2 of the Public Contract Code and any
implementing regulations or policy directives.

(4) At least three months prior to enrollment, inform
beneficiaries who are seniors or persons with disabilities, through
a notice written at no more than a sixth grade reading level, about
the forthcoming changes to their delivery of care, including, at a
minimum, how their system of care will change, when the changes
will occur, and who they can contact for assistance with choosing
a delivery system or with problems they encounter. In developing
this notice, the department shall consult with consumer
representatives and other stakeholders.

(5) Implement an appropriate cultural awareness and sensitivity
training program regarding serving seniors and persons with
disabilities for managed care health plans and plan providers and
staff in the Medi-Cal Managed Care Division of the department.

(6) Establish a process for assigning enrollees into an organized
delivery system for beneficiaries who do not make an affirmative
selection of a managed care health plan. The department shall
develop this process in consultation with stakeholders and in a
manner consistent with the waiver or demonstration project
developed pursuant to Section 14180. The department shall base
plan assignment on an enrollee’s existing or recent utilization of
providers, to the extent possible. If the department is unable to
make an assignment based on the enrollee’s affirmative selection
or utilization history, the department shall base plan assignment
on factors, including, but not limited to, plan quality and the
inclusion of local health care safety net system providers in the
plan’s provider network.

(7) Review and approve the mechanism or algorithm that has
been developed by the managed care health plan, in consultation
with their stakeholders and consumers, to identify, within the
earliest possible timeframe, persons with higher risk and more
complex health care needs pursuant to paragraph (11) of
subdivision (c).

(8) Provide managed care health plans with historical utilization
data for beneficiaries upon enrollment in a managed care health
plan so that the plans participating in the demonstration project
are better able to assist beneficiaries and prioritize assessment and
care planning.

(9) Develop and provide managed care health plans participating
in the demonstration project with a facility site review tool for use
in assessing the physical accessibility of providers, including
specialists and ancillary service providers that provide care to a
high volume of seniors and persons with disabilities, at a clinic or
provider site, to ensure that there are sufficient physically
accessible providers. Every managed care health plan participating
in the demonstration project shall make the results of the facility
site review tool publicly available on their Internet Web site and
shall regularly update the results to the department’s satisfaction.

(10) Develop a process to enforce legal sanctions, including,
but not limited to, financial penalties, withholding of Medi-Cal
payments, enrollment termination, and contract termination, in
order to sanction any managed care health plan in the
demonstration project that consistently or repeatedly fails to meet
performance standards provided in statute or contract.

(11) Ensure that managed care health plans provide a mechanism
for enrollees to request a specialist or clinic as a primary care
provider. A specialist or clinic may serve as a primary care provider
if the specialist or clinic agrees to serve in a primary care provider
role and is qualified to treat the required range of conditions of the
enrollee.

(12) Ensure that managed care health plans participating in the
demonstration project are able to provide communication access
to seniors and persons with disabilities in alternative formats or
through other methods that ensure communication, including
assistive listening systems, sign language interpreters, captioning,
written communication, plain language or written translations and
oral interpreters, including for those who are limited
English-proficient, or non-English speaking, and that all managed
care health plans are in compliance with applicable cultural and
linguistic requirements.

(13) Ensure that managed care health plans participating in the
demonstration project provide access to out-of-network providers
for new individual members enrolled under this section who have
an ongoing relationship with a provider if the provider will accept
the health plan’s rate for the service offered, or the applicable
Medi-Cal fee-for-service rate, whichever is higher, and the health
plan determines that the provider meets applicable professional
standards and has no disqualifying quality of care issues.

(14) Ensure that managed care health plans participating in the
demonstration project comply with continuity of care requirements
in Section 1373.96 of the Health and Safety Code.

(15) Ensure that the medical exemption criteria applied in
counties operating under Chapter 4.1 (commencing with Section
53800) or Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 53900) of
Subdivision 1 of Division 3 of Title 22 of the California Code of
Regulations are applied to seniors and persons with disabilities
served under this section.

(16) Ensure that managed care health plans participating in the
demonstration project take into account the behavioral health needs
of enrollees and include behavioral health services as part of the
enrollee’s care management plan when appropriate.

(17) Develop performance measures that are required as part
of the contract to provide quality indicators for the Medi-Cal
population enrolled in a managed care health plan and for the
subset of enrollees who are seniors and persons with disabilities.
These performance measures may include measures from the
Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set (HEDIS) or
measures indicative of performance in serving special needs
populations, such as the National Committee for Quality Assurance
(NCQA) Structure and Process measures, or both.

(18) Conduct medical audit reviews of participating managed
care health plans that include elements specifically related to the
care of seniors and persons with disabilities. These medical audits
shall include, but not be limited to, evaluation of the delivery
model’s policies and procedures, performance in utilization
management, continuity of care, availability and accessibility,
member rights, and quality management.

(19) Conduct financial audit reviews to ensure that a financial
statement audit is performed on managed care health plans annually
pursuant to the Generally Accepted Auditing Standards, and
conduct other risk-based audits for the purpose of detecting fraud
and irregular transactions.

(20) Ensure that managed care health plans maintain a dedicated
liaison to coordinate with the department, affected providers, and
new individual members for all of the following purposes:

(A) To ensure a mechanism for new members to obtain
continuity of care as described in paragraph (13).

(B) To receive notice, including that a new member has been
denied a medical exemption as described in paragraph (15), which
is required to include the name or names of the requesting provider,
and ensure that the provider’s ability to treat the member is
continued as described in paragraphs (11) and (13), if applicable,
or, if not applicable, ensure the member is immediately referred
to a qualified provider or specialty care center.

(C) To assist new members in maintaining an ongoing
relationship with a specialist or specialty care center when the
specialist is contracting with the plan and the assigned primary
care provider has approved a standing referral pursuant to Section
1374.16 of the Health and Safety Code.

(21) Ensure that written notice is provided to the beneficiary
and the requesting provider if a request for exemption from plan
enrollment is denied. The notice shall set out with specificity the
reasons for the denial or failure to unconditionally approve the
request for exemption from plan enrollment. The notice shall
inform the beneficiary and the provider of the right to appeal the
decision, how to appeal the decision, and if the decision is not
appealed, that the beneficiary shall enroll in a Medi-Cal plan and
how that enrollment shall occur. The notice shall also include
information of the possibility of continued access to an
out-of-network provider pursuant to paragraph (13). A beneficiary
who has not been enrolled in a plan shall remain in fee-for-service
Medi-Cal if a request for an exemption from plan enrollment or
appeal is submitted, until the final resolution. The department shall
also require the plans to ensure that these beneficiaries receive
continuity of care.

(22) Develop a process to track a beneficiary who has been
denied a request for exemption from plan enrollment and to notify
the plan, if applicable, of the denial, including information
identifying the provider. Notwithstanding paragraph (12) of
subdivision (c), the plan shall immediately refer the beneficiary
for a risk assessment survey and an individual care plan shall be
developed within 10 days, including authorization for 30 days of
continuity of prescription drugs.

(c) Prior to exercising its authority under this section and Section
14180, the department shall ensure that each managed care health
plan participating in the demonstration project is able to do all of
the following:

(1) Comply with the applicable readiness evaluation criteria
and requirements set forth in paragraphs (1) to (8), inclusive, of
subdivision (b) of Section 14087.48.

(2) Ensure and monitor an appropriate provider network,
including primary care physicians, specialists, professional, allied,
and medical supportive personnel, and an adequate number of
accessible facilities within each service area. Managed care health
plans shall maintain an updated, accurate, and accessible listing
of a provider’s ability to accept new patients and shall make it
available to enrollees, at a minimum, by phone, written material,
and Internet Web site.

(3) Assess the health care needs of beneficiaries who are seniors
or persons with disabilities and coordinate their care across all
settings, including coordination of necessary services within and,
where necessary, outside of the plan’s provider network.

(4) Ensure that the provider network and informational materials
meet the linguistic and other special needs of seniors and persons
with disabilities, including providing information in an
understandable manner in plain language, maintaining toll-free
telephone lines, and offering member or ombudsperson services.

(5) Provide clear, timely, and fair processes for accepting and
acting upon complaints, grievances, and disenrollment requests,
including procedures for appealing decisions regarding coverage
or benefits. Each managed care health plan participating in the
demonstration project shall have a grievance process that complies
with Section 14450, and Sections 1368 and 1368.01 of the Health
and Safety Code.

(6) Solicit stakeholder and member participation in advisory
groups for the planning and development activities related to the
provision of services for seniors and persons with disabilities.

(7) Contract with safety net and traditional providers as defined
in subdivisions (hh) and (jj) of Section 53810, of Title 22 of the
California Code of Regulations, to ensure access to care and
services. The managed care health plan shall establish participation
standards to ensure participation and broad representation of
traditional and safety net providers within a service area.

(8) Inform seniors and persons with disabilities of procedures
for obtaining transportation services to service sites that are offered
by the plan or are available through the Medi-Cal program.

(9) Monitor the quality and appropriateness of care for children
with special health care needs, including children eligible for, or
enrolled in, the California begin delete Children end delete begin insert Children’s end insert Services Program,
and seniors and persons with disabilities.

(10) Maintain a dedicated liaison to coordinate with each
regional center operating within the plan’s service area to assist
members with developmental disabilities in understanding and
accessing services and act as a central point of contact for
questions, access and care concerns, and problem resolution.

(11) At the time of enrollment apply the risk stratification
mechanism or algorithm described in paragraph (7) of subdivision
(b) approved by the department to determine the health risk level
of beneficiaries.

(12) (A) Managed care health plans shall assess an enrollee’s
current health risk by administering a risk assessment survey tool
approved by the department. This risk assessment survey shall be
performed within the following timeframes:

(i) Within 45 days of plan enrollment for individuals determined
to be at higher risk pursuant to paragraph (11).

(ii) Within 105 days of plan enrollment for individuals
determined to be at lower risk pursuant to paragraph (11).

(B) Based on the results of the current health risk assessment,
managed care health plans shall develop individual care plans for
higher risk beneficiaries that shall include the following minimum
components:

(i) Identification of medical care needs, including primary care,
specialty care, durable medical equipment, medications, and other
needs with a plan for care coordination as needed.

(ii) Identification of needs and referral to appropriate community
resources and other agencies as needed for services outside the
scope of responsibility of the managed care health plan.

(iii) Appropriate involvement of caregivers.

(iv) Determination of timeframes for reassessment and, if
necessary, circumstances or conditions that require redetermination
of risk level.

(13) (A) Establish medical homes to which enrollees are
assigned that include, at a minimum, all of the following elements,
which shall be considered in the provider contracting process:

(i) A primary care physician who is the primary clinician for
the beneficiary and who provides core clinical management
functions.

(ii) Care management and care coordination for the beneficiary
across the health care system including transitions among levels
of care.

(iii) Provision of referrals to qualified professionals, community
resources, or other agencies for services or items outside the scope
of responsibility of the managed care health plan.

(iv) Use of clinical data to identify beneficiaries at the care site
with chronic illness or other significant health issues.

(v) Timely preventive, acute, and chronic illness treatment in
the appropriate setting.

(vi) Use of clinical guidelines or other evidence-based medicine
when applicable for treatment of beneficiaries’ health care issues
or timing of clinical preventive services.

(B) In implementing this section, and the Special Terms and
Conditions of the demonstration project, the department may alter
the medical home elements described in this paragraph as necessary
to secure the increased federal financial participation associated
with the provision of medical assistance in conjunction with a
health home, as made available under the federal Patient Protection
and Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111-148), as amended by
the federal Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010
(Public Law 111-152), and codified in Section 1945 of Title XIX
of the federal Social Security Act. The department shall notify the
appropriate policy and fiscal committees of the Legislature of its
intent to alter medical home elements under this section at least
five days in advance of taking this action.

(14) Perform, at a minimum, the following care management
and care coordination functions and activities for enrollees who
are seniors or persons with disabilities:

(A) Assessment of each new enrollee’s risk level and health
needs shall be conducted through a standardized risk assessment
survey by means such as telephonic, Web-based, or in-person
communication or by other means as determined by the department.

(B) Facilitation of timely access to primary care, specialty care,
durable medical equipment, medications, and other health services
needed by the enrollee, including referrals to address any physical
or cognitive barriers to access.

(C) Active referral to community resources or other agencies
for needed services or items outside the managed care health plans
responsibilities.

(D) Facilitating communication among the beneficiaries’ health
care providers, including mental health and substance abuse
providers when appropriate.

(E) Other activities or services needed to assist beneficiaries in
optimizing their health status, including assisting with
self-management skills or techniques, health education, and other
modalities to improve health status.

(d) Except in a county where Medi-Cal services are provided
by a county organized health system, and notwithstanding any
other provision of law, in any county in which fewer than two
existing managed care health plans contract with the department
to provide Medi-Cal services under this chapter, the department
may contract with additional managed care health plans to provide
Medi-Cal services for seniors and persons with disabilities and
other Medi-Cal beneficiaries.

(e) Beneficiaries enrolled in managed care health plans pursuant
to this section shall have the choice to continue an established
patient-provider relationship in a managed care health plan
participating in the demonstration project if his or her treating
provider is a primary care provider or clinic contracting with the
managed care health plan and agrees to continue to treat that
beneficiary.

(f) The department may contract with existing managed care
health plans to operate under the demonstration project to provide
or arrange for services under this section. Notwithstanding any
other provision of law, the department may enter into the contract
without the need for a competitive bid process or other contract
proposal process, provided the managed care health plan provides
written documentation that it meets all qualifications and
requirements of this section.

(g) This section shall be implemented only to the extent that
federal financial participation is available.

(h) (1) The development of capitation rates for managed care
health plan contracts shall include the analysis of data specific to
the seniors and persons with disabilities population. For the
purposes of developing capitation rates for payments to managed
care health plans, the director may require managed care health
plans, including existing managed care health plans, to submit
financial and utilization data in a form, time, and substance as
deemed necessary by the department.

(2) (A) Notwithstanding Section 14301, the department may
incorporate, on a one-time basis for a three-year period, a
risk-sharing mechanism in a contract with the local initiative health
plan in the county with the highest normalized fee-for-service risk
score over the normalized managed care risk score listed in Table
1.0 of the Medi-Cal Acuity Study Seniors and Persons with
Disabilities (SPD) report written by Mercer Government Human
Services Consulting and dated September 28, 2010, if the local
initiative health plan meets the requirements of subparagraph (B).
The Legislature finds and declares that this risk-sharing mechanism
will limit the risk of beneficial or adverse effects associated with
a contract to furnish services pursuant to this section on an at-risk
basis.

(B) The local initiative health plan shall pay the nonfederal
share of all costs associated with the development, implementation,
and monitoring of the risk-sharing mechanism established pursuant
to subparagraph (A) by means of intergovernmental transfers. The
nonfederal share includes the state costs of staffing, state
contractors, or administrative costs directly attributable to
implementing subparagraph (A).

(C) This subdivision shall be implemented only to the extent
federal financial participation is not jeopardized.

(i) Persons meeting participation requirements for the Program
of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE) pursuant to Chapter
8.75 (commencing with Section 14591), may select a PACE plan
if one is available in that county.

(j) Persons meeting the participation requirements in effect on
January 1, 2010, for a Medi-Cal primary care case management
(PCCM) plan in operation on that date, may select that PCCM
plan or a successor health care plan that is licensed pursuant to the
Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2
(commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health and
Safety Code) to provide services within the same geographic area
that the PCCM plan served on January 1, 2010.

(k) Notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
the department may implement, interpret, or make specific this
section and any applicable federal waivers and state plan
amendments by means of all-county letters, plan letters, plan or
provider bulletins, or similar instructions, without taking regulatory
action. Prior to issuing any letter or similar instrument authorized
pursuant to this section, the department shall notify and consult
with stakeholders, including advocates, providers, and
beneficiaries. The department shall notify the appropriate policy
and fiscal committees of the Legislature of its intent to issue
instructions under this section at least five days in advance of the
issuance.

(l) Consistent with state law that exempts Medi-Cal managed
care contracts from Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 10290)
of Part 2 of Division 2 of the Public Contract Code, and in order
to achieve maximum cost savings, the Legislature hereby
determines that an expedited contract process is necessary for
contracts entered into or amended pursuant to this section. The
contracts and amendments entered into or amended pursuant to
this section shall be exempt from Chapter 2 (commencing with
Section 10290) of Part 2 of Division 2 of the Public Contract Code
and the requirements of State Administrative Management Manual
Memo 03-10. The department shall make the terms of a contract
available to the public within 30 days of the contract’s effective
date.

(m) In the event of a conflict between the Special Terms and
Conditions of the approved demonstration project, including any
attachment thereto, and any provision of this part, the Special
Terms and Conditions shall control. If the department identifies a
specific provision of this article that conflicts with a term or
condition of the approved waiver or demonstration project, or an
attachment thereto, the term or condition shall control, and the
department shall so notify the appropriate fiscal and policy
committees of the Legislature within 15 business days.

(n) In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this
article and any other provision of this part, the provisions of this
article shall control.

(o) Any otherwise applicable provisions of this chapter, Chapter
8 (commencing with Section 14200), or Chapter 8.75 (commencing
with Section begin delete 14500 end delete begin insert 14591 end insert ) not in conflict with this article or with
the terms and conditions of the demonstration project shall apply
to this section.

(p) To the extent that the director utilizes state plan amendments
or waivers to accomplish the purposes of this article in addition
to waivers granted under the demonstration project, the terms of
the state plan amendments or waivers shall control in the event of
a conflict with any provision of this part.

(q) (1) Enrollment of seniors and persons with disabilities into
a managed care health plan under this section shall be accomplished
using a phased-in process to be determined by the department and
shall not commence until necessary federal approvals have been
acquired or until June 1, 2011, whichever is later.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), and at the director’s
discretion, enrollment in Los Angeles County of seniors and
persons with disabilities may be phased-in over a 12-month period
using a geographic region method that is proposed by Los Angeles
County subject to approval by the department.

(r) A managed care health plan established pursuant to this
section, or under the Special Terms and Conditions of the
demonstration project pursuant to Section 14180, shall be subject
to, and comply with, the requirement for submission of encounter
data specified in Section 14182.1.

(s) (1) Commencing January 1, 2011, and until January 1, 2014,
the department shall provide the fiscal and policy committees of
the Legislature with semiannual updates regarding core activities
for the enrollment of seniors and persons with disabilities into
managed care health plans pursuant to the pilot program. The
semiannual updates shall include key milestones, progress toward
the objectives of the pilot program, relevant or necessary changes
to the program, submittal of state plan amendments to the federal
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, submittal of any
federal waiver documents, and other key activities related to the
mandatory enrollment of seniors and persons with disabilities into
managed care health plans. The department shall also include
updates on the transition of individuals into managed care health
plans, the health outcomes of enrollees, the care management and
coordination process, and other information concerning the success
or overall status of the pilot program.

(2) (A) The requirement for submitting a report imposed under
paragraph (1) is inoperative on January 1, 2015, pursuant to Section
10231.5 of the Government Code.

(B) A report to be submitted pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be
submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government
Code.

(t) The department, in collaboration with the State Department
of Social Services and county welfare departments, shall monitor
the utilization and caseload of the In-Home Supportive Services
(IHSS) program before and during the implementation of the pilot
program. This information shall be monitored in order to identify
the impact of the pilot program on the IHSS program for the
affected population.

(u) Services under Section 14132.95 or 14132.952, or Article
7 (commencing with Section 12300) of Chapter 3 that are provided
to individuals assigned to managed care health plans under this
section shall be provided through direct hiring of personnel,
contract, or establishment of a public authority or nonprofit
consortium, in accordance with and subject to the requirements of
Section 12302 or 12301.6, as applicable.

(v) The department shall, at a minimum, monitor on a quarterly
basis the adequacy of provider networks of the managed care health
plans.

(w) The department shall suspend new enrollment of seniors
and persons with disabilities into a managed care health plan if it
determines that the managed care health plan does not have
sufficient primary or specialty providers to meet the needs of their
enrollees.

SEC. 222.  

Section 14182.16 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

14182.16.  

(a) The department shall require Medi-Cal
beneficiaries who have dual eligibility in Medi-Cal and the
Medicare Program to be assigned as mandatory enrollees into new
or existing Medi-Cal managed care health plans for their Medi-Cal
benefits in counties participating in the demonstration project
pursuant to Section 14132.275.

(b) For the purposes of this section and Section 14182.17, the
following definitions shall apply:

(1) “Dual eligible beneficiary” means an individual 21 years of
age or older who is enrolled for benefits under Medicare Part A
(42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395c et seq.) or Medicare Part B (42 U.S.C. Sec.
1395j et seq.), or both, and is eligible for medical assistance under
the Medi-Cal State Plan.

(2) “Full-benefit dual eligible beneficiary” means an individual
21 years of age or older who is eligible for benefits under Medicare
Part A (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395c et seq.), Medicare Part B (42 U.S.C.
Sec. 1395j et seq.), and Medicare Part D (42 U.S.C. Sec.
1395w-101), and is eligible for medical assistance under the
Medi-Cal State Plan.

(3) “Managed care health plan” means an individual,
organization, or entity that enters into a contract with the
department pursuant to Article 2.7 (commencing with Section
14087.3), Article 2.81 (commencing with Section 14087.96), or
Article 2.91 (commencing with Section 14089), of this chapter,
or Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 14200).

(4) “Other health coverage” means health coverage providing
the same full or partial benefits as the Medi-Cal program, health
coverage under another state or federal medical care program
except for the Medicare Program (Title XVIII of the federal Social
Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395 et seq.)), or health coverage
under a contractual or legal entitlement, including, but not limited
to, a private group or indemnification insurance program.

(5) “Out-of-network Medi-Cal provider” means a health care
provider that does not have an existing contract with the
beneficiary’s managed care health plan or its subcontractors.

(6) “Partial-benefit dual eligible beneficiary” means an
individual 21 years of age or older who is enrolled for benefits
under Medicare Part A (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395c et seq.), but not
Medicare Part B (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395j et seq.), or who is eligible
for Medicare Part B (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395j et seq.), but not
Medicare Part A (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395c et seq.), and is eligible for
medical assistance under the Medi-Cal State Plan.

(c) (1) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), a dual eligible
beneficiary is exempt from mandatory enrollment in a managed
care health plan if the dual eligible beneficiary meets any of the
following:

(A) Except in counties with county organized health systems
operating pursuant to Article 2.8 (commencing with Section
14087.5), the beneficiary has other health coverage.

(B) The beneficiary receives services through a foster care
program, including the program described in Article 5
(commencing with Section 11400) of Chapter 2.

(C) The beneficiary is under 21 years of age.

(D) The beneficiary is not eligible for enrollment in managed
care health plans for medically necessary reasons determined by
the department.

(E) The beneficiary resides in one of the begin delete Veterans end delete begin insert Veterans end insert begin insert ’ end insert
Homes of California, as described in Chapter 1 (commencing with
Section 1010) of Division 5 of the Military and Veterans Code.

(F) The beneficiary is enrolled in any entity with a contract with
the department pursuant to Chapter 8.75 (commencing with Section
14591).

(G) The beneficiary is enrolled in a managed care organization
licensed under the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of
1975 (Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of Division
2 of the Health and Safety Code) that has previously contracted
with the department as a primary care case management plan
pursuant to Article 2.9 (commencing with Section 14088) begin delete of
Chapter 7 end delete .

(2) A beneficiary who has been diagnosed with HIV/AIDS is
not exempt from mandatory enrollment, but may opt out of
managed care enrollment at the beginning of any month.

(d) Implementation of this section shall incorporate the
provisions of Section 14182.17 that are applicable to beneficiaries
eligible for benefits under Medi-Cal and the Medicare Program.

(e) At the director’s sole discretion, in consultation with
stakeholders, the department may determine and implement a
phased-in enrollment approach that may include Medi-Cal
beneficiary enrollment into managed care health plans immediately
upon implementation of this section in a specific county, over a
12-month period, or other phased approach. The phased-in
enrollment shall commence no sooner than March 1, 2013, and
not until all necessary federal approvals have been obtained.

(f) To the extent that mandatory enrollment is required by the
department, an enrollee’s access to fee-for-service Medi-Cal shall
not be terminated until the enrollee has selected or been assigned
to a managed care health plan.

(g) Except in a county where Medi-Cal services are provided
by a county organized health system, and notwithstanding any
other law, in any county in which fewer than two existing managed
health care plans contract with the department to provide Medi-Cal
services under this chapter that are available to dual eligible
beneficiaries, including long-term services and supports, the
department may contract with additional managed care health plans
to provide Medi-Cal services.

(h) For partial-benefit dual eligible beneficiaries, the department
shall inform these beneficiaries of their rights to continuity of care
from out-of-network Medi-Cal providers pursuant to subparagraph
(G) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (d) of Section 14182.17, and
that the need for medical exemption criteria applied to counties
operating under Chapter 4.1 (commencing with Section 53800) of
Subdivision 1 of Division 3 of Title 22 of the California Code of
Regulations may not be necessary to continue receiving Medi-Cal
services from an out-of-network provider.

(i) The department may contract with existing managed care
health plans to provide or arrange for services under this section.
Notwithstanding any other law, the department may enter into the
contract without the need for a competitive bid process or other
contract proposal process, provided that the managed care health
plan provides written documentation that it meets all of the
qualifications and requirements of this section and Section
14182.17.

(j) The development of capitation rates for managed care health
plan contracts shall include the analysis of data specific to the dual
eligible population. For the purposes of developing capitation rates
for payments to managed care health plans, the department shall
require all managed care health plans, including existing managed
care health plans, to submit financial, encounter, and utilization
data in a form, at a time, and including substance as deemed
necessary by the department. Failure to submit the required data
shall result in the imposition of penalties pursuant to Section
14182.1.

(k) Persons meeting participation requirements for the Program
of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE) pursuant to Chapter
8.75 (commencing with Section 14591) may select a PACE plan
if one is available in that county.

(l) Except for dual eligible beneficiaries participating in the
demonstration project pursuant to Section 14132.275, persons
meeting the participation requirements in effect on January 1,
2010, for a Medi-Cal primary case management plan in operation
on that date, may select that primary care case management plan
or a successor health care plan that is licensed pursuant to the
Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2
(commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health and
Safety Code) to provide services within the same geographic area
that the primary care case management plan served on January 1,
2010.

(m) The department may implement an intergovernmental
transfer arrangement with a public entity that elects to transfer
public funds to the state to be used solely as the nonfederal share
of Medi-Cal payments to managed care health plans for the
provision of services to dual eligible beneficiaries pursuant to
Section 14182.15.

(n) To implement this section, the department may contract with
public or private entities. Contracts or amendments entered into
under this section may be on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis
and on a noncompetitive bid basis and shall be exempt from all of
the following:

(1) Part 2 (commencing with Section 10100) of Division 2 of
the Public Contract Code and any policies, procedures, or
regulations authorized by that part.

(2) Article 4 (commencing with Section 19130) of Chapter 5
of Part 2 of Division 5 of Title 2 of the Government Code.

(3) Review or approval of contracts by the Department of
General Services.

(o) Any otherwise applicable provisions of this chapter, Chapter
8 (commencing with Section 14200), or Chapter 8.75 (commencing
with Section 14591) not in conflict with this section or with the
Special Terms and Conditions of the waiver shall apply to this
section.

(p) The department shall, in coordination with and consistent
with an interagency agreement with the Department of Managed
Health Care, at a minimum, monitor on a quarterly basis the
adequacy of provider networks of the managed care health plans.

(q) The department shall suspend new enrollment of dual eligible
beneficiaries into a managed care health plan if it determines that
the managed care health plan does not have sufficient primary or
specialty care providers and long-term begin delete service end delete begin insert services end insert and supports
to meet the needs of its enrollees.

(r) Managed care health plans shall pay providers in accordance
with Medicare and Medi-Cal coordination of benefits.

(s) This section shall be implemented only to the extent that all
federal approvals and waivers are obtained and only if and to the
extent that federal financial participation is available.

(t) Notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
the department may implement, interpret, or make specific this
section and any applicable federal waivers and state plan
amendments by means of all-county letters, plan letters, plan or
provider bulletins, or similar instructions, without taking regulatory
action. Prior to issuing any letter or similar instrument authorized
pursuant to this section, the department shall notify and consult
with stakeholders, including advocates, providers, and
beneficiaries. The department shall notify the appropriate policy
and fiscal committees of the Legislature of its intent to issue
instructions under this section at least five days in advance of the
issuance.

(u) A managed care health plan that contracts with the
department for the provision of services under this section shall
ensure that beneficiaries have access to the same categories of
licensed providers that are available under fee-for-service
Medicare. Nothing in this section shall prevent a managed care
health plan from contracting with selected providers within a
category of licensure.

SEC. 223.  

Section 15630 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

15630.  

(a) Any person who has assumed full or intermittent
responsibility for the care or custody of an elder or dependent
adult, whether or not he or she receives compensation, including
administrators, supervisors, and any licensed staff of a public or
private facility that provides care or services for elder or dependent
adults, or any elder or dependent adult care custodian, health
practitioner, clergy member, or employee of a county adult
protective services agency or a local law enforcement agency, is
a mandated reporter.

(b) (1) Any mandated reporter who, in his or her professional
capacity, or within the scope of his or her employment, has
observed or has knowledge of an incident that reasonably appears
to be physical abuse, as defined in Section 15610.63, abandonment,
abduction, isolation, financial abuse, or neglect, or is told by an
elder or dependent adult that he or she has experienced behavior,
including an act or omission, constituting physical abuse, as defined
in Section 15610.63, abandonment, abduction, isolation, financial
abuse, or neglect, or reasonably suspects that abuse, shall report
the known or suspected instance of abuse by telephone or through
a confidential Internet reporting tool, as authorized by Section
15658, immediately or as soon as practicably possible. If reported
by telephone, a written report shall be sent, or an Internet report
shall be made through the confidential Internet reporting tool
established in Section 15658, within two working days:

(A) If the suspected or alleged abuse is physical abuse, as
defined in Section 15610.63, and the abuse occurred in a long-term
care facility, except a state mental health hospital or a state
developmental center, the following shall occur:

(i) If the suspected abuse results in serious bodily injury, a
telephone report shall be made to the local law enforcement agency
immediately, and no later than within two hours of the mandated
reporter observing, obtaining knowledge of, or suspecting the
physical abuse, and a written report shall be made to the local
ombudsman, the corresponding licensing agency, and the local
law enforcement agency within two hours of the mandated reporter
observing, obtaining knowledge of, or suspecting the physical
abuse.

(ii) If the suspected abuse does not result in serious bodily injury,
a telephone report shall be made to the local law enforcement
agency within 24 hours of the mandated reporter observing,
obtaining knowledge of, or suspecting the physical abuse, and a
written report shall be made to the local ombudsman, the
corresponding licensing agency, and the local law enforcement
agency within 24 hours of the mandated reporter observing,
obtaining knowledge of, or suspecting the physical abuse.

(iii) When the suspected abuse is allegedly caused by a resident
with a physician’s diagnosis of dementia, and there is no serious
bodily injury, as reasonably determined by the mandated reporter,
drawing upon his or her training or experience, the reporter shall
report to the local ombudsman or law enforcement agency by
telephone, immediately or as soon as practicably possible, and by
written report, within 24 hours.

(iv) When applicable, reports made pursuant to clauses (i) and
(ii) shall be deemed to satisfy the reporting requirements of the
federal Elder Justice Act of 2009, as set out in Subtitle H begin insert of Title
VI end insert of the federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public
Law 111-148), Section 1418.91 of the Health and Safety Code,
and Section 72541 of Title 22 of California Code of Regulations.
When a local law enforcement agency receives an initial report of
suspected abuse in a long-term care facility pursuant to this
subparagraph, the local law enforcement agency may coordinate
efforts with the local ombudsman to provide the most immediate
and appropriate response warranted to investigate the mandated
report. The local ombudsman and local law enforcement agencies
may collaborate to develop protocols to implement this
subparagraph.

(B) Notwithstanding the rulemaking provisions of Chapter 3.5
(commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title
2 of the Government Code, or any other law, the department may
implement subparagraph (A), in whole or in part, by means of
all-county letters, provider bulletins, or other similar instructions
without taking regulatory action.

(C) If the suspected or alleged abuse is abuse other than physical
abuse, and the abuse occurred in a long-term care facility, except
a state mental health hospital or a state developmental center, a
telephone report and a written report shall be made to the local
ombudsman or the local law enforcement agency.

(D) With regard to abuse reported pursuant to subparagraphs
(A) and (C), the local ombudsman and the local law enforcement
agency shall, as soon as practicable, except in the case of an
emergency or pursuant to a report required to be made pursuant
to clause (v), in which case these actions shall be taken
immediately, do all of the following:

(i) Report to the State Department of Public Health any case of
known or suspected abuse occurring in a long-term health care
facility, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 1418 of the Health
and Safety Code.

(ii) Report to the State Department of Social Services any case
of known or suspected abuse occurring in a residential care facility
for the elderly, as defined in Section 1569.2 of the Health and
Safety Code, or in an adult day program, as defined in paragraph
(2) of subdivision (a) of Section 1502 of the Health and Safety
Code.

(iii) Report to the State Department of Public Health and the
California Department of Aging any case of known or suspected
abuse occurring in an adult day health care center, as defined in
subdivision (b) of Section 1570.7 of the Health and Safety Code.

(iv) Report to the Bureau of Medi-Cal Fraud begin delete and Elder Abuse end delete
any case of known or suspected criminal activity.

(v) Report all cases of known or suspected physical abuse and
financial abuse to the local district attorney’s office in the county
where the abuse occurred.

(E) If the suspected or alleged abuse occurred in a state mental
hospital or a state developmental center, the report shall be made
to designated investigators of the State Department of State
Hospitals or the State Department of Developmental Services, or
to the local law enforcement agency.

(i) Except in an emergency, the local law enforcement agency
shall, as soon as practicable, report any case of known or suspected
criminal activity to the Bureau of Medi-Cal Fraud begin delete and Elder Abuse end delete .

(ii) Mandated reporters of the State Department of
Developmental Services shall immediately report suspected abuse
to the Office of Protective Services or to the local law enforcement
agency.

(F) If the abuse has occurred any place other than one described
in subparagraph (A), the report shall be made to the adult protective
services agency or the local law enforcement agency.

(2) (A) A mandated reporter who is a clergy member who
acquires knowledge or reasonable suspicion of elder or dependent
adult abuse during a penitential communication is not subject to
paragraph (1). For purposes of this subdivision, “penitential
communication” means a communication that is intended to be in
confidence, including, but not limited to, a sacramental confession
made to a clergy member who, in the course of the discipline or
practice of his or her church, denomination, or organization is
authorized or accustomed to hear those communications and under
the discipline tenets, customs, or practices of his or her church,
denomination, or organization, has a duty to keep those
communications secret.

(B) This subdivision shall not be construed to modify or limit
a clergy member’s duty to report known or suspected elder and
dependent adult abuse if he or she is acting in the capacity of a
care custodian, health practitioner, or employee of an adult
protective services agency.

(C) Notwithstanding any other provision in this section, a clergy
member who is not regularly employed on either a full-time or
part-time basis in a long-term care facility or does not have care
or custody of an elder or dependent adult shall not be responsible
for reporting abuse or neglect that is not reasonably observable or
discernible to a reasonably prudent person having no specialized
training or experience in elder or dependent care.

(3) (A) A mandated reporter who is a physician and surgeon,
a registered nurse, or a psychotherapist, as defined in Section 1010
of the Evidence Code, shall not be required to report, pursuant to
paragraph (1), an incident if all of the following conditions exist:

(i) The mandated reporter has been told by an elder or dependent
adult that he or she has experienced behavior constituting physical
abuse, as defined in Section 15610.63, abandonment, abduction,
isolation, financial abuse, or neglect.

(ii) The mandated reporter is not aware of any independent
evidence that corroborates the statement that the abuse has
occurred.

(iii) The elder or dependent adult has been diagnosed with a
mental illness or dementia, or is the subject of a court-ordered
conservatorship because of a mental illness or dementia.

(iv) In the exercise of clinical judgment, the physician and
surgeon, the registered nurse, or the psychotherapist, as defined
in Section 1010 of the Evidence Code, reasonably believes that
the abuse did not occur.

(B) This paragraph shall not be construed to impose upon
mandated reporters a duty to investigate a known or suspected
incident of abuse and shall not be construed to lessen or restrict
any existing duty of mandated reporters.

(4) (A) In a long-term care facility, a mandated reporter shall
not be required to report as a suspected incident of abuse, as defined
in Section 15610.07, an incident if all of the following conditions
exist:

(i) The mandated reporter is aware that there is a proper plan
of care.

(ii) The mandated reporter is aware that the plan of care was
properly provided or executed.

(iii) A physical, mental, or medical injury occurred as a result
of care provided pursuant to clause (i) or (ii).

(iv) The mandated reporter reasonably believes that the injury
was not the result of abuse.

(B) This paragraph shall not be construed to require a mandated
reporter to seek, nor to preclude a mandated reporter from seeking,
information regarding a known or suspected incident of abuse prior
to reporting. This paragraph shall apply only to those categories
of mandated reporters that the State Department of Public Health
determines, upon approval by the Bureau of Medi-Cal Fraud begin delete and
Elder Abuse end delete and the state long-term care ombudsman, have access
to plans of care and have the training and experience necessary to
determine whether the conditions specified in this section have
been met.

(c) (1) Any mandated reporter who has knowledge, or
reasonably suspects, that types of elder or dependent adult abuse
for which reports are not mandated have been inflicted upon an
elder or dependent adult, or that his or her emotional well-being
is endangered in any other way, may report the known or suspected
instance of abuse.

(2) If the suspected or alleged abuse occurred in a long-term
care facility other than a state mental health hospital or a state
developmental center, the report may be made to the long-term
care ombudsman program. Except in an emergency, the local
ombudsman shall report any case of known or suspected abuse to
the State Department of Public Health and any case of known or
suspected criminal activity to the Bureau of Medi-Cal Fraud begin delete and
Elder Abuse end delete , as soon as is practicable.

(3) If the suspected or alleged abuse occurred in a state mental
health hospital or a state developmental center, the report may be
made to the designated investigator of the State Department of
State Hospitals or the State Department of Developmental Services
or to a local law enforcement agency. Except in an emergency,
the local law enforcement agency shall report any case of known
or suspected criminal activity to the Bureau of Medi-Cal Fraud
begin delete and Elder Abuse end delete , as soon as is practicable.

(4) If the suspected or alleged abuse occurred in a place other
than a place described in paragraph (2) or (3), the report may be
made to the county adult protective services agency.

(5) If the conduct involves criminal activity not covered in
subdivision (b), it may be immediately reported to the appropriate
law enforcement agency.

(d) If two or more mandated reporters are present and jointly
have knowledge or reasonably suspect that types of abuse of an
elder or a dependent adult for which a report is or is not mandated
have occurred, and there is agreement among them, the telephone
report or Internet report, as authorized by Section 15658, may be
made by a member of the team selected by mutual agreement, and
a single report may be made and signed by the selected member
of the reporting team. Any member who has knowledge that the
member designated to report has failed to do so shall thereafter
make the report.

(e) A telephone report or Internet report, as authorized by
Section 15658, of a known or suspected instance of elder or
dependent adult abuse shall include, if known, the name of the
person making the report, the name and age of the elder or
dependent adult, the present location of the elder or dependent
adult, the names and addresses of family members or any other
adult responsible for the elder’s or dependent adult’s care, the
nature and extent of the elder’s or dependent adult’s condition, the
date of the incident, and any other information, including
information that led that person to suspect elder or dependent adult
abuse, as requested by the agency receiving the report.

(f) The reporting duties under this section are individual, and
no supervisor or administrator shall impede or inhibit the reporting
duties, and no person making the report shall be subject to any
sanction for making the report. However, internal procedures to
facilitate reporting, ensure confidentiality, and apprise supervisors
and administrators of reports may be established, provided they
are not inconsistent with this chapter.

(g) (1) Whenever this section requires a county adult protective
services agency to report to a law enforcement agency, the law
enforcement agency shall, immediately upon request, provide a
copy of its investigative report concerning the reported matter to
that county adult protective services agency.

(2) Whenever this section requires a law enforcement agency
to report to a county adult protective services agency, the county
adult protective services agency shall, immediately upon request,
provide to that law enforcement agency a copy of its investigative
report concerning the reported matter.

(3) The requirement to disclose investigative reports pursuant
to this subdivision shall not include the disclosure of social services
records or case files that are confidential, nor shall this subdivision
be construed to allow disclosure of any reports or records if the
disclosure would be prohibited by any other provision of state or
federal law.

(h) Failure to report, or impeding or inhibiting a report of,
physical abuse, as defined in Section 15610.63, abandonment,
abduction, isolation, financial abuse, or neglect of an elder or
dependent adult, in violation of this section, is a misdemeanor,
punishable by not more than six months in the county jail, by a
fine of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or by both
that fine and imprisonment. Any mandated reporter who willfully
fails to report, or impedes or inhibits a report of, physical abuse,
as defined in Section 15610.63, abandonment, abduction, isolation,
financial abuse, or neglect of an elder or dependent adult, in
violation of this section, if that abuse results in death or great bodily
injury, shall be punished by not more than one year in a county
jail, by a fine of not more than five thousand dollars ($5,000), or
by both that fine and imprisonment. If a mandated reporter
intentionally conceals his or her failure to report an incident known
by the mandated reporter to be abuse or severe neglect under this
section, the failure to report is a continuing offense until a law
enforcement agency specified in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b)
begin delete of Section 15630 end delete discovers the offense.

(i) For purposes of this section, “dependent adult” shall have
the same meaning as in Section 15610.23.

SEC. 224.  

Section 15650 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

15650.  

(a) Investigation of reports of known or suspected
instances of abuse in long-term care facilities shall be the
responsibility of the bureau, the local law enforcement agency,
and the long-term care ombudsman program.

(b) Investigations of known or suspected instances of abuse
outside of long-term care facilities shall be the responsibility of
the county adult protective services agency, unless another public
agency is given responsibility for investigation in that jurisdiction,
and the local law enforcement agency.

(c) The investigative responsibilities set forth in this section are
in addition to, and not in derogation of or substitution for, the
investigative and regulatory responsibilities of licensing agencies,
such as the State Department of Social Services Community Care
Licensing Division and the State Department of begin insert Public end insert Health
begin delete Services end delete Licensing and Certification Division and their authorized
representatives.

(d) Other public agencies involved in the investigation of abuse
or advocacy of respective client populations, or both, include, but
shall not be limited to, the State Department of State Hospitals and
the State Department of Developmental Services. Other public
agencies shall conduct or assist in, or both, the investigation of
reports of abuse of elder and dependent adults within their
jurisdiction in conjunction with county adult protective services,
local ombudsman programs begin insert , end insert and local law enforcement agencies.

(e) Each county adult protective services agency shall maintain
an inventory of all public and private service agencies available
to assist victims of abuse, as defined by Section 15610.07. This
inventory shall be used to refer victims in the event that the county
adult protective services agency cannot resolve the immediate
needs of the victim, and to serve the victim on a long-term,
followup basis. The intent of this section is to acknowledge that
limited funds are available to resolve all suspected cases of abuse
reported to a county adult protective services agency.

(f) Each local ombudsman program shall maintain an inventory
of all public and private agencies available to assist long-term care
residents who are victims of abuse, as defined by Section 15610.07.
This inventory shall be used to refer cases of abuse in the event
that another agency has jurisdiction over the resident, the abuse is
verified and further investigation is needed by a law enforcement
or licensing agency, or the program does not have sufficient
resources to provide immediate assistance. The intent of this section
is to acknowledge that ombudsman responsibility in abuse cases
is to receive reports, determine the validity of reports, refer verified
abuse cases to appropriate agencies for further action as necessary,
and follow up to complete the required report information. Other
ombudsman services shall be provided to the resident, as
appropriate.

SEC. 225.  

Section 18969 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

18969.  

(a) There is hereby created in the State Treasury a fund
which shall be known as the State Children’s Trust Fund. The fund
shall consist of funds received from a county pursuant to Section
18968, funds collected by the state and transferred to the fund
pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 103625 of the Health and
Safety Code and Article 2 (commencing with Section 18711) of
Chapter 3 of Part 10.2 of Division 2 of the Revenue and Taxation
Code, grants, gifts, or bequests made to the state from private
sources to be used for innovative and distinctive child abuse and
neglect prevention and intervention projects begin insert , end insert and money
appropriated to the fund for this purpose by the Legislature. The
State Registrar may retain a percentage of the fees collected
pursuant to Section begin delete 10605 end delete begin insert 103625 end insert of the Health and Safety Code,
not to exceed 10 percent, in order to defray the costs of collection.

(b) Money in the State Children’s Trust Fund, upon
appropriation by the Legislature, shall be allocated to the State
Department of Social Services for the purpose of funding child
abuse and neglect prevention and intervention programs. The
department may not supplant any federal, state, or county funds
with any funds made available through the State Children’s Trust
Fund.

(c) The department may establish positions as needed for the
purpose of implementing and administering child abuse and neglect
prevention and intervention programs that are funded by the State
Children’s Trust Fund. However, the department shall use no more
than 5 percent of the funds appropriated pursuant to this section
for administrative costs.

(d) No State Children’s Trust Fund money shall be used to
supplant state General Fund money for any purpose.

(e) It is the intent of the Legislature that the State Children’s
Trust Fund provide for all of the following:

(1) The development of a public-private partnership by
encouraging consistent outreach to the private foundation and
corporate community.

(2) Funds for large-scale dissemination of information that will
promote public awareness regarding the nature and incidence of
child abuse and the availability of services for intervention. These
public awareness activities shall include, but not be limited to, the
production of public service announcements, begin delete well designed end delete
begin insert well-designed end insert posters, pamphlets, booklets, videos, and other media
tools.

(3) Research and demonstration projects that explore the nature
and incidence and the development of long-term solutions to the
problem of child abuse.

(4) The development of a mechanism to provide ongoing public
awareness through activities that will promote the charitable tax
deduction for the trust fund and seek continued contributions.
These activities may include convening a philanthropic roundtable,
developing literature for use by the State Bar for dissemination,
and whatever other activities are deemed necessary and appropriate
to promote the trust fund.

SEC. 226.  

Section 1 of Chapter 357 of the Statutes of 2012 is
amended to read:

SECTION 1.  

(a) The sum of six hundred twenty-four thousand
six hundred seventy-one dollars and eighty-six cents ($624,671.86)
is hereby appropriated from the fund specified in subdivision (b)
to the Executive Officer of the California Victim Compensation
and Government Claims Board for the payment of claims accepted
by the board pursuant to the schedule set forth in subdivision (b).

(b) Pursuant to subdivision (a), claims accepted by the California
Victim Compensation and Government Claims Board shall be paid
pursuant to the following schedule:

 

Total for Fund: General Fund (0001)
	$593,372.28
Total for Fund: Item 2660-001-0042 Budget Act of 2012, Program 20.10	$9,330.35
Total for Fund: Item 2740-001-0044 Budget Act of 2012, Program 11	$3,055.15
Total for Fund: Item 4260-001-0001 Budget Act begin insert of end insert 2012, Program 20	$6,131.34
Total for Fund: Item 5180-111-0001 Budget Act of 2012, Program 25.15	$3,117.59
Total for Fund: Item 7100-001-0185 Budget Act of 2012, Program 21	$9,665.15

 

SEC. 227.  

Section 1 of Chapter 513 of the Statutes of 2012 is
amended to read:

SECTION 1.  

This begin insert act end insert shall be known and may be cited as
Kathy’s Law.

SEC. 228.  

Section 1 of Chapter 541 of the Statutes of 2012 is
amended to read:

SECTION 1.  

The Legislature finds and declares all of the
following:

(a) The coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch) is a fish native to
many northern California coastal streams and consists of two
distinct Evolutionary Significant Units (ESU), the Southern
Oregon/Northern California Coast (SONCC) and the Central
California Coast (CCC) ESUs. The historical range of the SONCC
ESU includes coastal rivers and tributaries in Del Norte, Siskiyou,
Humboldt, Trinity, Mendocino, and Lake Counties. The historical
range for the CCC ESU includes coastal rivers and tributaries in
parts of Humboldt, Mendocino, Sonoma, Napa, Marin, Solano,
Contra Costa, San Francisco, Alameda, San Mateo, Santa Clara,
and Santa Cruz Counties.

(b) All coho salmon runs in California have declined
dramatically over the past 40 to 50 years. Population numbers,
including hatchery stocks, were estimated at 6 to 15 percent of
1940 levels in 2004. Since 2004, populations in all monitored
streams have continued to decline with an estimated 1 percent
remaining of the original population. While a few coastal rivers
such as the Russian River did show an increase in population for
2011, it is not yet known whether the increase is sustainable, and
the species remains at critical risk of extinction.

(c) Both the SONCC and the CCC ESUs are listed pursuant to
the federal Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. Sec. 1531
et seq.) and the California Endangered Species Act (Chapter 1.5
(commencing with Section 2050) of Division 3 begin insert of the Fish and
Game Code end insert ). The populations south of the San Francisco Bay are
listed as endangered and considered to be virtually extinct. The
populations between San Francisco Bay and Punta Gorda to the
north are listed as endangered, and the populations from Punta
Gorda to the Oregon border are listed as threatened.

(d) California’s salmon populations need freshwater habitat that
includes cold and clean water, appropriate water depth, quantity,
and flow velocities, upland and riparian vegetation to stabilize soil
and shade, clean gravel for spawning and egg rearing, large woody
debris to provide resting and hiding places, adequate food, and
varied channel forms.

(e) An urgency exists due to the extraordinarily small numbers
of coho salmon remaining in California. In order to prevent their
extinction from northern California waters, it is imperative that
habitat restoration efforts be expedited and increased as soon as
possible.

(f) Therefore, it is the intent of the Legislature in enacting this
policy that the begin delete department end delete begin insert Department of Fish and Wildlife end insert seek
agreements and partnerships with state and federal agencies to
efficiently and effectively permit habitat enhancement projects
necessary to prevent the extinction of coho salmon populations in
California coastal watersheds and that the begin delete department end delete begin insert Department
of Fish and Wildlife end insert expedite and streamline the permitting and
approval of coho salmon habitat enhancement projects, including,
in particular, large woody debris restoration projects, in northern
California streams.

(g) By eliminating barriers to fish passage, stabilizing banks,
increasing stream channel complexity, and otherwise restoring and
enhancing habitat, these projects will result in a net benefit to coho
salmon and other species.

SEC. 229.  

Section 2 of Chapter 719 of the Statutes of 2012 is
amended to read:

SEC. 2.  

This act is an urgency statute necessary for the
immediate preservation of the public peace, health, or safety within
the meaning of Article IV of the Constitution and shall go into
immediate effect. The facts constituting the necessity are:

This authorization is required to begin construction on the
memorial as quickly as possible to coincide with the Portuguese
Heritage Month, established by begin insert Resolution end insert Chapter 24 of the
Statutes of 2010.

SEC. 230.  

Any section of any act enacted by the Legislature
during the 2013 calendar year that takes effect on or before January
1, 2014, and that amends, amends and renumbers, adds, repeals
and adds, or repeals a section that is amended, amended and
renumbered, added, repealed and added, or repealed by this act,
shall prevail over this act, whether that act is enacted prior to, or
subsequent to, the enactment of this act. The repeal, or repeal and
addition, of any article, chapter, part, title, or division of any code
by this act shall not become operative if any section of any other
act that is enacted by the Legislature during the 2013 calendar year
and takes effect on or before January 1, 2014, amends, amends
and renumbers, adds, repeals and adds, or repeals any section
contained in that article, chapter, part, title, or division.